IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 A 
 
 fe 
 
 
 (^ 
 
 
 <.<i' 
 
 % 
 
 y.A 
 
 V- 
 
 1.0 
 
 1.1 
 
 2.8 
 
 3.2 
 
 ■ 4.0 
 
 ■uuu 
 
 11-25 iu 
 
 2.2 
 [ZO 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 ISOrnm 
 
 "/ 
 
 <P 
 
 /, 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 •// 
 
 /IPPLIED^ IIVMBE . Inc 
 
 J^ 1653 East Main Street 
 .^= -- Rochester, NY 14609 USA 
 .^=r^ Phone: 716/482-0300 
 *=: Fax: 716/288-5989 
 
 © 1993, Applied Image, Inc., All flights Reserved 
 
 ^ 
 
 rv 
 
 ^\ 
 
 <> 
 
 
 ^<h^ 
 
 
 
 
// 
 
 
 :/u 
 
 h. 
 
 ^ 
 
 CIHM 
 Microfiche 
 Series 
 (Monographs) 
 
 ICI\/IH 
 
 Collection de 
 microfiches 
 (monographies) 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 I ^^\J 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes technique; et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has anempted to obtain the best original 
 copy available for filming. Features of this copy which 
 may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any 
 of the images in the reproduction, or which may 
 significantly change the usual ni«thod of filming, are 
 checked below. 
 
 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il 
 lui a eti possible de se procurer. Les details de cet 
 exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue 
 bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image 
 reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une modification 
 dans la methode normale de f ilmage sont indiques 
 ci-dessous. 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages d« couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 D 
 
 Couverture endommagee 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restauree et/ou pellicula 
 
 □ Cover title mii 
 Le titre de coi 
 
 I yi Coloured maps/ 
 
 issing/ 
 couverture manque 
 
 Caites geographiques en couleur 
 
 □ Coloured ink (i.e. oth 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. 
 
 other than blue or black)/ 
 autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 n 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relie avec d'autres documents 
 
 □ Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La reliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distorsion le long de la marge interieure 
 
 D 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may appear 
 within the text. Whenever possible, these have 
 been omitted from filming/ 
 It se peut que cer.sines pages blanches ajouttes 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela etait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas ete f ilmees. 
 
 □ Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommag^ 
 
 □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaurees et/ou pellicultes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages decolorees, tacheties ou piquees 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages detaches 
 
 □ Showthrough/ 
 Tranfparence 
 
 varies/ 
 inegale de I'impression 
 
 □ Quality of print vari( 
 Qualite inegale de I'i 
 
 □ Continuous pagination/ 
 Pagination continue 
 
 □ Includes index(es)/ 
 Comprend un (des) index 
 
 Title on header taken from:/ 
 Le titre de l'en-t£te provient: 
 
 □ Title page of issue 
 Page de titre de la 
 
 □ Caption of 
 Titre de de 
 
 livraison 
 
 issue/ 
 depart de la livraison 
 
 r~~| Masthead/ 
 
 Generique (periodiques) de la livraison 
 
 Vl 
 
 Additio>ial comments:/ 
 Commentaires supplementaires: 
 
 Pages 33-36 are repeated. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked belov// 
 Ce document est f ilme au taux de reduction mdique ci-dessous. 
 10X UX 18X 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 22X 
 
 26 X 
 
 30X 
 
 J 
 
 24 X 
 
 28X 
 
 32 X 
 
u'il 
 
 :et 
 
 de vue 
 
 e 
 
 tion 
 
 es 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Morisset Library 
 University of Ottawa 
 
 The images appearing hore are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grAce A la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Bibliothdque IMorisiet 
 University d'Ottawa 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exempiaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprim^e sont filmfo en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'iilustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exempiaires 
 originaux sont film6s en commengant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'iilustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboies suivants apparaftra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbols V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 filmds A des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clichd, il est filmd A partir 
 de I'angle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 iliustrent la m6thode. 
 
 22^ 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 

 '•■v- i- 
 
 I TT^'r 
 
 liiniiiii 
 
 ms 
 
 hf& 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 f^Y'THfe jBt^pTHEP^ OF THE ChI^ISTIAN ScHOOLS, 
 ;-.. <• '' MONTREAL, 
 
 50, OOTT?E ^KTRHIE?!', . 50. 
 
 • J. GHAPLKAC i( 801N, i^rintei-s an4 bookbindPiB, 31 Cotle Siiuet, MoiUieal. 
 
 
 b^isiiiyi 
 
 
 .'ffliiitiCiWiii ^ i.<*iiiii;iiHmuiu...Jiaiiiii 
 
 
 m ii 
 
 irir.''''K!i»WI!i|tifimtl|!fflW11IBi| 
 
 Bii!a:uiiiiE,i^ 
 
 Wl%i" ,1| 
 
 ii 
 
 w\ 
 
 
 MI|^h|^iMii^''^Ii|BMNe '''»^ 
 
 
J-- J' 
 
 t f (/ 
 
 
■Gi^ 
 
 111 
 
 "IIIIIRRimilK!^ 
 
 ^ \*; ^' ' 
 
 
 "^M m 
 
 JBy the ^P^OTHEI^S of the JChRISTIAN jScHOOLS, 
 
 MONTREAL, 
 SO, OOTTE STie,ElE3T, BO. 
 
 J. CHAPLEAU & SON, Printers and Bookbinden., 31 Cott6 Street, S 
 
 Moiili-eal. 
 
 JEfWf'il'l ■iV?IIRl!|'l :.,i;. ill.. 1 .11, 
 
 ^^iiiuiiiini'iniiHiiiiiwiininiiiiiaiiHiimiiHaitiiinuiiiTiiuiiiiijiT 
 
 l^iw 
 
 
 Unlvcrsi'§ d'Ottanw 
 Cartotheque 
 
 SEP 2 2 1977 
 
 IMvcrsfty of OttMji 
 Map Library 
 
 WlHilHllllli:.'JUUII 
 
 Univi.v«itd • Ottawa ■ Umverstet 
 Map UiMiy 
 
 %. 
 
t 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 AllV»8INIA 
 
 Africa '"" 
 
 Akoiianiiitan ''"/_' 
 
 Algrru ",'.'.'. 
 
 Animai, Kinodom 
 
 AnADIA 
 
 AroENTINB CoNFEDERAxioN, 
 
 Asia 
 
 Asiatic Hchhia, ORSiBEntA.". 
 
 AlWRALAfclA 
 
 Austria ".".'.' 
 
 Delgiim _" '"'_ 
 
 Ueloochihtan '.'..,....'" 
 
 Bolivia ,".'" 
 
 Brazil '.','.',"'.!!!!'.'..' 
 
 British Empire '.','.'.',',, 
 
 British Colimria ,'."'.". 
 
 Cape Cominv '_'..', 
 
 CAnniNAr Points ...".'.' 
 
 Centiui. Amkiuca ...".'." 
 
 Centhai. Asia .' 
 
 Chili .'.'."!.'."" 
 
 Chinese Kmpihe !].!!!!!..!,! 
 
 CniCLEH "" 
 
 Climates and Prodictions... 
 Country of the Somaulies.... 
 
 Darfur 
 
 Denmark ....'.'"!..'."" 
 
 Divisions of Oceanica"..'.'.".".".'." 
 
 Dominion of Canada 
 
 Eastern Africa ,.', 
 
 Ecuador """ 
 
 England ....'.."....'.', 
 
 Ethiopia 
 
 Europe .......,.,,...' 
 
 Farther India '.....'...!!! 
 
 France ...,..!!! 
 
 General Definitions. ........*.! 
 
 German Empire '", 
 
 Government ,[ 
 
 Greece .!!'..".'.'.'" 
 
 Greenland ,,'" 
 
 (17 
 
 53 
 
 I 
 
 50 
 
 c;i 
 
 33 
 
 Guiana 
 
 Glinka, (.'.owKit)""'.'."..'..'".' 
 
 Guinea, iI'ppkh) " 
 
 Hindoostan 
 
 Holland ."....".'.' 
 
 Hottentot CouNTflv...,.'.'.',"." 
 
 Iceland 
 
 Ireland .'.!!!!."!,'.' 
 
 Islands of Africa... '.'.'.",'". 
 
 Islands of Asia 
 
 Islands OF Europe. ...'.'.' 
 
 Italy 
 
 Japan """' 
 
 KoRDOFAN .'.'.'.","..'..'."..'.'... 
 
 Languages ....„.".',.'.".','. 
 
 Latitude and Lonoitudb. 
 
 LuiERiA 
 
 Malaysia .....".". 
 
 Manitoda ..,...".." 
 
 Mathematical Geoohaphy.'..'.'.'.7 
 Me.vico 
 
 Middle States......',.,",. ., 
 
 Mineral KiNiiuoMs..,,..... 
 
 Morocco "" 
 
 MozAMRiyiiE " 
 
 Natural DivisionsofLand." 
 
 Natiiial Divisions of Water.!!.' 
 
 New Brunswick 
 
 New England States ......'.','. 
 
 Newfoundland 
 
 North America .....,,., 
 
 Northern Africa. ........,....'. " 
 
 Nohth-\Ve.st Territory".,"'."'!'" 
 
 Norway 
 
 Nova Scotia ! 
 
 NuRiA !!!!!",, 
 
 OnsEiivA I IONS on't"ii"e'Exb'r'c"i"8e's! 
 Oceanica 
 
 Ontario (Province of)..., 
 
 Paraguay .!!!!!!" 
 
 Patagonia 
 
 Persia 
 
 4 
 
 ,5 
 29 
 DO 
 33 
 
 8 
 7-2 
 32 
 52 
 27 
 7i 
 81 
 17 
 20 
 15 
 10 
 70 
 
 Peru 
 
 Physical Oeoobaphv. ..!!!.! 
 
 Political Geography 
 
 Political Divisions 
 
 Polynesia 
 
 portugai .'!!!!_' 
 
 Preliminary Notions.,!!!" 
 
 Prince Edward Island ". 
 
 Prussia 
 
 Quehec (Province of).!!!!!!! 
 
 Races of Men !!'_ 
 
 Rboion of the Nils..!!!!!!! 
 
 Religion !"'_' 
 
 Russia in Europe !!!!!! 
 
 Sahara .,.'.'.'.'!!! 
 
 HCANDI NA VIAN StaTES.... ,",!" ' 
 
 Scotland _' 
 
 seneoamria !!!!!!! 
 
 Sierra Eeonb '..'!!!!!!! 
 
 Soudan !!!!!!! 
 
 South America....,,,,...!!!!!!! 
 
 SiHiTHEHN Africa !!!,' 
 
 Southern States ,,!' 
 
 Spain !!!!,.. 
 
 Sweden !!!!!!!.!!!! 
 
 Switzerland !!!!..!!!!!!! 
 
 Territories .'.','.'.'.'., 
 
 Tripoli ."..'.'.".'.!! 
 
 Tunis i .'.'.*.'.'.'.",,'!! 
 
 Turkestan !!!!!!!!!! 
 
 Turkey in Asia !.'.!!!..",',",, 
 
 Turkey in Europe ,,!!!!' 
 
 United States !!!! 
 
 United States of CoLoMmii",! 
 
 Uruguay 
 
 Vegetable Kingdom !!! ' 
 
 Venezuela !!!'_", 
 
 Westhrn Africa !!,'!!!! 
 
 West Indies 
 
 Western States !!!!','.' 
 
 Zanguerar , ,'.'!! 
 
 Zones., 
 
 TABLE OF MAPS. 
 
 No. 
 
 .B7? 
 1^77 
 
 Map op the World | 
 
 North America 
 
 Dominion of Canada ...!!!!! 
 
 Province of Quebec !!!!!!! 
 
 Province of Ontario 
 
 Provinces of New Brun8wick,"Nova 
 Scotia, and Prince Edward Island 
 
 Noth-West Territory and the Pro- 
 vince of Columbia 
 
 The United States .',' 
 
 Northern United States,, ,".', 
 
 West Indies 
 
 South America !!!!!!! 
 
 Europe ,.','.".'.".',,'! 
 
 British Isles !!!!!!! 
 
 No. 
 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 II 
 12 
 13 
 
 Ireland 
 
 Central Europe. 
 
 France 
 
 Asia 
 
 Africa 
 
 Oceanica 
 
 Palestine 
 
 ,. 44 
 .. 4 
 
 .. 
 
 . H 
 
 . 80 
 
 . CO 
 
 I 
 
 . 30 
 
 . 56 
 
 . 23 
 
 U 
 
 , 73 
 
 7 
 
 52 
 
 73 
 
 51 
 
 48 
 
 77 
 
 77 
 
 78 
 
 
 75 
 
 37 
 
 59 
 
 52 
 
 58 
 
 39 
 
 73 
 
 73 
 
 09 
 
 69 
 
 02 
 
 34 
 
 41 
 
 40 
 
 5 
 
 42 
 
 70 
 
 41 
 
 37 
 
 75 
 
 3 
 
 No. 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 
 _n,,_,o„,..,., ,.„. ^„ .,. .„„,^„,,„^ „„^^_^ ^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ ^_^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^ ^^ cop,...;:;;:;;!:;::; 
 
 Geography ; 
 
 Nos. of 
 
 co.espo„.„« Nos! or .v^p^-;;;;;: 0--;;;;;,: ; .^ ,; ,^ \ j ,« ,« ;« .. n .3 u . . . . . .o ., . « . ,. ^ ^ ^ _^ _^ _^ _^ 
 
 our 
 
 Nos. of the Maps conlained in the Index,. I i i n « t » o , 
 
 Corresponding Nos. of the Mans of ii,» n JZX'." " . .„ .Z .„ ? .^ * .^ "" "* 13 H 15 16 i7 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 27 28 29 30 31 32. 
 
 .«..»«,..„,..,„,.. „_„_.,..^_.,^_^_^___^_ 
 
 th 
 
hose of our 
 
 the Office of 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 ".»„.,..«,„. ,„d„.,,v „„„ c„,„,.c„«, ,„c. ,„„ «,IT„C° „,?''"'"?,, "'T """""' "■"'■"■' "■ "• I"-', verv 
 over cl.im iu i,„U,,,c.„„|,k. „»1«„,„„. ' '"" °' "^ >""'"' "»'' l"""' of „.,!„„,, „„„ „„„ „,„„ 
 
 With the lulfihnentofthis object in view wo l.avn 1 • .. "« g'oot. 
 
 I" tl.e French language, which havJreceived ^:^Z:nZ' ^ Z^^':^ '-"^'^ ^'^^^"^ I-^'l-tion« 
 boon .ntroduced into a good number of college, acn lomiriv f " '^"'"*'°"' ''"^' "^ "^ <=0"«eq"e"ce, 
 
 in the English language, we undertook the pre;," wo"r' ' ' "''' "" '^^^'^'^ of rendering the name 
 
 Of all didactic workH, there in none, perhans so rliffi.nU * 
 attempt, made in thin line, by Bomo of our aUest proiCjs 1. 1: "T" " " **""*'" "" ^^^^^^I^''^" '^1- 
 proofs of this fact. The reason thereof in evident foH:, ," "" """ ''""''^ ''''"'''' ^"^ -"-"-"« 
 
 continents, measured the height of all the mount.unMhe leulth "f ll, .7 ^'^''''f "" "" ""'•^"^' "^^'*^^ -^^ *'- 
 all the nations of the world, andcarefully studied tl ch rl. " "'"" "' '" '"''' ^""^ ^■^'^'•^' --»««* 
 
 Bible,-he could not still assure himself of ,1,1 eLu'r^ "^ ""^ -■^'o-s,-all practically impos- 
 
 then. can it be said of him who trusts, for hi Ztel i ffZ: 'VT' ''"''"'" ^'^'^ ™-'' ^^ --» 
 «3metimes even incorrect. Moreover it is w kTowr^r 7^ ^ ™"'' '''' "" °''"^ '"""P'^^^' ''"'^ 
 sometimes, even the general censuses .e t«ken"in aZHll^^^^^^^^^^^^ ''' -"^^^ "^ -istics, and, 
 
 una.oi:;:r:r:::r::::;:rz:ir rrr^^^ '- -r^ -- ^^ ^" -^ --detans, but, 
 
 treatise of this kind. The volume pit I ugW ^ f .^^"""^ '^^ "^'^^ '^^ '' '« l-«^^^« - '' 
 observer will, undoubtedly, appreciate.' The ma^^and i w^^^^^ ''7f'' ''''''''''' '''''''' ^'''^ ""I-^^-d 
 
 we h.ve given the l.,iWe «d Wi.Z of 7 "T ,"°"''''- ■'" *''°''' •"'P''""- »■ "-* " !»■« 
 to niBster. nomenclature of the text, which is »l«r«y, » difficult nnd dimgreeable 
 
 the ""W of tll7„lT"tl°lftc"Xt't,Z.';' " """""' "' ■'°'"" """^ "^* ""' •»««'"«■■ 
 
 publication of ft, p,e»nt w„,t. whtrweTT^t^r "f '*' "* '"".'«'"' '» « "»"<. »- Wp'e object in th^ 
 
 ' oeAo.^ tv tuv buncnt oi public instruction. 
 
It S) 
 
 si I 
 
 S 2 
 
 fK? 
 
 S N u? s 
 
 $ 3 
 
 a 2 
 
 !S ,= 
 
 i5 F^ — 
 "* b* * 
 
 S 2 2 
 
 S 2 
 
 8 S 
 
 S S oc 
 
 
 
 « OC — 
 
 CI Ol •*»• 
 
 s s ^ 
 
 §g s 
 
 "S. S 
 
 3 S 
 
 S S 
 
 ti? ** •* 
 
 - 8 
 
 2? 
 
 THK cnnss KPFECTs Tnt-n rrvrMZATiON. 
 
 GENERAL DEFINITIONS. 
 
 f:irAPTi:n i. 
 AN OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 i.-lhw mmj Gc,g,n,,hy be .lin.lat C-G.M.prnphv may fy. ,|,vi,I..,l 
 
 Section I-I'HELLMINARY NOTIOiN'S. 
 
 ^—'^f"'>^(" 'foes .]f(,l/,i-m(Uir„l r.i'oqrtipliy treal?~Jiaa.thi,r^^*i^ i 
 Uoo«..aphy ..vats of ,1,.. ,„n,., si,.,' a^d'noTin ns J^ .ST.S^o 
 ..s u,.agjna,.y .„..., .... ..r „. la.itn.e a„J long,,,.,,., ^l ';::^ ^^ 
 
 ■l-Whnt is lh<- F„rm t.fihr Em-lh f—Tho Form of liio F,wl, i- 
 n^^arly .l>al of „ sloin. or ball, somowiiat flalS o Im ' ^ 
 liko an oiniiKP, fit tho poles. toniiiu.ssert, 
 
 :;l.!l°;:s";,:: ""■""■' ' -;-»™,:°:'i;;; 
 
 C— tl/iH/ /> the Xrk of Hie Earlh ,<— The A»la nf .1, . i? .< • 
 
 In) Genijinphy h from llii- 0, k. „ „ v..,u~Z7~~. ' 
 
 ■ -"•' 'jrapnc, a ticsorlplloii. 
 
 IT *;""■■""■»" "'i»y>."i Night, c, i-„;'S^™ S™ 
 
 or!;";:?:',;:,;;?:: ;i;: !!;?js„;! "■- ■"--"'•'■«" •' "■• ^".i.. 
 
 in.-»7irt/ /,,„ Terminal Globe f-\ TeiTeatrlal aMh- ic = 
 
 in " .~C' " "" ■"'" '-^° ■"■" " « """I*' •' ".p., m* 
 Section II.— CARDINAL POINTS. 
 
 fnlTh '-Th\P08"ion of places, on the globe, can be delerm- 
 
 med by means ofthe Cardinal Points "« "e'erm- 
 
 13.-H'yia, ar« <Ae Cardinal Points f-The Cardinal PolntB are 
 
 North, South, East, and West. ^^ ''oinw aie 
 
 Ii) The axis or diameter ofthe Earlh is about 7,900 miles in length. 
 

 
 CARDINAL POINTS—CIRCLES— ZONES. 
 
 1 >—ln what directions are the North ami South i>— The South 
 IS llio si(l(. oil which the Sun is at uooii ; and iho North is llio 
 point opposite to the South. 
 
 I"..— /)i trhat tlireclions do East and West He?— The East is Iho 
 point towards wliich the Sun rises, and tlio West, the point 
 wliere it sots. 
 
 10— //oil' may the Cardinal Points be found out? — The Car- 
 dinal Points may bo found out by a persun turning towards where 
 tlie Sun rises : his face will bo to the East; his back to the Wesf 
 his right hand to the South ; and his left to the North. ' 
 
 .\gain, look at tho Sun at noonday, and you will then face tlio South ■ if at 
 night, when the Stars aro visible, look at tho polar Star, you will Ihlh face (he 
 North ; 4c. 
 
 * North ^ 
 
 2o.— )(/if« IS the Equator?— Tho Equator is a great circ'c- e.\. 
 tending east and west around the Earth; every pomt of which is 
 equidistant from the poles. 
 
 iG.— How does the Equator divide the Sphere?— Thn Equator di- 
 vides tho Sphere into two equal parts, called tlie Northern 
 and Southern Hemispheres. 
 
 2~.— What are the Poles ?— The Poles aro tho Iwo extremities of 
 the Earth's a.\is. (n- 6.) 
 
 •iS.—IIow many Poles arc there ?—Thovo are two Poles : tho 
 North, or Arctic [a] Pole, and the South, or Antarctic Pole. 
 
 n.— Wlml are Meridians ?— Meridians are great circles e.xlend- 
 111- Irom north to soutli around tlio Earth, and passing through 
 the poles; they divide it into two Ilemisphorcs : Iho Eastern and 
 Westrrii Uemisiihcres. 
 
 30—11711/ are they called Meridians ?— They aro called Meridians 
 because when tho Sun is over any one of them, it is noon, or mid- 
 day for the inhabitants of tho illuminated portion. 
 
 Mariner's Compass. 
 
 l~.—IIow are the Intermediate Points named /—Tho Interme- 
 diate Points take their names from the Iwo Poiiils hetween 
 whicli they are. {See tlie llliistrationA 
 
 IS— IIow may the Cardinal Points be delermimd on a Mafif-Qn a 
 Map iIk North is at the lop; the South, at tlio bottom ; the FlasI 
 at the right ; and the West, at tlic left. ' ' 
 
 SiiCTioN III.— CIRCLES. 
 
 19.— ))7ia< arc Circles, in Geography ?-aircle8, in Geofrraphv 
 are imaginary lines, passing around tho surface of tho Earth. ' 
 
 20— //oil) are Circles, in Geography, divided ?-Tho Circles of the 
 Earth are divided into two kinds ; Great and Small Circles («'. 
 
 2 1 .—Into hoiv many equal parts is every circle of the Sphere divided ? 
 —Every circle of tho Sphere is divided into 30 degrees every 
 degree is divided into CO mimitos, and every minute, into GO sec- 
 onds (6). 
 
 ^i.-What are the Great Circles ?-Tlie Great Circles (c) arc the 
 Horizon, thr K.juator, the Meridian, and tho Ecliptic. 
 
 n.-What is the Horizon ?-The Horizon is a groat circle which 
 divides the Earth into Upper and Lower Hemispheres (</). This is 
 called the Rational Horizon. 
 
 ...^t""';?'"""" ^"'"''le Horizon ?-Tho Sensible Horizon is 
 the boundary line of our circle of vision, .vhere the sky and earth 
 s^jpear to meet. 
 Every point of the Earth has its peculiar horizon. 
 
 fit national Horizon, 
 hi Sensible Iloriion. 
 .\H Equator. 
 AX Axis of tho Earlh. 
 Til Tropic or Cancer. 
 TK Tropic of Capricorn. 
 
 CP Polar Circles. 
 
 PL Parallels, 
 
 AP, PP Latitude. 
 ML, Lf, Longitude. 
 MD, LT Meridi.ms. 
 
 .il.-ll/i«; n a fn-.'it Meridian ?—\FirBt Meridian isa pariicular 
 on,', varyin- wiia dilfereut countries, from which longitudo is 
 reckoned. In England, tho first Meridian passes through Green- 
 wich ; ill the United States, through Washington ; in France 
 Ihi-ongh Paris, &c. {h>. ' 
 
 3?.-II7m( is the Eclipiic?~ThoEcUptio is a great circle, whicli 
 marks tho apparent path of tho Sun ; so called, because eclipses 
 lake place on this line, 
 
 3X-}yhatare the Small Circles ?-'Vho Small Circles aro the 
 Tropics, Hie Polar Circles, and tho Parallels of Latitude. 
 
 ^l-What are the Tropics ?-Tho Tropics (c) aro two circles 
 parallel to tho equator, at a distance of 23^ degrees from it. 
 
 So— How are the Tropics respectively cnlled?—'YhQ one north of 
 ilie Equator is called the Tropic of Cancer; and that south, the 
 Tropic of Capricorn. 
 
 3(i.-}yhat are the Polar Circles ?-Tho Polar Circles aro two 
 small circles parallel to the Equator, and 23J degrees from tho 
 poles; tho one north, called IhQ Arctic Circle, and that south the 
 Antarctic Circle. 
 
 37.— ir/in< are Parallels ofLalilude?-Pa,ra.lle\B of Latitude (d) 
 aro small circles drawn round tho globe parallel to tlio equator 
 
 in/o'.l''Zf ,"'■"'! ''"' "'" """' ™"""' "' ">« E*''"'' ""J divides tho globe 
 
 dhtdeTth^ o^iif ! ' ." """" ""'' '"'' ■"" ">" ^"-"^ ='""•" "' "'0 Earth and 
 divides the globe into two unequal parts. 
 
 miaitS'o stonds,' "" '""'"' ""' ' "" '"' ''"■ """ '•^"^ '' "''"">'■ =«' 
 miles founr "''"' '" "''"''' '° "'" "'""'»f'^™°'=^ °f "-e globe, or nearly 25,000 
 
 nemlsphero moans half a Splu 
 
 (a) Arctic means bear, from llio constellation called Great Bear -Antarctic 
 opposite tho Arctic. ' 
 
 W) Tho given meridian, on the mops of this Alias, Is that which passes through 
 the Observatory at Groonwich. 
 
 (c) Tropics derive their name from the Greek word trepo. to turn, because 
 when the Sun reaches them, he seems to turn back in his daily course towards 
 the Equator. 
 
 (d) Parallel is en appellation given to lines, surfaces, and bodici everywhere 
 ennnlistant from each other, and which, «h.->„gl, infinlidv produced, w uuid never 
 moot. 
 
two extremities of 
 
 ^:^:i!:!!!^i^^^i:^;!^ 
 
 WESTERN IIEMISPIIEHK 
 
 t HUHTM fO 
 
 EASTERN HEMISPriEilE. 
 
 ItNJOlt 
 
 Section IV.-LaTITUDE AND LONGITUDE. 
 
 and counting north or south towards the Poles ^ieLauS of 
 the Equator is ; that of each Pole is 90-. ^ 
 
 of tlfe „Tap ?t is North TTT 'TI''' '^"°™ ''"^'^'^'^^ '"P 
 
 towards^ 'i:u^xzL:;,:sj^-^-^^ ^- '»>e 4 
 
 eitherNt;^ LirrCair"-"'^ ^^^^'^«' ^^"'"'^^ ^« ««• 
 
 The length of a degree of Latitude i, 60 geographical or 69* English niles 
 
 inS;s%:?r^^s:sSt^^^^^^ ^^-^ 
 
 Poles, where the meridians all meet and Longitude ceasrs 
 The length of a degree of Longitude, on the Equator, is 69i miles b„i th« 
 
 degrees decrease a, they approach the Poles. (See the Tible , 
 44.- ir/w< w <A« i;rM<M< longitude a place can have ?-The greatest 
 
 mStt',*?'"" "" ''■^^•^' '^ '^«*' '''"^- ^- - W. from tSst 
 
 KUud^areled'?^ h"; "^'""'"If """ '""^'"^^ ^-Latitude and Ion- 
 on oi^^ determme the position of countries, towns, &e 
 
 on a globe or map, and to measure the distance between Tern 
 
 iS-What are Antipodes ?-Antipode8 are places on the earth's 
 nrfacc directly opposite to each other in point of LatUude ind 
 Longitude; consequently their hours of da'y and nigh and a£ 
 their seasons are opposite. *' ' 
 
 Section V.— TIIK ZONES. 
 
 theteTrS^l'Lt'T~fT^ "'■ ®^"^ ■•"•0 divisions made on 
 uie lerrestnal globe, by tlie Tropics and Polar Circles 
 
 '^nfn'T?"' T'"-' ^"'"^ "'■' ""■'•'' ?-There are five Zones- one 
 .orrid, two Temperate, and two Frigid ' 
 
 aitSi^lt^.^nt'S^S^s"'""''^-^'"^ '^-'' ^-^« 
 
 47.t-3S mil'et^r^fdt;' "" '"^'' '"'''~''^ '-'^' ^-« *^ 
 7nn'~w'"' "'■' ""^ ^'^'»/'«'-«'" ^o««?-Thc North Temnerate 
 Sonth T^rl"'''". "^K '"'■"P" °' ^''"'="' ^"^ "- Arctic dS the 
 fard' Sr '^' '^'"^''^ *^« ^-P>« °^ Capricorn, and the' a;: 
 
 52.— //oj« ftroarf is each Temperate Zone f— Each Tpmnprato 7„„. 
 18 about 43- or 2,978 miles broad. temperate Zone 
 
 ^Si.-Where are the Frigid Zones situated t-The North Pri^iH 
 Zone IS situated north of the Arctic, and the Sou h Sd /omh 
 onhe Antarctic Circles ; they have their respective poS'r Sj 
 
 54-WAa/ is the greatest distance across each of the Frioid Zone.f 
 
 ili'rr„t';;«x" ~" " "- "*' ^«" "* 
 
 Section VL-CLLMATES AND PRODUCTIONS OF 
 EACH ZONE. 
 
 i^...eandut::;.:tssu^-:-::^^^^^ 
 
 ha?e' „?.r.::r ZZ 'r^a-^}^!- -^ "■- «"• '»« nrst .eridi.„ 
 Equator, there is neitherlatiiude nor longitude"" ''"' ""' ""''''"" ""'"""' '"" 
 
 ,uf^T '''*•'" " '*' "''"""" "f "^ horrid Zone ?_The 011mat« of 
 this Zone IS very hot; Torrid means hot, turningX'>ZT 
 
 in .h7T« "'•'Tv"*' ^'"""" "'■' ""''' '■" ""■ horrid Zone ?-There are 
 m the Torrid Zone, two Seasons, the wet and dry. ' 
 
 57.- When does the Sim rise and set in the Ton-id Zotie ?-The Snn 
 nses in this Zone about six in the morning, and et abmit six 
 
 oy.-»7ia/ /Oirf 0/- ^mma/* «,r found in this Zonef-Theve are in 
 this Zone many beasts of prey, such as the lion, tiger, and [eopard ; 
 
 1 
 
 K'4 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF lAND. 
 
 also Animals of Piiorraous sizr, as tho elophant, rhinoceros, and 
 hippopotamus. Tlie serpents anil other reptiles are very venomous. 
 
 CO.— What is said of the Birds ?—T\w Birds of this Zone are of 
 great v-iriety, with graceful forms, and Ix-autifnl plumage. 
 
 61.— What is sail! of the Jnhabilaiits f—'Ihn Inhabitants of the 
 Torrid Zone are generally dark in color, and indolent in haliils 
 both of body and mind. 
 
 Oi.— Whdl is thi- Climate of the Temperate ^o;ifs ?— The Climate 
 of the TenqM rale Zones i.s milder and more equable than that of 
 the others. 
 
 03.— //oic many Seasons are there in the Temperate Zones?— Thnv. 
 are Four Seasons in the Temperate Zones; Spring, Summer, 
 Autumn, and Winter. 
 
 64.— What is said of the Vegetables of these Zones /"—The \'ege. 
 tables of these Zones are more useful, tho fruits more substantial, 
 and grains, for the use of men and animals, more abundant. 
 
 do.- What is said of the Animals of the Temperate Zones f—]n the 
 Temperate Zones there are few wild beasts, as compared with those 
 of the Torrid Zone. Useful Animals abound, such as the horse, 
 cow, deei', slieep, and others. 
 
 C6.— Mention some of the wild Animals.— Some of the wild animals 
 of the Temperate Zones are the bear, wolf, buffalo, elk, deer, and 
 fo.x. 
 
 fiT.—What is said of the Inhabitants of these Zones ?— Tlus Inhab- 
 itants of these Zones are generally stronger in body and more 
 cultivated in mind than those of the other Zones. They are of 
 fairer complexion, and have greater energy of character. 
 
 t'i8.— H7>a< is the Climate of the Friyid ^ows ?— The Climate of 
 these Zones is very cold : frigid means cold, freezing.] 
 
 Gd.— What are the Seasons of the Frigid Zones ?— There are only 
 Two Seasons in the Frigid Zones : a long dreary winter and a 
 very hot summer. 
 
 'O.—What is said of Day and Night in these Zones ?— On tho Polar 
 Circles the longest day is twenty-four hours ; at the Poles it is six 
 months. Between the Polar Circles and the respective Poles, the 
 day varies in length from twenty-four hours to six mouths. 
 
 1\.— Whai is said of Vegetation?— In the Frigid Zones there is 
 very liltle Vegetation of any kind : Trees of stunted growth 
 and a few berries are found, in the parts bordering on Temperate 
 Zones. 
 
 It— What kind of Animals are found in the Frigid Zones ?— The 
 Animals of the Frigid Zones are the while bear, reindeer, musk- 
 ox, dog, and others, which nature provides with coverings of thick 
 and fine furs. 
 
 73.— What is known of the Inhabitants of these Zones ?— The In- 
 habitants of these Zones are ignorant, few in number, and of 
 dwarfish size. 
 
 NATURAL FEATURES.— 1. A Continent (part of|.— 2. An Island.— 3. A Peninsula— 4 An latlimus — 5 A nni» — H A PmmAni.-,. 7 * m„„„i ■ 
 8. AVolcano.-9. AHilL-lO. The Shore.i'll, Th'e Ocoan.-12. A Sea.-|3. AGTorBa,.llLT^aiL%Tc^Lo^^^^^^ 
 
 20. An Archipelago. '' 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 AN OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Physical Geography is a description of the surface of the 
 earth, and of the climates, the natural productions of its various 
 regions, and the effect of the climate on its inhabitants. 
 
 Section 1— NATURAL DIVISIONS OF LAND. 
 
 I— Is the Surface of the Earth entirely level f— The Surfoce of 
 the Earth is not entirely level ; it presents a large number of 
 Physical Features. 
 
 i.—What is meant by Physical Features ?— Physical Features 
 are portions of various forms, which bear different names ; as, 
 mountains, seas, rivers, 8ic. 
 
 3.— Of what is the Svrfaee of the Earth composed?— The Surface 
 of the Earth is composed of Land and Water. About one- 
 fourth of the Earth's surface is Land, and three-fourths. Water. 
 
 i.— What are the Natural Divisions of land?— The Natural Di- 
 visions of land are continents, islands, peninsulas, isthmuses, 
 capes, mountains, hills, volcanoes, plains, plateaus or table-lands, 
 valleys, deserts, coasts, &c. 
 
 5.— What is a Continent ?— A Continent is a large natural divi- 
 sion of land, containing many countries ; as, America. 
 
 6.— What is an Island ?— An Island is a portion of land entirely 
 surrounded by water ; as, the Island of Orleans, near Quebec. 
 
 7. — What is an Archipelago f — An Archipelago is a group of 
 islands ; as, the Archipelago, in the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 8.— What is a Peninsula f— A. Peninsula is a portion of land 
 almost surrounded by water ; as, Nova Scotia. 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF WATER. 
 
 a- What is an fsthmu, ?_An lathmus is a narrow neck of land 
 
 wh cl, ronnecs two larger portions ; as, the Isthmus ofVlili 
 
 lO-UAa, ,s a Cape ?-A Oape is a point of land which extends 
 
 U.~mat is a Mountain ?~A Mountain is a larRe mass of eirtl. 
 
 «.;?;» iri-""" '"" — '^"^ -n'™ .. c;; 
 
 JL~r"" " ""'.'"" ''^ ""■ -^'"'"''^ "/■ " Mountain ?-Tlie Alti 
 Ohii^s or LIT' "' ''"""'"■" ''"■"* '"- ^«"^- ^-Mountain 
 
 S:S:::;«!Sritr:;oa:pr""' '"-""- ^ - ^- 
 
 issues lire or lava ; as, Mount VesLus, in lialy ' '"'"" 
 
 26._H7.a/ ,s n C/.«««W ?-A Channel is a passage of water 
 wider than a strait ; as, the English Channel. 
 
 21.~nhat ,s a Harbor or Haven f-\ Harbor or Haven is •. 
 S"f '" or hay which affords security for s °ips?as°ry° /^^ 
 
 28.-Hto is a neeff-A Reef is a chain of rocks lying near the 
 surface the water on which ships arc son.etin .s wreAe^ 
 
 29.-H/,a( u a Current ?-A Current is a .,art of the sea in 
 which the water flows as in a river ; as, the Gulf-Strcam. 
 
 3l).~mat,saLake?-A Lake is a large body of water sur- 
 rounded hy land ; as, Lai. Superior. If very small, it is call^l a 
 
 wwr^"' " ". ^'.'T ^~-'^ ^^^'^ '' ■■' ''■"■«« «lream of fresh «ater 
 wh ch flows inio either another river, a lake, or the sea • as the 
 ^^^^-rence. Small rivers are called Creek^, Brooks o; Riv- 
 
 32.~What is the Basin of a Itiver ?-The Basin of a River is the 
 tract of country drained by a river and its tributaries. 
 rill " '^ Slope ?~A Slope is part of a basin ; the St. Law- 
 
 rence has a vioW/i and a sou^A Slope '=<-L.'iV, 
 
 3i.~What is a Water-Shed ?-A Water-Shed is the ridae of 
 laiidor mountain which separates t,ne river-ba^n from no'hei 
 
 ;rr/ch:.:(;x. "^ "^ '"''''-''' "-''-"' '"^ ^'- ^-- 
 
 35.-UV.a( is an Affluent or Tributary ?_An Affluent or Trib- 
 Utary is a nver that flows into another river ; the plac ^ere 
 tvyo rivers meet ,s called Confluence. E.x. : tie Citj of Sore is 
 SI ua ted at the confluence of the Richelieu with the S . Lawr nc 
 and the Richelieu is an aflluent or tributary of the St. Law en c^' 
 
 J 7 '"" " 7"'" '"' "" '"■"'•' ■^''"'•'•'' """ Mouth Of a mver?- 
 Tho Source of a river is the place in which it tak. » ^.s ■ ke or 
 commences; the Mouth is its termination or the place where i 
 mp^ies. If the moutli is wi.le and aflected by tlie ti le, i' s id 
 .... Estuary ; as, the Mouth of the St. Lawrence (a) 
 
 J7.-U/.«, ,, meant by the terms Cp and Down a niver?-Vr, a 
 .nei IS towards its source ; Down a river, towards its mou^ 
 
 B ght Bank of a River is the bank on vour right-hand .i le 
 when descending the stream, and tlie Left Bank, the opposi sil 
 
 Skctiox III.- 
 
 -PHYSICAL OR NATURAL KINGDOM. 
 
 I,— MINERAL KINGDOM. 
 
 Section II.-NATURAL DIVISIONS OF WATER. 
 2l.--IV/,fl< are the Natural Divisiom of Water ?-The Natural 
 
 K rvetTkeV"'' "T ' ""■ «"'^^' «'-'^' ^'-nneMiTr' 
 99 i^r, ' ^'' '-■'"''''"'8. "vers, and torrents. 
 
 wSr ? /* "" "'^'""^-An Ocean is the largest body of salt 
 
 water, which separates continents ; as, the Atlantl. ^ ' 
 
 23._H'Afl/ u a Sea ?-A Sea is a collection of salt water smaller 
 
 tlian an ocean, and rather conflned by land ; as, the MeZZnlan 
 2i.~What is a Gulf or Bau ?_A rtui* ,. n ■ ""="'"'"""«""• 
 
 39.---H7m( is meant by the Mineral Kinydom ?-Dv the Mineral 
 
 e^s?,rc.r"""'^"''' "'""'- '"■"''•-- 
 
 JQ.-Name the principal Metals P-Tlie principal Metals are cold 
 he most precious of all), iron (ihe most useful a,rexteiively 
 d ffused of all metals), silver, platina, mercurv copp i'l 
 
 ranks next to iron in utility), tin, lead, zinc, &c. ' ' 
 
 4I._H'Aa, are Precious Stones ?-PrecioU8 Stones are those 
 which are very rare and brilliant ; as, diamondsVnZ phi" s 
 amethysts, emeralds, &c. """N s.iimius, 
 
 used fo. fuel ; from it gas is made to light our streets and lious.-s. 
 n.-THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 !S'e!rS°'^^°'" " ■"""' '"" "'^ ^'^"'^ -"^ '.-eos produS^ 
 U.-Do alt trees and plants grow equally well in every countruf 
 
 t: 
 
'I 
 
 ■m 
 
 ■J 
 
 nt 
 
 A5.-Wh,ii do most irtrs and phnis i>rodure/—The most nart of 
 trees and plants prodiico llowcrs nnil fruits. 
 
 iG— Where do the mo,l beMliful Flowers and rirhesl fruits grow T 
 -rhe most heaulifiil Flowers and ricli.-sl Pruita crow in hot 
 countries. ° 
 
 47.-IFA«« are the ,,rinvi,ml Fruit, of h.t, ;r tropical countries f 
 -The rrine.pal Fruits of liot conntrirs are oranges, pine-annles, 
 bananas, nutmegs, ll^.s, and olives 
 
 iS.~What arc the principal Fruits of temperate countries f-The 
 pnncipal Prulta of li'miu-rale counlri.'s are grapes, apples, pears, 
 peaches, cherries, and iilunis. ■ ' ii- ji 
 
 i9.~Whatare the chief Uruias f-Th,- rhioS Qr&ina are wheat, 
 oats, barley, corn, rice, *tc, 
 
 I 50 -Where arc Co/fee and T,a produced f-Oottee is produced in 
 Arabia and the tropical regions of America, and Tea, princi- 
 pally in China and India. 
 
 5 1 .— Where are Suyar and Cotton produced I-— Sugar and Ootton 
 are produced priu.ipally in tropical countries, and in the soutliern 
 portion of the United Slates. 
 
 Beet-Root Sugar is produ.,.,! in great quantiti. m the lein. 
 peralo regions. 
 
 lll.-.VNIMAI, KI.Vr.DOM. 
 
 5i>.-liy„u does the Animal Kinndom comprise f— 'The Animal 
 Kingdom comprises all living creatun-s on the earth, and in tlie 
 water. ' 
 
 53._//<„e may the different kinds of Animals be divided ?-The 
 different kinds of Animals consist of Carnivorous, Herbivorous, 
 
 Ws ""'"'' ^""""'' ' "''■'^'' ''''''''' ""?'"«"' "'«' 
 
 «^!lh^"^''K Tf ^"'•'"'"'!'''"" -<'»>«'"* ^-Carnivorous Animals 
 are those that feed on flesh ; as, the Hon, tiger, bear, wolf, fox. 
 
 .rn'riTo?',',' Tr *''*"""'""» '"""'""« '-Herbivorous Animals 
 are^hoso that feed on vegetables; as, the elephant, camel, horse, 
 
 irfti^,?.h.,7 '^'"'^'''r .'""'"""' '-Amphibious Animal, 
 tortiisM." g! ir "" '"" """ '" ''-''-' ' "^' "'" '^«^-"' "''-'^''^'' 
 
 am" .7..??^ '! T"" '"■! ^'""'*"''' '<'"•'»«'* '-Domestic Animals 
 are those that live with man ; as, the ho.-se, o.x, ass, sheep, dog," 
 
 58.-H'A„, are Birds ?-Dirds are animals which have wings and 
 feathers ; as, the condor, vulture, eagle, turkey, hen, goose, &c 
 
 :,9.- Which is the largest bird f~Tho. ostrich. This bird is a 
 native of Africa ; it does not fly, Imt runs very swiftly. 
 
 *W.-What are Fishes f-Fiahea are animals which live in tlie 
 ^yaler; as the whale, the largest of all animals; the dolphin 
 shark, .od, salmon, wolf-flsh, herring, ^c. ; some are very vo a^ 
 cions. • •' " 
 
 6l.-ir/,„, „,. /i.p^7..,?-Reptiles are creeping animals; as. 
 crocodiles, alligators, seriMMits, lizards, w,.rms, ?tc. 
 
 Gt-Whatare Insects t-taaeota a.v small articulate animals 
 without bones ; as, bees, hornets, nios.iuiloes, gnats, &c. 
 
 I, Canrajian.-r Mongolian.-,1. Malayan._4. American.-5. African 
 Section I.— RACES OF MEN. 
 
 CHAPTKH Iir. 
 AN OUTLINE OF POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Of what docs Political Geography treat /-Political Geogranhv 
 treats of the respective counlries of the world as laid out by maii 
 into empires, kingdoms, kc. ; of (heir extent, population, and ma- 
 terial resources; the govenunent, chara.ter, and social condition 
 of the inhabitants; and ilieir religion, language and commercial 
 relations with each other. 
 
 Though all mankind have descended from Adam and Eve • yet, 
 owing to climate and other causes, which we do not understand 
 the human family presents a great variety in respect to color' 
 features, stature, &c. 
 
 \.— What are the various Races of mankind ?— There are Ave va- 
 rieties of the Human Race : The White or Caucasian, the Yellow 
 or Mongolian, the Brown or Malayan, the Copper-colored or Amer- 
 ican, and the Black or African. 
 
 'i.— Whal nations does the White Race include f— The White 
 Race includes the nations of Europe, Western Asia, and the 
 North of Africa, with all the white inhabitants of America, f^c. 
 
 3-— What characterizes the White flaw ?— The White Race have 
 the face oval, the forehead high, and the features regular. 
 
 i.— What nations does the Yellow Race include T—Tho Yellow 
 Race includes all the nations of Eastern Asia (except the Malays 
 of Malacca), the Fins and Laplanders of Europe, and the Esoui- 
 maiix of America. 
 
 5.~What are the characteristics of this Race ?— The Yellow Race 
 have the head nearly square, tlie nose broad, the cheek bones 
 high, and the eyes small and obliquely set. 
 
 6.— What nations does the Brown Race include t— The Brown 
 Race includes the people of Malacca and Malaysia, with those of 
 Polynesia and New Zealand. 
 
 r—What characterizes this Race i'— The Malay Race have the 
 
 hair coarse, f^e forehead low, the nose short, the mouth laree 
 
 and the face broad. ' 
 
 8.— Who constitute the copper-colored or Red Race f— The Indians 
 
 of America constitute the Red Race. 
 
 9.— What are the characteristic signs of this Race?— The Red Race 
 have the forehead receding, a small skull, long, straight, and black 
 hair, dark eyes, and aquiline nose. 
 
 10.— What part of the earth do the Black Race inhabit ?— The 
 Black Race inhabit all Western, Central, and Southern Afriw. 
 and a consu'erable part of Madagascar and Australasia. ' 
 
 [[.— What characterizes this Race f— The Black Race have woolly 
 hair, a very low forehead, a flat nose, thick lips, and prominent 
 jaws. , . 
 
 I i.—IIow may Nations he divided icith respect to their habits oflifef 
 —The Nations, with respect to their habits of life, may still be 
 divided into four classes;. Savage, Barbarous, Half-Civilized and 
 Civilized. 
 
? — The Indians 
 
 LANdUAGEa— RELIGION—GOVERNMENT. 
 
 13.-l»%fl< is ihr general character of Savage Nations i'-Savatre 
 Nations an, po„,.,.„iiy bl„o,l.lhi,sty nn.l rovmigPful ■ !,*!* of 
 
 ;■;■• '•;-;••..' n-l. of .1.0 ,-„..„».. llu,y .aU., i,. w,. .m Irly 
 al vat llunr womou as slav.-s. Thoy livn Bonorally l,y hunUng 
 n^hInK, aii.l thn sponlannona pmluclioiiH of tlu) eurtli. ' 
 
 M.-J/ow ,h Durbarous Nations //if /-Barbarous Natlnn« 
 
 no by agnc„l.„..o a„J tho pasturage of raltl., Tl° y undSS 
 
 ... fow of iho most „sof..I arts, a„.I aro «..,,„ai„tod iTr'Tnt 
 
 and wnliiig to a very limited extent. '^ 
 
 l5.-/fo,« are Ilalf-Civilizcl Nations ,lislin,,uish,;l /-Thev hive 
 some knowledge of agricultnre, and are b,U sligl.t y I , a m d 
 
 e i ■ ybw?" '""'''''■ .T"«y have also ostablislLl 1 v td 
 rUiMon. Tlie.r commerce is limited, owing in a great nart o 
 .he... jealousy of strange... They .en^rally Lt U^rtC^ I^ 
 
 i Jh n!h' "'■' .f "''■■"' "'"'"'" '"'"'<!1^''hr,l /-Amongst OlvU- 
 
 nnnl f -""I."" '''' ""'^ ''^'™^''"' "''« ^«"' ""'U-'-BtOOd, andX 
 
 r.ne:^"rc.;t:' ^'■""^"'"^" ^"'"" "«"""""-' ""-^--'"-^ 
 
 Section II.— LANGUAGES. 
 
 The diversity of languages 
 for.ns one of the most striking 
 points of distinction between 
 the various nations of tjie 
 earlh. 
 
 17.— ;/oio many Original Lan- 
 guages are there in the world f 
 There arc about 80 Original 
 Languages i.i the world. 
 
 18.— //ow many Dialects or 
 Branches are derived from these 
 languages f —Tho vai4ons Dia- 
 lects or Branches derived 
 from tho original languages, 
 number about 3,604. 
 
 iO.— What is meant by a Di. 
 atect ?—\ Dialect is a divers- 
 ily in tho form of a language, 
 or a mode of speaking, or writ' 
 iug it peculiar to a country. 
 
 20. — In xohat manner were 
 languages multiplied ?— We are 
 told in tho Holy Bible, that 8T. Peteu 
 
 ^i—mat IS said of the Chinese Language /-Tho OhinAa« |., , 
 guage IS spoken by a greater number o/ people !,„'!, 
 AW 400 millions of the population of .L^S^r "tLrlr: 
 
 23— What is said of the French Language f~Tho Fr«B«h In,, 
 guago IS spoken in France and its colonies •iaBeI.,T^mr 
 
 2i.-}\hat IS said of the Spanish Lanouane ?_Tho SnL«-i, . 
 guage, ne.xt to tho English, is tho mosTwSely dSuS^^*"''*' "■ 
 
 Mo.ses. Thi.s in lime, was superseded by the Law of Grace mven 
 2o.-Mwl <s Judaism ?-Jvid&iBm is the religion of the Tew, 
 
 ,v.w,„ ,111 ,1,. ™,„i„, „, .,„ ,.„;r,. ci;*; '"" ""•■ "" 
 
 cognizes the Pope as^° vis iehS There"'' " ""'.•^'^'"'^ '■*-'■ 
 sects in thi<; rhiir^i, h "^'^ "^'^''- I™''o are no d.visions or 
 
 28 wZiT'n '"'''' ^'^^^ i« indivisible. 
 
 ""^ f" A.D. 1048 ; all tho schismat- 
 
 ic Armenians, Syrians, Abys- 
 sinians, with soino olheis bo 
 lo.ig to this Chinch. 
 
 iO.— Whal is the Protestant 
 Ch urch f — Tho Protestant 
 Church is that which was 
 foiindi'd principally by Luther 
 and Calvin ; it is d"ivided into 
 a multitude of sects, the prin- 
 cipal of which a.-e,the Method- 
 ists, the Pi'csbyterians, tho 
 An-lic;uis,andthoA.iabapiisls. 
 '^O. — WUal in Miihometanism? 
 — Mahometanism is a relig- 
 ion fu;nul,>,l ill the 7lh cei'i- 
 tury liy the pretended Arabian 
 pi'ophet, Mahomet. It is a com- 
 pilation of monstrous doc- 
 trines and practices, bo.'ro'.ved 
 fro.n vai-ious other religions. 
 These doctrines and practices 
 ai'o contai.ied in a book called 
 tho Koran, which is tho law 
 of the Maliometaii.a. 
 
 'S AT ROME. 
 
 3I.-H7,„, /, Paganism or /</o/n/ry .'-Paganism or Idolatry 
 1^ paymg creatures tho sovereign homage which is due to God 
 
 Section IV.— GOVERNMENT. 
 
 SECTtoN in,— RELIGION. 
 
 AH nations feel the necessity of worshinnhi^ il,„ c 
 
 ly ruie tut He gave the Deenlogno or Written Law to 
 
 3 -11 /,„,,,, „ Government ?-A Government is the power or 
 
 qq"" n'y " "'" '''"'* °f ^ '^°"""'y ■■"'«■ m'-^Jo and executed 
 
 di.— m,at IS the object of Government?— Ilic object of Gover.i- 
 
 tlle"'eoMe '"'"""'"''"""' I'™i"'''5'' «"'! '"'*"'"e "'« I'appiness of 
 
 Ji—Name the different kinds of Government—The different kinds 
 of Govenmientare Monarohy, Aristocracy, and Democracy. 
 
 io—»hnt IS a Monarch!, ?~A Monarchy is that form of Gov- 
 ernment by which an Emporo.-, or King rules during his life 
 Monarchy is either absolute, or limited. 
 
 3C.-)I7,„( is anAbsohileMonarchyf-An Absolute Monarchy 
 IS a goyernmeut by >,hirh the Monarch rules according to his 
 own will ; as in China, Turkey, ^c. When an absolute monarch 
 exercises his power harshly, he is called a despot. 
 
 2i—mi,u is a Limiied Monarchy f—K Limited Monarchy is a 
 government .n which the power of the monarch is hmited bv a 
 constitution ; as, Great Britain. I 
 
POLITICAL DIVISIONS.— NORTH AMERICA, 
 
 1 
 
 ANIMALS OF NORTH AMERICA 
 
 I. Polo CTt.— 2. riiMvor.— 3. Hiittlesnake.— 1. Carcajou.— 5, Lynj!.— 6. naccoon.— 7. CanailiatiOwl.— 8. Iiidi'lphis — !). Urowu llsir'.— 10, Woll' — II. BiilTaio.— 
 12. Fox.— 1.1. Mii.sk Ox.— M. Ilorsn.— I.'). Roe-doer. — I G. Elk.'— 17. Oiiossum. — 18. Flying Squirrel. — I'J. Black S|uirrol. — .'0. I'un:ii|iiiw.— M. I'oud.— 
 22. Eaglo.— -.M. Long-i'annl-Owl.— M. Hawk. 
 
 « f? 
 
 38. — What i.1 (in Arisiocrary ? — .\n Aristocracy is a governinonl 
 by wliicli \\m iiower is vostod in a few persons, generally called 
 nobles. 
 
 3'J. — Wluit i.1 II Demorvacy? — A Democracy is a free government 
 in which llu! people choose their own rulers for a stated period 
 of lime ; as, the United States. 
 
 •10. — What are the Hiilers called / — The Rulers are called Emper- 
 ors. Kings. Princes, Dukes, Presidents, &c. • 
 
 Section V.— POLITICAL DIVISIONS. 
 
 41.— //oil' is the Earth divided politically ?—1'\\e Earth is jwlitic- 
 ally divided into Countries. 
 
 ii.—IIow are Countries divided and classified? — Countries are di- 
 vided into States, and classified according to their forms of gcv- 
 ernment, into Empires, Kingdoms, Republics, Duchies, Princip- 
 alities, and Confederations. 
 
 43. — \y'hat is a State ? — A State is the whole body of the people 
 united under one government, whatever may be the form of this 
 government. 
 
 44. — What is an Empire f — .\n Empire is a stale governed by an 
 Emperor ; as, Russia, Brazil. 
 
 45. — What is a Kingdom? — A Kingdom is a stile .gov(<riied by 
 a King, or Queen ; as, Spain, Enjland. 
 
 4G. — What is a Republic f — A Republic is a slal(! governed by 
 rulers chosen by the people ; as. United States. 
 
 47. — Wliat is a Duchy ? — A Duchy is a small state governed by 
 a Duke. 
 
 48. — What is a Principality? — A Principality is a small stale 
 governed by a Prince. 
 
 49. — What is a Confederation? — A Confederation is the union 
 of several independent States or Provinces, for mutual aid and de- 
 fence, and the attainment of greater prosperity; as, the Dominion 
 of Canada. 
 
 50. — What is a Cityt — A City is a place where a great numlMM' 
 r.f pr-.oplr, rpsido close together, ■with houses arranged in stroe!:; 
 and squares. 
 
 i>l.— What is a Townl—k Town is a collection of houses and 
 people, fewer than a City. 
 
 5-2.- H/ia( is a Capital City, or Toicii ?— A Capital Cily, or Town 
 is the Scat of government of a Country, or State. 
 
 53.— HVidt is a Village?— \ Village is a collection of houses and 
 inhabitants, loss than .i Town. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— The Continent of Amer- 
 ica, also called the New World, extends from the Arctic Ocean, 
 on the N., to the Antarctic, on the S. ; and from the .Mlanlic 
 Ocean, on the E., to the Pacific, on the \V.. being surrounded on 
 all sides by wat(>i'. 
 
 11.— DIVISIONS.— America consists of two vast peninsulas 
 called respectively North and South America, connected iiy 
 the Isthmus of Panama or Darien, which, at its narrowest part, 
 is only 28 miles. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 GENERAL VIEW. 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— North America is the 
 largest and most northern of the grand divisions of the Western 
 Conlinem. It extends from 9° and 74° N. lat., and from 5.5" and KiS" 
 W. long Its length from N. to S. is 4,500 miles ; and its breadth 
 from E. to W., about 3,000 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by the Arctic 
 Ocean ; on the E., by the .\tlantic Ocean ; on the S., by the Gulf 
 of Mexico and the Pacific; and on li..; W., by the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 I[T,—DrVISIONS=— North America, including Greenland, is 
 divided into six principal countries ; viz : — 
 
(■lion of liousi's and 
 
 I. nr 
 Moiilcvs 
 
 ANIMALS OF SOUTH AMERICA 
 
 ■azilian rorcujiini".— ■• Anl-cnii>p_i n.™™ • i ..' . 
 
 Anl-«alcr, — II. 
 
 Chiei' Towns. 1,at. N. 
 
 Cou.vthies, 
 
 2. D0.MIN10N OF CA.NAnA..O//a,tv, 45 os 
 
 4 &o '*'''' "'"/"Vou 38 
 
 5. t,E.NTi,Ar, A.«En.CA Guatemala |i \t 
 
 e. West Indies Ilavannah n 10 
 
 Oc«!I^®^°'^^ OP LAND.- I. I8land8.-In iln, A.vii,. 
 
 1*1 elm, Pnnce FMward, luul .l/,;/,os//. i„ the CaribLean Sea is iL 
 
 ait uba Ilaijl,, Januuca. aiiil Po,vo /(/,•«. On llio Puriflc coast 
 aro .1... Island., of IV,.,.,.,,.,.. (,„... r/.,./„»,., p.,,« 0/1.'^,^' 
 a.-PeninsuHs.-Ti.,. ,mosi ,.,.,n;Mi«l.l,. .-...p, i„ ,i,„ A,...|io 
 «-//„„ .•M.d .1/,.//,.,.///,... i„ „„. Ail.nii,., ,„t,,a,,oy, Nova 
 
 «.■■■., oi„.ni„f; into llH.Allanli,. l,y liin'o vid,J rliannds ; tlio Gulf 
 or Lsliuu.y of th,. .S7. 1.awmue ; Iho Hays of Fuadi,, Delaware, Ches 
 
 .'.rf's, "";.'',';."■ '' "■""' •■""• '"^ ^"'■'*^-" ^- ^'^ «" »"« -"t 
 
 o...t ; Iho Onllol £■„/,/«,.,„•„ an.ls,.v,.ml oliRU's of lesser impor- 
 tan,.e, on tlie wesl coasl. ' 
 
 . -— Stralts.-/)rtr,V .S7,.,„V, iH.iwoeu Greenland and tlie Don.in- 
 ion of Canada; IluJsons Stnui, N. of Labrador ; the Strait of 
 
 itcil/'.i<//> It'll tfx.iii \T,,.,.r 11 1 . . , . ' ' 
 
 and Labrador; and behrings 
 
 Oci'an. 
 
 ^™..^ and ,..,,,, Mn,h.,.a;in..;,:;.;;:;;:;:v^^^^^ 
 
 f/,«;^?T!;-7'i'"', '"''"'''"'' ■"■' '''"•'■"■^"' ^- of Greenland; 
 
 A«W^ S. 01 Monda ; taloehe. N. of Yn.'alan : .<;. /.„,„,, s. of Lower 
 Cahfornia ; and .V,.„,/,W„„, NY. of il„. i:,ui,.,| Slates 
 
 om ";; orAHi'''''- -'"-^■-li...".-arly parallel to the eoas. 
 
 hWTs-^^ •"'"■' ^ , ■- "" '"-^ '""""""•"■'' ^"•'-^'^•''"•« "long 
 ,!li„ r ' ;■'"'•■'' '"'■''''* '" ""'' ''J-'*"'"' rise far above 
 
 Puu ... a jMi of III,. 1.. , sysu Mends belAv.vn Iho Rock v 
 
 « "":; ''" '"'■ v" ' ;' '^ ■"""■" "■" ^«^"""' - "-^ "• ^ 
 
 luniina, and Ih - Su;-ra ^,,■a(la, in C'lliforHia 
 
 occnii^^S^"^?^/^,^ '"'-'• ^'^^f^ ^"-i Bay8.-The three 
 oceans xnIo,!) wash Norlh Anieriia. form a .-real n.anv cnlfs ..0,1 
 
 Sol ':/:^':;3:'^;;,::S'" r^rj^'^ ""^^ -^^^^^^' ^^' 
 
 "0' -'"■■■•'■' r>.»i!iG m.nland ; Ihuhua, Hay, a gn-at n.l.-iior 
 
 1,1) DesorlMion of (ho wslcrs. '^ ' ~ 
 
 Uclle-hle, bi'tween Newfoundland 
 slrail, between Ani(.'ri(.a and Asia. 
 
 3.-Lake8.-C/.ea/ Bear (A), Great Stave, Athabaska, Winnipeg, 
 an( many others, „, the Norlh-West Territory. The gi-eat Lakes 
 
 0,',/ r .■?. Ti""' r';'' "'' ^"'"''"'"' •'"""''"''' ■"''^'»'»'"'' "'"-"'h Erie and 
 0. , , ; these lakes are re.narkable for their violent storms, the 
 tra,H)aren,.y of th,.,r waters, and the al.nndance of fish ihev 
 conuiin. 
 
 S.-Rivers.-Th,. prin-ipal livers are, the Mackenzie and 
 
 and /,«/ /(„.,., ,„to the llndson Bay ; the St. La,vren»e, the ontlet 
 1 -'v.^r ''f"-\."'"l">i"g into tl"> Atlantic; the A/Z^mw,/ 
 
 mloth. GulfofM,^v.co; the C«Wa,/«, .S,u.,.«mm/o, C„;a«,6<« fVa 
 --T, and Kwichpacic inlo ihe Pa,.inc. i.">i»"ip(«, /•,a- 
 
 Se.;tion M.— SOI th AMKRICA. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.- Sonih America, the 
 .sonlhern grand division of the Western Continent, is a trian-ular 
 peumsula, comprised between 1-;o N. and 5Go S lal and 
 between 35" and 8- W. long. lis length, from N. toS., is 
 4,(.60 miles, and its bn^adth, from E. to W., 3,100 miles. 
 
 n.--BOUNDARIES.-It is bounded, on the N., by the Carib- 
 bc^an Sea ; on the E., by Iho Atlantic Ocean ; on the S., by the 
 Sonthern Ocean ; and on 1 he W., by the Pacific Ocean 
 
 ni.-DIVISIONS.-So.ilh Americ... -. divided ialo iwcivc 
 principal countries ; viz :— 
 
 (M rt derives its name frorn being silusted under tlie oon.tellatiou called th* Great Bear. 
 
!■ I 
 
 i&Ar 
 
 CiiiKP Towns. 
 
 COIINTHIES 
 
 I. CoU.Mlln //„,/,„„ 403., j^ 
 
 .. \KNKZiKi,A Qiraceaa to 30 '• 
 
 1 n..':)!!:^ l-'-or.jelown C 
 
 llllAZII. 
 
 Pamaliav,. 
 I iniiiAv. . 
 I-aI'/.m.v ... 
 
 I'a'I'AHiiM V . 
 
 Ciiii.i 
 
 Hol.lVlA 
 
 I'KIII 
 
 I'.'cl AlHJll ... 
 
 . /(/() Jaiifiro 22 53 ^ 
 
 Asmiiirion 20 " 
 
 Vnnteviiiro 34 54 .. 
 
 Ilueiiiix Ai/ici.... 32 55 •! 
 
 /'('/■' Ih'siri' 48 20 '• 
 
 SitiiUdi/o 33 30 •• 
 
 Chiii/nisdcii )<) 10 ■• 
 
 Lima \-2 o .. 
 
 Oiiilii ;'. d i;^ .. 
 
 horn. W. 
 
 74° 13' 
 C7 
 58 
 42 43 
 r.7 40 
 5(> 13 
 (iO 30 
 (i7 30 
 71 
 fi3 30 : 
 70 55 ; 
 77 50 I 
 
 -Till' l\il/.!,in,/ 
 
 ,/' 7?-^^^,®^°^^ °^ LAND.-l Islands.- w, 
 
 ^n^aul,,., W. of |.;„.,onia ; J„an Fen.n,,,.-, W o cil "k; 
 llior,V,7»,7„,v. W. „fCol„Mil,ia <"».-i'iii, mul 
 
 ''■— Oapes. Till' piin- 
 (■ipiil .-iiv, Ciipcs.sv. /;,„/i„. 
 
 illld h'fh. li. „f liivizil; 
 
 C,i]if //„)■;,, s. or Tl'ITa 
 
 del I'lio-o; ^md Cape 
 
 Hl'iiirn. S.AV. oIKi'iijidor. 
 
 ;f- — Mountains. — 
 
 Tlici«'an\iu Soiilli Aiii- 
 
 f'liia, llirt'i> |iiiiiripal 
 
 iiiouiilaiii sysk'iiis :— I. 
 
 Tiio Amies or Conlilkras, 
 
 wliicli cxiend along the 
 
 PaeiHe coast ; 2. tlie />«- 
 
 Wnif. N. of Diazil ; 3. the I 
 
 Iliaziliiiii Si/slrm, form- 
 ing iieveial chains which I 
 
 ponerally (-.Mend from | 
 
 N. to S. The Andes con- 
 
 lain several remarkable 
 peaks : the Aconcagua 
 in Chili, is one of the | 
 most noted. Around Qui. 
 to are found the Pichin- 
 Cha, Chimborazo, Cuto- 
 pari, Aniisaiia, and Cay. 
 ambe: this last is direct- 
 
 ly under the equator. 
 
 TprrT? I ^ ^■~^'"' ^"''''' °^ ^'^srllan, between Patagonia an.l 
 X^dtatSl- n^ "" "^ ^^^"'■-'•«"-- Terr/ del l,':! 
 
 AmeTica^^L^kT'^,!""''' "T ^''' h.'^'' "' ""y in'Portanee in South 
 
 PoTarettfpHS"'*"' '" '°'°'"'''^' ""'' ^^"'^ ""^"-^ '" 
 
 ^~BAverB.-The Orinoco, in Venezuela: the Amazon the lar' 
 
 deLa Plata, which empty into the Atlantic Ocean. The A,„ 
 receives several important tributaries; the principal are on th 
 south bank the Madeira, and on the noAh, the iV.,r vhTc'h form 
 a remarkable connexion with the Orinoco. 
 
 Section III.-ON N, AND S. AMERICA 
 T!:o valleys on!:e MissisBlppi, Missouri, Mackenzie, 8t. Lawrence, 4c., of 
 
 Co.NPUORATrOS l.V THB PnAinics, 
 
 n.c..ox.«„sive,„«.;j;:;,;,':i'';,7''""'""''"' "• "■' '"'^ '■"■•"' ""• "^ '"" 
 
 A.lan.i,., on tl.o .'outltVsl ' '"""""""' "' "'""• "" "'^" f"'' '» »'» 
 
 A.na,o„ ,0 i„a. of.t.e M. Lawr-ncc, i„ Nc-fh AmoriVa ''">' •" '"" 
 
 "- l,i«.„.,t and >:^ , ' , , : :::•""'"!'■ '^""■P"'. ^ Ko„a,lor, i, one of 
 
 Ml. — CLIMATE. —In 
 
 BfiHTuI, Nortli America lias a 
 lomjicralupe 10» lower limn 
 woMorn Europo, in the same 
 parallels, nnj is subject to 
 greater exiromos and more 
 sndJon changes. The Pacilic 
 I'oast in as mild in climate as 
 llio western portion of Eurojie, 
 In Canada the transition froin 
 winter to summer is very sud- 
 den, which causes a very short 
 "I'ling. A material dilference 
 e.xisis holween the climate of 
 I he Eastern and Western Con- 
 liiients, the cause ofwduch is 
 ullrihutablo to the shape of 
 I he Continents and to tlie por- 
 tions of each, which are situ- 
 ated in the <liirerenl zones. 
 Iliil, il is a remarkable /act 
 Ihiit theOlil Continent is much 
 enldrr in iho E. than in the 
 W., under the same latitude. 
 
 I vm— NATURAL 
 PRODUCTS. - I Mlne- 
 
 rnla.— The soil of America 
 .ilii'iiiiils in minerals, the chief 
 huh are gold, principally 
 li iind ill CiiMfornia and Bril- 
 i.-li Cohiniliia ; silver, in Me.x- 
 iVe., hi nrazil ; iron, lead, and 
 
 diiininnils, enieralils 
 
 ' .'11 i.ti I inili , ...iiiiii, ,,!,:., I'liit'ruMis i\-(' 
 
 lietrnlenm Hpri,,?., in the fnited Slates and Canada. 
 
 2.— Vegetablea.-'J I'lanis and Iree.s are di\ersilie,| according to Ihe cli- 
 nia le and other eircumstances, which tend to modily vegetation. Among the tfees 
 of the temperate regions are the pine, Mr, cedar, onk, a,h, elm, walnut-tree 
 in.i)ile *c. ; m the hot regions are logwood, rosewnod, banana, coconut, orange' 
 Ae. ; the principal plants ineludn eolTee. siigai-oaiie, tobacco, pine-npple, *c. ' 
 
 a.-Anlmals.-;See Iho cuts of .North and Sniiih America.! 
 
 Section IV.— POLITICAL GICOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.-HISTORY.-Christoplier Columbus, a native ofOenoa, persuaded of the 
 
 m cotVoL'" ""'"■ ""'■ "•"' "^ '"'•" '"^^-''^ '"« -"• •- would be able to 
 fbv LTe^ ""yountries, or reach the west of Asia, and conllrmed in hisbe- 
 itfby the fact thai various tropical products, even bodies ofmen of an unknown 
 TlsreT TT^ '"" "''"" '""^''-'"f "'"Azores Islands, left Spa^n 
 Onlle 1 "r o h''"':Z''''''" '""'"'''"""' "'"' '-"-"".towards the «' si. 
 rnanah ; . °, '' '^"•' ''^"'' """^' ''"'■«"'•*• '"' *"»"'•'"' ""o Island of 
 
 Guanaham, which he named San Salvador; in 1198 ho discovered the month 
 
 UkesiuTIV''"'' ':''''''''" --""-f^'-"'™! America; but .he eon.inem 
 
 akes IS name from Amencus Vespucius, a n.ilive of Florence, who explored a 
 
 pari of the coast of South America, in the year li'JO. "piorea a 
 
 X. -ETHNOGRAPHY. - I. Races.-Th. population of 
 America IS composed, in gro.it niajoriiy, of Kuropean origin. 
 rlritiBli, Irish, and Freneli roiiiMiji.,! iim i „>. .. i • , 
 
 v«..i, A • ""^ y--'-": <ii,n,ii?,ini t.ie tL-mpfj'ale regions of 
 
 North America; the Spaniards and Portuguese, the South] 
 
---'^■'^^'^^l^t^^^^!^liL^^Z^^^ 
 
 an of ^v l,o,a an, now fm-, oxcoi.t i,. tl.o Spanish W.«t Indio. 
 
 A groat nu„,lx.r of aboriginal trills, rail..,] Indians an- t inly 
 scattered ovor tlio Continmit. TJiev ar„ U>-u:\\^l. ncT ^ 
 
 color an.lhave l.iack, straiK..,, an;.o;:;;,fi:;^f ^^' °^ " ""P^«^'- 
 
 Es?nim:„y Tllov f ^'"'l^^-- "- ^-"'1 «^ few Indiann called 
 
 01 annuals, and livo ni snow Jmls (hiring the winter. 
 
 S.-Languages.-Tho langnages spoken in America are n-.t 
 .rally those of the first se.tlers, the English, IWl 's,a,i t 
 and Portnguose, with an an.azing variety of Indian dialects 
 
 AmLit.i and n, H,„ honthern part of North America Pro 
 tesUnt.sm predon.inates in the Northern part of North AnJeri,', 
 
 l-Goyemment.-The repnhliean form of government is 
 hat win, h now universally prevails (hronghont America el , 
 »n.z. andCa,K.da. The aborigines not living adop d WW i' 
 at n have no fonn of governn.nt, and are in a tate o Ic!;, t" 
 
 10. (Jooso —II. iri.fT. _ I J. Sheep. — 1,1. 
 
 S-a the .Vrehipelago, an.l ihe Mediterranean ; and on Ihe W.. hv 
 ine Atlanlie Ocean. 
 
 sev!nr°^^^^^°^^-~''"''"P'' '"•■'>■ '"' '"^ ''•'■'' i"'« "'e followhig 
 
 si'M'nIeen countries: — 
 
 COCNTRIES. 
 
 OlIfKl' TllHN^ 
 
 '• HiiiTLsn Isles ■iomrolTZZZ' 
 
 V. Uknaiaiik \Cn,m,h,„irn .... 
 
 ■t- bWEDKN i<» Noiiwav..S/»pA/,o/,„.... 
 
 ^- Fhanck />,„./, 
 
 b. Bbloium DnLixrh ' 
 
 '.'HoM-AND \The llwinr 
 
 f"- (jeiimany ) „ ■ 
 
 I lin-lm 
 
 I'Vi N. LoM. 
 
 .^fUt,' 
 5!) 5". 
 
 '•'• PimssiA 
 IC. .VfsrniA..' 
 
 II. SwiT7.EIlI.AMl 
 
 I'-'. PoliTlliAI 
 
 l;l. Spain '. 
 
 11 Italy 
 
 I.). States of tiikCii 
 
 Hi. (InEECK 
 
 • .yiriiiiii... 
 ...fli'riir .... 
 ■ .■'l.islKill ... 
 ...Mudviil... 
 
 \ lionir 
 
 \tlini.f 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 OENERAL VIEW. 
 
 Section I.-PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 f.--SITUATION AND EXTENT.- Europe occupies the 
 north western part of the Eastern Continen . It i Tuated 
 bet.^3n.%30'aiid 7l»N.lat.; and Ween 1 0" w!, ^'.d Ts- 
 
 r.;„ M?""' ""'!."' '"■"'^*"' ^'■"'" ""-' North Cape, in Lanlarl -o 
 Cape Matapan, in Greece, is 2,400 miles. " 
 
 n-BOUNDABIES.-It is bounde.l on the N., by the Arctic 
 
 ncj>an • OP "i" F h--''--i' !ii . ''■> "J "II rvH lie 
 
 u , ji. ..!.. (-„, r>j ,„t.- Li-il Mountains, the Ural River and ihe 
 
 Caspian Sea; on the S., by the Cancasia'n Mountains the Black 
 
 TniKBv IN EiinoT.|;.'.;oi»x/,„',';/^; ;,'/,}," " 
 
 48 
 
 ,50 
 
 r,o 
 
 51 
 
 ■>=) 
 
 0-5 
 
 
 
 ."■>;? 
 
 31 
 
 iH 
 
 1' 
 
 ili 
 
 57 
 
 :m 
 
 ii 
 
 ill 
 
 •2i 
 
 il 
 
 5i 
 
 il 
 
 59 
 
 1 
 
 0»5'W. 
 
 10 50 E 
 
 It) 8 " 
 
 30 20 " 
 
 2 21 " 
 
 4 20 '■ 
 
 4 53 " 
 
 13 25 " 
 
 10 21 ■ 
 7 27 •■ 
 7W 
 ;i 43 •• 
 
 12 2C E. 
 
 ,'J 44 " 
 
 2.^ 5!t " 
 
 « 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 a 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 ■s 
 
 in natural riclie' ro„;th iTT. , ^ '':';,;™,: '" 7"""-. "-" 
 
 it presents a much gi-ont.r exl.-nl of c a thin' "v „; , , '7"'""" '° '" ''''• 
 so that i. racihlU. tor .,„.,,.., Jrl r,,:!^^ ^t: ''" ^"'" "''"""■ 
 
 is oXi"::::.::;::"^,;-^;;; :—/"""■ ^ '"- --^""- 
 =vroiar^r:^~rSfH^^^ 
 
 Mountains to the North 8oa. "' "'=™" ' ""'' ""^ "'« Ur«l 
 
 The Scandinavian Mountain chain ri=..3 to the heioln nr .i 
 thousan.1 feet, ami several ofits sumn.i.s all „ loS . ''T-h'" "^ 
 r.-el. The lino of perpetual snow is at half t eb -at f ru^'t r""' 
 tho .ooull, o.xten.l from the Allantio to the Sirni of w ,• "«»">'«"'s <" 
 
 Pyrenean range rise to above II 000 fcel T „ Le" T i """"" "'""' 
 
 Alpine chain, is at an v -ation o about 8 OOO t t, Tr'""' '""^ "^""^ 
 altitmlo of about 15,00. .„e.. ' '' ^'" '"""''' '»'"'« """i" «» 
 
 V.-DIVISIONSOFLAND.-I islandc Th, 
 
 niarkable islands are, in -i^o Arclic O^^I^: ^^JS^, ^^J:: 
 
■' II 
 
 (.' Mi 
 
 I , it 
 
 12 
 
 EIIIIOI'K. 
 
 yen, in\i\ Lo/fo<ien ; in lln' Itallic Sou, Aland, Dago, Ofttel, Olnml, 
 mill Onlhlniid ; in lln- Mi'clilci'raiioaii, ilajoren, Minorca. Irini, 
 Sirily, fliillii, Caiiiliii. aiiil tho loiiiiin hies : in tin' Allanlic, llii' 
 Drilish. llrbridm, ami Slirllaiiil Isles. 
 
 ■> —Peninsulas.. -AnuinKst tlii> nnmoroun Pi'iiiimnins of Kn- 
 i'c)li,> aiv Liji'.iiiil, \.-\V. Ill' llnssia ; Scivuliimrin, c'on)iiiisiii« 
 Swi'iliMi, Norway, ami Dmniaik; llio Ihrrimi poiiinsnla, or Spain 
 ami I'orluRal ; Italy .ind Morfa. in tin' Meditorrancnn ; nml llio 
 Criinra, in ||i,' lilark Sea. 
 
 Isthmuses.— Tlifw nro in Knropi', only iwo i.stlnnnsi'M ro- 
 MiarkaLiln lor llu'ir narrownons : Cm-inih, jnininv' llii- .lAuvd lo 
 (Iri'ero ; Pcrckni), JDiiiinn tin' Crimru lo Unssia. 
 
 ;t.— Oapes.— 'I'lii- principal arc, llu' iVo(7/i Oz/if, in l.aplaml ; llic 
 Ndsr, ill llin S. (if Norway ; tin' ImiuI's KihI, in llii> S. of 
 Kiifrlaml ; Cap<' Clrnr, in tlu' S. of Ireland ; CajH-s Orlrgul ami 
 FiiihU'rn', in the N.-\V. of Spair. ; Cape Si. ViiKrnl, in llie S, of I or- 
 tugal ; Cape Si)artivfnlo, in 
 till' S. of Italy ; and (lape 
 
 ihlapon. in llu- S. of Greece. 
 1- — Mountains.— Tlie 
 
 iiio:'t reinarlialile inoiuilain 
 
 I'tiaiiH of Knrope are (he 
 
 iiiil and Ciiiirdsiix, between 
 
 ICurope and Asia ; the lint- 
 
 liitii.i, in Tnriiey ; the 0//v'(i- 
 
 lliiiiiis. in Anslria; tlu- AI/li, 
 
 in the N. of Ilaly ; llie .lyica- 
 
 iiiiirx, in Italy ; the Pyir. 
 
 ;i(V's, Iielweeii France and 
 
 Spain ; and the Donr/ielil 
 
 and A'/(i/ni,liel ween Sweden 
 
 and iN'orwav. 
 
 VI. - HYDROORA 
 
 PHY.- I. Seas. -The 
 
 Oceans are the Arctic and 
 
 tliR Atlantic. Thi> Arctic 
 
 forni4 the White Sea, in 
 
 Russia ; tho Atlantic forms tl^ 
 
 \ II.— OLIMATH.— The ollmiito of Kump« in morn Inmpcrme than tlinl uf 
 any otliiT |iorllon of tlin glnhnnf o.|iml Mtfltil. This Is |)rlncl|ially owinU lo Iliu 
 mim of huali'.l nir smpniiil.'il iivcr tin' Imrnlng lanils of Al'riia , wliii:h, rn-ni'l- 
 liiff ii|H)n tho •iimiHiiiliMg nlmiLspliiTi', cnmniiirilcalin lo it a (frnnt [lurlioii ol its 
 lioiil. Homo allriliiilii u pml of ihi^ clumoney lo llio Gulf Stream (a). Tho 
 ousii'rn riiiinlrli'9 or Kuroiio, liciiin i'X|io»ocl lo tho oonlinunl casl ami norlli-flast 
 winils of Silicriii, iini cniinoiiiii.nlly mil. »! roMcr Uiaii Ihn nilicr ports. In all lli.i 
 KoulhiTu coiinlrn's wliii^h aro slii'll.'ri'.l from Ihtw) wiiula l.y mouotniim, llio 
 opiKiKilo I'lTi'd IH prmliicKil by iho H. ami H.-K wimh, wliioh, pa»«liig from llio 
 biiriiinu plains of llin linmoiiso Sulmrn, aro miliiy ami vi'ry oppressive. 
 
 Kiiroim, connepBiiiK cllmnln, mnr lin (liviil.>,l into lliree «on«s ; ihu Norlln'rii, 
 Miihll . ami SoulhiTii. m iho llrsl, only two nonsons oocur, siiinmer nnil 
 winter. In the seeon.l, llio four seosonn aro dimlni-l. In tho thiril, vo({ela- 
 lioii ia very lillle inlerrtipli<.| ; frusl or «now Ik lolJom soon, oxcopi un iho high 
 iniiiinlains. The parallels 4(1- ami W woiilil nearly mark tho biMimlurles of 
 these towf. 
 
 VIII -NATURAL PRODUCT8.-I Min«r»l».-ln Euroiw, III. pre. 
 
 eleiis nielaU iii.' rii'l f'liihl iii -n.h iil.un.lanco as in llm other groal Jlvisions : 
 
 golii ami silver are fouml In the 
 
 ClLTlllU or TIIK Vl.Mi. 
 
 Hallic, Ihi! A'i)/7/i, the Irish and 
 tho Medilerranran Sea; the Mediterranean forms tho Ailriulir, the 
 Archiprlnijo, tho Mdrmorn. and thi' lUnrf! Sra ; and tho latter forms 
 tho Sea o( Azor. 
 
 2.— Gulfs and Bays.— The Gnll's of Dolhnia, Finluwl, and 
 Riga, in the W. of Russia ; the Bay of Uisriiij, W. of Franco ; the 
 Gulf of Lynnx,^. of France ; tho Gulf of Gnioa, S, of Sardinia ; anil 
 the Gulf of TaraiUo, S. of Italy. 
 
 3.— Straits.— Tho HViij/j/i, iM'twcen Russiii and the Nova Zeiiihia 
 Island ; the Great, and Liltlc Brit, in Doninark ; the Englixh Cluin- 
 ncl and Dover Strait, hotwoon France and Kngland ; Gibndinr, 
 between Spain and Africa ; Donifacia, b;!twoon tho Corsica and Sar- 
 dinia Islands ; Messina, between Italy ami Sicily ; the DardaitclUs. 
 connecting tho Archipelago with tho Sea of Marmora ; and 
 Constantinople Sirail, connecting tho Sea of Marmora with tlie 
 Black Sea. 
 
 4. — Lakes.— The principal aro, Ladoga and Onega, in Russia ; 
 Wener, Welter, and Melar, in Sweden ; Genera and Constance, in 
 Switzerland ; and Lough Neagh {Nay), in Ireland. 
 
 5. — Riveri The Onega, Northern Dwina, and Prtchora, which 
 empty into till Arctic Ocean; tho Volga, the largest river in Europe, 
 which empties into the Caspian Soa ; tho Dnieper and Don, 
 into the Black Sea ; all these rivers aro in Russia. Tho Danube, 
 which crosses Austria and Turkey and discharges itself into the 
 Black Sea. Tho Rhone, in France, and tho Ebro, in Spain, (lowing 
 into the Mediterranean. The Guadalquircr, Tagus, and Douro in 
 Spain ; the Gironde, Loire, and Seine, in Franco, which flow into tho 
 Atlantic. The Thames, in England ; tho ]Veser and Elbe, in Ger- 
 many, emptying into the North Sea. Tho Vistula, in Prussia, and 
 tho West Dwina, in Russia, flowing into tho Baltic Sea. 
 
 Cnrpalhian Mountains ; iliomomls 
 aii'l phitiim, in iho UrnI Mount- 
 ains ; iron, in Knghiml, I'rance, 
 ami Hwoilon. Coal is plentiful in 
 Orf ,il niiluin ami Belgium , leail, 
 In Kngiaiiil anil Hpnin ; marble, 
 In Italy ami lireoce, 
 
 2 — Vegetables. — Willi 
 res|ii'i;l lo vogelablo |iriiiliiclions, 
 Kuropo may bo iliviileil into four 
 innes : tlio llrsl is lliiit of rye, 
 Imi'li'V, anil oats, ami comprises 
 Swo.len, Norway ami tho north- 
 ern part of llussia. Amongst tho 
 trees are lir, birch, ami oak. Tho 
 seeonil is that of whunl, maize, 
 flax, hemp, poars, apples, Ac, ami 
 comprises tho Hrili«h Isles, Bel- 
 gium , llolluml , Iho north of 
 France, Germany, 4c. Tho lliirl 
 is that of wine, tobacco, nuts, 
 pe.ii'lies,('ic. ; it comprises France, 
 Oermanv, Anslria, and tho south- 
 ern piirtiifllussi:!. The I'.iuilli is lli I nl' olives, oriingos, tigs, rioo, mulbeiiu's; 
 il ciimprises Iho cuiiiiiries lionleriMi,' on the MeiliiiTranean. 
 
 The fuui-lh cimlains birch, llr, ami pine, in Ihe ncrlh ; oak, booch, Ac, In tlia 
 centre ; ch.'sniiil nml w.ilinit. in llie suiilli. 
 
 •''•— Animals —Willi auiiuuls are not numerous in Europo; tho principal 
 are, tho li-own ln'iir, elk. ,Ve. The ilmni'slio animols aro Iho horse, ox, sheep, 
 ri imlerr. dog, ami cut. 
 
 Amongst the remarkable Kiirnpean birls arc llie beariloil vulture, tlie largest 
 bird lifprey ; the golden cngle, sli rk, spoonbill, pelican, Ac. 
 
 SixTiox II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I'"' —HISTORY.— Tho history of modern Europe starts from nome, as its 
 ;;tiniliirf, Irom Greece. In ihe e.irly years of the Christian era, tho Romans 
 -■.ibiluud all (ho west and norlh of Europe, as fur us Iho Baltic Tho Roman 
 ;iowfT was favorable lo civllizalion ; it increased the measure of general liberty, 
 iromoled intercourse in various ways, especially by tho construction of good 
 roads on a largo scute, and iierfecled llio civil law. As Ihe Roman Empire 
 .l.clinoj, the Northern rose Inlo iMi|Kirlance, and obtained at last a firm foot- 
 inj as, in England and iho west of France. Tho Feudal System, with these 
 people, made tho tenure of land depend on the condition of military service. 
 Dut this system as a military organization proved a fiiliire ; it created turbulent 
 vassals and not trained soldiers, and after c.icpericncing in the sixteenth century 
 tho groat superiority of tho Ottoman troops, European nations adopted the 
 system of standir.g armies. But tho imjiious doctrines spread over the world 
 liy tho means of false philosophers, spoiled the nations ; hence the wars, the 
 rebellions against legitimate authority, caused the revolutions of tho last and 
 present centuries, and the extinction of several ancient and modern dynasties 
 
 (ii) Th« Gulf Stream l» a romarkabit oorrant of warm water whioh, inuing from the Gulf 
 of Mexico, in Norlh America, paaael iMtween Florida and the Bahama iBlanda nortbmrd 
 along the oooet of the banks of Newfoundland ; tbenoo it oroeses the ocean to the shores of 
 North-Western Euroiie. the olimato of which it so modifios in winter that the sea there 
 remains unfroien even bej'ond the Arctic Circle. 
 
 This stream flows for a distance offi.SOO miles with a width of from 60 to 400 mtloa. It is 
 of a dccp-biao color, with a iriinntaofircai ry to sy jcgroid uvuti i.i uiuler. lUvelt-iiy 
 is from 2 to 6 miles per hour. 
 
 iM-ffiS^St 
 
ASIA. 
 
 irn iKinporal* than (lint cil' 
 a |irlni:l|iall)' nwlnfll>i lli>' 
 iif Arru'a, wlili:li, riwii'l- 
 to it « Krivit iHirliuii ol Itn 
 in Viulf SIrtam {a], Tlio 
 liniial Kimt ami nnrth-oa^l 
 hrtoiliiT|)arlii. Inolltho 
 fiiiili liy miiiiutaiiiK, llio 
 which, |iii»«in({ fiiim llm 
 vcrjr 0|i|ir<>»»ivi'. 
 roi' <!orm« . tliu Norllurn, 
 ions ni'cup, miinmiT nml 
 't. Ill llin lliiril, vc'nc'ln. 
 Mtiii, otcniii III! ihii high 
 nmrli Iho liiiiiii{|ark'» uT 
 
 kla.— Ill KurofH), iha pro- 
 
 II) othor groat dlvlilonn : 
 il sllvi-r nrn I'miinl In Iho 
 Ian Mountains ; illamuiulA 
 tliiii, III tlio Ural Muiini- 
 nn, ill Kii([lancl, I'raiii.'o, 
 Klon. Coal Is |ili>nllfiil in 
 iliiinanil Ui'lgiuni , h'ail, 
 ami anil Hpaiii ; marblo, 
 nnti (Jrooco. 
 
 Vegetables. — With 
 So vogi'lablo |iriii|iicllon«, 
 iiiny lio ilKiiloil Into roiir 
 Iho llrst is that of lyo, 
 XMil nnts, anil corn|>riso9 
 Norway ami tho norlh- 
 of Itiissiii. Amongot Iho 
 ' llr, hlroh, anil oak. Thu 
 s that of wheat, niiiizo, 
 ip, pears, applos, Ac, ami 
 IS tho Uritii'li l.'^lrs. Do!- 
 Iliillaml , tho north at 
 liorinnny, Ao. The thirl 
 if wino, tobacco, nuts, 
 Ac. ; it comprisos Franco, 
 , Aiislrlii,anil thosoiith- 
 9, Dgs, rioo, mulbouies; 
 an. 
 : oak, beech, Ac, in tho 
 
 I Euro|ie; the principal 
 •0 tho horse, ox, sheep, 
 
 iloil vulture, the largest 
 
 Ac. 
 
 turts Trom Home, as its 
 ■istian ora, the Romans 
 10 Baltic. Tho Roman 
 sure of general liberty, 
 
 construction of good 
 Ls tlie Roman Kinpire 
 icd at last a Arm Toot- 
 
 1 System, with these 
 in of military service, 
 e ; it created turbulent 
 ; the sixteenth century 
 
 nations adopted the 
 ipread over the world 
 ; hence the wars, the 
 itions or the last and 
 nd modern dynasties. 
 
 oh, inuing frcm the Gulf 
 ihama lalanda northward 
 he ocean to the shores of 
 Inter that the aea there 
 
 om(iOto4(Xllnilei. It la 
 
 13 
 
 I. Hyena.— ■?. Loopai-.l.— 3. Tigor.— t. Zi'brn,- 
 
 ANIMAL3 OF ASIA. 
 
 Do,!,— 0. IVauock— 7. lilepliant.— 8. niiinoccros • 
 lug Ox— 1:1. Woir. 
 
 -a. Bear.— 10, Wombnt.-ll. Wild As.i.-I J. Orowl- 
 
 X.-ETHNOOBAPHY.~l. Race8.-Tl.,3 i,„i,„i;„i„„ „f 
 Eiiropo consists of many vail,.ti,.s of l|„. C.iR'a.sia,, oi- whif ivur 
 
 lhoymayb«divi.l..,liulo th. gn.aUai,uli,.s :-|. 'li... Tru(onic 
 
 whicli comprises tim Uc.'iiians, 8.-an,linav.;,Ms. i;„.lish, Scotch" 
 c-nd Irish ; 2 tlio i«(/„, coiM,,fisinK Htc r.viicl., Spauiarils, I'm' 
 tllguoso and Italians ; 3 tl... Sch,,u„ic, whicii ci.tnpriscs the Uus- 
 siun.s, Poles, Uolicinians, &c 
 
 2.-ReUglon.-Chrisliaiiity prevails lliron«iioiU Enronc, not 
 excepting even Tnrkey, where two thirds of Ihe people are Chris- 
 tians of tho Greek Ciinr.li. The nuiulier of Catholics in Knrorie 
 IS computed at I3C millions. ' 
 
 Europe is distinguished, above Ihe oilier parts of the Kl.die 
 as the site of the Chair of St. Pein; which has been the centre of 
 Catholic unity since the time of that Apostle. 
 
 3.— Oovemmente.— The govemmenls of Europe arc mostlv 
 all monarchies. In a few cases, as in Turkey and Russia, they iw 
 absolute ; but, in most of the cnunlries, they are limited, or consti- 
 tutional. 
 
 CIIAPTEh VI. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 GENEIlAr, VIEW 
 
 Section I.— PFIVSICAL GEOtillAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITaATION AND EXTENT.-Asia, the largest of tho 
 grand divisions of the earth, is situated between 10° 30' and 78"" N 
 lat. and between 26»and I70»E. long. .It e.xtends from E. to w' 
 about 6,000 miles ; and from N. to 8. 5,400 miles. 
 
 iI.-BOUNDARIES.~It is bounded on the N., by the Arciic 
 Ocean ; on the E., by 'he Pacific Ocean ; on tho S., by the Indian 
 Ocean ; and on the W., by Europe, the Black Sea, the Mediter- 
 ranean, and the Red Sea. 
 
 cointrie^^^'^''^'""""* ^'~^ ^ '^''"''"' '"^eJ*'*"^" principal 
 
 CoUNTnitii 
 
 OlllKF T(IW.>S. 
 
 I. SrnmiiA 
 
 '2. Chi.nksk E.mi-iiik 
 
 It. Japan 
 
 4. EAnTHKii I.ndia 
 
 .'». HlNDOOSTAN 
 
 0. Uki.oochistan 
 
 7. Akiihanistan 
 
 8. TuUKESTAN 
 
 0. Peiisia 
 
 10. TiJiiKEv IN Asia 
 
 I I. AHAIIIA 
 
 Lat. N. I,ono. E. 
 
 Tolmlsk 
 
 Pekin 
 
 IVvWo 
 
 liaiiqknli, lliir., 
 
 Ciilnilld 
 
 KrI.il 
 
 Cabut 
 
 Dnkhiira 
 
 Tihriun 
 
 Daiiuisnis 
 
 .V'wi 
 
 ii;" 2.V 
 ;l!) -A 
 
 ;i.'i i:. 
 ■ii\ (I 
 ■2i .li 
 
 ■.>!! (I 
 
 :)i 5i 
 .10 20 
 2rt 20 
 
 ;)0 2.-I 
 
 21 28 
 
 i7»42' 
 
 III', 27 
 
 ill'.l III) 
 
 100 
 
 HH 3i 
 
 ()(! ;).) 
 
 UH 38 
 
 02 10 
 
 78 I.-) 
 
 37 2.'i 
 
 40 I,-, 
 
 SJI 
 
 I\.-PAOB OP THB OOUNTRT.-Tho suriaco or Asia comprises 
 many central plains of groat extent, boumled by mountain-ranges tho 
 country north ami cast of tho Caspian Soa, and around tho Sea or Ara' Tornis a 
 va.st depressed region, 84 Teet bcKiw the lovl or Iho sua 
 
 The table-lami or Persia has an urea or 170,01)0 square miles, and a moan 
 elevation or ,00()reet: that or Thibet comprises 000,000 square miles, ami has 
 plals" " "" ""'• '" ^""'•''' ""■' ■^"^'"■■S- »'■" i"""™'" 'irm'or 
 
 TheSands^iIesertsorAsia oxleud from Yesser, in Arabia, to Manlch.«ria, in 
 tin (,h neso Empire, a distance or 4.,W0 mile^ and firm llin rainless region of 
 Asia : hero rain seldom n.lls, and rivers and springs are almost unknown 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.-I. Islands.- The piindp.il 
 Is ands or groups of Islands are. in the Arctic Ocean, the New 
 S,bena Isl.inds ; in the Pacidc Ocean, E. of China, Iho Ja,nm an.l 
 formosa Islands ; Ilainmu in the China Sea ; Cn/lon S of rliu 
 doostan or India ; ami Cyi>rus, in thy Mediterranean. 
 
 2.-Peninsula8.-The most consideral.le :nv,Kamtschalka. E. of 
 Silieria ; Co,ra, E.of China ; Malaya or Malacca, in the most southern 
 
 Tw r »"■'* • '^''""'' "' "'" ^- "'■ '"'"^' ; "'"' '''•"*'•"' i" the 
 n. W. of Asia. 
 
 3,-0apes.-C,tpe Sn'n-0, in the N. of Sil„:ria ; EasI Cape, at 
 Behrmg s btrait ; Cape L'/iatka, in ihe S. of Ka.ntsehatka ; Canes 
 Cambocha and llomaaia, in Farther India ; and Cane Comori,, 
 in tho S. of Ilindoostaii. ' 
 
 ■l.-Mountains.-The most remurkabli! are, the Altai Moun- 
 tains, between Siberia and China: the yabl„n,u nn.l «/ ..-..• 
 
 nmges, in tlio K. of Siberia; the Ifimataya Svstein, b,nween 
 Cliina and Hindoostan, which contains Mount Enirsi, tho high- 
 
14 
 
 plan fl.1,1 r»h.k H,.«. ; tho ,-,„/ j,„ ^;. 
 
 \8M. 
 
 ' '""""I ""• T„„n,,, .{,■„, „i,mu{', 
 
 '■' iM., 
 
 Sil. 
 
 uut.-., ill J 
 
 
 10 11 
 
 III.' . I„ 
 
 \»\>il i^WllxllCll hy lliiipp 
 
 VI HYDROORAPHY. I.Seae. 
 
 Oroails, whirl, loni. ..|j.|,| s,,,,s : 
 
 Tlin Arctic Ocfim, nii ilii> iW tudx.. ,i. ._ 
 
 ; ;"';;:';;" •;^:- »f «--^m. -, Iw ;« t; 
 
 ria- II . /v ,7 iV ':'" '"'"'"■'""I Tnr<.u,. K ofSilH.. 
 
 •nil .,'""' ""•"""'•"''■'""/"'". l-lu-.vn China 
 ; 'I ■•rIi,jK^lli..(l,i|f„,^., ,„,,,,,.^^ C, 
 
 -.■a,,n..olho|Vi.i.i,,;iMf;.,Mth,.S,.,iio,/J,v^^^^^^^ 
 
 al 11' liaiKv I,, ||„. n,.,| S.M. ■'I'liiino |«), 
 
 ''.7^.*!f®"'^'""' ''"'/""'I Sea. in.illiul|',.,>ia; l|i,.S.-i of l,«/ 
 no, ho. T,,|.k,..a.i : th,. />,.„, ^,,,, „ ,,„,.,„,„ ^ J ^^ < 
 
 laKo 111 llii> ImisIi'Iii Coiitiiiciit 
 
 S.-Rivers.-Th,. |,iiii..i,„il aiv III,. Am.mr, I-.twori, SiU'iri hm,1 
 
 J^:'- ;7' ^; '''■'■ '■■'M'^i- into th.s..ao,(;,^o::kh!;:;;:^ 
 
 Sii.;:;riri:'''v,tt:r^S;;;:'''''-^ 
 
 .1", 111,. / ,,hra(rs aiul r/,y,„ „, Tuik..v ii.lvii.u i„io tho 
 
 ix:r:::^r:::,-:;;;:-;;:;"f^^ 
 
 Si:,n,oN II.-POf.mCAI. (ii:()(illA|.|| V 
 
 I»cl,s,corrosp„„ , will. .1.,, n,„r gr™. ,,j.„„m l, : ' " ' ^,'::V. -^ 
 
 T .., nvenl bcea.no ll.o scrco of groat an,l f,.v,„.a„lo d.ang,. l,?,: . J,.' 1 
 ical aii.l mnrul stalo of man : ,l,i,-i„g thi, |u,,,, ,,,.,.i„ i ,- . ' '* 
 
 • •>p(. 
 relai 
 
 \.ll ii 
 
 th.. , 
 
 ' " "^"f *«y t" J>.ni.a in.u .1 iI„„,.m(„„.. v'', 
 
 ^.«,,«,, whicfe W «« ,H. cn..a , ,..,, , .i„, t .M '^ 
 
 ^THNOORAPHY. ■ RaOM.-UV ||.„|al , ,,,, th,. 
 
 '^ Mt,.whl..h, I... Ill,,,,,,, ,,,„i„i, ,,,,.,„ 
 (•ai...asi ^T, ''■'"'''""« '" ""■"• "''>"'-" '•! I.alio , 
 
 lo^^rth,:;.: ;:,::r;:i;Lr::;,;:r'''^^ •^^"' 
 
 " ,'••"""1"".. a. ij ,„ ,„. ,„„i „,|„, „^ ^1 ^^ "1^; " 
 
 ";::L'A«t:;;;;":L:;;r" '^ ■■■*->«- 
 
 ^'.-LanguageB.-Th,. AMuti,. Ia,i„„a«....,i-..,.|: i „„„,„,„,, 
 
 '■'- l"-""'"-'!-:-!. Tim f,„..ilv ..,• ,1.,. s, th^ laH.iiZ 
 
 "I,. la,.,.,aK..K ol ,)„. (:aii,.aHia.. ivmIoi. ; :.. th,. lai.iil ,", ,! 
 I;.s.a.. la..K.,„«..H; V ,1... la,i«iiaK..H of n..!, , ; .V „,„„'' 
 
 .:;zp5:;:-.;;— ■;::;-:;:;-::;;A : 
 ;,::i;''t:::r;;,,^;r;ir;-:i"::;;;;:;,::y..:.,«;:;;, 
 
 ;,;;';■;,::;:;,;' '■ »- -..^i::';:;:;:;::: 
 
 w«ckfwi:i:M^r,;.lo:'i„""r "" "™ "• " "•■' °" ««"""-f'>.e ..umcrou,.„ip. 
 
 ^•-Religion.-Th.) chM pan of th.. 
 
 an<l .■...npris,, Brahmins, Du,ldhisis, woi 
 
 I-a.iia, of Confucius, and of spirits or - 
 
 iliiihilaiiis : 
 shippnrs of 
 
 nii. N' 
 
 II',. Pagans, 
 Ihi; Grand 
 
Ill ■ Miilu.iM' Uiix luuiiriN 
 I' 'I llii'ipii^hciiil Kiiriiini II 
 il .hroplml iliM i„|||,| „r i:n- 
 
 or|«TiiiiiMiiil iMinm.T' liil 
 
 Vr lliiihilniii^ nil III,. 
 
 Villl'll, lli^|il isill OVIT 
 
 ilill lltlSXilllilllCII. ||||. 
 
 I llli' (ciilii. ,i| \^i,, 
 (iiliK(ili/iii 1,1 yrllow, 
 i>lllli'(li.l. Til',. 1,1,1,. It 
 
 liivcK. in A-lii. Thii 
 I'liiilKiilii (.1 Mdliura 
 
 ll'l'll.lKWll lliri)K((V,.|| 
 
 Ni'llii'lli' I,iiikii;i«(.h; I 
 '■ llli' r.iiMily 1,1' ||„! j 
 I ; •">. Nil' l;ill);li,i^,is 
 
 rl.'iiiyiMn.'^ : T, ih,. 
 I il mill iiiliiiy jiiiiii 
 ».v liy ili\'ii|i.,| ill),, j 
 1 of Asiii. ri.f,ir,.Mc,. 
 
 Ili'ir l('s|)i'rli(,. |,|||. 
 
 AFHICA. 
 
 Ills ;iiv P.igaiis, 
 s of I ho Grand 
 olwillislaiidiiiH 
 
 16 
 
 ant.— 1,1, Aiili'lo|)<f,-U, lluil,— I ,, Uiommlury.-lli. (liizi'llo,— 17 IVvx-Ouii 
 
 ho iirovali'iico of idolatry, Asia, in coiiiiii.iii will. lli,. ollic-r 
 great divisions of llu- glolH', iM'ars aiirid,' li'sUiiioiiv of tht- 
 univei'salily of tlio Calhoiic^ aoliglon 
 
 4.— Oovemment.— Tiio forms of (jovornmcnl aiv alnuwt ;dl 
 inonarciiic and tlespolic 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 CHAI'TKR VII. 
 
 OENEnAL VIKW 
 
 Section I. -PHYSICAL OEOGRAPHY 
 
 r- SITUATION AND EXTENT. - Africa, ono of the 
 
 f ."D'' divisions of the earth, lymg S, of Europe, is a vast 
 i . ,.iwsula connected with Asia bv the Isthmus of Suez It is 
 comprised between 37" 30' N. and 3'.'' 50' S lat. ; and between 
 17»30"vV and5IM2'E. long "i-iwttn 
 
 lis length, from the Mediterrancui to the Capo of Good Hope is 
 5,000 miles; and its breadth, from Gape Vord to Cape Guardaf'ui 
 4,500 miles. ' 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on ilie N,, by the Medi- 
 terranean ; on theE., by the Indian Orean ; on the 8., by the South- 
 ern Ocean ; and, on the \V., by the Atlantir Ocean. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— Africa contains many small states of little 
 importance, without political boundaries, and often of an ephem- 
 era! existence ; they may be classed as follows :— 
 
 nOBTHBRN AFRICA. 
 
 _ Divisions. Chisp Tow.is. I,at. Um. 
 
 A.VIMALS OK AI'lllCA. 
 
 -7. n«boon-.Jt. Clmnponzno.-B. Mmin, -j. (iiiair,.,-l I. Z.i|,r,i -12. Klnnl,. 
 II' ,— IN, Oalncli -19. Cmiio,— 21), llliiiiucoros - M. Uiliyroiiss.,..— iJ. Miaoocere. 
 
 RSOION OF THB NILB. 
 
 Bivisio.NS. ' Ciiiiii Tuwss I,(T, husn. >, 
 
 t"^'"'' \<'"ii-o :!0 I N 
 
 '^fDiA iKharloom 1.) ;I0 •• 
 
 AiiYssi.MA Uloiutar !J 50 " 
 
 KoHDntAN \Et-Ohciit ,...•:) o " 
 
 EASTERN AFRICA. 
 
 ill 18 E 
 1)2 40 " 
 37 3-2 " 
 30 " 
 
 SuMAULl 
 
 Zanouebah . 
 
 M0ZA.MBI(jUB, 
 SOFAI.A 
 
 Xaiizibar 
 
 Mozambique.. 
 Sofa la 
 
 ON 
 
 45 U E 
 
 1 s 
 
 39 5 •• 
 
 1.-, '• 
 
 40 40" 
 
 20 '0 " 
 
 34 50 '• 
 
 SOtTTHHRN AFRICA. 
 
 Capk Colony.... 
 
 Hottentots 
 
 Caffhahia 
 
 Natal , 
 
 OnANGERlVEH . 
 
 ZOOLU , 
 
 TllANSVAAI 
 
 Cupe Town 
 
 D-Viban. 
 
 WB8TBRN AFRICA. 
 
 33, 
 
 25 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 20 
 
 27 
 
 25 
 
 s 
 
 18 20 E 
 
 1 
 
 
 17 0'- 
 
 1 
 
 
 30 '• 
 
 A 
 
 
 30 0'- 
 
 . 
 
 
 28 0" 
 
 
 
 31 0" 
 
 
 
 30 '• 
 
 
 3 
 
 Of 
 
 o 
 
 n" 
 
 IjOweh Guinea.. 
 Upper Guinea... 
 
 LiBEHIA 
 
 HiEBiiA Leone .. 
 Skneoambia 
 
 St. Paul 
 
 Cooma.fsie 
 
 Moiirnvia 
 
 AVff Town 
 
 Dallmrsl,St.f.oui.i 
 
 f- 
 O.N 
 '• 
 " 
 " 
 
 E 
 
 0\V 
 
 0" 
 
 0" 
 
 0" 
 
 li 
 
 CENTRAL AFRICA. 
 
 Morocco 
 
 Algeria.. 
 Tjtjiio 
 
 Tripoli... 
 
 Fez 
 
 Algiers . 
 
 Tripoli. 
 
 31» ON 
 36 47 " 
 36 43 " 
 33 " 
 
 0<>45W 
 
 3 4E 
 
 iO 10 '• 
 
 13 15" 
 
 Sol'dan. 
 
 Ethiopia 
 
 Mauaoascah 
 
 Timbucloo 
 
 Tanannrivu 
 
 ON 
 " 
 lO S 
 
 10 
 
 El 
 0' 
 
 nn^ 
 
 IV, 
 
 -fact: op the country. -In 
 
 ninionsi! ilpscrls ol' snnilo 
 great ranges ul mountains, and forests of vast exlont are iho clia 
 foalnres of Africa. The deserts of Africa are siipjwscd lo cornpri 
 
 1 jmni.„ .[.._.,! „i -aimra is mtcrsrH^rJCI lowuids 
 
 eastern iKjundaries hy oases of an astonishing fertility. I„ ,1,;., Ocean of ,and 
 wlion ng.ialed by storms, the waves move liki. Ihose ol the pr„. Africa contains 
 
 racteristio 
 its 
 lern and 
 
'A-J^', 
 
 16 
 
 AFniC. 
 
 a (jrnnl number of rivors wliicli n(;\or reacli tlm son : lliny cillior lerminnle in 
 lakes or lose llioniii'lves in llio saml. Tlio mountains form as il wore, one groul 
 platcuu, jiresonling towanis nacli coast n siiccossion of terraces. On tliis table- 
 land, (luring the rainy season, immense sheets of water, or temporary lakes, are 
 fornie.l, which, overllowinR their liasins, ilescen.l j.redpitousl: into iireviousiy 
 swollen rivers. This is the cause of the annual ijuin.lations of the Nilo anc'l 
 some other rivers. The wasl.'s an^ f:ener,illy CTlile. ami the plants an.l trees 
 ore of an extraonlinary si,'.'. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.- I. M&nds. ~ Socoira, ciisi ; 
 the Comoro Jslcx,Miiiinliiis. Jloiirlwn, Mini Miuliu/dscar.^.-}-:., in llii' 
 Indian Oroan ; St. /Mnw, Asmisioi,, St. rhomcin. liiid Fcnwi,<to 
 Po, S.-"\V. ; and llio Copr Vml rslaiuU. W.. in tlic Atlanlic. 
 
 2. — Isthmus. — TliiMV is only oiii'. Sm:. about si.vly Hiilrs 
 liro.-id. coniiccliii- AlVici Willi .\sin. and srparalinf; llic Mcdilci-- 
 raiiran fniiii llic H.'d S '.i. Ii i< ciussi'd liy a car.al. wliirli ccm- 
 
 lll'Cls llli' Iwd si',is. 
 
 3.— Capes.— Til' iuiiici|.al jiiv. in 111,. \., Cai>c8%(WW and 
 lion : ill III,, i;.. C'lpi. i:ii,n,l,'fiii ,■ in llii. S., Caiic of Good Ilopr aii,l 
 Aijulhiis: and. in llii. W.. Caju's IHnnco •■uid \ertl. 
 
 ■5.— Mountains.— Til, IS', h -si known aiv. .\tUis Moimtdhis. the 
 lialiir.il h,irri('rli,.|wi'i>ii Hai-lniy and llii. S;ih,ifa ; \ho.Voitntsoflhr 
 Moon. cinilainiMLr s-vi'imI peaks of a t;iv;il .illiludo, in the B.-K. ; 
 the KoDi/ .\hi(,il,ii,is. in ih.. S. nfSondan ; lln.' J'eak of Tnini//): in 
 llie Canarii's; ,-nid Hi,. Anhinitrn. in .M.-idapisivii-. 
 
 VI—HYDROGRAPHY.- I. Oceans and Seas. -On ilie 
 N.. the .Uvlitrrniiiniii .sV„ ; ,,ii III,. N.-R. jhi.' Ilcd .SVn ; on lite S.-E.. 
 the lii'linn Ocraii : .iinl, on Ihc W., the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 2.--Gulfs and Bays.— The (lulfs oi Cobes and Shlra, on ihe 
 N., formed hy Ih'- Medit.'i-r.inean Sea. Sofahi and Dclagoa Biivs. 
 on Ihe S..K. ; .|/,/,k( .ind T/ildc It.i,/.^. on llie S. ; and the Cmlf'of 
 Guinea, on Ihe W. 
 
 3.— Straits.— The Sirait of G/i)-(i//«c,ljotween Africa and Spain ; 
 Hie Sifail of lUit, el Mandrtt, i\\. the enlranco to Ihe Red Soa ; and 
 Ihe Moz(imhl<iue idiannel, lietweeii Ihe Island of Madagascar and 
 Ihe iii.'iin-land. 
 
 4.— Lakes.— The piincipal are, Lake 7Wia-/, in Soudan ; Lake 
 l>i-ml,ea, in Abyssinia; tlie great lakes recently discovered, Albrrt 
 N;/nnza, Victoria Nijaiiza, Tanganyika, and Bang.veolo, in tlie S.-E. 
 
 5— Rivers.— Tlie Nile, in Kgypt, Hie largest river in Africa, and 
 one of the largest in the world, wliicli discharges itself into the 
 Mediterranean Sea. Tlie ^umic:/, whichcrosses Mozambiqne ; the 
 Orange, which separates Cape Colony from Ihe country of theilol- 
 lentots ; the Zaire, in Congo, which empties into Ihe Atlantic ; and 
 Ihe Niger, in Sondan, which crosses Upper (iiiiiiea and eii'ipties 
 inlo t>e (liilf of Guinea. 
 
 \ II —&I.IMATB.— Africa has a higher temperature than any of the ollmr 
 grand di\isions of the earth, though even here the variety is great. The north- 
 ern and southern extremities, being within the tem|ierate zones, are moderately 
 h.^althy ; but even hero, the temperature is raiseil by the lr,t winds from 
 the deserts. The eastern coast is generally h,.althy ; but the western is 
 more ,b>struclive to the white ra,;e than any oih..r ri'gion yet visiteil by Kuni- 
 I'eans. 
 
 Hetwe.>n liixanil 11" .V. lat., in Senegambia. is perhaps the hiilt,.st place 
 on the glidi... Then' are but two sea.sons in .Mi-ica, the wet ond dry: the 
 f,.rm..r exti'ieling from May to October, an,l tie' latter ai'ason, occupving the 
 remaining months. In the ileserts and in Kgypt, rain seldom or never falls. 
 
 VIII.-NATURAL PHODUOTS.-I. Mlnerala.-The richest got.l- 
 vnne is that c.r.Natakoo, a small, louml, and isolalisd hill; f,)rly miles N. of 
 Xataki,... are the golil-mines of Semayla, *c. /yo,i is found in Morocco, Abyssi- 
 nia, Ac. Copitir, of the richest description, is f.juml beyond the Orange River. 
 
 2.— Vetetables.— Palm is found throiignoiit the whole of the southern ex- 
 tremity. Along the shores of the Mediterranean, wh.^at and maize are cultivated ; 
 the olive, orange, and lig-trees, also the dwarf ami date pa:, s, abound. The 
 boabab-lree, sometimes .10 feel in diameter, has a bushy bead, and forms an 
 important arli.le of native food. The coiri;e-plant and all kinds of trojiical i.lants 
 are found here. 
 
 •■I —Animals.- M.'st of the .inimnli: c.r tl,o Oid Centinenl are found 
 here, anil wihl beasts in greater numbers than in any other part of 
 
 the wirhl. Among the principal are, the lion, the only one worthy of 
 that name, the liyena, elrplianl, zebra, rliinocei'os , liippopolamus, giraffe, 
 and a great variety of gazettes. Some of the most remarkable ' of the 
 buds are the sun-birds, the refulgence of whose iiUimage is surpassed only 
 by the liumming-liirds of the New World. The rapacious species present many 
 vuttiires am! fatcons. The rivers are infost,..d with tremendous crocodiles and 
 serpents of gigantic size. Among Ihe many insects, may be menlioned the 
 termites or ic/ii7c ants, which biilM pyrami.lal strii. -lures ten or twelve feel above 
 Ihe gri.uii.l, ami as far below. 
 
 Suction II.~i'OLITIC.\L (iKOGRAPIIY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— It is suppose,! that Ihe |)eninsular form of Africa was 
 known to the ancients ami lliat the PluBiiicians and Egyptians had circum- 
 navigaled it. No di'llnite knowli'dge ol Central and Southern Africa was 
 obtained lill the beginning of the liaeenth century. Portuguese enterprise, 
 having doubled tlial |ioint in I i.l.l, revealeil the regions beyond Cape Bojador .' | 
 but dill not rliseover tlie Cape of Good Hope lill forty years afterwards. The 
 English, by Inter excursions inlo the inli'iior, have given some information en 
 those vast counlrins, inaccessiljle till now. 
 
 X. fJTHNOQRAPHY.-l. Racea.-Africa conlains,lx'side8 the 
 desceiiiliiiil.s of Knropean origin, three distinct varieties of inhabi- 
 tants. In the N., are the Moors, of a dark color, descended from 
 Ihe Malionietaii Arabs. In Ihc Aliddle, Ihe Negroes, distinguished 
 liy their black skin, thick lips, woolly hair; and, in the 8. and 
 S.-E., the Calfres, varying in com]ile.\ioii from a yellow brown to 
 a shining black. 
 
 3.— Languages.— The languages of Northern Africa belong to 
 the Semetic family. Those of the natives, S. of the Jiquator, can 
 bo .said to Ijc cultivated languages; some resemblance may be 
 traced between several of the African languages and those of the 
 American Indians. 
 
 ."!.— Religion— In Egypt, the Barbary Stales nnfl P..-.r..-}an, the 
 Mahometan religion prevails. There arc about 400,000 Catholics 
 
OCEAXIC.V 
 
 — I — 
 17 
 
 ANIMALS OF UCEANICA. 
 
 I. Male KaiiRaroo. — 2, I'Vmdln Knnfrni'oo, — 3. Womhnt. — 1. Sheop. — ">. Kanfrai'oo-rnl. — fi. Oniilhorliynclius. — 7. Wil.lCat.- 
 to. Perrot. — II. I'lioasuiit. — 1'2. Binl of Paradise— 13. Cassowary. — li. ■Winglcs.vhird. — l."i. lilack Swaii.— 10. Emii. 
 
 -3. Dragon-ny.— 0. liVri'-Biril. 
 
 in Egypt, fJubia, and Abyssinia. Tho groater part of Africa is 
 under tho dominion of tho lowest form of Paganism. 
 
 4. — Oovemment. — Tlie governments aro generally cruel and 
 despotic ; several extensive countries arc subject to the Mahomet- 
 an yoke. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 OCEANICA. 
 
 GENERAL VIEW. 
 
 Section 1.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I. — Oceanica, wliich includes tho numorous Islands scattered 
 over the Great Ocean, extends from the S.-E. shores of Asia, to 
 the W, coast of America. 
 
 II.— Divisions. — Oceanica is divided into three distinct 
 portions: — {.Malaysia, or Western Oceanica; i. Australasia, ov 
 South- Western Oceanica ; 3. Polynesia, or Eastern Oceanica. 
 
 I. — Malaysia comprises the Sunda Islands ; namely, Sumatra, 
 Java, and Dornro ; tho Moluccas, or 5;)iw Islands, consisting of 
 Celebes, Ceram, and Philippine Groups. 
 
 2. — Australasia includes Australia, the largest island in tho 
 world, now called the Continent of Australia; Tasmania, S. oi 
 Australia ; tho Neiv Hebrides, tho natives of which are of tho 
 Papuan race ; Neu Caledonia, v/hich was discovered in I77i ; and 
 many smaller islands scattered over tho uitorvening seas. 
 
 3. — Polynesia includes, N. of tho Equator, the Marianne or 
 Ladrone Islands, the Caroline, Marshall, Sandwich, and tho Cen- 
 tral Polynesian Islands ; S. of tho Equator, tho principal aro, the 
 Ellice, Feejee, Friendly, Navigator, Society, and Marquesas Islands. 
 
 in.— FAOB OF THE OOUNTRT.— Tho mountain chains of Oceanica 
 like tlioso of America, ia their marked direction from N. lo S., are strikingly cliar- 
 actoriEtic. They traverse the great islands, in a direction seldom deviating much 
 from tho Meridian lines. Oceanica presents a greater number of volcanoes than 
 any olliur iJtiit of tliu xyorlJ. The Mariuuiie Islands conaliiute u mountain 
 chain of active volcanoes. 
 
 A muUitudo of low islands in the Pacillc, owe Ihoir conslniciinn lo myriads of 
 submarine animals called zoophiles. On the coast of Australia, a coral roof 350 
 milos in length, has been formed in this way, and another of twice that length 
 lies between that Continent and Now Guinea. These reofs render the 
 navigation of this Ocean exceedingly dangerous. Liule, comparatively, is 
 known of the interior of these extensive countries ; but. as fur as Europeans have 
 explored, they have been found to present, in many parts, the most picturesque 
 scenery. Fields of sugar-cane, groves of orango-lrees, pyramids, and amphi- 
 theatres cf verdure, everywhere beautifully contra.=l wilh the almost con- 
 tinually active volcanoes, and tho low and mar.«Iiy alluvial shores. 
 
 IV.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.- 1. Capes.— The principal 
 are, in the N. of Australia, Cape York ; in tho S.-E., Cape Hoive ; 
 in the S.-W., Cape Naluralisle ; and in tlio N.-W., Capo lies/. 
 
 2.— Mountains.— A mountain chain, known liy tho name of the 
 Blue Mountains, or Alps of Australia, oxionds along the eastern 
 coast ; thoy have a culminating altitude of about 17,500 
 feet. New Guinea, SandwirJi, and several other islands contain 
 mountains of from 12,000 to 15,000 feet high. 
 
 v.— HYDROGRAPHY.— I. Seas.— Tho Celebes Soa, between 
 the Island of the same name and tho Philippines ; tho Floris and 
 Panda Seas, S. of Celebes ; tlio Timor, N.-W., and Coral Sea, 
 N.-E. of Australia. 
 
 2.— Gulfs and Bays.— On the N. of Australia, the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria : on tlie S., the Gulf of Spencer and the Great Austra- 
 lian Bight ; Papua Gulf and Geelvink Days, in New Guinea Island ; 
 Tomini and Doni Gulfs, in Celebes ; Hauraki Gulf and Plenty Bay, in 
 New Zealand. 
 
 3.— Straits.— Tlio Strait of Sunda, between Sumatra and Java; 
 tho Strait of Macassar, between Borneo and Celebes ; Torres' 
 Strait, between New Guinea and Australia ; Bass' Strait, 
 between Australia and Tasmania ; and Cook's Strait, between 
 the two principal Islands of New Zealand. 
 
 4.— Rivers.— The Murray and its tributary the Darling, in the 
 south-east of Australia. Tho, other rivers are very little known. 
 Several large islands are well-drained. 
 
 VI.— CLIMATE.— Though many countries of Oceanica are exposed to the 
 influence of a vertical sun, and the marshy shores of some of the islands are 
 rendered exceedingly unwholesome by pestiferous vapors, yet, notwithstanding 
 
 '■- 'I 
 
 ,/■■ 
 
ENviruj.Ns ti' Quebec. 
 
 those partial incnnvpniencf!?, th- climat.!9 of Oceanica are mora varied and de- 
 iglUful Ihan Ihose of any uLli r |,,„.t of the wurld. The atmosphere of Austra- 
 lia 13 mild and temi)orate, and Uiat of Tasmania still more so. The climate of 
 New Zealand is like that of Franco. 
 
 Vm.-NATUBAL PRODUCTS. -I. Minerals. -There are gold 
 mines in r3orneo ; diamunds, of an inferior qualitv, are found there. Iron, 
 copper, and tin mines ,ire numerous, and pearls are ohtained on the northern 
 coast. The Australian rjohl mines are exceedingly productive. 
 
 2. Vegetaldes.-The ln-ead-fruit trees, common to almost all the countries, 
 grow to the height of .10 feel. They yield fruit oiglit months in the year, and so 
 abundantly that three ofthem are sullicient for a man's support. This fruit tastes 
 like new wheaten bread ; it is nearly rtve inches in diameter, and when roast- 
 ed in the ashes is fit to be eaten. The inner bark is made into cloth ; the leaves 
 are used as napkins, canoes are made of the wood, and the juico servos as a 
 tenacious cement. The iialm is more magnificent than the bread-fruit tree, and 
 scarcely less useful; the tamarind megranate, and orange, also abound. Rico 
 supplies the place of wheat in several islands. 
 
 3.— Anlmals.-Several species of animals are iieculiar to Oceanica, as may 
 be seen by the engraving. Orang-Outangs, in great numbers, and the pongo 
 the largest of the monkey tribe, inhabit the forests of Borneo. In the Spice Is- 
 lands, birds-of-paradise are caught in great numbers ; and multitudes ofsor- 
 pents some of them 30 feet long, are found tliere. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.-ETHNOaRAPHY.-l.Race8.-Tlio Malays, or dark 
 brown race,and tlie Papuas, or Austral Negroos, arc tho aborigines 
 of this division of the globe. The comple.xions of these islanders 
 vary a little in the different tribes. The Malays are robust; they 
 are low in stature, and have small, blnrk eyes, short noses, long, 
 black hair, and square chins. The Papuan race, or negroes of 
 Oceanica, are distinguished by large lips and woolly hair ; they 
 are of diminutive size, seldom exceeding five feet. Wherever Euro 
 peans, or Asiatics have obtained settlements, the social and 
 domestic habits of tho tribes, holding intercourse with them, have 
 in general, been improved ; but the mountain tribes are, for the 
 greater part, sunk in the lowest state uf iiaiipai-isiii. 
 
 2.— Languages.— The dialects of Oceanica are of the same 
 origin as Die Malayan language. Tho inhabitants of Eastern 
 Oceanica speak tlio same language, in different dialects. 
 
 Tho Javanese language has a written alphabet and a separate 
 mark for each sound. Tliere are two languages in Java, four in the 
 civilized portion of Celebes, and six in Sumatra; the number'"of 
 languages become less as the degree of civilization becomes greater! 
 The dialects of the New Hebrides contain those hissing sounds that 
 bid deflanco to the organs of Europeans. 
 
 3.— Religion.— In tho far greater number of these islands, tho 
 natives are idolaters. Christianity has made considerable advances, 
 especially in those islands, which have been colonized by the 
 Catholic nations of Europe. In the Philippine Islands there are 
 more than 4,000,000 Catholics. 
 
 Oovemment.— Those countries, not under the dominion cf 
 Europeans, are governed by native chiefs, whoso authority, with 
 few exceptions, is absolute. In many cases the government is 
 divided among several chiefs, or princes, who are subject to one 
 of higher authority, to whom tho others pay the most abject 
 homage. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 DOMINION OF CANADA. 
 
 Section L— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-The Dominion of Cana- 
 da IS a Federal Union of seven Provinces and two Territories com- 
 prised between 42o and 74« N. lat. ; and 57o and 141" W. long. Its 
 length, from E. toAV., is about 3,500 miles ; and its breadth, from 
 N. to S., 1,700 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.- It .« bminded nu (he N,, hy the Aretie 
 Ocean ; on the N.-E., by Bailln's Uay and Davis' Strait; on the E. 
 
DOMINION OF CANADA 
 
 by tho Atlaniic Ocean ; on the S. and S. E, by the United Stales ; 
 and, on tlio W., by the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 Ill —DIVISIONS.— The Dominion is composed of seven Prov- 
 inces and two Territories. The seven provinces are Quebec, Onla- 
 no. Nova Scotia New nnmswick, Prince Edward Island, Mani- 
 toba, and Columbia ; the two Territories are the North-Wcst and 
 Kpcwatin. 
 
 1 V.-PAOB OF THB OOUNTRT.-Thc Dominion ofCana.la, toing that 
 vast region lyng between the Arctic Ocean, on Iho N., an.l U,o Unile.l slates, 
 
 and valleys '""'"" " "'''"" ^"""^ "^'"''"''^ '- '"°"""'in«. I'lotoau,, 
 
 Nova Scolia is mountainous nn,l rocky on its coasts; n.vonheloss, it contains 
 relrkabt. '" '' """ '"''^"° '"^ ""'"' ■""' ^°"'" -"«"^ '^ P-"-'-y 
 
 Capo Droton undulated with low hills, is divided into two peninsulas by a re- 
 markabe gulf of a very irregular shape. Prince Edwar.l Island has a rati er 
 flat surface and fertile soil. Its coasts are much in,l,,,t,.d 
 
 From tho Gulf of St. Law- 
 rence to tho Itocky Mountains, 
 that tract of land i)resents, in 
 Q)uobec particularly, a terraced 
 character. On both sides of tho 
 fiiver St. Lawrence runs a chain 
 of mountains of minor altitude. 
 Notre-Damc on the S., and the 
 Lauronti.'.son the N. Between 
 these t^ J -'»!ensivo ranges is 
 found li,-. I. autiful and ferlilo 
 valley of jlio St. Lawrence, 
 :'ora,-!ris'ng Quebec and Ontario, 
 'i he courtry, from Lake Supe- 
 rior to the Ilocky Mountains, is 
 diversilled by mountain chains, 
 immense prairies, and forests. 
 The surface of Manitoba is flat, 
 ond the soil, the most produc- 
 tive. The North-West Territory 
 presents two distinct portions ; 
 a jToduclivo, lying between 
 
 19 
 
 Gmil Slave Allwbaska, WoUaston, Deer. Winnipeg, and Lake of the 
 Woods, in tho Nortli-West Territory ; and SL John, in Quebec. 
 
 D1.MENSION8 OF SOME Lakes in the Dominion, 
 
 Lakes. Length. Breadth. Depth. Su,,erncie8. Height (a) 
 
 f,'''''^.""'" 360 m 144 m 980 ft 32,000 sa m. . C27 f 
 
 •^'■CH'GAN 320 05 900 23 000 
 
 Hl-hon 252 240 
 
 EniE 246 
 
 Ontaiiio 70 
 
 Gheat Deau 200 
 
 Cheat Slave 300 
 
 AViNxii'EG 240 
 
 .. 03 
 . 20 
 .100 
 . 50 
 . 55 
 
 .070 24,000 
 
 200 7,800 
 
 500 6,900 
 
 Uncertain. ..14,900 
 
 ...595 
 ....574 
 
 365 
 
 23! 
 
 ,...230 
 
 9,000 
 
 ..628 
 
 ZltH h' ""'"' ""^ '.'" ^°°^^ """"tains and a rugged one, E. of that chain, 
 cet:. riateL™"' ^'"" "'■"""""""=• '"« P^'"^"''' "^-O'^" -close a la'rge 
 
 The™ r/T' J" T" ^T'''''°' °^ "■" "'""'"'''"• "■•« "nsuTassed for beauty, 
 There are a great number of lakes scattered over tho Dominion some of 
 which are said to be the largest in the world 
 
 .rJ';;?7f®^°^® °^ LAND.-l. Islande.-The principal 
 aie the ^mic groups, in the Arctic Ocean ; Anticosti, Newfound- 
 land, Cape Breton, Prince Edward Island, and Magdalen, in tlie Atlan- 
 tic ; Vancouver and Queen Chartolte, in the Pacific. 
 
 2.-Penin8uIas.-Thore are tlireo cliief peninsulas, the Labra- 
 dor, Gaspc, and Nova Scotia. 
 
 3.-Oapes.-Among tho many rapes in the Dominion may be 
 mentioned, Cape Breton, Canso, an,I Sable, in Nova Scotia ■ and 
 Cape Gaspc, in Quoboc. 
 
 4-Mountain8.-Tho Laurentides, which traverse Quebec and 
 Ontario, and the Alleghanies, in the S. of Quebec ; the Rocky Moun- 
 tams, e-vtending from N. to S., between the North-West Territory 
 and Columbia. ■' 
 
 VI.-HYDROGRAPHY.-l. Gulf and Bays.-The Gulf of 
 St Laurence, L. of Quebec; tho Bays of Hudson, in tho North- 
 west Icrntory; /?«/;»«, between the Arctic Islands and Greenland • 
 James, S. of Hudson Bay; Fundy, between Nova Scotia and New- 
 Bruiiswak ; and Chaleur, between New Brunswick and Quebec. 
 
 2.— Straits.— There are numerous straits in the Arctic Ocean 
 the prmcipal of wliich are. Banks, Barrow, and Lancaster ; Hudson, 
 between Baflin's Land and Labrador ; Belle Isle, between Labrador 
 and Newfoundland; Georgia and Juan dt Puca, between Van- 
 couver Island and llie United States. 
 
 ^ 3.-Lakes.-The great Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron, and Superior, 
 .."rrr.His ,ue .argcst x;cjdy of frosii water on the globe. The chain 
 of lakes from the Arctic Ocean to Lake Superior; viz, Great Bear 
 
 rAnLiA.MENr DuiLDixos, Ottawa 
 
 ■*— Rivers.— Tho most important rivers are tho St. Latvrencc 
 111 gu,.l.ec and Ontario; the Nrlson and Mackenzie, in tho North'- 
 
 West Territory; tho 5;. 
 John, in New Brunswick ; 
 and tile I'ntscr, in Culuni. 
 bin. 
 
 Section IL—POLITICAL 
 (IKUGRAPIIY. 
 
 VII. -HISTORY. -Tho 
 French were the lii-jt colonists 
 of the Dominion, but they how- 
 ever share with the English 
 the honor of tho flrsl discoveries. 
 Each Province of the Duminion 
 of Canada was formerly n part 
 of New Franco, which rem.iin- 
 ed,— with the exception of Nova 
 Scotia and New Brunswick, 
 ceded to England in 1713,— in 
 tho possession of France, until 
 1700, when it was taken by 
 England, through force of arms. 
 
 c . , -. , '^"Kiauu.inroughlOrcoofarms. 
 
 Successively, after tho cession of 17C3, the Provinces had each a respective 
 government and were independent of one another. In ISCl, a new -vsL of 
 government was devised, which had for its object the union of the following 
 Provinces ; bo h Canadas, Nova Sec lia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward sland 
 "einvTaU™ '• "" '"' '"° ""'"'"''• ""'"'"« self governmenXdechned 
 
 The bases of the new federal constitution were drawn up in 1865, at Quebec 
 where tho principal delegates were assembled. =0^, at guebec. 
 
 The Confederation or Dominion of Canada was sanctioned by fioyal procl-i- 
 mation,May23, 1807, and inaugurated on the flrst of the following Ju?y 
 
 This Confederation was composed of four Province,. Quebec, Ontario New 
 Brunswick, and Nova Scotia, The Dominion has since been ex ended bv I - 
 
 St' 'rBri fsh r'T'T "' ''T'"'' """ ^"° '^™""'='' "' «-Hoba,on^ 
 in 1873 Col"™'"". "» ll'o 20th July, 1871, and Prince Edward Island 
 
 VIII.--ETHNOGRAPHY.-L Races.-Tlie majority of ihe 
 population of Quebec are Frendi Canadians, d.^sc'endants of 
 the first colonists, in all tlie other Provinces,-Manitoba executed 
 where the greater part are Metis,-Irish, Englisli, and Scotcli pre! 
 dominate There are a few thousand Indians, iniiabiting prin- 
 cipally the North-Wost Territory The French language is 
 spoken by the Frencli Canadians and Acadians, and the English 
 by all the otliers. *= 
 
 rin;;^h^®"^°°;~^" "/" "'^"'""°n t*iere is no established 
 cliurth. all religious denominations enjoy equal rights In 
 Quebec, Ontario, Nova Scotia, and New Brunswick, religious de 
 nominations are divided as follows :— 
 Roman Catholic 1,492,029 New Methodist 32340 
 
 Anglican 494,049 
 
 Presbyterian 437,439 
 
 Wesleyan 378,543 
 
 Baptist 239,343 
 
 Scotch ....,,,,..,... 107.2.59 
 
 i Episcopalian ".',".'.',".; 93,058 
 
 (n) AboTe the leTel of the Sea. 
 
 Congregational ".'.'.".". 2 1 ,'829 
 
 B'¥'cal 18,544 
 
 Unitarian 2 275 
 
 Other denominations... 144'l22 
 
 ^^ ■■ i,il5 
 
 Without religion 22,620 
 
 <". 
 
 
 
20 
 
 PROVINCE OF OCTARIO. 
 
 3.— Education.— Thu syston-. of cdiicatioii in this country is 
 not inferior to any other in tho world. A groat intorost is taken in 
 tins cause. The peoiilo of tlio different Provinces, soeming, as it 
 were, to vie witli one another in the advancement of so laudable 
 a work ; tho conse(Hioncc of which is an immense number of edu- 
 cational departraenls well and ably directed. Tho government, 
 no less zealous than tho people, appropriates a largo sum of money 
 for this purpose. We have hero schools of all classes and grades, 
 from the high classical colleges to tho small village schools ; 
 each under the direction of good practical professors, and each 
 equally appreciated and sustained. In a word, if (here is one thing 
 more than another for which these people arc remarkable, it is 
 for their love of education. The majority of the people have a 
 fair knowledge of the arts and sciences. Willi regard to the de- 
 nominational schools those of the Roman Catholics must be placed 
 in the first rank. 
 
 Among the many educational institutions may bo mentioned, 
 the Universities, Seminaries, Classical Colleges, Normal Schools. 
 Commercial Colleges, Academies, kc, kc. 
 
 Many of these are under the control of Religious Congregations, 
 that devote themselves entirely to tliis important cause. 
 
 ^.-Government.— Tho Government of Canada is a Federal 
 Constitution composed of a Governor-General and a Privy 
 Council, a Senate, and a House of Commons. Tho Privy Council 
 composed of 13 members appointed by tho Govomor-Oeneral is 
 responsible to the Senate and Legislative Assembly, as in Kngland 
 The Senate consists of 80 members appointed for life by the 
 Crown. The House of Commons is composed of 206 members 
 elected by the people every live years. Tho number of members 
 to be re-adjusted every ten years according to tho population of 
 the different Provinces. 
 
 Each Province has a Local Government, composed ofn Lioute- 
 nant-Governor and two houses styled tlio Legislative Assembly 
 and Legislative Council, which controls ami regulates its interests' 
 I Ottawa, tho capital of tho Dominion of Canada, ia sitimtoj on tho rieht 
 bank of the Ottawa River, 100 miles from its mouth. It I, one of tho 
 most flourishing cities in tho Province. It is dividcci into Ujiper and Lower 
 Town by the Rideau Canal, which connects It with Kingston. Tho most 
 remarkable bu.ldmg is tho Parliament House, which is siiuatod on an cm 
 ■nenco of .50 feet above tho level of tho River, and occupies a piec 
 
 I'nT ,"."""%'" '"""'• '^"° ^'"^"'■y '^"""'^1" «f contain n« 
 300,000 volumes, >s a beautiful circular building, Tho two iogislatlvo Halls 
 are on each side of tho library, but in tho main building. 
 
 The City contains several churches : the principal are,' nvo Cntholio churches 
 mcludmg a magnillcont Cathedral; and about Iwolvo Prot^lant churches or 
 chapels ; also, several saw mills, manufactories of iron castin?i,Vooden wJol 
 4c A flno suspension bridge spans the majestic river, above the Chaud.rro 
 fulls, and connects the City with Hull, on tho other side of tho River. 
 
 IX -Industry and Oommeroo.-l. Tho InhabilanU of tho Dominion 
 next to those of the United States, ore tho most industrious in Amorica The 
 chief pursuits of industry are lumbering, mining, agriculluro, raislhg of cattle 
 and fisheries, which latter are tho most productive in the world, employing about 
 18,000 vessels, and 42,000 men. Iron and copper foundries, breweries nail 
 
 and glass factories, brick and cutlery works, locomptlvo and machino shops oi 
 all descriptions, with manufactories of cloth, flarinols' paper, shoos, soap, candlei 
 and matchest also saw and flour mills, Ac. 
 
 2.-The Oominoroe of the Domi.iion, as active as that of any other country 
 s increasing daily. In I8G0 it amounted to $C!/,000,000; In 1807, $91 780 800 •' 
 In 18,3, $217,197,096, of which $120,586,573 for imports and $90,010 573 for exl 
 ports. It has rather decreased tho last two years. This l^do is specially car- 
 
 Iir.m""Ti'^^^*'!"r^'"'^ ""' ™'*' ^""°'' There is 41,0 a considerable 
 IraOio with the East Indies, France, and other Eiropoan countries. 
 
 S.-BxportB.— The Exports consist principaily In timber of various kinds 
 amountirg annually to upwards of $24,000,000 , mines, $4,000,000- agricul' 
 ture, $13,338,000; cattle, $12,500,000 ; flshorios, $4,400,000, also m'anv new 
 vessels, great quantities of petroloum, potash, poarlash, Ac. 
 
 Tho Importa consist chiefly of dry goods, stationery, physical and astro- 
 nomical instruments, fancy goods ; as, silks, hats, millinery goods, liquors, Ac, Ac. 
 
 *.-Railwaya -The railways of the D..m,nion of Canada have an oxtont 
 "' "="= '»si! v.Oot miios. Tho most ini^w Uiit are :— 
 
 1. Tho Grand Trunk Railway with its branches, in Quebec and 
 
 „ ^^ Ontario ,4,3 ^„„, 
 
 2. The Intercolonial Railway with its branches, in Quebec and 
 
 the Maritime Provinces 755 ,, 
 
 3. Tho Great Western Railway with its branches, in Ontario 701 " 
 
 4. Tho Canada .Southern Railwoy, in Ontario 323 n 
 
 5. The Quebec, Montreal, Ottawa, and Western, (in construction), 
 
 in Quebec, about 300 <, 
 
 0. Tho Prince Edward Island Railway .*.....'.'.'.'.'.!"!!!! 243 " 
 
 7. The New Brunswick and Canada, in Now Brunswick .'...'..' 192 " 
 
 8. Tho Northern of Conada, in Ontario 155 „ 
 
 9 The Windsor and Annapolis, in Nova Scotia '.''.'.,".'., 159 '• 
 
 10. The Brockvillo end Ottawa, in Ontario ...'...'...'. 127 " 
 
 11. The Toronto, Grey, and Bruce, in Ontario 122 >• 
 
 12. Tho Midland of Canada, in Ontario ,',.'...,,,. log •■ 
 
 13. Tho Toronto and Niplssing, in Ontario ",."...„ 102 " 
 
 5.— Navigation.— Tho tonnage of the four largest maritime countries in 
 the world was in 1871 as follows :— 
 
 f,"8'''f'" 17,136,000 tons. 
 
 United States 2,446,459 " 
 
 Sweden and Norway j 535 joj <■ 
 
 Dominion of Canada 1 200 500 " 
 
 which shows that this last holds tho fourth rank ; but proportionally with tho 
 population, it should rank tho first. Navigation, in the Dominion for 1872 was 
 12,808,160 tons; 17,436 vessels of foreign countries having entered its ports, of 
 which the iirincipal are Halifax, St. John, N. B., Quebec, Montreal, Toronto 
 and Kingston. ' 
 
 6 — Oanals.— The principal Canals in the Dominion are: 1. Tho Itideau 
 Canal, 126i miles in length, extending from Ottawa to Kingston; tho Welland 
 Canal, 57 miles, uniting Lokes Erie ond Ontario; 2. the Canals of the St. 
 Lawrence, to overcome the obstructions to navigation from Montreal to Lake On- 
 tario, Lachine, 9 '^ilos in length, between Montreal and Lachino ; Beauhar- 
 nois, 1 1 mHos, between the lakes St. Louis and St. Francis ; and Cornwall 
 Canol, 11} miles, to pass tho Long-Sault Rapids. 
 
 7.— Oorreepondenoe.— In 1872, the Postal service conveyed 30,600,000 
 letters. 
 
 There are about 25,000 miles of Telegraph line, which sent 1,523,000 des- 
 patches in the same year. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 PROVINCE OF ONTARIO. 
 
 Section L— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I -SITUATION AND EXTENT.-The Province uf Onta- 
 no IS situated N. of the United Slates, and W. of the Province of 
 Quebec. It is of a triangular form, and is comprised between 42<> 
 and 500 40' N. lat. ; and 74° 50' and 83° W. long. Its length,from 
 S. E. to N. W. is 750 miles; and its breadth from N.-E. to S-W 
 500 miles ' 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES —It is bounded on the N. E. and E., by 
 tho Province of Quebec ; on the S. E,, by tiie River St. Lawrence ; 
 on the S., by Lakes Ontario and Erie ; and, on the W., by Lake 
 Huvon 
 
 HI.- DIVISIONS.— The Province of Ontario is divided into 5 
 districts, which are subdivided into 45 counties. {See end of volume.) 
 
 IV.-PAOH OF THE OOUNTRT.-Tlio surface of Ontario is gently 
 undulating, there being few great elevations, with the exceptions of a table ridge 
 of considerable height, which stretches 8. E. andN.-W. and forms a water-shod 
 between Lakes Superior and Huron, to which it runs parallel at a distance of 
 about 70 miles, and the southern portion of Hudson Bay. The Laurentian Hills 
 run westward from the Thousand Islands, near Kingston, and extend north of 
 Georgian Bay and Lake Huron. Ontario is far inferior to Quebec os rega.'ds 
 romantic and picturesque scenery. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.-l. Islands.- Tho principal 
 are, in Lake Huron, St. Joseph, Cockbuni, Grand Maniloulm, 
 Qappcrton, and Cloche Islands ; in the Georgian Ray, Fiizwiuiam, 
 Frankim, and Christian Islands ; in Lake Erie, Ryerson Island; in 
 
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO. 
 
 21 
 
 Tub Toaomo Cmvehsiiv. 
 
 Lake Ontario, Duck and Amherst Islands ; and, in the St. Lawrence, 
 Wolfe, Howe, and Wellesley Islands. 
 
 2.— Peninsulas.— PnViM Edward, in Lake Ontario, formed by 
 the Bay of Quinte ; Essex, in the S.-W. of the Province ; Niagara, 
 between Lakes Ontario and Erie ; and Cabot's Head, between Lake 
 Huron and Georgian Bay. 
 
 3. — Mountains. — This Province contains no mountains worthy 
 of the name, and is rather more undulating tlian mountainous. 
 The Laurentides enter into the Province below the City of Ottawa 
 and extend southward to the Thousand Islands, near Kingston^ 
 and thence along the eastern and northern shores of Lakes Huron 
 and Superior, and culminate near the latter Lake, at a height 
 of 2,100 feet. 
 
 Another ridge of high land enters the Province, in the vicinity 
 of the Niagara Falls, extends to Hamilton, thence to Owen 
 Sound, and continues through the ManitouHn Islands, passing by 
 Cabot's Head peninsula. There is also a water-shed, which sepa- 
 rates the slope of the St. Lawrence from that of the Ottawa. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.— 1. Gulfs and Bays.— The prin- 
 cipal bays of Ontario are the Georgian Bay, formed by Lake Huron ; 
 Nottawasaga, an excellent harbor, and Owen Sound, south of Geor- 
 gian Bay ; Outer Bay, N. of Lake Erie ; Burlington Day, at the 
 western extremity, and the Bay of Quinte, N. of Lake Ontario. 
 
 2. Lakes.- The finest chain of Lakes in the world forms, in part, 
 the boundary of this Province : 
 
 1.— Lake Superior, the most elevated of that chain, and the largeit ex- 
 panse of freiih water on the globe, ia remarkable fbr the traniparency of Its 
 waters, and the violence of its gales or storms which considerably Impede navi- 
 gation. It receives no fewer than 500 streams or rivers, some of which are con- 
 siderable. It abounds in flsh of an exoellent quality, principally sturgeon, trout, 
 and white flsh. 
 
 2.— Lake Huron, the second in size, is divitfid Into two unequal portions 
 by the Peninsulas of Cabot's Head and the ManitouHn Island ; the eastern part Is 
 called the Georgian Bay. It is the deepest of the chain, and Is remarkable fbr 
 the clearness, purity, and softness of its waters. It is said to contain upwards of 
 3,000 islands. It is the reservoir of numerous streams; its coasts are Indented with 
 fine harbors, and like most of the other lakes in the chain, It is subject to violent 
 storms. 
 
 3.— Lake Miohigan, the third of the five .great lakes, though not in the 
 Dominion, should find a place here. The shores of this lake are generally 
 low ; it is destitute of islands, except a few near its north-eastern extromily. It 
 is usually firee from toe about the middle of March ; it has fsw bays and fewer 
 good harbors. 
 
 4.— Lake Brie, the fburth in size, Is drained by the Biver Bt, Lawrence ; 
 it is remarkable for the shallowness of Its waters, and the entire suppression 
 of navigation during tii3 winter riionlii*, lu Cuatequeuco of iiie sitoai portions 
 
 being frozen ; and for its subjection to violent itormi, some cf which eaui* 
 disastrous shipwrecks. It is the recipient of many streams, which abound with 
 excellent llsh. 
 
 b.— Lake Ontario, the smallest and most easterly, and that from which 
 this Province takes Its name, is navigable in every part for vessels of the largest 
 size, and is connected with the others by the Niagara River. Several other 
 rivers from the United States and Canadian shores flow into it. This lake con- 
 tains a great variety of fine flsh. 
 
 6.— Amongst the many remaining lakes of this Province, may be mentioned 
 Lake Smcoe, between Lake Ontario and Georgian Bay, and flowing into the 
 latter through the river Severn; Lake Nipissing, between the Ottawa River and 
 Georgian Bay, into which it empties by the French River ; Lake lUutlioka and 
 Hosseau, E. of Georgian Bay , and the Gr«i< and the Little Opeongo, in Peter- 
 borough and Hastings counties ; Ac. 
 
 3.— Rlvere.— 1. The principal rivers are the Ottawa, which separates this 
 Province from that of Quebec ; from its source to Lake Temiscaming, the Ot- 
 tawa runs in a S.-eastera direction, then flows to the E. and enters 
 the St. Lawrence above the Island of Montreal, alter an entire course of at 
 least 800 miles. Its navigation is much impeded by rapids and cataracts. The 
 most celebrated is the Chaudiire Falls, whose tumultuous waters plunge 40 feet 
 and partly disappear through an underground channel passage, whose subse- 
 quent outlet is unknown. The rapids below Ottawa City are avoided by a suc- 
 cession of canals. The tributaries of the Ottawa on the Ontario side are the 
 Maltawan, Petewawa, Bonne Chire, lladawaska, Mississippi, and Nation. 
 Ottawa City is situated on its right bank. 
 
 2. The Upper SI. Lawrence forms a part of the boundary between Ontario 
 and the United States ; viewing this river in connection with the Great Lakes, 
 of which it forms the outlet, it may be said to rise at the source of the St, Louis' 
 which flows into Lake Superior. It receives difl'erent names in its course • 
 between Lakes Superior and Huron, it is called the St. Mary's ; between Lakes 
 Huron and Erie, the St. Clair and Detroit -, and between Lakes Erie and On- 
 tario, the Niagara ; this last forms the celebrated Pails of Niagara, (a). 
 
 3,— Trent.— This river is the outlet of numerous lakes situated in the 
 county of Peterborough ; it flows into the Bay of Quinte after a sinuous course 
 of about too miles. The upper part of this river is called the Otanabee. 
 
 4.-Orand.— This river nses in the county of Wellington ; the upper part runs 
 from N. to S., and the lower part from N.-W. to S -E. ; it empties into 
 Lake Erie after a course of about 200 miles. A number of flourishing towns 
 and villages are situated on its banks. 
 
 8.— Thamee.— It runs from N.-E., to S.-W., through a fertile country in 
 the peninsula formed by Lakes Huron, Erie, and St. Clair, and empties into Lake 
 St. Clair, The towns of London and Chatham are situated on its banks. 
 
 6.— Amongst the other less considerable rivers, not yet named, are the Spanish 
 River, in the District of Algoma ; French, Meganatawan, Muskoka, Severn, Not- 
 tawataga, and Beaver, In the Georgian Bay slope ; Au Sable, Saugeen, Maitland> 
 i4t«r Sables, which empty into Lake Huron ; the Sydenham, which empties into 
 
 (a) This mltfair aatuut li tlinattd rsrtly in Cauda and partlj In tiM United StatM, on 
 tlw Niuar* RlT«r, whieh ponn iu w«t«r down a penwndloular preolpioe, 16S fMt d<ap. 
 Three milei Iwlow Gnnd lalud, tlie repide-fMroely len intonMting tlian the falb them- 
 
 %■>] 
 
 S'- 
 
22 
 
 PROVINCE OF ONTARIO. 
 
 Lake St. Clair: tho Uumber, 
 MoiraAoii Salmon, in the 8Io|h] 
 of Lake Ontario; and several 
 others of leas importance. 
 
 VII.— CLIMATE. —Tho 
 climate of Ontario is agreeably 
 tempered by tho proximity of 
 the Great Lakes. Tho winter 
 though severe is considerably 
 shorter and milder than in 
 Quebec. 
 
 VIII -NATURAL PBO- 
 DUOTS.— I. Minerila.— 
 
 The minerals of Ontario are un- 
 surpassed in voriety and quality 
 by those of any other country. 
 Gold mines have been discover- 
 ed between tho Georgian Bay 
 and tho Ottawa Hiver. Iron is 
 found in largo quantities in 
 tho 1 'cinity of Lake Ontario. 
 In >! ■) same regions are also 
 found copper, lead, antimony, 
 
 marble of the first quality, and flne building stones. On the shores of Lake 
 Superior, principally around Tliuiu'er Bay, silver deposits are met with ; ond 
 on the shcrea of Lake Huron, are extensive mines ol copper. In the south-west, 
 petroleum iit said to bo inexhaustible, and the same moy be said of the Salt- 
 wells at Godeiich and Kincardine. Largo peat-beds exist in several parts of 
 the country. 
 
 2 — Vesretables.— The forests abound with oak, pine, walnut, and maple. 
 Autumnal wheat succeeds very well and is a great source of agricultural rich- 
 ness. Barley, oats, maize, peas, cherries, plums, nuts, and grapes grow luxu- 
 riantly. 
 
 — Animals. — Bears,wolvcs, beavers, foxes.raccoons.otters, martens, and 
 musk-rats are to bo found in Ontario ; but the (Irsl-three aro exceedingly rare, 
 and tho number of tho others is rapidly diminishing. Squirrels of dilTcront 
 colors and species aro numerous. 
 
 Among the most beautiful of the feathered tribe may bo mentioned the 
 jays, wood-peckers, and blackbirds of numerous and beautiful varieties ; and 
 two species of humming-birds. Besides these, there are eagles, kites, hawks, 
 owls, herons, and crows. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— The discovery of tho Province of Ontario, formerly 
 Upper Canada or Canada West, is due to Champlain, aided by tho Jesuit 
 Fathers. In 1613, wishing to explore the district of IL West, Champlain sailed 
 up the Ottawa River, almost to its source. This Province was at that time in 
 possession of the Northern 
 Iroquois, the most warlike 
 of those tribes. The dis- 
 covery was continued at a 
 later period, by M. Front- 
 enac, who erected a fort on 
 Lake Ontario in a place 
 called Cataraqui, now 
 Kingston, to servo as a 
 barrier to the Iroquois. 
 
 But the existence of On- 
 tario as a distinct Province 
 dates only from the yeaf 
 1791. /( was then called 
 Upper Canada or Canada 
 Weal. In 1840, it was re- 
 united to Lower Canada, 
 and in 1807, formed a Pro- 
 vince of the Dominion of 
 Canada, under tho name of 
 tho Province of Ontario. 
 
 X.— ETHNOORA- 
 PHY.— 1. Races.— 
 
 The population con- 
 sists, of Englisli, Irish, Scotch,Frenoh-Canadians,and a fewlndians 
 2.- Language.— Tlio English language is universally spoken. 
 
 iil»GARil FaUS. 
 
 Toronto 
 
 3. —Religion. — The 
 
 Protestant, divided into 
 a great many sects, pre- 
 vails in Ontario ; about 
 275,000 aro Catholics. 
 Tho Ecclesiastical Prov- 
 ince is composed of an 
 Archbishop, at Toronto, 
 and a Bishop at the fol- 
 lowing places, Kingston, 
 Hamilton, London, and 
 Algoma. Among llio Pre- 
 testant denominations, 
 tlto Church of England, 
 prevails. 
 
 4.— Education.— The 
 
 school system of Ontario 
 affords all tlio childreri 
 indiscrimately, liotli ricli 
 and poor, the means of a 
 free education. It is under the control of a superintendant. Catho- 
 lics enjoy the advantage of separate schools, and are consequently 
 exempted from supporting public schools. They receive a separate 
 grant from tho government. There are five Universities in On- 
 tario, one of '.vhich is for the Catholics, and a great number of 
 colleges and academies. The total number of educational institu- 
 tions in 1872, was 5,004. 
 
 5.— Oovemment.— Tho Local Government is vested in a Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor, appointed by the Governor-General of Canada 
 an Executive Council of live members, and a Legislative Assem- 
 bly of 82 members, clnctod every four years. The annual grant 
 from tho revenue of Canada is 880,000, and 80 cents per head 
 on the population. 
 
 1. TOPOORAPHY.-I. Toronto, formerlyYork, the capital, and one of 
 
 the most ni.nrishiufe' cilices of Ih,. IJ^iniuion of Canada, is situated on a beau- 
 tiful circular bay, on the N.-W. shore of Lake Ontario. This bay forms 
 a safu and well-sheltered harbor, cnpiiblo of containing a largo number 
 of vessels. The streets generally cross one another at right angles ■ the 
 principal are, Front, King, Queen, Richmond, and Adelaide, running E and 
 W. Tho city is gererally built of a light-colored brick. 
 
 Tho public religious monuments are numerous; tho principal are a Roman 
 Catholic Cathedral and a Church of England Cathedral ; tho churches of 
 dilTerent denominations number about 50. There is also a Synagogue. In the 
 vicinity of the City are four burying-groundg. 
 
 The public buildings of 
 tho City ore the Porliamont 
 House, the Educational 
 Department, the Normal 
 School, thi' University of 
 Toronto, one of tho finest 
 buildings on tho Continent 
 of America ; tho Banks. 
 Insurance Oflices, Ac, Ac. 
 Queen's Park is a magnifi- 
 cent public resort for the 
 recreation of the citizens ; 
 its spacious avenues are 
 ornamented with rows of 
 stately trees; in the centre 
 is erected a fine bronze 
 statue of Her Majesty, 
 Queen Victoria. There are 
 several extensive iron 
 foundries, sewing-machi- 
 nes, anil a great variety of 
 manufactories. 
 
 Five lines of railway 
 run through the city ; four 
 Railwoys connect, at all seasons of the year, with the principal towns and 
 cities in North America. 
 
F'nOVINCK OF QUEBEC. 
 
 23 
 
 Toronlo was foundi'ii by rfovonior Simeon, in 1791. In 181.1, it wascn|jlunMl 
 awl hol.l for (I few days by tho Amoricani.. In 18,U it bocnm<3 nn inrarporatwl 
 city, and il« niini.i wns changed from York to Toronto. 
 
 2. Hamilton is silunted on Burlington Uny at tho western extremity 
 of Lako Ontario, on a plateau winding around tho foot of a liilly range 
 extending from the Niagara Falls. Its streets aro wide and for Iho most part 
 cross ono another at right angles. 
 
 ^ Conspicuous among tho many churches of this City, is a magnillcent Romiin 
 Citholic Cathedral ; there are also a Synagogue, several banks, a Seminary for 
 Young Ladles, and several Academies; a number of saw and gristmills, manu- 
 factures, and machineries of every description. 
 
 The Wellington, Grey, and Druco Hallway connects tho City with Lake Hu- 
 ron ; ami tie; Oreat Western Railway, all parts of the Dominion with the United 
 Stales. 
 
 ,1. London is situated on the River Thames, 121 miles W. of Toronlo ; its 
 streets aro wido and cross each other at right angles. Three railways nwi 
 there. This City contains several branch banks, extensivn iron foundries, 
 machine-shops, mill ■, breweries, pi'lroleura rellneriei", Ac. 
 
 4. Kingston. fiiriiierly Iho 
 
 capital of Upper Canada, is --'~ ~~' - -^' -.^^— 
 
 situated at the outlet of Lake 
 Ontario, 172 niilesW. of Monl- 
 real. This City occupies tho 
 site of the old Fort Cataratpii 
 or Frontenae. The Imrbor is 
 formed at the inoulh of tho 
 Cataraqui River, which, here, 
 enters tho lake. Tho west 
 shore is steep, and ships of 
 any size may lie hero in perfect 
 safely. Kingston is, after Que- 
 bec and Halifax, the strongest 
 fort in the Dominion ; on Point 
 Henry is the fortress which 
 completely commands the har- 
 bor and town. Tho City is 
 connected with Pittsburg by 
 a long bridge across the Cata- 
 raqui Day, and with Ottawa 
 by the Rideau Canal, Tho 
 streets run al right angles. 
 Amongst the public buildings 
 may be named the City Hall, 
 Market, Court-house, nnd Pen- 
 itentiary. Tho religious build- 
 ings aro two Boman Catholic 
 churches, including tho Ca- 
 thedral, a Ilolel-Dieu, a Gen- 
 eral-Hospital, several Protest- 
 ant churches, colleges, Ac. 
 
 5. Tho other thriving towns oro Brantford, St Cotharines, Belleville, Guelph, 
 Chatham, Port Hope, Ac. 
 
 XII.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROH.-l. Tho most impoitant pur- 
 suits are agriculture, lumbering, mining, manufacturing, Ashing, foundries 
 saw-mills, tanneries, .md -ouimerco. ' 
 
 2.-r/ic fopo/Vicoiisisi . uielly of grain, flour, lumber, ashes and petroleum.- 
 Tho Imforls are woollens, silks, iron, coal, tropical products, books, and various 
 other monufactured goods. 
 
 3.— Railways.- 1. The Grand Trunk Railway and branches, tho Great 
 Vicskrn Hallway, which crosses the Niagara River by means of tho suspension 
 bridge, and forms a connection at Detroit with tho Michigan lines by a largo 
 boat, capable of carrying a whole train of cars across tho .-iver, and thereby 
 alfording direct communication with the United States. 2. Tho principal 
 Canals are, tho Jtideau Canal, 120 miles long, connecting Lake Ontario with 
 tho Ottawa River; Iho Welland Canal, 28 miles long, connecting Lakes On- 
 tario and Erie; there are also canals along tho Ottawa and St. Lawrence. 
 
 forosis, ni.-igiiini'ciit riviu-s ; 
 rocky lifif-'hls, ,iiiil fnamiiif,' iv 
 by I'ultivatwl flclils, pri'lly vil 
 
 The C>thedrai of Montheal. 
 
 anil ,',)" DO- W. long. ; its length ffom the Ans« an Sablon 
 (••)," /:;(iy.i, m tho E., to Lako Tcmlscamiiip, in tho \V., Is about 
 l.noO niilos ; and lis brpadtli, from N. to S., about 300 miles. 
 
 ir.— BOUNDARIES.— It isbonndwl on Hk; N., by a suiiposnl 
 mountain ch.iiii, forming a \vat(!r-sho(l IxHwcf n ilio IlmUoii Hay 
 andthonivi'iSt. Lawronco ; on lhoE.,by thoGiiirof Si. Lawfoiiro ■ 
 on tlin S. and tho S.-E., by tho Unilod States and New nrunswick ; 
 and on llio \V., by Ilio Province of Ontario and tho Ottawa lUvei' 
 HI.— DIVISIONS.— This I'rovinrc is divided into 20 Distri.ls, 
 wliich aro subdivide,! iiilo 01 eoi.inties— (.9ff end of volume ) 
 
 IV.-PAOE OP THE OOUNTRY.-The pliysleal features 
 of Quebec are generally varied and grand, consisting of boumUess 
 
 nd lakes, extensive prairies, bold, 
 ilaraets, tho whole ..ing diversified 
 ages, and sottlcmeiils ; some of tliem 
 streldiing along moun- 
 tains, fertile islands, and 
 =^ rich pastures. Thislx-au- 
 
 _^ lifnl appeai'i, 'cf', how- 
 ever, presents a different 
 aspect in winter. After a 
 heavy fall of snow, suc- 
 ceeded by rain and a par- 
 tial thaw, a strong frost 
 coats tlio trees and all 
 their branches with 
 transpaient ice, often an 
 inch thick, weighing on 
 Ibeinso heavily, that, in 
 a tempest, whole foi-ests 
 •ire laid prostrate with 
 tremendous noise and 
 uproar; nothing how- 
 over, can ho imagined 
 more brilliant and beau- 
 tiful, than tho effect of 
 sunshine in a calm day, 
 on tho frozen boughs, 
 where every particle of 
 tho icy crystals sparkles, 
 and nature seems decked 
 in diamonds. 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 PROVIIMCE OF QUEBEC. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I -SITUATION AND EXTENT.-The Province of Quebec 
 18 Situated N. of tho United States, and E. of the Provinc.o of On- 
 tario. It is comprised between 45<' and 520 N lat., and .57" 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS of LAND.-I Islanda.-In the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence : tho Magdalen hUimts, the Antkosti, 140 miles long by 
 a mean breadth of 28 miles and an area of 2,G00 sii m ; and tho 
 Seven Islamls (CG" long). In tho Rivqr St. Lawrence, below Quebec . 
 the Coudrcs and Crane Islands, each forming a parish ; the Grosse 
 or Quarantainc Island and several others of less importance ; the 
 Isle of Orleans, 20 miles in length and 6 miles in its greatest 
 breadth, which is very fertile and comprises si.\ parishes ; it is 
 particularly remarkable for its beautiful scenery ; above Quebec : 
 tho Pads and St. Ignatius, each forming a parish ; and several 
 others in Lake St. Peter; the Island of Montreal, 32 miles long by 
 about 10 miles wide at the widest part ; the soil is fertile and well 
 cultivated ; it comprises nine parishes besides the City of Montreal ; 
 tho Isle of Jesus, which, separated from that of Montreal l)y tho 
 River des Prairies, contains five parishes, and Is 23 miles long by 
 G miles wide ; above Montreal, tho Islands of St. Paul, Heron, and 
 iVOrval; tho Grey Nuns' Island, at tho mouth of tho Chaleauguay 
 River, and St. Helen's Island, opposite Montreal, now, a place of 
 recreation for tiie inhabitants of that City. 
 
 2. Peninsulas.— Gaspe peninsula, which is formed by the Gulf 
 and River St. Lawrence and Chaleur Bay ; Manicouagan, on the N. 
 side of the St, Lawrence.which is formed by tho river of thes.imn 
 name and the Outardes River. 
 
 ' ■; 
 
City at Miixibbai,, 
 
 3. Capes and Points.— I. In tho Poninsula of Gaspi^, tlio 
 Capt'8 of Magdalen, Rosier, Gaspe, and Espoir ; tho Points du Gron- 
 Male, Yelloic, and St. Peter, and llio Points East and West ivspcci- 
 ively, at tlie two extremities of tho Anticosti Island ; 2. on tiie h-ft 
 banli of tlie St. Lawrence, Capes St. Nicholas, Colombicr, Tourmente, 
 Diamond, and Rouge : and the Points Caribou, De Monts, Outardes, 
 and \ aches; 3. on tlie right bank, Capes Marsouin, Ste. Anne, and 
 Chat; and the Points nit Pere, St. Roch, and Levis. 
 
 4. Mountains— On each side of tlie valley of the St. Lawrence, 
 IS a range of low mountains : 1.— That on tho N.is called the Lau- 
 rcntides ; it begins at the coast of Labrador, and forms undulating 
 ridges of about 1,000 feet in altitude, which extend up the N. side; 
 of the Ottawa for 100 miles, and then sweeps round to the Thou- 
 sand Islands, near Kingston ; 2. the southern range, called the 
 Notrc-Dame Mountains, is a branch of the Alleghany ov'Appalachian 
 Mountains,which commences at the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in Gaspe, 
 and forms a prolonged chain of mountains through the United 
 States as far as Virginia, known by the different names of the 
 White Mountains, Green Mountains, Blue Mountains, he. On the 
 Canadian side, they seldom exceed 1,000 to 1,500 feet high ; their 
 greatest elevation is about 4,000 feet in the Shickshook Mountains, 
 in Gasp6. 
 
 5. Amongst tiio isolated mountains may be mentioned : Mount 
 Royal, 750 feet high, on the top of which is the City Park ; on 
 tho north-western slope are, the Catholic and the Protestant 
 cemeteries, and on the south-eastern is a fine reservoir hewn out 
 of the rc3k. From Delait mountain, 1,400 feet high, in the c«fun- 
 ty of Rouville, a splendid view of the country for 60 miles round 
 can be had ; there is a lake without any perceptible inlet on the 
 southern base. Mount Orford, near the lake of ilie same name in 
 the county of Sherbrooke, is 4,500 feet high ; this is the most 
 elevated point in the Province. The other mountains are, Rouge- 
 mont, Ste. ThMsc, Yamaska, kc. 
 
 VI.-HYDRO&RAPHY.-l. Gulfs and Bays.-Tlie princi- 
 pal IS the Gulf or Estuary of the 5^ Lawrence, bounded by the 
 Provinces of Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and New- 
 foundland ; its average length and breadth are 280 miles respect- 
 ively. On the left bank of the St. Lawrence, the Bays of Ilomards 
 English, Outardes, Laval, Milk Vaches, Malbaie, and St. Paul; on the 
 right bank, Malbaie, and Gaj;j«— which latter forms a fine harbor— 
 Ste. Anne, Me Verle, &c. ; Chaleur Bay, between Quebec and New 
 
 Brunswick, forms an immense harbor without shoals or rocky 
 reefs, and is secure from the most stormy winds. 
 
 2. Lakes.— Amongst the numerous lakes of this Province are 
 South of the St. Lawrence, in the Couiity of Matapediae, Mata'. 
 pediuc and Metis ; in the County of Temiscouala, Long Lake and 
 Temiscouata, (Winding Lake), 30 miles long and IJ mile in its 
 greatest width ; its general depth exceeds 50 feet and in some places, 
 200 feet. In the eastern townships, Lakes William, St. Francis, 
 Aytmer, Magog, and Megantic; this last is rendered memorable in 
 history as being the route by wliirli Arnold passed, on his way to 
 the siege of Quebec. Between the St. T rancis and Richelieu Rivers, 
 .Vemphramagog, the Geneva of Canada. Along its western shoro 
 are several mountains ; Drome and Missisijuoi, and the northern part 
 of Lake Champlain. North of llie St. Lawrence, the lakes of tho 
 valley of the Saguenay, the priiu^ipal of which is Lake St. John, 
 whose shape is circular,and circumference about 100 miles ; Lakes 
 Temiscaming, and Tumagamingue, between Quebec and Ontario 
 and many others in the slope of the Ottawa River ; Lakes St, 
 Peter, St. Louis, and St. Francis, which are but expansions of the 
 St. Lawrence, and Lake of Two Mountains formed by tho Ottawa, 
 at the continence of that river with the St. Lawrence. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— The Province of Quebec is drained by tlio majestic 
 River St. Lawrence and its numerous tributaries ; 'the principal 
 are, the Ottawa, St. Maurice, Saguenay, Richelieu, St. Francis, and 
 Chaudiire. 
 
 1.— Tlie 5/. Lawrence, one of the largest rivers in Norlli America, issues from 
 Lalie Ontario and flows in a N.-E. direction, lis whole lenglli, including tho 
 chain of lakes, is estimated at 2,200 miles ; its longlli, from Lake Ontario to tho 
 Gulf of 8t. Lawrence, is about 7,50 miles ; it is navigable for vessels of 4,000 
 tons, to Montreal ; from Montreal to Lake Ontario tho navigation is much im- 
 IKded by rapids ; tho most important are, the Cedar and Lachino Rapids, which 
 aro overcome by canals ; it is free from ice, from about the end of April to tho 
 beginning of December The breadth of tliis river is very unequal, varying 
 from less than a mile to four miles ; opposite Quebec, it is only 1,040 yards • 
 across its mouth from Cape Chat to Point Do Monts, the distance is about 40 
 miles. Tho tide is perceptible as far as Three Itivers. Its waters are soft and 
 pure, and abound with excellent llsh, mlmnn. sturgeon, wtnlefish, pike, shad, 
 eel, cod, 4c. The principal cities on the Ijnnks of the St. Lawrence are Quebec, 
 Levis,' Tlireo Rivers, Sorel, and Montreal. 
 
 Z— The Ottawa, see tho Province of Ontario, page 2t. 
 
 3.— The St. Maurice takes its rise from small springs, at the foot of a small hill, 
 about 48« 30' N. lat. ; it flows S.-E. and joins the St. Lawrence at Three Rivers,' 
 after a course of 400 miles. Its principal tributaries aro, on the W., Matawin, 
 
 Hat. Vfirmilinn. Pl/imnn/t nml /J."/././ji, • nr,it..%p li..;.;„-i. «,,., _... r, 1, 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 '9 
 
 ^ 
 
 =^ 
 
mOVINCE OK QUKUEC 
 
 2S 
 
 iind Trenche. lu banks aro gonerally high, ranging in somo plocos, from 200 
 lo ',000 fi.'Ht, and covoriMl with clusters of majoslic Iroes. Tho fulls of Onjnil 
 MiTc ami Shawunogan are particularly romarkahii'. A sIpqihit pllos between 
 La Tuquo falls and Grandes Piles, about 70 miles. Tho 81. Mauri™ and il.i 
 tributaries abound with Ibh. Three Ilivers is siluutiHl at its mouth. 
 
 V— Thfl river scenery of tho Saijuenay is tho grandest In Canada. Its hanks 
 vary in height from 500 to 1,500 feet, not only often iierpondicular to tho wat, r, 
 but absolutely overhanging tho dark stream. This precipitancy, continuing 
 undor, as well as above the water, has been found to bo as deep within five 
 feet of tho shore as In the middle ; near its mouth a lino of 3,000 feet faileil to 
 reach its bottom. Tho depth In other parts varies from 100 to 1000 feet. This 
 river is navigable to IIu I llu 1 Uay, fur vessels of tho largest class. Total length 
 100 miles. Tadousuc, tho colobrateJ watering [ilace. Is situated at the mouth 
 of this river. 
 
 5.— Tho Hicheliru or Chambly connects Lake Champlain with the Ht. Law- 
 rence, and enters this river, at Lake St. Peter, after a N. course of 80 miles. At 
 nearly half its course, it expands into the Uasin of Chambly. Tho valley of this 
 river is the richest and most fertile portion of the country. It contains many 
 water-powers. Sorel and Chambly are situaleil on this river. 
 
 6. — The SI. Francis rises in tho lake of the same name, and receives the 
 tributaries of the following lakes : Memphrumagog, Massawippi, and Magog; 
 after a course of about 100 miles, it empties into the St. Lawrence at Lake SI. 
 Peter. Tho following lakes are also on th(^ SI. Francis, Aylmer, and 
 Drompton. 
 
 7.— The Chaudifre rises in Luke Meganlic anri juins the St. Lawrence, seven 
 miles above Quebi'C, after a cijurse nf 102 miles. lis lireadlh varies from iOO 
 lo fiOO yanis ; its course is efteii obstructed by small islands ajid its banks are 
 generally high and piecipitous. Near its mouth, are the celebruled Chauiliere 
 falls, upwards (jf 100 feet high. 
 
 8. — Tlia other rivers of less iniporlanee are, on the N. siile, the (laliiieau n[u\ 
 i^« iif^rc', which empty into the Ottawa; the llrst is iflO miles in length, 300 
 ofwhah are navigable fur canoes ; L'Aswmplion, Maskinomjl Ou Luiip, llalis- 
 can. Jacques Carlier, Si. Anne, llu Gou/fre, and Monlmorencij, famous for its 
 falls, IM fe.'t hiuh. IJn tho .south, Clialeauguaij, celid)raled for the lictory 
 gained by 3(10 Canadians, under the commnnil of Colonel Halaberry, over 11m 
 Amerie.in army, on October 20, 1813; the Yamaska, MeoM, BecancttUr, EUiie- 
 min, Ihi Suil, Oticll,; llu Loup, Rimouski, *c. 
 
 VU.— THB OLIMATB of Quebec is altogether one of the healthiest in 
 the world as Will as one of the most jileasttnt to live in. The winter is cold 
 and long ; the summer is similar to that of I'Vanee, but shorter. There are, at 
 times in winter, snow falls of three or four feet; the thermometer sinks very 
 low, b\it the atuuisphi're being generally dry and exhilarating, the cold is not 
 felt to lie uniileasanl. 
 
 PRODUOaS.-l. Minerals.— The copper mines 
 are extensive and exceedingly pruduclivo in the Eastern Townships of Har- 
 vey, Hartford, Huntingdon, Capel, and Ives, ^ead and iron are found 
 in many (daces in tho Laurcntian Bango, tho Eastern Townships, along the N 
 shore of the St. Lawrence, and at Three Rivers. At tho mouth of tho Moisic Itiver 
 (60O long,), 300 miles below Quebec, thero is a vast deposit of magnetic iron 
 of a superior quality. Plumbago is found near Ottawa ; marble is also found 
 
 Pent is oommnn. there bein? no. less (hr.n fin nno ,uif-,, 10 and 20 feet deep. 
 
 2. Vogetablea.— Tho soil of Quebec is exceedingly fertile and capHblo of 
 high cultivation ; cereals, hay, Indian corn, root crops,- and fruits grow in 
 
 abundance. The greatest part of tho I'rovinco is covered with forests, whi(di 
 contain chiefly whito and red pine, tamarac, cedar, mople, birch, poplar, ash, 
 elm, cherry, 4c. Apples, [lears, and plums aro raised in abundance. 
 
 J. Tho Anlmala oro Ihn same as those of Ontario, 
 
 Among tho llsh are tho coil, salmon, trout, whito llsh, mackerel, sliaJ, herring, 
 halibut, bass, sturgeon, maskinongi'', 4c. 
 
 Section IL— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 I.X,— HISTORY.— Lower Canada was discovered in I53», liy .lacques 
 Carlier, u distinguished French navigator of St. Mulo. In tho following year, 
 ho sailed up tho Iliver St. Lawrence, to which ho gave its present name. Iii 
 loll, ho made a settlement, at St. Croix Harbor, now called St, Charh's. In 
 I fiOS, a permanent settlement was made by Champlain upon tho present site 
 of Quebec, and Canado was called Now France. From that period till 1759 
 thi! French continued to occupy the country, though much harassed by various 
 tribes of Indians and the settlers of Now^England ; but, in the year 1759, th« 
 Knglish army, under Generol Wolfe, captured Quebec, and, by September 8, 
 1700, the whole country had surrendered to the Drilish. In 1791, Canada was 
 divided into two separate Provinces, called respectively Uiiper and Lower 
 Canada. 
 
 An insurrection arose, in 1837, but was suppressed by tho military. The re- 
 suit of this proceeding was tho reunion of tho two Provinces, in 1810. On tho 
 1st July 18G7, they were again divided and named respectively, tho Pro- 
 vinces of Ontario ami Quebec, lo form, with New Drunswick and Nova 
 .'icolia, one power to bo known by tho name of tlio DOMINION OF CA- 
 NADA. 
 
 X.-ETHN0GRAPHY.-1. Races and Languages.- 
 
 .Mioul Olio million of tho population aro ili'scendants of tho parly 
 French colonists and preserve Iheiflangiiagc. Tho others aro En- 
 glish, Irish, and Scotch, who speak tlio English language. Desides, 
 lliere aro ahout 7,000 Indians in this Province. 
 
 2.— Character.— In character, the inhabitants generally reseiu- 
 l)!e their progenitors. " Tlie French Canadians," says an 'English 
 aullinr, '■ still preserve, with rare fidelity, the language, ciistoiiis, 
 laws, and religion of their niolher country ; Ihey are Ihriftyl 
 clean and frugal, light-hearted, and cheerful. There is not a more 
 liappy nor contented people on the face of tho earlh." 
 
 3.— Religion.— The prevailing religion is the lloniau Catholic. 
 They form aliout ftve-si.vlhs of liio populalioii. They have si.\ 
 Dioceses; viz., the Archdiocese of Quebec and I he Dioces'es of Mon- 
 treal, Tliree Rivers, St. Ilyaeinthe, rtiniouski, and Sherbrooke. 
 Tlii> Dioceses are divided into Parishes. 
 
 The Protestants have two Dioceses, Montreal and Quebec. 
 Among the other denominations, the most numerous are, the 
 Presbyterians, Methodists, and Baptists. There is also a small num- 
 ber of Jews. 
 
 4,— Education.— The Educational iustitiilions of Quebec 
 are very prosperous ; they are divided into Superior. Secondary, 
 Normal, Special, and Primary Schools. 
 
 I.— The Superior comprises Laval University at Quebec, McGill 
 at Montreal, and Lenuoxvillo ; the Seminaries of Montreal, Que- 
 bec, Nicolet, St. Hyacinthe, Three Rivers, Rimouski, and Sher- 
 brooke. 
 
 2.— Tho Secondary arc the classical Colleges of St. Sulpice 
 and tho Jesuits, at Montreal, and those of Quebec, Three Rivers 
 St. Hyacinthe, Rimouski, Nicolet, St. Thcrese, St. Anne Lapoca- 
 tiere, Joliette, L'Assomption, St. Marie do Manoir, St. Francis, 
 Lenno.wille, Morin at Quebec, and 16 Industrial Colleges. 
 
 3 —There are three Normal Schools for tho training of teachers . 
 tho Laval Normal School at Quebec; and the Jacques Cartier 
 and McGill's at Montreal. 
 
 4. — The Academies for males aro 66 in number and for 
 females, 72. 
 
 5.— There are above 260 model and 3,600 primary schools cou- 
 laining more than 218,000 pupils. 
 
 C. — Among the religious orders nf ladies devoted to education 
 may lie mentioned, the Ursulines, the Sisters of the Congregation 
 of Notre Dame, tho Grey Nuns, the Ladies of the Sacred Heart, 
 
 ■ 
 
2d 
 
 I'HOVINCE Oh" gUEHKC 
 
 ihorlloblo objoctt 
 
 II lliia I'rovlnco 
 Tlic Cli'iks of 
 
 tluf SiHiois of JfHiiH-Mnrio, of \\w PreiiPiUnlioii, of Providcncp, the 
 Good 8ht'|)h(T(l, and of llio Asmimplion. 
 
 TliK olhi-r rc'llnlous (inli'm of I.nilii'i (IcvcpIimI In iiiniin nrii 
 am tlio lldli'l-Diiu iiiiil Ih.' Cnnni'lili) Nuiim 
 
 7.— Tilt' lliollii'is of IhyChi-isliaii Hcliooln have 
 20r»tal)lislinii'tils coiilaliiiiiK above 8,000 \<\]\,\h 
 St. Viatdr, Ih.. Kalliri!* of llio Holy Cross, the UruthcrH of Charily, 
 mid Ihi' Itrolhcis of tlic Sacred Heart aro also entirely devoted to 
 fdiicalioii ; their colleges and schools are very widl attended 
 
 Government.— The public alfalrs of ibis Province are admin- 
 islrated by a Lieiileiinnt-dovenior, an K-ecntive Council of 7 
 iiieiiibers, a LoKislative Council of 2i ni •inU-rs, niiiioiiiled for 
 life, and a Lenislalive Assembly of 05 memlwri). 
 
 The judicial department comprises a Court of Queen's neiicb, 
 with a Cliief Jnslice and four Assistants ; a Superior ConrI, with 
 a chief Justice and ill Assistants : Courts of Quarter Sessions ; and 
 Courts for the suminaiy trial of petty cases. 
 
 The mnuicipalili -s are admimslered by a Mayor and Common 
 Council. 
 
 TOPOGRAPHY. — 
 I. Quebec, llji' rii|iiliil of 
 this I'niviiici', wa.s round- 
 oil in 1008 Ijj- Clmni|ilain, 
 on tin) fill) of nn Indinn 
 villiigo calli>d Slndiironii. 
 on lliolcn Ijnnkof llieltiv- 
 i'rSt.Lfltt.-onciwvliiuli llITi' 
 rt'ci'ivps llm SI. Clmrlcs 
 lliver, about :M0 niili's 
 from till' Occnn. TliisCity 
 is liuilt in iL iiMUiiikniily 
 ]iictun'si|ui,' s-ilualiuu. lic- 
 Iwocn llic two vi\m, i\i 
 llie N. oxlrcmil;, of a nnr- 
 niw. I.ul oji'viitoil liilili'- 
 Inuil. (::i|pi' Kianionil. tin- 
 I'XlnMuily of iliis taldo- 
 land. i.s 333 fool alioM- llio 
 lovol of llio St. Lawronco. 
 to wiiioli il |iro?onls an 
 almost iiri'oiipiions faoi-. 
 
 (jueljoo in dividoil into 
 two parts oallod Uppor 
 and Lower Town. 
 
 I'l'ltcr Town oroujiios II 
 liflod. Tlio citailol wliiuli orowiis 
 lion, is tlio sti-onposl fortress in Amorio.a 
 
 Lower Town, wliioli is tlio soat of oommorcp. is built around llic base of Cape 
 Diamond, whore, in many places, the rook lias boon out away to make room 
 for bouses. On the St. Charles, the water at flood tide, formerly washed Iho 
 very foot of the rook ; but wharfs have boon projected towards low-waler mark 
 and foundations made snnioiontly solid, on which to build whole streets. The 
 banks of both rivers aro now lined with housi's and wharfs. The streets aru 
 generally inognlar ami narrow. 
 
 Upper Town has several squares and public walks, commanding views un- 
 rivalled for their varied and piclurosrpie beanly. In one, stands an elegant 
 monument erected to the joint memory of Generals \Volfo and Montcalm, who 
 fell at the taking of Quebec, in 1 7,^9. A monument, W feet in height, marks the 
 .spot where Wolfe fell on the Plains of Abraham . on the Ste Foy Road, .stands 
 an iron pillar, in commemoration of llin struggle which look place hero, in I7C0, 
 between the English and French troops 
 
 Among the remarkable buildings of Quebec may be menlioned, the Iloman 
 Catholic Cathedral, the Church of England Cathedral, and several capacious 
 and magnificent Roman Catholic Churches. There are also some Protestant 
 Churolies or Chapels. 
 
 The Pariiament Buildings, the University, and several Hanks, aro very beau- 
 tiful and costly strnclures. 
 
 The Educational institutionscoiniiri.se, Laval University, Grand and Prepara- 
 tory Seminaries, the Ursnline Conv.'nt, Morin's College, and Laval Normal 
 School, the Christian Bros.' Academy, and numerous other schools. 
 
 The principal benevolent institutions aro the Morine" Iloapital, Hotcl-Dicu, 
 General Ilospitnl, Lunatic Asylum of Beauport. 4o. 
 
 QOEBEI 
 
 ■ higho 
 
 I pari nflho promoiilory . it is strongly for- 
 Iho siiniiiiil (if Capo Diamond, from its posi- 
 
 8hlp-bullding i> tho chief manufiicturlng Indunlry of Queboc ; thire aru alto 
 mnnufiiclorip»oflron cantlngi, machinery, cu'lery, nalli, muiilcal Inilrumenti, 
 bootii and shoes, Ac., Ac 
 
 Quebec la one of llie most important and most ancient jiortt of ttio Province. 
 The great staple of export Is limber, furnished principally by the Ottawa and 
 SI. Mauriie llivors. 
 
 ^— Montreal, formerly Vtllt ilarie, is the commnrcial metropolis of tho 
 Dominiun of Canada. It was founded In lfl«. by M. D Maisonneuve, on 
 the site of the Indian Village of llool elaga, on the S. side of the Island 
 of Miintreal, holween Mount Itoyolaniiiiie lliver St. Ijiwroiice, The principal 
 streets have large and well-buill edlllcos. Notre-Dame, running up the centre of 
 the ridge on which the City i» built, is the main street. Tho chief liusiness 
 snoots are SI, Paul, Notre-Dame, St. Lawrence, McOill, St. Joseph, and Craig, 
 whioh latlormay bo calle.l tho Broadway of Montreal; St. Anloines ward 
 contains a groat number of handsome mansions. Thia City Is very well «up. 
 plied Willi walcr and gas. 
 
 Tho principal buildings are the City-IIall, the Cmirt-Ilouse, the Po>l-()nio.', 
 theCustom-Ilonse, IheSeminaiy of St Suliiire, the General Hospital, Ihellotel- 
 Diou, Montreal College, St. Murjs College, McGIll University, the Plateau 
 Academy ; several Banks, the Telegraph Olllce, and the Bonsecours Market 
 Among the great number of Churches are, the rjilholic Cathedral, constnicted 
 aflor a model of : he Vatican at Home ; Notre-Dame Church, capable of contain- 
 ing fnim 111,000 to 12,000 persons ; It has two towers, one of which is furnished 
 
 with a lino chime of bolls, 
 the other contains a bell 
 weighing 13} tons; tho 
 Church of the Gesu is a 
 very beautiful edillce ; SI. 
 Patrick's, SI. Peter's, St. 
 James', St. Ann's, and 
 several other Catholic 
 Churches. Among tho 
 many Protestant Churches 
 are Christ Chiiroh Cathe- 
 dral, a splendii'i gothic ed- 
 illce; Trinity, ^i. George's, 
 andSt. Andrew's, are hand- 
 some structures. Tho great 
 masterpiece of art is the 
 Victoria Bridge, which 
 spans tho St. Lawrence (a) 
 a short distance from tho 
 City. 
 
 The Educational means 
 of this Citycompriso a Uni- 
 versity, a Iloman Cailiolic 
 Theological Seminary, n 
 Jesuit's College, a Normal 
 School, the Academies and Common Schools, under the direction of the Bro- 
 Ihers of the Christian Schools, and the Sisters of the Congregation of Notre- 
 Dame, Josiis-Mario, Providence, Grey Nuns, and some private and |iublio 
 Academies and schools. 
 
 The Harbor of Montreal is secure, and the wharves are unsurpassed by those 
 of any city in America. They i>resent, for several miles, a display of con- 
 tinuous masonry which has few parallels. 
 
 There are several sipiares in Montreal, the |irincipal of which areViger Square, 
 Victoria Squaro, in which latter is eroded a statue of Her Majesty Queen Vic- 
 toria ; Dominion Sipuire, and Maisonneuve Square ; but the principal place o( re- 
 sort is the Mount Ilnyal Park, which occupies tho summit of that mountain. On tho 
 side of the mountain facing the City is a fine reservoir cleft out of the rock. 
 
 Among the manufactures are foundries, distilleries, breweries, siigar-rellne- 
 rios, soap and candle works, niannfactures of hardware, including excellent 
 cutlery, carriages, Ac, 4c 
 
 Tho situation of Montreal is very favorable to commerce and industry, being 
 at the head of the ordinary Atlantic navigation and at the foot of tlio great 
 chain of canals, which connect Iho great Lakes with the "iver and the .\tlan- 
 tic ; and also on account of its extensive railway commu.; .. atinn with the chief 
 cities and towns in the Dominion of Canada and Iho United States. 
 
 Three Blvers, so called from the throe moulhs of the St. Maurice, is 
 situated at the confluence of this River with the St. Lawrence, 90 
 miles from Quebec, on tho line of the Montreal, Ottawa, and Weslern Railway. 
 It is one of the oldest towns in Canada, and was long stationary as regards 
 enterprise or improvement , but recently it has become one of the most pros- 
 perous places in the Province; a change produced, princii(ally,by the commen- 
 
 (o) Thia bridsa is 9,1M feet lonK, containhii 
 
 it ccst nearly seven miUioa doU^iii. 
 
 K 24 s|iansor282 feet each, and one of 300 foet : 
 
 
NOVA SCOTIA. 
 
 ^ 
 
 cnmoiil otta Mtanalvo lriil<< iii liimhor, nn tho nivrrHI. Mmirlrn nntl im trlbu- 
 tariM, whicli hail liiirelofuni lmi>ii no«locli'(l. U l» llin ri'«hli'nni ofn M.man 
 Ciitliolli; Dinhnp, aii.I con'nins a Catholic Cnlhodriil, ii purlHli Cliurrh, »oino 
 Piiil»«l«Ml rhiinhcii or Chapflls. a Collcffo, nn I'miilinM rnnvi'iit, Ihn Chrinliiin 
 llrulhiTK', mill KwiTnl oIIi.t 8ohonli.. Tho uln'oU aro lltflilod Willi k»«, «»iI 
 III!' City Ih wi'll |iriivl(li'(l wJUi wiitor, by wnlor-wiirkl, 
 
 I — L«vU. »1IuuIimI on IImi pIkIiI Imrik ofthM St. fjiwrnnen op|Kullu OunlnM.', 
 
 IH n viTy iirmpuroim town ; il U llio limdinn |.la ,r Iho pn«i.rnKiTii nrrivinu 
 
 from Kurop.', uiid Ihn t.Tminua of ihn Oniiid Tnink Ilnilwiiy ; it hns n very 
 oxIonBlvM Hhlpplnn Iriidn, ami (•onliiins xnMnil snw.rriillH mid fiirlorli'n. lU 
 prlnelpnl ImildlnKS nro a Cuthulii; Church, tho Grey Niin« llospiliil, luid n 
 CoinmiTclsl College. In Iho loulhorn pari uro «xlon»lva furlllUtttloim. 
 
 r>.— Sorel, »ituntail on Iho rl^ht Imnk of Iho Iliidiplioii, nl im onirnnco into 
 LnkoKt. IViiT, is a noiirishinn town. Il occiipios Iho situ of n tort Imill in IftO.', 
 liy Mr. Triicy. This Town contains innnufmlnrcii of engines, niill-inachincry, 
 Idnii^h!., (.lovcH, hriiks, and sovornl saw and i/risl mills. Il i* lhi. winter quar- 
 ters of the Ilichelleii flnnipany's Rleamhoat.^, un.l i, ;i ,l,iiinii i',,,- Imiils plyiiij; 
 
 lietween Montreal iind 
 
 Quel Shi|)-bullillnK is 
 
 one of the principal bran- 
 ches of indiislry, 
 
 0. — St. Johns, for- 
 merly Dorchcsler.is situat- 
 ed on Ihe lelX bank of tho 
 Ilichelieu lliver, '27 miles 
 8.-E. of Montreal, with 
 which it is connected by 
 a railway. Tho City U 
 crossed daily liy tho cars 
 iif four dilferent railway 
 cnmpaiiiex II ceijtains a 
 Oalholic Church, somo 
 J'rotcslniit Chapels, a 
 Dank, n Lunatic Asylum, 
 a Cily-IIiill.Ac.; also, 'lan- 
 iifailures :'f iron castings, 
 leiithrr. and onrlhen-warc, 
 with saw. grist, and pluin- 
 ing mills, iVc. It is con- 
 nected with St Alhanase, 
 on the op[iosilo tide of Ih'j 
 nichelieu, liy a line bridge. 
 
 Tlic trade of 81. Jnhn consists chiefly in lumber, grain, and country produce. 
 7.— Hull is situated on the Ottawa River, at its confluence willi tho Gatincau , 
 this thriving Town possesses unrivalled water-powers, and contains several saw- 
 mills and an extensive match factory, in which wooden-wares are also manu- 
 factured. Valuable iron-mines aro worked in its vicinity. A magnificent sus- 
 pension bridge spans tho Ghaudicro Falls, and connects this Town with Ottawa 
 City. 
 
 S. — St. Hyaolnthe is situated ontheniverYamaskaand tho Grand Trunk 
 Railway. Its principal buildings and inslitutions are tho Catholic Cathedral, 
 Bishops Palace, a College, Ihe Ilolel-Iiien, Iho Convent of tho Presentation , 
 also, manurnclures of woollens, woudon-ware, leather, iron castings, mill ma- 
 chinery, bouts and shoes . there aro also somo saw and grist mills. 
 
 it— Shorbrooke, a thriving town situated on both sides of tho River Ma- 
 gog, and on the (iraiid Trunk and Mussawippi Valley Railways, contains several 
 bri'nch banks and insurance companies; also, manufactures of woollen and 
 cotton cloths, llannels, iron castings, machineries, pails, axes, \c. 
 
 Sherbrooko is Iho residence of a Culholio Bishop, and contains several 
 churches of dilferent denominations. 
 
 10. — .Vmong tho nmny other prosperous towns of this Provinco arc Joliette, on 
 the River I.'Assomption ; Longueuil, tho summer residonco of nmny Montroalers, 
 threo miles from Montreal ; Valleyfleld, near tho head of tho Beauharnois 
 Canal, possessing extensive water-powers, and containing a largo papor-mill; 
 Lachine, the starting place for tho Ottawa Line of Steamers, and tho Royal 
 Mail Lino for Toronto. *c., MoiUmagmj, Iberville, Beauharnois, Ac. 
 
 XII.— I. INDUSTRY. — Canadian industry is very progressive since the 
 Confederation , it consists principally in flshories, lumbering, ship-building, man- 
 ufacluri's of every description: hardware, paper, glass, boots and shoes, cotton 
 and woollen goods, steam-enginos and locomotives, sowing-machines, wooden- 
 wares, agricultural implements ; breweries, distilleries, reflnories, railways and 
 steamboats. The value of tho produce of industry is yearly in this Provinco 
 about 77,.'iOO,onO dollars. 
 
 ■!.- DOMMHROH,— i?r,.oW. for the year !S75 'lavc been .ilL-mtWrniHions 
 of dollars ; the Imports, -fl millions, 50 of which entered for consumption. 
 
 Tho Ripnrls onniitt ohlelly In the prnducn of Ihn forestn, llnhiTles, and anlnialu . 
 ngrlcultup', m«nuractun<i, Ac. ; tho nrliclen imported are dry goods, Jowellery. 
 hardware, grocerlen. «hl|Hiiati'rials,chlim,nmchinerleii, bouku, iMijwr, *e. 
 
 I.— 0»n»I« and RalIro*d«.— .SV* jxii;* Jn. 
 
 '— Ourto»Ule«.— This Province ciinlains many grand and beaiilil'iil 
 objects of interest and curiosity : The Chaudiere Kails, wihl and grand ; the 
 I'alls of Montmorency, near yuebec, witli a |H'rpendicular descent of ni) feet ; 
 tho Falls of tho ChaudlJ're, 10 iiiilen above Quebec, with a perpendicular pilch 
 of lUOfeot, Ac, Ac, 
 
 cii.vrTEn xii 
 NOVA SCOTIA. 
 
 REr.TioN I.— PHYSICAL OEOGR.\PHY. 
 
 L.iuii.Mi lUrics, 
 
 T— SITUATION and EXTENT.— Nova Scotia is comprisfd 
 
 iM'twpcn Vi" 30' and 
 47" N. lal. ; anil 50o i.V 
 and 0(1" 20' W. loii}.'. 
 It Is situated on tli(> 
 Allanlio, and fornm a 
 IH'ninsnlaat tlii'soiiili 
 eastern e.xlieiiLJly of 
 Canada. It is ciinneit- 
 I'll wilh New lining, 
 wick liy Cliii'Knectii 
 Islhnms. I's ienfitli is 
 ■it<l) 111., mill ils LTivalrst 
 lireadtli, about jlJO 
 miles. 
 
 II. - BOUNDA- 
 RIES.— It is l)i,iiiiiled 
 111! the N.-W., I'V llir 
 Bay of rniidy ; mi the 
 N., by Norlliiiiiiliir- 
 land Strait ; on Ihe 8.- 
 K., by tlio Strait ol' 
 Canso ; .nul, on llie H. and S., liy the Atlaiilic. 
 
 in.— DIVISIONS.— Nova Scotia, -.vilh Cape nreloii, is divided 
 into 18 counties; four in Cape Breton Island, Inverness, Vic- 
 toria, Cape Breton, and Hicliiiiond ; four on Norlhimilierland 
 Strait, Ctiniborland, Colchester, Picton, and AntiKouish ; si.v on the 
 Atlantic, Guysborough, Halifa.x, Luneiihtirg, Queen's, Sliellmrne, 
 and Yarmouth ; four on Ihe Bay of Fuiidy, Digliy, .Viinaiiolis, 
 King's, and Hants. 
 
 IV.— PAOB OP THE COUNTRY.— The surface of .\„va Scotia is 
 undulating and beauliriilly pictures.pic. There are three mounlaiii ranges ; the 
 North, the South and the Cobeipiid mounlains. From Oigby Gut lo Cape Ulome- 
 don, along the Bay of Fundy, extend the North Mountains, a ridge of precipices, 
 in many places presenting overhanging masses of Irop rocks, from 100 to 000 
 feet high ; beyond this barrier, lies the rich and beautiful Valley of Annapolis, 
 formerly Port Royal, Iho name given it by the French, who were tlio flrst settlers. 
 Tho Coboquid Mountains, about 1 100 feet high, lying on the N. of Cobeqiiid 
 Bay, arc tho principal : they form a water-shed between short rivers on the N. 
 and 8.-W. The South Mountains lie S. of tho valley of the Annapolis. The shores 
 of the Atlantic, from Cape Canso to Cupe Sable, aro generally low and barren, 
 and composed cliielly of granite and primary rocks ; they vary from '20 to 60 
 miles in breadth. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS of LANDS.-I. Islands.-On the Atlantic 
 coast are luimorous islands ; the most important are, Gape Breton, 
 at tho eastern extremity of tho Peninsula ; Pictou, in Cumber- 
 land Strait; 5/. Pan/, N. of Cape Breton Island; Doulardei-ie, 
 between the Great and Little Bras d'Or ; . Scatary, E., and Madame, 
 S. of Cape Breton ; Sable, S.-W., and £0/15, N.-W. of the Penin- 
 sula. 
 
 2.— Peninsulas.— JVofa Scotia itself ; Diyby neck, on the 'W. ; 
 the Br.v, d'Or divide? Cape Breton into two Peninsulas ; there 
 are many other Peninsulas formed by bays along the coast. 
 
 I 
 
28 
 
 NOVA SCOTIA. 
 
 3.— OapeB.— Tlin principal arc, Split and Blomidon, in Ml las 
 ('.liainii'l ; MulnijasliMuXJohii, In NovftHcotia ; Dauphin, Granby.auA 
 nirloii, in <;.i|«! Hri'lon Iiilnnd ; Canio, I'h'lip, Spry, Sambro, La- 
 llarr, ami Snhlf. on llii' Alianlic ciiant. 
 
 VI.-HYDROORAPHY.— I. Bay«.— Amonn llw nnmcion* 
 i:ayii, llx- Hay of Fuiiity, In'twccn Novii Scotia and New Itninn- 
 wic'lt ; t'hiriinrfln and Cohei/uiil, at tliti licad of tho Day of I'nndy, 
 nolcd foi' llicir vi'ry lll^U lidi'it, wliicli rim? HunielimcH lo llii> lii'iglit 
 of 00 to 70 Ti'i't, ail' tlii) principal. In Ca|Hi Drcton Inland . Si 
 (icocyc'.t, Aspy^SI. Aiiit's, .tfir^, and Oiiharus ; St. Peter's, it\ the Pi'nin- 
 Kida ; liny Vnle, in Norllininlxn-laml Strait ; Chedahucto, I), "cr, 
 Tor. Miinjdrets, Liverpool, and Si. Mary's, on the Atlainic coaHi. 
 
 Tlicri' arc Hini'ral ^nod anil caparionn haiborn ; no frwi-r 
 than \i am capahlo of rocoiving hhipji of thi,> lino, niid It 
 (li'i'p iMion^h for morclianlmen ; tlio principal arc, Halifax and Li- 
 verponl 
 
 2.— Lakes.— Nova Scotia is iK-autlfuUy divontiflcd with river* 
 and lakes. They are thickly scattered over the »nrface Imt generally 
 of small extent. The largest are the Bros il'Or, Lillle llras 
 il'Or, Aiastie and Crand Hirer, in Cape Ureton I.^land ; Loiuj, 
 Ilnssirpwl, Malaya, Fishers, and Gaspereau, in the \ve8tern part of the 
 Peninsula ; the Graml, Ship Harbor, and College, in Iho ea»torn part, 
 
 3.— Rivers.— There ar* 
 no considerahle rivers in 
 Nova Scotia ; the principal 
 are, the Annapolis, llownig 
 into Iho Annapolis Ilasin ; 
 the Shubenaradie and Sal- 
 mon, which (low mil) CoIm!- 
 iinnlHay; St Mary's, Mas- 
 qnodoboit,LaUare,Portnud- 
 way, and nosctcay, einjity- 
 ing into the Alianlic. 
 
 VII — OLIMATB. —The 
 climato of Nova Scotia i.i ti'in- 
 piTino and sniiilirious, Autumn 
 is a vi>ry ploasanl soason. 
 
 Mil — NATUBAIi PRO- 
 DUCTS. — 1, Minerals. ~ 
 Tlii'minenilsorNova Scotiii uif 
 \ani>il anil ofpmit valun, Colil 
 is found in Halifax and Hani's 
 counties ; iron oro of a very 
 good quality is abundanlonlho 
 
 south side of Iho Coljocinid Mountains , coal is found in abundance, in Pictou, 
 Capo Drclon, nnd Cumberland. Tho produco of niiniTals, in I87.i, was us 
 follows: coal, 873,000 tons; iron, 2,170 Ions, plaslcr, 101,110 Ions. Cupjicr, 
 limi', salt, sandstone, and slalo are also found ; granite is abundant. 
 
 2.— Vegetables. —The soil, in tho volleys and on the mountain slopes, is 
 rich and fruillul. The jirincipal trees are the pine, spruce, beech, oak, lii'ni- 
 lock, maple, ash, and birch. The principal agricultural productions are wheal, 
 oats, rye, barley, niuize, i.otatoes, turnips, and hay; apples, pears, and plums 
 are very plentiful. 
 
 3 —The Animals are the samo as those of Quebec, 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.- Nova Scotia was first settled by the French in 1601, 
 who called it Acadia; but it changed ownership several times. After many 
 struggles with the liri.i^h, Iho I'rencli renonnced all claim in 171,1, 
 and ceded it to Great Britain by tho treaty of Utrecht, reserving only Capo 
 Breton Island, whero they fortified Louisburg. But an insurrection broke 
 out in the garri.'-on, tho English colonies took advantage of this circumstance 
 and invaded the country. It was returned in 1718, by tho treaty of Aix-la- 
 Chapelle, In 17.')5, a sorrowful event took place, tho British colonial au- 
 thorities made the Acadians assemble, embarked them in crowds on several 
 vessels, and disperaed them throughout their colonies. In 1758, Louisburg 
 fell under the power of tho English. Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, and 
 New Brunswick then formed the Colony of Acadia, and it was not till 1784 
 they were formed into separal" colonies 
 
 X —ETHNOGRAPHY. — 1 R.°.CfiS.— The ie.ls.-.hit.ints .".re. 
 generally of British and Irish oi'igin The Acadians, or tho des- 
 
 condanli of Iho French roloninli.oro niimcroui In «omo localitie* • 
 there are ahont 6,000 .Vflgroon and I,.51K) Indians. ' 
 
 '2.— Languages.— Tho Knglish language Is generally spoken. 
 
 '■' —Religion and Character.— Tho Iriiih ond Acadians are 
 I'. I 'y all Homan Catholics; tho remainder of tho population 
 II.' Protestants of varions sorts. All religious denoin'inalions 
 have ei|n;il civil privileges under the laws. In resi«'cl to eharac- 
 ter, they diU'er little from those of tho Kuropean countries, 
 whence their falllers emigrated. 
 
 ».— Eduoatlon.-Tlie general control ofKducation Is committed 
 III a Snperintendanl, and a Council of I'nhlic IiHlrnction. There 
 are in this Province Rvo Colleges, a Norn;al School, for the train- 
 ing of teachers, ami Ac.idemies for each county. It is cstimnted 
 that over 70,000 children enjoy tho lienellt of education. 
 
 5.— Oovemment,— Tho Oovemment is similar lo that of 
 Quelx'C. 
 
 XI -TOPOOBAPHY. -Town«.-l Ihlifax. tho capital, was 
 fi'iindcil In 1710, it is strongly forlilled and possesses a largo [.ml'safo 
 narhor on the Alianlic coast. Tho streets are spacious, and cross each 
 "IhiT at right angles. Conspicuous among the many Churches of this City are 
 II niagnificeiil Human l.ilholic Calhedral and Iwo iilher very capacious Itoman 
 Calholic Churches, There are sevral Proleslanl Churches of various denom- 
 inations; Baptists, Church of Eiii- .ml, and Wesleyan Methodists, are the 
 
 [irincipal. Tho chief edifices, 
 besides the churches, are Iho 
 Province and Dalhousio build- 
 ings. This City is connected 
 with Annapolis, by tho Windsor 
 ami Annnpi'Mis railway, and 
 Willi Truro, Pielou, Quebec, and 
 tho other principal cities ami 
 towns of Canada, by the Interco- 
 lonial, which has its terminus 
 here. Halifax is tho principal- 
 naval station for tho North 
 American Colonies. It is said la 
 be one of the best in tho world. 
 
 ?. — Parlmoulh Is situated at 
 IhiKeulriinee of a snuill river 
 which llows into Halifax Harbor 
 opposite the City of Halifax. A 
 '"rry jilies between these two 
 places every nfleen minutes, 
 ll contains several foundries, 
 Halifax. tanneries, and a Lunatic Asy. 
 
 lum. 
 
 3. — Yannoulli, silu.ile.l on a small bay formed by Ihe .Mlaiilic, is extensively 
 engiigeil in shi|i-liuildiiigand cuiinuerce, and coiiUins many fine public build- 
 ings. It is conni'cled with .\iiiiapiilis by the Western Counties Itailway. 
 
 i —Pivlou, a sea-perl town al the lii'od of o harbor of the same name, which is 
 one of Ihe finest on Ihe south-shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is extensively 
 engaged in shiji-building and ceal-inining, 
 
 5 —Liverpool, an important town silualnd on the lefl bank of the River 
 Mersy, at its entrance into the .-Mlantic, is engaged in the fishing, and shi|)-bui|. 
 ding trade , it contains several public buildings and manufactures. 
 
 0.— Sydney, the former capital of Capo Breton, is situated at the head of 
 one of tho llnest harbors in the world. Tho famous Sydney coal mines ara 
 estimated to contain 250 miles of workable coal. 
 
 7.— Tho following are progressive towns : iVcid Glasgow, noted for its exten- 
 sive coal mines ; _ll'i;i(/ior, remarkable fortho vast mines of limestone, gyp^m, 
 and other valuable minerals abounding in its vicinity ; J>'Hro, the seat of tho 
 Provincial Normal School , Antiijonish, the seat of the Catholic Bishop of Ari- 
 chat, containing a cathedral and a large college ; Wolfi'illc, the seat of tho Bap- 
 tist Acadia college ; Annapolis, Um Port Royat of the Fnmch, iho oldest town 
 in tho Province, Shelburne, whose harbo(; is gi-nerally regarded as the next in 
 importance to that of Halifax. 
 
 XII —INDUSTRY. — 1 The principal branches of industry are agriculture, 
 fishing, mining, shi)>-building, lumbering, and manufactures, 
 
 2.— Oommeroe —The geographical position of Nova Scotia is highly favor- 
 able to commerce; the £rp«Wj for 1873, amounting to 78 millions of dollars, 
 include fish, lumber, gold, coal, gypsum, ships, potatoes, and apples; tho Im- 
 pr;ris, ::mountiri^ io t-3 miiiiuns of dollar?, iiieUt'lr tr-opioal f'fvduee, fi*:.vf, 
 li'juors, woolens, silks, cottons, and other manufactured goods 
 
PROVINCE OF NKW URITNHWICK. 
 
 39 
 
 a~Ratlw»ya and 0»n«la.— Tim Wiilem Cnunttei Rallwiiy, fniin 
 Ynrmoiitli lu AnimiKiliH , llio InlrrcDloniitl, from llalilm l« Hivliiro Uu Loup, 
 In yucli.ic- : II htawh thcn'of conriwln Truro with PIcloii. Thuro sro two 
 Canali lii th.i Pro' ■(., oiii- frnm llalirax lu Cnli.'-pilil U«y, and tlio olhor 
 cunnec'Ung HI. i'l'i 9 Day with Ilrai il'Ur Lak». 
 
 CIIMTER XIU 
 NEW BRUNSWICK. 
 
 SKr.TiON l-1'IIYSICAl, CKOORAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT— N.'w nniiii*wi(k,hiuml- 
 C(l in llu' (liilf (if St. LawriMiri', S. Iv ol' Qiu'Ih'i', is coniiirisiMl 
 lictwtMMi 45" iiiiil W N lal. ; mid fl;)" ^O' aiid GT" 5(1' W. loiif,-. lis 
 greatest Icnglli fniiii N. Id 8. U alioiit 200 luilrs ; ami its tiicaillli, 
 from K. to \V., tOO miles. 
 
 TI.— BOUNDARIES.— It is iMHinded on the N., hy OiiidMM- 
 and Chaleiu' It.iy ; im tlie K., Iiy the (iulf of Ht. Lnwreiue and 
 Norlliiiiiilx'riaiid Slniit ; on the R, by Nov.i Seotia and the Hay 
 (if Kiindy ; and, on lli(> W., liy the United States. 
 
 III. —DIVISIONS. — New ni'niiswicU is divided into 15 
 connlii's ; one in llie S., nesliijouchi' : foni' in \\u^ V'.., Oloncfstn', 
 Niirlhunilinldiid, Knil, and W'l-sttimirldiul : tlirt'O in llin S., Albert, 
 Si. John, i\ui\ Cluirhltp; font' in the W., Yoilt, Catifton, Viclorin^anA 
 Miiilau-iisk-ii : and three in the eoiitre, King's, Queen's, and Sunbunj. 
 
 IV.— PAOB OF THH OOUNTRY.— Tim gencriil siirfaco ofilio co\iti- 
 try presi'iils ii soricis (if uniliiliiliuiis, soini'liiiii's risiiiK into mountains, wlilnm 
 of coimiiliM-iiLlo hi'iKlit, Ijiil tln'ir preclpitouii acclivities, sharp oullimw, anil 
 (tciip ravmos, give tliciii an aliiiii" nnd picluresquo character, contrasting with 
 111.' liili \ hII.'VS mill slicltcriMl plains. Tlio shores of lh(« Gulf of 8t. Lawrence 
 nnil Ncirlliuiiiiicrlanil Sliail aboiinil In (Ino harbors. For about 12 mllos Inland, 
 Ihe niunlry is low anil skirted with oxtonaivo marslies. 
 
 v. — DIVISIONS OP LAND.— 1. Islands. — 3/isfoit and 
 
 fihippcijnn Islands, at the mouth of tho Chalour Bay ; Grand Ma- 
 nan, iii tho Bay of Fnndy; and Campobello, in Passamaquoddy 
 Bay. 
 
 2.— Oapes.— Point Miscou, in Gloucester ; Eseummac, in North- 
 \iml)erlan(l; Jnurimau or Tormentine, in Westmoreland ; Enrag(, 
 Spencer, Ulisprck, and Lepreau, in tho Bay of Fundy. 
 
 3.— Mountains.— Tho highest mountains, 8ituat(Hl in the 
 N.-W., have an elevation of ahonl 2,000 feet. Tlioro is a water 
 shod extending through tho country from N.-W. to 8.-E., which 
 separates tho streams flowing into the Gulf of St. Lawrence and 
 Northumberland Strait, from those flowing into the Hay of 
 Fundy. ^ 
 
 VL — HYDROGRAPHY.— I. Qulfti and Bays. —Chalew 
 liny, on the N.-E. ; Nepisiguit and Caraquette, formed by tho Ghaleur 
 Bay; iliramichi Bay, Kouchibouguac Day, imd Shediac Harbor, in 
 the E. ; Bay Verte, in the S.-E. ; the Day of Fundy, in the 8. This 
 latter forms Shepody, Chiegneclo, and Passamaquoddy Bays, and 
 Si. John Harbor. 
 
 2.— Lakes.— The Lakes are numerous but generally small :— 
 Grand Lake, an expansion of Salmon River in Queen's County ; 
 Chiputneticook Lakes, at-the source of the St. Croix River, between 
 New Brunswick and the United States; Magaguadarie, George, 
 Bear, and Oromocto, in York County ; and Utopia, in Charlotte 
 County 
 
 3.— Rivers.— There are two slopes in New Brunswick : the 
 Gulf slope and that of the Bay of Fundy. 
 
 The first includes the Bestigouche—an Indian name signifying 
 " five fingers,"— which has five principal affluents. It forms part 
 of the boundary between New Brunswick and^Quebec, and 
 empdea Into the Chaleur Bay, afteca course of "about 200 miles. 
 
 2.— The Nepisiguil, which flows also into the Chaleur Bay. On 
 the banks oi the Tde-a-Oauche, one of its tributaries, is found in 
 
 .. . .uunci) the curiomt plant called Myra Ceri/era, which yields a 
 whltlnh wax, from which the Acadians make very goo<l candles. 
 
 ;i.— Tho iliramirhi, aliont 200 miles in length, which takes its 
 lisy in Victoria cininty and (lows into Miramichi Hay. The (loiir- 
 ishiiig towns, Nelson, Newcastle, and Chatham, are on its lumkB. 
 It has many triliutaries. 
 
 The second slofM! includes ;— 1. Peticodiac, navigable 2.') miles 
 for the largest vessels ; it is an important ferliliier to tho rich 
 and extensive marshes which skirl its banks. From llills- 
 horongli, a port on its bunks, Is shipped tho celebrated Albert 
 coal, worth * 1 5.00 [mt ton. 
 
 2. The Si John, by far the largest river in New Brunswick ; 
 it rises in the mountains, between the Stat(! of Maine and Qneliec, 
 and receives on its left bank tho iladauuska, Tobiqne, Nashwauk, 
 .S(i/mo/(, Washadcmoiik, and Kinnebeckasis Rivers ; and on its right, 
 the .\ln;ia.ih, Arvoslook, and Aromocio Rivers. It empties into tho 
 Bay of Finidy after a general S.-E. course of about 450 miles, H5 
 of which are navigable. 225 miles from ils month, are the Great 
 Falls, which have a perpendicular de8(X'nt of 70 or 80 feet; 
 they abound in picturo8(iuo scenery. 
 
 3. Tho St. Crnijc, Ix-twoen Now Brunswick and the United States, 
 llowinginto Pasaaina(]uod(ly Bay, after a v(!ry winding course of 
 alinnt 123 mih-s. Tho nourishing towns of St. Stephen and St. 
 Andrew are built on its banks. 
 
 VII,— OUmate.— Thoclimale Is very healthy, being much the same asllial 
 of tho Bouihern part of yuebeo. Tho coldest part of winter is usually frnin iho 
 middle el December to the end of January. The prevailing summer wimhare 
 from the west, Tho 8.-\V. wind brings with it, on tho shore ef the Day of 
 Fundy, dense fogs which exlejid from 15 to TO miles inland. Autumn is a de- 
 ligliil'ut season. 
 
 VIII — NATUBAL PBOD0OTS.-I. Tho most important Minerals 
 are coal, iron, copper, gypsum, ond building-stone. Tho coal-llelds ore vi'ry 
 extensive ond valuable, principally in Albert county. 
 
 2._Vegetablee,— The soil Is fertile and well cultivated ; agricultural prod- 
 ucts are similar to those of Quebec ; tho potatoes are sold to bo omong Iho 
 best In tho world. Tho forests abound in excellent limber ; tho native trees 
 include maple, oak, larch, pine, spruce, cedar, beech, and birch. 
 
 3 —Tlio Animals are similar to those of Quebec. 
 
 Section II.— POLniCAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX —HISTORY.— New Brunswick was first settled by the French In 1639. 
 It formed with Nova Scotia a part of Acadia, till it fell into tho hands of the 
 British, in 1713. The first British settlers emigrated from Scotland to Mirami- 
 chi in 1701 In 1781, New Brunswick was separated from Nova Scotia, and 
 formed into a distinct Province. In tS'ZS, the standing timber in the district 
 around Miramichi Bay, took lire and enveloped an area of 6,000 square mdes 
 in names, consuming four tliriving towns, many largo vessels lying in Mira- 
 miihi River, and destroying 500 human beings. In 1807, New Brunswick 
 became a Province of the Dominion of Canada. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1. Races.- The people of New 
 Brunswick comprise principally emigrants from Great Britain, 
 English, Irish, Scotch, and their descendants; a number of 
 Acadians, and a few Indians. 
 
 2.— Language &c.— The English is generally spoken. The 
 French is spoken by the Acadians. Character, religion, educa- 
 tion, and government are similaf to those of Nova Scotia. 
 
 3.— The government i« composed like that of Quebec 
 
 XI— TOPOGBAPHT.— l.*Froderioton, the capital, is beautifully 
 situated on the W. bank of the River St. John. It has five streets, running 
 parallel to the river ; they are crossed at right angles, by about a dozen of others. 
 
 The public edifices comprise the Parliament buildings, the Government 
 House the City-Hall, the Court-House, the University, and the Provincial 
 Training School. There is a Roman Catholic Church, a Church of England 
 Cathedral— a splendid gothic building— and some others of dilTerent denomU 
 
 nations. . , n ., 
 
 This City is the chief terminus of the Fredericton and New Brunswick Htil- 
 
 ways. 
 
 W 
 
j'i- 1' 
 I'! 
 
 i 
 
 i, 
 
 30 
 
 PUINCE EDWARD ISLAND. 
 
 '3. — St. John is iiic'iiir- 
 
 i'si[i|p|y siluiiti'il on ii rorky i'imi- 
 
 iiisuln, on till' riiiy (if Fiincly, 
 
 iii'iir Hi.' nidiilli orihi' IlivorSt. 
 
 .rolm ; ii hns a rini' lKirl)or'open 
 
 nt 111! si'iisoiis. Till! City is ri'g- 
 
 ulurly luiil out and wvll built; 
 
 it'slauils on a iloolivity, and 
 
 wlion ai)]irua(:lieil from tli-^ sea, 
 
 lins an ImpnsinK appoarance. 
 Tho pnnoipal ImiMings aro 
 cliii'lly in liriik ; many of tho 
 jiuljlic udiRcos have an elegant 
 asppi't. Tlio principal aro Ilia 
 C.'atliolio Oithodral of tho Im- 
 inacnlato Cnnooption ; a Luna- 
 tic Asylum. City-llall, Ifo.spi- 
 t.il.Cuurl-IIonso, Victoria Hotel, 
 and several Danks. 
 
 3.— OLatham i.s tho largest 
 and most thriving town on tho 
 N. shore of the Province. It 
 contains a Catholic Cathedral, 
 an Industrial College, conduct- 
 ed by tho Brothers of tlio Chris- 
 tian Schools, an Hospital, Ac. 
 
 Its harbor is cajmblo of accomodating vessels of the largest tonnage 
 ■i.-Ncwcaslle.o>x the Sliramichi, has a very largo trade in flsh and himber. 
 ,L)2Tl\,''^''''7,T''^'^^' ^'^' '* "'^o "" ""P^^'""' 'own- 8«ckville, at 
 IS the s,.al of a College under the guidance of tho Fathers of tho Holy Cross, 
 
 XII.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.-I The principal branches 
 of industry are agrieultnre, lumbering, llshing, manufacturing, and ship-build- 
 ing. 2, The great oxtont of sea-coast, with its numerous bays and the navig- 
 able rtvers flowing into them, furnish admirable facilities for commerco. The 
 ExporU m 18/.i, amounted to S0„rl3,000, consisting principally, of lumber, 
 .ish, and lime, The Imports amounted to $10,230,000 
 
 /„Lw"'Tf °°°i™"°I°a"on.-Tho railways now m operation arc the 
 Inlccoh,..,. from .M. John to Moncton and Halifax, and from Moncton to 
 n.viere dn Lou,i, ,„ Quebec ; tho European nnd XorlU American railways runs 
 from St. John to the State of Maine, connecting at McAdam with tho New 
 Brunswick and Canada Railway ; New Brunswick and Canada Railway, Irom 
 St. Andrews to Woodstock, and from Fredericton to Edmonton; SI. Stephm 
 naawa,j,vom S.. Stephen to Watt Junction ; the Fredericton Branch Railway, 
 from Fredericton to Fredericton Junction; the All,erl Railway, from Salisbu.T 
 Jtinc .on to Hopewell Corner; and the Chatliam Railway, connecting at 
 Chatham Junction with the Intercolonial Railway, 
 
 Johns 
 
 CHAPTER XIV 
 
 PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Princo Edward Island 
 IS tho smallest Province of the Dominion of Canada, but, proper- 
 tionallj-, the moslpopulous. It is situated in the Gulf of St. Lawrence 
 and separated from Nova Scotia and Now Brunswick by the 
 Strait of Northumberland. 
 
 II.— It is comprised between 4C» and 40° 3' N lat. ; and 62° and 
 04" -20' W. long. Us greatest length is 130 miles, and breadth 
 34 miles. 
 
 III.-DIVISIONS.-The Island isMivided into throe counties, 
 King s, Qtioon's, and Prince. Thoy are subdivided into parishes, 
 
 IV.-PAOE OP THE OODNTRY.-Tho surface is gently 
 undulating, neither rising so liigli a.s to becomo mountains, nor 
 sinking so low as to form a monotonous flat. Tho most hilly por- 
 tion lies in the centre. 
 
 V.-DIVISION OP LAND.-The coast-liue presents a re- 
 markaI)lo siiccossiou of large bays and projectins headlwds • of 
 the latter, tho most prominent aro Norlli Cape, in the N.-W.- 
 
 West Cape, in the S.-W. ; 
 and East Cape, in the N.-E. ; 
 among the others aro Kit- 
 dare, Aylesbury, Tryon, and 
 Turner, in tho Gulf of fit. 
 Lawrence ; Bear, Traverse, 
 and Egmonl, in Northum- 
 berland Strait. 
 
 VI. — HYDROGRA- 
 PHY— Bays.— Tho lar- 
 
 gest bays aro tlichmond, 
 on tlio W. ; Egmont, on tho 
 S.-W. ; Hillsborough, on tho 
 S. ; and Cardigan, on tho 
 E. Those bays, by pene- 
 trating into the land from 
 opposite directions, form 
 narrow Isthmuses 
 
 which divide tlie Island 
 into three distinct Penin- 
 sulas. 
 
 VII. — OlilMATB. — The 
 
 .!,„. „p .u J, . . .. climato is much milder than 
 
 that of tho adjoining Provinces, and the air, generally free from the fogs 
 winch spread along tho shores of Capo Breton and Nova Scotia, is remarkably 
 salubrious. Tho winter is long and cold and tho summer temperate. 
 
 VIII.-NATDRAL PRODUOTS-No Minerals of any consequence 
 have yet been discovered. Tho princiiml crops aro wheat, barley, and oats, aU 
 or which are abundant and of an excellent quality; potatoes and turnips sra 
 said to be unrivalled. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— This Ishiml is supposed to have been discovered by 
 Cabot, though it is not accuratidy known. Champlain gives it the name of St. 
 John. It was aOerwards incluiled by tho French in their vast territory of 
 New France. Little progress was made in settling this Island till after the 
 peace of Utrecht in 171.1, when its fertility allured a great number of Acadians 
 from ' .pc Breton. It was taken by tho British, in 1745, restored by the peace 
 ofAi.\-la-Chapelle, retaken, and finally annexed to Britain in 1758- in 1873 
 It was admitted into the Dominion of Canada. ' 
 
 X.-;-ETHNOQRAPHY.-The population is composed prin- 
 cipally of British and Irish colonists, together with 10,000 Aca- 
 dians and 350 Indians, Nearly 4 1,000 of the population are Roman 
 Catholics ; they have one Diocese, Charlottetown. The remainder 
 comprise several denominations. The schools are supported from 
 the public treasury. Teachers are trained at the l^ormal School 
 in Charlottetown. Tho Government is similar to that of Quebec! 
 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY.— CTiar/o(/c/o!i7i, tho capital, is the only City It 
 IS situated on the Hillsborough River, near the northern coast, and has a good 
 harbor. Its trade is important. The main streets are 100 feet broad The 
 principal edifices are the Government Buildings, Post-OITlce, Court-Houso St 
 Dunstanfs and Methodist's College ; Notre Dame Academy and the Christian 
 Brothers' School; the Roman Catholic Cathedral and several Protestant ' 
 Churches, A railway connects the capital with the principal towns and 
 villages of the Island. 
 
 I.—Summerstde, 3,000, on Bedolque Bay, 40 miles N,-W, of Charlottetown 
 has an excellent harbor with good anchorage for tho largest vessels. It has 
 in summer, daily communication by steamers, with Nova Scotia and New 
 Brunswick. It contains a flrst-class railway &la.i\on.-Georgetmvn, on Cardigan 
 Bay, possesses one of tho best harbors. 
 
 XII.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.-The chief pursuits are 
 agriculture, llshing, lumbering, nnd shii^building Tho Imports, in 1875 
 consistingofmaniifactured goods, flour, coal, metuls, nnd liquors ; amounted 
 to $1,901,000, tho Exports, embracing agricultural and dairy produce 
 lumber, ships, and fish ; amounted to $1,309,000. The principal railway runs 
 from Tignish, in the W. to Souris, in tho E., with a branch to Georgetown and 
 another to Charlottetown. 
 
MANITOBA.-BRITISH COLUMBIA. 
 
 31 
 
 CHAPTER XV, 
 PROVINCE OF MANITOBA. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GI'OGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Mnnitob.i is siiuatud 
 N. of llie United Statos from whicli it is snparated by 49° i)ar- 
 allol of Lit. It is comprised iictweon iii" and 50" .30' N. lat. ; and 
 90° and 99" W. long, {a) ; it is 133 miles long by 104 miles broad. 
 
 II.— DIVISIONS.— It is divided into five electoral districts ; 
 \h,—Usgai; in tho N ; Selkirk, in the K, ; Provenclur, m the 
 S.-E. ; East-Mayqucttc, in the S.-W. ; and Wcst-ilarqiielle, in tho West. 
 
 IH.-PAOE OP THE OOUNTRY.-Tliis Province is entirely 
 level, and consists of prairies covered with tall grass, and varied 
 with tracts of wood-land. 
 
 IV— HYDROGRAPHY.— I. The southern part of Lake Ma- 
 nitoba drains tlio N. of the Province ; this Lake is 1 10 miles long 
 and 25 broad. 
 
 2. The principal Rivera are the Red liive,; G65 miles long, 525 
 of which arc in the United Slates, in whicli country it rises ; it 
 falls into Lake Manitoba; iha Assiniboine, 480 miles long, is a 
 tributary of the Red River. 
 
 V — THB OLIMATB of Mnnilolm is very sovoiv in winlor, but is mitigated 
 Ijy a clear dry atmosphero ; sunimor is ir.oilpratoly warm. 
 
 VI.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— Tlio agriciillural cnpabililios of ils 
 soii cannot be surpassed for various products : it yields wlieot wliich ripens 
 in 1 10 days ; also oats, barley, Indian corn, and hops, with potatoes and other 
 root-crops are easily raised. The grassy prairies afford very good pasturage. 
 
 Section H.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 VII.— HISTORY.— Manitoba derives its name from the lake of this nam* a 
 part of which lies in the Province; it was founded by Lord Selkirk, in 181!! 
 and was then known by tho name, of tho Red River settlement, or Assiniboia! 
 In I8G9, tho Hudson Bay Company agreed to hand tho Imperial Governmeni 
 their territorial right, and in 1870, England handed tho whole to the Canadian 
 Government; Assiniboia was then organized as a Province of the Dominion 
 and called Manitoba. 
 
 VIIL- ETHNOGRAPHY. -The population consists of 
 French, English, Half-breeds, and Indians. The French language 
 Is generally spoken. The Catholic Religion prevails. It has an Arch- 
 bishopric at St. Boniface, opposite Winnipeg ; there are also several 
 Protestant denominations.— This Province is well provided with 
 Educational institutions; it possesses three colleges, one of which 
 is Catholic ; a convent of the Sisters of Charity and about 40 com- 
 mon schools, 20 for the Catholics and 20 for the Protestant.— The 
 school system, established by law, is entirely denominational or 
 separate— Tho Government is similar to that , of Quebec. 
 IX.- TOPOGRAPHY. 
 —Winnipeg, the capital, 
 is situated at the junction 
 of the Assinilioine and Red 
 Rivers ; the otherprincipal 
 places are St. Boniface,lho 
 residence of tho Catholic 
 Archbishop, St. Norbert, 
 and St Francis Xavier. 
 
 X -INDUSTRY and 
 COMMERCE.- The Ex- 
 
 ports,'m 1875,amounted to 
 
 589,000 dollars, and the 
 
 Imports, to 1,248,000 dol- 
 
 lare. — The commercial 
 
 communication consists 
 
 iif steamers plying on tlio 
 
 Red River The Pacific Railway is to cross the Province, and a 
 
 branch from Winnipeg to Pembina will connect Manitoba with 
 
 inc railway system of tho Liiilod Slates. 
 
 (a) ThM6 boundarlei bav. been modia.d by the Federal (lovornDien.. in 1877. 
 
 CHAPTER XVL 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.— British Columbia is the 
 most western Province of tho Dominion ; it is comprised bolweon 
 49° and 60" N lat.; and 114° and 135° W. long. Its lenglli is 
 about 704 milos, and its hioadlh, 400 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARi^ES.- It is bounded on tho N., by the Skeoiui 
 or Simpson River; on tho E., by the Rocky Mountains; on the 
 S., by the United Slates ; and, on the W., by tho Pacillc Ocean. 
 
 HI.— DIVISIONS.— Columbia is divided into fivo districts 
 for IJomiiiiou elections; viz,— New Westminster, Cariboo, Gale, 
 Victoria, and Vancouver ; and subdivided into twelve electoral 
 
 districts. 
 
 IV.-PAOE OP THE COUNTRY.-Tho coast line is deoply 
 indented and tlio surface divorsifiod by hills and dales attrl 
 watered liy numerous stn^ains and lakes, 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OP LAND.— There is a groat number of 
 Islands along the Pacific coast, the principal of which arc llic 
 Vancouver and Oitern Charlotte Islands. Vancouver is the largest 
 island in the Pacilic; Its surface is marked by mountain ranges 
 and extensive plains. The Rocky Mountains are the dominant 
 ridge ; they contain tho Peaks Iloo/cer and Broivn, of an altitude of 
 15,000 feet. Between tho mountains and the Pacific, are found 
 tho Selkirk Mountcuis, the Gold Range, tho Great Table-laml, and 
 the Cascade Range. 
 
 VI.-HYDROGRAPHY.- 1 Tlie principal Straits are those of 
 Geonjia, which separates Vancouver from the mainland and /ua« of 
 Fuea, which separate it from the United States. 
 
 2 The Lakes are numerous ; the principal are, Tatla, Dabine, 
 Francois, Stuart, and McLcod, in the north ; Cariboo and Qucsnellc, 
 in the centre ; and Slwitshwap, Upper and Lower Arrow. Okanayan, 
 and Harrison, in the South. 
 
 3 Rivers.— The chief among the rivers of Columbia, is the 
 great Eraser, which pursues a rapid course, between sleep and 
 rocky banks and empties into the Strait of Georgia, after a total 
 course of nearly 700 miles. The Thompson, a tributary on the 
 east bank of the Eraser, surpasses the latter in tho richness of ils 
 scenery and flows through one of tho most beautiful countries in 
 the world. The Columbia rises in the Rockv mountains and enlors 
 the United States, after a course of 800 miles through Columhin. 
 
 Vir— CLIMATE. — Tb,' 
 climale of Vancouver I.-liuul 
 and thi- low portion neai' Ihe 
 sea, is mild; l.'iO miles inhiriil 
 it is humid, and rain is abun- 
 dant during Ihe spring. In 
 the middle dislrict, the sum- 
 mer heat is iuli'nse, and in 
 winter, niercury generally 
 freezes. 
 
 Vin. — NATURAL 
 PRODUCTS.-The general 
 rci-ourcesare very grvat ; gold, 
 silver, and copper, are found in 
 abundance. — The forests con- 
 tain pines which are very often 
 from 150 to 300 feet in length 
 without knots or branches, 
 and the diameter from 6 to 
 10 feet. Not far from West- 
 minster thoro arc pine-trees ft-om 27 to 30 feet in diameter ; tho soil produces 
 wheat, barley, potatoes, turnips, apples, pears. Ac —The country is rich in !\!r- 
 beuring animaU, tho principal of which are the grizzly boar, lynx, marten and 
 beaver. ' 
 
 BOSIFACE. 
 
32 
 
 north-west territory. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 
 IX.-HI8TORY.— This Province wns first established in 1858 nnd lins since 
 made remnrkiililo iirogrcss. British Columbia (inoluding Vancouver Island) 
 became a Province of the Dominion in 1871. 
 
 X.-ETHNOGRAPHY.-Tlio po/)i/7ation in i872,was composed 
 of aboitt 10,600 Whites, 500 Negroes, 1,,500 Chinese and 50,000 In- 
 dians.— The Catholic religion prevails and Education is free to all. 
 — Tlio Ooirrnmeni is similar lo that of Quebec. 
 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY. 
 — I. Vicloria, 5,000, the cap- 
 ital of the Province, is .Mtnuleil 
 near south-eastern extremity 
 of Vancouver Inland. The on\ i- 
 rons of the City are sinpulai'ly 
 beautiful and remarkably pio 
 turesque. Its magnilieent cli- 
 mate is bea\itifully clear, cool, 
 and fresh during the whole 
 summer season, and mild in 
 winter. Though Vicloria can 
 Jjoast of nn architectui'al pre- 
 tensions, there are, nevertlio- 
 less, many neat ami substan- 
 tially conslrucled Ijuildings. 
 
 2.— *H' Westminsler, 2,500, 
 is beaulifidly situated on tlio 
 N. bank of the Fraser. It has 
 materially decreased in busi- 
 ness and population since the 
 removal of the Government lo 
 Victoria, but nothing can de- 
 prive it of its magnificent site 
 
 and its unequalled climate Viotobia. 
 
 and scenery. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.- Ship-building is a branch of 
 industry and trade which promises lo assume large proportions. This Province 
 occupies a commanding position with regard to the trade of the western jiart 
 of America, the Pacific Islands, China, Japan, and the Au.stralian Colonies. It 
 is expected that the construction of the Canada Pacific Railway will consider- 
 ably develop the untold resources of this Province. 
 
 The Exports, in 1875, amounted to 2,825,000 dollars, and the Imports to 
 2,544,000 dollars. 
 
 IV.— PACE OF THE COUNTRY— The surface is gener- 
 ally level, diversified by ranges of small hills, numerous lakes, 
 and rivers. Around Hudson Bay, there is an extensive plain, 
 bounded by ranges of low, rugged hills, nearly parallel to the 
 shore. The Laurentian chain extends through the E. of the Pro- 
 vinces of the Dominion, and continued through the North- West 
 Territory as far as the month of the Mackenzie River. 
 
 V. — HYDROGRAPHY. — Bays, ^C. — I. The principal 
 
 ;Bays are the Hudson and 
 James, with a great num- 
 ber of others. Among 
 the numerous Straits of 
 the Arctic Regions are 
 Banks, ilfi^casler, iFox 
 
 'i\iUi,- 
 
 j-:5 ii'^ilii 
 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 NORTH-WEST TERRITORY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— This largo possession 
 of the Dominion of Canada includes all that portion of North- 
 America outside the Provinces of Canada ; it is comprised between 
 49° and 70° N. lat. ; and 5C° and 141° W. long. 
 
 II— BOUNDARIES.— U is bounded on tlie iV., by the Arctic 
 Ocean ; on the E., by the Atlantic and Davis Strait ; on the S., ))y 
 the Provinces of the Dominion and the United Statts : -".iid, on the 
 W., by British Columbia and Alaska. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— The tract of country, formerly called the 
 North- West Territory, comprises at present . — i. The Province of 
 Manitoba, the capital of which is Winnipeg ; 2. one District situat- 
 ed between 91° and 100° W, long., called the District of Keewatin, 
 and governed by the authorities of Manitoba ; 3. the present North- 
 west, situated W. of 100° W. long., extending to the Rocky 
 Mountains, and divided into several territories. It comprises 
 three distinct regions . 1st, The desert, which is an arid tract 
 lying S. of the South Branch of the Saskatchewan, extend- 
 ing northerly near the Rocky Mountains to the 55° lat. ; 2nd, the 
 fertile region,wliich comprises the valleys of the Saskatchewan, As- 
 siniboine, Alhabaska, and Peace Rivers 3rd, the barren region, 
 which comprises the whole tract not contained in the two last 
 mentioned. 
 
 Channel, Hudson, and 'Da 
 
 vis Straits. 
 
 2. Lakep.— The most 
 remarkable feature of the 
 North-West Territory is 
 the extensive chain of 
 lakes, which form an al- 
 most unbroken line from 
 the head of Lake Superior 
 to the Arctic Ocean ; the 
 principal are, the Great 
 Bear, — so-called from its 
 lying under tlie constel- 
 lation of the same name 
 — its waters are remar- 
 kably transparent ; it re- 
 mains frozen over from December to June ; the Great Slave, Atha- 
 tmskd, Wollnstnn, and part of Manitoba, in the present North-West 
 T(M'rilory ; Wiiiiiipej/, tind Lake of the Hborfs, in the District of 
 Koewalin ; and Mistnssini, E. of the Hudson Bay. 
 
 3 Rivers.— The North-Wcst Territory is watered by a large 
 number of riv(n's : the Mackenzie, one of the largest on the Globe, 
 is formed by the Alhabaska and Peace Rivers with their tributaries, 
 which rise in the Roi^ky Mountains ; it enters into the Arctic Ocean 
 after a course of 2,500 miles. It is navigable for more than 1,200 
 miles, but nearly useless for navigation, being frozen for the 
 greater part of the year. The other principal rivers are Copper- 
 mine and Black Rivers, which flow into the Arctic Ocean ; Church- 
 ill, Nelson, and SciYrii Rivers, into the Hudson Bay ; Albany, Moose, 
 and East Main, into James Bay ; and the Saslcatchewan, a tributary 
 of the Nelson. 
 
 VI. — OLIMATB. — Some accounts say that the region of the Saskatchewan, 
 ill winter, is not more severe than that of Ontario ; in the western dis- 
 tricts, the spring is said to begin about a month earlier ; the depth of snow 
 is never excessive. Travellera, however, who have wintered in this region, de- 
 scribe the climate very dilTerently. Some say that it is very unsteady, that 
 mercury often remains frozen for weeks, and, that even in August, it is not rare 
 to have frost during the night, after a very hot day. 
 
 \ II,— HISTORY.- This immense region was, until 1870, known as the 
 Hudson Bay Territory, so named after Henry Hudson, who discovered the Day 
 in 1010, and perished on its shore. In 1870, the North-West Territory was bought 
 by the Dominion of Canada for 1,500,000 dollars, which the Government paid 
 the Company in compensation for its claim. 
 
 VIH. — ETHNOGRAPHY. — The population is variously 
 estimated at 100,000 ; 50,000; and 25,000; whence it may Ijo con- 
 cluded that it is but approximately known ; it consists chiefly of 
 Indians and Half-breeds. Hunting and fishing are the chief occu- 
 pations. The Government of the Nortli-West is similar to 
 that of Manitoba. The Peiuusula of Labrador is attached to the 
 Government of Newfoundland. 
 
NEWFOUNDLAND.-GREl nLAND AND ICELAND. 
 
 33 
 
 CHAPTER XViri. 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 Section I. -PHYSICAL (lEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Ni'wfoiindlaud is a large 
 Island of Norlli Amorica, siliiatol in llii> Allantic at the mouth of 
 till! Gulf of St. Lawroncc, liotwoen 4r)"38' and 5I°4()' N. lal. ; and 
 52''35' and 5i)°;)5' W. long. Its greal.'st IcuKtli, from N. to S., is 
 350 miles, and its average breadth, 130 miles. 
 
 II. DIVISIONS &c.— It is divided into fifteen Districts. 
 
 The interior of the Island has never heen tliorouglily explored ; 
 the greater portion appears to Ix; rocky, intersected hy rivers 
 and lakes, thinly wooded, except on I lie hanks of the rivers. 
 Hills and valleys alternate with each olliei', the former never 
 rising into mountains and the latter rarely expanding into plains. 
 
 The principal Capes are llaultl, Si. John., Freds, llonavisia, llacc, 
 and Ray. 
 
 III.— HYDROGRA- 
 PHY.— I. The most re- 
 markable Bays are Jlare, 
 U7i(7e, Nulrc Dame, Kt- 
 ])tvit.f, Buiiui'i.sla, Triiiilij, 
 and Concrption,m\ the E. ; 
 5/, Mary, Placcntia, For- 
 tune, Hermitage, and La 
 Poite, on the S. ; St. 
 George, Bay of Islands, nnd 
 Bonne Bay, on the AV. 
 
 i. — The Peninsula of 
 Avalon is formed by Tri- 
 nity and Placentia Bays. 
 
 3. — The Strait of 
 Belle Isle, is situated 
 belween Newfoundland 
 and Labrador. 
 
 i.— Lakes or Ponds 
 are numerons ; they are 
 said to cover one-third 
 of the wliole surface of 
 the Island; llii; princiiial 
 Indian Pond. 
 
 J. — The Rivers of Newfoundl.iud are also nimierous, but 
 gen<'rally small ; the largest are the Exploits, about 150 miles ; 
 th'i Gander, being somewhat over 100 miles in length ; and the 
 llumher, about 80 miles long. 
 
 •v.— THE OLIMATB, lii'ing insular, is ireT'lialilivto so great clmnges in 
 tcmpfriiliii-c as (lull of llie iiciglilioring continental provinces ; the winter is mucli 
 milder and slimmer not nearly »o warm, Dense fogs, occasioncit by the con- 
 d(;nsation of vajiors from the (lull-stream, an' prevaleiil. 
 
 v.— PRODUOTS.— I. The Minerals of the Lsland comprise silver, 
 copper, lead, iron, plumhago. gypsum, white and hlnck marhle, coal, Ac. 
 
 2.— Vegetables gives spruce, hircli, larcli, asli. willow, and llr. Agriculture 
 can be carrieil on with prollt ; it produces potatoes of an excellent quality, wheal, 
 oats, Imrley, Ac. , aiiples, jiliims, and cherries are raised with success. 
 
 3.— The wild animals include the boar, doer, beaver, wolf, marten, and 
 wild eat. The Newfoundland dog is celebrated forits sagacity. 
 
 Section II.-POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 VI. — HISTORY.— Newfoundland is supposed to hove been discovered by 
 the Northmen, about the year 1000. In 1 197, a settlement was made by some 
 Portuguese adventurers. After a certain period, numerous English and French 
 colonies were established from time to time along the coasts. But in 1713, it 
 was declared by the treaty of Ctrecht to belong wholly to Great Britain. 
 
 VII. — ETHNOaRAPHY. — 1. The greater part of the in- 
 habitants of Newfoundland are in the Peninsula of Avalon ; they 
 
 consist principally of the deseoiiuaiits of thu settlers from England 
 and Ireland. There are some Mlcmacs in the Island, but they are 
 not nnmoroua. 
 
 The FisnERiES. 
 Deer Pond, Grand Pond, and Red 
 
 2,— Religion.— There are two Roman Catholic Dioceses, St. 
 .loliiis and Harbor Grace, Almost one-half of the inhabitants are 
 Catholics, about one-third Episcopalians, and the others constitute 
 a few other denDminations. 
 
 3.— Education. — The public school system is based on the 
 denominational principle, and UIkmmI provision is made for the 
 support of Education 
 
 i.— Government.— The public affairs of Newfoundland are 
 administrated by a Governor, an E.xecutive Council, a Legislative 
 Council, and a Legislative Assembly. 
 
 VIII.— TOPO&RAPHT,— St. .lubiis, the capital of llii' Isluml, is situated 
 on an aclivity and ronsistscljielly ofoiiestrei'l. It is 1,00:) miles from Ualway, 
 Ireland, the shortest distani:e lietweeu any two sea-ports of Knrope anil Amer- 
 ica. Its harbor is one of the Ijest ; it is sheltered by two mountains, the 
 entrance called, the Narrows, is only 100 yards wide, in its narrowest part, and 
 allows only one vessel to pass at a lime. St. John's tlliurch, tin' Roman Catho- 
 lic Cathedral, i.-i the priiici]ial edifice. The Christian Brothers from Ireland 
 liavi' a flourishing school here. 
 
 Harbor Grace, Honarista. 
 Curhonear, and Jlriijm rank 
 next in importance. 
 
 IX.— INDUSTRY and 
 
 OOMMBROB.— Tlie chief 
 pursuits are the lisliories, 
 lieing jirincipally cod-llsli- 
 cries. The seal lishery is next 
 in importance. In l'87'2, 190 
 vessels, with an aRgregale 
 burthen of 50,790 tons, ami 
 manned by 0,-i9G men, were 
 engaged in this fishery. The 
 famous Grand Banks, E. of 
 Newfoundland, swarm with 
 cod and every other variely 
 of fish. They are over COO 
 miles in li-ngth and 200 
 miles in breadth, with n 
 depili of water varying from 
 10 to 100 r.ilhoms. The an 
 nual /m|)0)7saniount toabotit 
 7 million dollars, and the 
 E.ri>orls. to million. 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 GREENLAND AND ICELAND. 
 
 Section I.— GREENLAND. 
 
 1. Situation, &c.— Greenland is situated N.-E. of North Amer- 
 ica, from which it is separated by the Baffin Bay and Davis Strait ; 
 it is comprised between 20" and 73° W. long,, and above 60° N. lat. 
 
 2. The surface is generally high, rocky, and barren ; the ele- 
 vated portions are covered with perpetual snow; the glaciers 
 extend in many places to the sea-shore. 
 
 3. The mean annual temperature of Greenland is about 20' 
 Fahr. ; in January, it often sinks as low as 40° below zero. July 
 is the only month of the year in which no snow falls. 
 
 4. Vegetation mainly consists of grasses and lichens in the 
 north ; and a few scattered birches, alders, and willows in the 
 south, where also small quantities of corn and kitchen vegetables 
 are raised. 
 
 5. Greenland was discovered as far back as 981 ; it was soon 
 after colonized from Iceland, but the intercourse between the 
 colony and the mother country gradually diminished, and ulti- 
 mately ceased, till at length, the existence of Greenland was 
 unknown to European nations. In 1587, it was re-discovered by 
 Davis, and in the following century, the Danes re-established a 
 communtcation with the lost colonv.- 
 
f r 
 
 34 
 
 THK UNITED STATES. 
 
 U. Tlio natives, a 
 ppciiliar race named 
 Esquinianx , are al- 
 lieil lo the Monfjolian 
 family. They liave 
 been convortod to 
 Christianity by Mo- 
 ravian Protestant 
 missionaries. 
 
 Section il. - 
 L.\ND. 
 
 ICE- 
 
 7. Iceland is an 
 island situated E. of 
 Greenland, between 
 tlio Atlantic and Arc- 
 tic the Ocean; it lies 
 between Ci" 2 1' and 
 CO" 33' N. lat.; and 
 la-SI'andSi-i: W. 
 long. Greatest length from E. to >V,, 300 niilos, central breadth) 
 about 200 miles. 
 
 8. The coast-line on the S.-E., for a cpnsidorablo extent, is 
 almost nnbroken ; but in all other directions, it presents a con- 
 tniiial succession of deep bays and jutting piomontaries. The 
 interior of the Island has, for the most part, a ver-' wild and 
 desolate appearance, being covered with loCty monntiri-masses of 
 volcanic origin ; many of them are covered witii perpetual snow 
 and ice. This region has for centuries l)oen the fceno of the most 
 violent eruptions. This Island also contains r.unieroua sin.ill inu '■ 
 volcanoes, the chief of which is the Great Cmyscr ^Ghiser) : the 
 water, at a depth of 72 feet is 30" ab.jvo the boiling point. 
 
 9. The Climate ': very variable .; jurms of oxiremc violor.re 
 are frequent; the summer is moist in wi!U( r ilie sky is dark 
 and gloomy. The temperature is more eh.M'alcd tban anv other 
 country in tlio same latitude. 
 
 10. \o grain of any kind can be raised ; but pot;;toeT and garden 
 vegetables are cultivated. The most iuiportant doniosHc animals 
 are the sheep, horse, o.v, and dog. Reindeer, introduced in 1770, 
 now roam in largo herds, but are not domesticated. 
 
 11. Iceland was fust discovered Ijy Norwugia.i pirates, in 870, 
 where they formed a settleniei't which continued to increase 
 rapidly. In the thirteenth century, tiie coniilry became subject 
 to Norway, and in 1380, to I-onmark, v.ilb wliioh it Htill remains, 
 
 12. The inhabitants belong to the Scandinavian race ; their lan- 
 guage is peculiar to the Island. Ti,..y profess the Protestant reli- 
 gion. 
 
 13. Iceland college, with 8 professors and about 80 students, is 
 the only educational institution, except a few schools; but 
 domestic education is universal, and the people are intelligent. 
 
 The Capitol. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 l.-SITUATION AND BXTENT.-Thn United States are 
 situated S. of the Dominion of Canada. They are comprised 
 between 25' and 49° N. lat.; and between 07* and 12 i" W. long. 
 Length from E. to ^V., 2,750 miles ; and liroadlli, from N. to S., 
 1,300 miles. 
 
 II.- BOUND ARIES.— They are l)ounded on the N., by the 
 Dominion of Canada ; on tho E., by the Atlantic Ocean ; on the 
 
 S., by tho Gulf and 
 Republic of Mexico ; 
 and, on the W., by 
 the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 III.-DIVISIONS. 
 —The United States 
 comprise thirty-scr- 
 en States, one Fed- 
 eral District , ton 
 Territories, and Alas- 
 ka, formerly Russian 
 America. The States 
 are usually divided 
 as follows ; — First, 
 The New England 
 or Eastern States, 
 including Maine , 
 New Hampshire , 
 Vermont, Massachu- 
 setts, Rhode Island, 
 and Connecticut. Sec- 
 ond, The Middle States, including New York, New Jersey, 
 Pennsylvania, and Delaware. Third, The Southern States, 
 including Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina, 
 South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisia- 
 na, and Texas. Fourth, The Western States, including Ohio, 
 Kentucky, Tennessee, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, and 
 all others W. of the Mississippi River. 
 
 '\'— FAOB OP THE OOTJNTBY.—Vast rivers, numerous swamps and 
 marshos, forests and prairies ofimmense extent constitute llio leading features 
 in the aspect of llie United '/itales. Tlie mountains, tliougli considerable, do not 
 imprint so striking a character on tho landscape. Tho Allcgh.;nies are less a 
 chain of mountains than a long plateau, running nearly parallel to the Atlantic— 
 900 miles in length, 100 in breaillh, and rising in Vermont ond New Hampshire to 
 tho height of ,1,000 feet. The Hoeky Mountains, situated 500 or 000 miles from 
 the Pacilic Ocean, rise, in some instances, to the height of 11,000 feet. Tho 
 highest peaks are covered with perpetual snow. Tho middle region comprises 
 the valley or basin of the Mississi|ipi. This mighty river, with its numerous 
 tributaries, navigable almost to their sources, together with the many consi- 
 derable slreanis wliich (low into the Atlantic and the innumerable canals and 
 railroads, alford evi'ry farility for commerce, and unite, as it were, the most 
 remote provinces of ihis impurtaut portion of the Now World. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.-l . Islands.-The Uni ted States 
 have few islands ; the principal aio. Long [stand and Statin Island, 
 belonging to New York; Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard, belong- 
 ing to Massachusetts. 
 
 2.— Peninsulas.— The jirincipal Peninsulas are Darnstahle, E. 
 of Massachusetts ; Flcrida, in the S.-E. ; hiichilimaehinac and 
 Michigan, formed by Lakes Superior and Huron. 
 
 3.— Capes.- The principal are, Capes Ann and Cnd, in Massa- 
 chusetts ; Cape May, in the S.-E. of New Jersey; Capes Charles and 
 Henry, at the entrance to Chesapeake Bay ; Capes Hatteras, Lookout, 
 and Fear, in North Caroliria ; and Cape Sable, in theS. of Florida! 
 
 4.— Mountains.— The Alleghany Mountains, in the E.; the 
 y?of/ci/ Mountains, in theW.; the Cascade Range, Sierra Nevada, 
 and Coast liange, W. of the Rocky Mountains, on the Pacific 
 coast ; and the Black Hills and Fox Ridge, in Dakota Territory. 
 The flof/fj/ Mountains contain Fremont's Peak (13.750); Long's 
 Peak(12,500i ; Pike's Peak (12,000). 
 
 VI.-HYl)ROGRAPHY.-l. Gulfs and Bays.-The Gulf of 
 Mexico, in the south ; Delaivare Day, E. of Delaware ; Chesapeake 
 Bay, between Maryland and Virginia ; Apalachet Bay, S.-W. of 
 Florida ; Monterey and Columbia Bays, on the Pacific coast ; and tho 
 Channel of Florida. 
 
 2.— Lakes.— The principal are, Lake Michigan, in the N. ; Lake 
 Champlain, between Vermont and New York ; Great Salt Lake, in 
 
THE UNFTED STATES. 
 
 35 
 
 Ulah Territory, Tulare, in California; and largii portions of tlio 
 great Canadian Lakes. 
 
 3.— Rivera.— The United States are watered by many largo and 
 fliio rivers ; the principal are, the Connecticut, Hudson, Ddaware, and 
 Susquehanna, which empty into the Atlantic ; thii Mississipjii {a), 
 which flows into the Gulf of Mexico— its principal trihutnnes, on 
 thn E., are the Wisconsin, the Illinois, and the Ohio |M, which rcccivps 
 the Tennessee, Cumberland, Kentucky, and Wiibush, oil IlKiW, 
 the ned fliver, Arkansas, and Missouri (c), which reccivc^H the Kansas, 
 Nebraska, Yellow Stone, and il/ai)iMo(«— the Trinitij, Drazos, and 
 Colorado, in Te.xas ; the Rio Grande, between Texan and Ml'xico ; 
 the St. Joaquin, Sacramento, and Columbia, which (Jinpty iiiln the 
 Pacific Ocean i and the Co^orat/o, which flows into the Unlfof 
 California. 
 
 VII.-OIilMATB.— A region so vast as thai oflho UnltPil Stiili's miisl niMcs. 
 sarily includo almost every variety of climolo, from the long niid frigid wiiili'i-s 
 oftho North, to the almost tropical regions of tlio South. It is a Well known 
 fact, that the tempcraturo of Western Europe is al)out 10 degrees milder than 
 in tho .same latiludra in Eastern North America, while Culifiiriila has a elimnl(^ 
 as mild as that of Italy, indeed partaking rather of the eharai'ler iiflho troji- 
 ical regions with its wet and dry seasons, especially in the H, On the plateaus 
 of Utah and New Mexico, wo find a climate similar to thulol the plains of Tur- 
 tary The summers of the northern part oftho United Hlates nro as warm as 
 those of Italy, while th(! winters aro scarcely loss severe lliaii those of Sweden 
 and Norway. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— 1. Minerals of almost eviiy va- 
 riety abound. Gold is found in California, Nevada, Cuhinido, Idaho, anil in 
 other places; copper in Michigan; lead in Illinois, Wineonsiii, Iowa, and 
 Missouri , iron, in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Tonnossce, Kentucky, and Virginia ; 
 and coal, in Pennsylvania, Virginia and other parts of the Union, The coal- 
 fields oftho United States aro estimated to bo thirty times greater In extent than 
 those of all Europe. Many varieties of marble, granite, and other liuUding- 
 slone are found. 
 
 2 — Vegetables.- In 
 the Southern States, su- 
 gar, cotton, rice, tobacco, 
 and various tropical fruits 
 are produced ; in tho other 
 parts, wheat, corn, oats, 
 hay,apples,pears, peaches, 
 and nearly all the produc- 
 tions of tho temperato 
 zones are found. In Ohio 
 and California, there are 
 many vineyards and a 
 considerable quantity of 
 wine is made. 
 
 3. — Animals. — See 
 North America, page 8 
 
 Section II. 
 
 POLITICAL GEOG- 
 RAPHY. 
 
 IX. — HISTORY. — 
 
 The first British settlement 
 in the United Stales was 
 made in Virginia, by Sir 
 Walter Raleigh, in 1.583. 
 In 1770, in consequonce of 
 alleged encroachments on 
 tho part of tho British Government, tho colonists doclored their Indepen- 
 dence After a sanguinary struggle, in which they woro asBlstoil by Kronce, 
 Spain, and Holland, their independence was acknowlodgoil by Oioat Britain, 
 in 1783, and the nation was recognized under the name oftho United States of 
 America. The constitution of the United Slates was formed In 1787 and 
 ratified by Congress in tho following year ; it has since boon amondoil. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.- 1. Raoes.-The people of tho United 
 States belong to three great divisions of tho human family— Cau- 
 casians, Negroes, and American Indians. Tho Caucagians or 
 
 Whites, who embrace (he gix-at majority of iho entire popuiatiou, 
 
 City IUu aud Codbt Hoose, New-York. 
 
 (<i> Ora«t wattr. (i) Floe rirer. (c) Muddy river. 
 
 are mainly of British and Irish extraction but Germans, Dutch, 
 and French are also numerous. In tho New England States, as 
 also in Virginia and the Carolinaa, the inhabitants are nearly all 
 of British origin ; Dutch and Irish are numerous, in tho Middlis 
 States ; Germans, in the western part of New York, in Pennsylva- 
 nia, Maryland, Virginia, he, French, in Louisiana, Missouri, and 
 Indiana; and Spaniards, in Texas, Florida, and California. The 
 Negroes or Africans and their descendants form a great part of 
 the population "■ the Soutiieiii States Tho Indians, in tho West 
 aro gradually disappearing before the progress o{ civilization : llioy 
 niimbtM' about ;i'iO,000. 
 
 2. — Languages. — The English language is predominant 
 throughout all parts of the American Union ; but foreigners 
 continue to speak their respuctive native tongues, or languages. 
 
 3.— Religion.— In the United States no creed in particular is 
 rocognized as the national religion ; all are protcctod by tho laws 
 of the country. 
 
 The Catholic population numbers about one-sixth. There aro 7 
 Catholic Archbishops, besides tho Cardinal Archbishop of Now 
 York, find GO Bishops. 
 
 4. -Education in tho United States is an object of much atten- 
 tion, and ample means are provided for its general diffusion. 
 Besules many colleges and other institutions of learning, 
 there are public free schools, provided by law. A most liberal 
 provision has also been made for superior instruction by 
 tho central and local governments, and by private individ- 
 uals and associations. To the funds allocated by tho States, 
 the Catholics are also obliged to contribute, although their 
 children cannot conscientiously avail themselves of tho literary 
 advantages which those state systems of education afford, as, 
 
 generally, somo condi- 
 tions are required to 
 which Catholics must 
 object. There are a 
 great number of reli- 
 gious establishments. 
 The Brothers of the 
 Christian Schools had 
 here, in 1876, several 
 industrial colleges, 
 academies, and 49 
 houses of their Order, 
 Government. — 
 The United Stales 
 Government is a Fe- 
 deral Republic. Each 
 State is independent 
 in its local affairs ; 
 but the defence of the 
 country, the regula- 
 tion of commerce, and 
 all the general con- 
 cerns of the nation are 
 committed by the con- 
 stitution to a general 
 Government. The Government comprises three distinct powers ; 
 the Leyislative, Judicial, and Executive : the first makes the laws, 
 the second expounds them, and the latter executes them. 
 
 TOPOaRAPHY.— I. 'Washlngrton is the capital of the Union, and 
 tho scat of the general Legislature and Government The streets cross each 
 other at right angles , the smallest streets are from 70 to 1 10 feet wide , tho 
 avenues, from 120 to ICO feet. The capital is tho principal building , it stands 
 OA a hill 75 feet above the Potomac, which it overlooks ; it is a magniQcent 
 structure of white marble and freestone more than 700 feet in length and sur- 
 mounted by lofty wings. Over the centre of the huildinir is .i Isrga .-i.ims 
 rising 145 feet. There are in the building 70 rooms for tho accommodation of 
 oorarailtees. The President's House, the Palent-OITice, the Treasury, and others, 
 rival in splendor, the finest buildings in the Old World. 
 
 J. A- 
 
 rl 
 
 
•vrimM 
 
 36 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Georgetown is cnnnooted with this Cily by a number of bridges. II is the 
 si'iit of a Catholic University conducted by tlio Jesuits. 
 
 •.'.—New York, the largest and most populous city of the United Stlates, and 
 the chief commercial emporium ol America, is situated on Manhottan Island, at 
 the connuenco of the Hudson and Kast Rivers. Tho City is triangular in form, 
 niid nine mil*s in circumference ; it is traversed by regular and handsome 
 streets, the largest of which is Broadway, nearly four miles long, lined with 
 shops and hotels. The public buildings are numerous and many of them 
 elegant. Tho Roman Catholic Cathedral, the City Hall, Custom House, Mer- 
 chant's E.xchango, iho University Hall, Astor House, and Court House, are 
 striliing and important. The tonnage of its ports exceeds probably that of any 
 other city in the world, with tho exception of London. 
 
 •• ~PWIadelphla, at the conducnce of the Delaware and Schuylkill, was 
 formerly the capital of the United States, and is still the second city in tho 
 Union with regard to population and importance. It'8almndsomecity,wilh tho 
 streets regularly laid out and shaded with beautiful trees ; the public buildings 
 are numerous: many of them are built of white marble. 
 
 ■1.— Brooklyn, opixjsite New York, being connected with it by several 
 ferries and a line bridge, is properly a suburb of tho latter city. Many of the 
 business men of New York have their dwellings there ; it is a pleasant place of 
 residence, 
 
 5 —Baltimore, on a branch of thoPatapsco River, has an extensive foreign 
 and domestic trade, and is one of tho largest tobacco-markets in tho world. 
 Numerous railroads connect this City with other parts of the Union. Its public 
 buildings are numerous. Among the (Inest are, the Roman Catholic Cathedral, 
 tho Exchange, and tho Maryland Institute. The Balllo and Washington 
 Monuments are beautiful structures, 
 
 C— St. liOUia is an important military station; CTiiMi/o is noted lor its 
 immense grain and lumber trade; Boston is tho cradle of Liberty and Ih,- 
 second cily of the Union in eom.uerce. 
 
 Cincinnati is the largest pork-market in the Union ; New Orleans is ihe 
 grand depot of the Mississipiii Valley trade ; butisolten visited by yellow r.'ver. 
 
 '.—San Pranolsoo Meson the W. shore of San I'YanciscoIiay.and has a line 
 harbor. This City is oneof the most remarkable in the world : none ever s)irang 
 so suddenly into a populous and wealthy capilal. In IN.!."), it contained Ijl) 
 inhabitants, in 1S70, 113,000. San I'Yancisco has considerable foreign com- 
 merce and an extensive inland trade , :l is handsomely laid out, and cnnliiins 
 many fine buildings 
 
 XII.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMEROB.— 1. The Ina.ling pin-suils 
 are agriculture, manulacturing, mining, fishing, and commero.'. Manufailures 
 consist chiefly in cotton, woollen, hardware, glass, cordage, wrought anil east 
 iron, fire-arms, powder, clocks, carriages, Ac. 
 
 2.— Oommeroe— The commerce of the Union, both foreign ond donieslie. 
 is one of the most extensive in tho world. Tho most important Erports 
 are flour, grain, rice, cotton, tobacco, fish, pot and pearl ashes, mineral prod- 
 ucts, and manufactured goods , total amount, over $350,000,000. The prin- 
 ciiml Imports are coffee, tea, sugar, potatoes, coal, Indian corn, furs, limber, 
 and fine manufactured goods. Total value, about $100,000,000. 
 
 Commerce is carried on by a great number of vessels, especially steam-vessels, 
 by more than 54,000 miles of railway, and by the canals; and telegraphs by 
 which all the settled parts of the country are connected. 
 
 XIII.— NATURAL CURIOSITIES.- The principal are the stalaclilic 
 cave of Vermont ; the stupendous cavern, in tho south-west part of Kentucky , 
 the rock of New Durham, so balanced, that, like the celebrated Derbyshire 
 stone, a touch of the finger will set it in motion; the natural bridge, ninety 
 feet in length, over one of the tributaries of the James' River, MO leet deep. 
 
 Section III. 
 THE .NEW ENGLAND STATES. 
 
 They are Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode 
 Island, and Connectiait. 
 
 1.— Maine is the most north-eastern of the United States, and 
 the largest of the New England States. Tho winteris long and cold 
 There are extensive forests, and lumber is largely exported. 
 
 Augusta, on the Kennebec River, is the capital. 
 
 Portland is the metropolis of this State. 
 
 2.~New Hampshire lies S. and W. of Maine. The sur- 
 face is generally hilly and broken ; the climate is severe, yet 
 healthy Gruuilo is abundant. 
 
 Concord, on the Merrimac River, is the capital. 
 
 3.— Vermont lies W. of .'^'.tw Hampshire, and is separated 
 from it by the Connecticut River. The Green Mountains traverse 
 tho State from north to south. Tho soil is fertile, and all kinds of 
 grain suited to the climate are produced in abundance. 
 
 Mcitpelier, the capital, on the Onion River, is a place of consider 
 able trade. 
 
 ■4 —Massachusetts lies S. of New Hampshire and Ver- 
 mont ; it IS tho oldest and most important of the Eastern States. 
 Tho southern part is generally level, the other parts are hilly or 
 mountainous. Tho soil is generally favorable to agriculture. The 
 climate is severe in winter, and damp on the coast in spring. 
 
 Boston, the capital, is the great cominercial metropolis of New 
 England. 
 
 5.— Rhode Island lies S.-W. of Massachusetts, is tho small- 
 est of the United States. There are no mountains and no extensive 
 forests in this State. The soil is gniierally poor, the climate less 
 severe than that of Massachiisolts ; it is noted for its flue cattle, and 
 also for its apples. 
 
 The Legislature meets alternalcly at Providence and Newport. 
 
 C— Connecticut lies S. of Massachusetts, and W. of Rhode 
 Island. The surface of this State is, for the most part, hilly and 
 rugged, but not mountainous The soil and climate are generally 
 similar to those of the preceding State. Grain, butter, cheese, and 
 elder are among the chief productions. 
 
 Neiv Haven and Hartford are alternately the seat of Government. 
 
 Gathering Api'ies. 
 THE MIDDLE STATES. 
 
 The Middle States are New York, New Jersey, Pensylvania and 
 Delaware. 
 
 '7.— New York lies W. of New England ; it is generally hilly 
 or mountainous in the E. and level in tho W. Tho winter is cold 
 and severe in the northern pari, but milder in the south. The 
 soil is various, but good enoitgli ; wheat is Iho staple production. 
 Butter, cheese, and maple sugar are among tho chief productions. 
 
 Albany, on tho W. hank of tlie Htidson, is the capital. 
 
 8— New Jersey occupies a peninsula S, of New York. Its sur- 
 face is generally level, but the central and northern parts are 
 hilly. 
 
 A part of the soil is light and sandy, the other part is well adapt- 
 ed to both tillage and pasturage. 
 
 Its climate is somewhat milder than that of New York. 
 
 Trenton, on tho left bank of the Delaware, is the capital. 
 
 9.— Pe-'nsylvania is situated W. of New Jersey, from which 
 it is separated by the Delaware River In the e.v.torn .-ind western 
 parts, it is moderately hilly ; Iho central portion is traversed by 
 several ridges of the Alleghany chain. The climate, though 
 
NEWFOUNDLAND.— OnEENLAND AND ICELAND. 
 
 33 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 Sbctios I. -physical (lEfUlRAPIIV. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Ni'wloun.lland is a hn-ac 
 Ijfliiml of Noilli Anii'iira. siliialcd in llic Allaiitic al llu? moutli of 
 tlio Gulf of SI. Lawroncc, lictweon ifiMH' and ',\<>W N. lat. ; and 
 52»35' and 50"35' W. louf,'. Its pivatc-sl li'iif;!!!, from N. to S., is 
 350 inilos, and its average liroadtli, 130 miles. 
 
 n. DIVISIONS &C.— It is divided into fifteen Districts. 
 
 Tho intoi'ioi' of tlie Islaml lias never heen lliorougliiy explored ; 
 the greater jiorlion apjiears to lie locky, interseeiiid liy rivers 
 and lakes, thinly wooded, except on the hanks of the rivers. 
 Hills and valleys alternate with eacli otiier, the former never 
 rising into mountains and tho latter rarely expanding into jilains. 
 
 The principal Capos aro DauUI, St. John, Freds, Donavisia, Hace, 
 and Rdij. 
 
 Ill— HYDROGRA- 
 PHY.— I. The most re- 
 inarkahli! Days are Ilair, 
 While, Noire Dame, lu- 
 ploils, Boiiavisia, Trinily, 
 and Coiici'ption,(in the E. ; 
 SI. Mary, PlacciUia, For- 
 tune, Ilrrmitnije, and La 
 Poile, on the S. ; St. 
 George, Day oflsliinds.mvl 
 Uonne. Day, on the W. 
 
 2.— The Peninsula of 
 Avalon is formed hy Tri- 
 nity and Placentia Days. 
 
 3. — The Strait "of 
 Bello Isle, is situated 
 between Newfoundland 
 and Lahrador. 
 
 'i— Lakes or Ponda 
 are numerous ; they are 
 said to rover ono-third 
 of the whole surface of 
 (he Island; the princip.i 
 Indian Pond. 
 
 5. — The Rivers of Xeivfonndland are also numerous, hut 
 generally small ; the largest are llie &/)/f)i(s, ahont 150 miles; 
 th:! Gamier, hcing somewhat over 100 mih>s in length ; and the 
 number, aliout 80 miles long. 
 
 IV. — THE OtilMATE, Ijcing insu.... . i? not lialilo to so groat cliangos in 
 ti'iniXTulni'i' as llial of lln^ nciglilioi'ing continontnl iirovincos ; llip winter is much 
 niililiT anil snminor not noarly so warm. Dcnso fogs, occasioned l)y tlie con- 
 densation of vapors from tlip Gnll'-stroani, are prevalent. 
 
 v.— PRODTTOTS.— I. Tho Mlnercvls of tlie Island comprise siivr, 
 copper, lead, iron, plumliago, gypsum, white and l)lack marlde, coal, Ac 
 
 2.— ^'OgfetableB gives spruce, hirch, larch, ash, willow, and (Ir. Agricultnre 
 can be curried on with ;)rollt ; it produces potatoes ofan excellent t|uality, wheat, 
 oats, harley, Ac. , apples, i>lums, and cherries are raised witti success. 
 
 3. — The 7,11(1 animals inc ludi> the hoar, deer, beaver, wolf, marten, and 
 wild cttt. Tlie Newfoundland dog is celebrated for its sagacity. 
 
 Section IL— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 YI. — HISTCRY. — Newfoundland is supposed to have been discovered by 
 the Northmen, about the year 1000. In 1 497, a settlement was made by some 
 Portuguese adventurers. After a certain period, numerous English, .nd French 
 colonies were established from time to time along the coasts. But in 1713, it 
 was declared by the treatv of Utrecht to belong wholly to Great Britain. 
 
 VII. — ETHNOGRAPHY. — 1. The greater part of the in- 
 hubitants of Newfoundland are in the Peninsula of Avalon ; they 
 consist priiitiipaily of ihc dcsCoiiilaiits Oi iaO suitloi's from England 
 and Ireland. There are some Micmacs in the Island, but they are 
 not numerous. 
 
 2. — Religion.— There are two Roman Catholic Dioceses, St. 
 .lolms and llarlior Grace. Almost one-half of tluj inhabitants are 
 Catholics, about oue-tliird Episcopalians, and llie others constitute 
 a few other denominations 
 
 3. — Education. — The pulilic school systiMU is bused on tiie 
 denominalion.'il [irinciple, and liberal provision is made for the 
 support of Educition 
 
 S. — Government. — The publii; allairs of Newfoundland are 
 administralod by a Governoi', an Executive Council, a Legislative 
 Council, and a Legislative Assembly. 
 
 VIM.— TOPOGRAPHY. —SI. .bduis, the capital ofllie Island, issituated 
 on .'HI ai'li\ity and consists i-'hiellyofone street. It is 1,06.* miles IVoni (ralway. 
 Ireland, the shortest dislanee lietwei'n any two sea-ports of Kurope and Amer- 
 ica, lis harbor is one of thi' bi'sl ; it is sliidlered by two mountains, the 
 entrance called, the Narrows, is only 1(10 yards wiite, in its narrowest part, and 
 allows only one vessel to jiass at a time. St. John's Church, the lloman Catho- 
 I'c Cathedral, is the )>rincipal clillce. The (Jhiistian Brothers from Ireland 
 have a nourishing school here. 
 
 Harbor Grace, Donarisln. 
 Curhonear, and Itrigui rank 
 next in importance. 
 
 IX -INDUSTRY and 
 
 OOMMEROB,— The ehi,.f 
 )iur.suils are the llsliories, 
 licing ]irinci|jally cod-llsli- 
 cries. The seal ll.shery is next 
 in importance. In 187-2, 190 
 M'.esels, with an apgregale 
 biirlhen of 29,790 tons, and 
 manned liy 9.190 men, were 
 engaged in this llshery. The 
 fiimous (Iranil Banks, E. of 
 Ni'Wfoundland, swarm with 
 Hid and every other variety 
 of (ish. They ore over 000 
 miles in li'nglh and 200 
 miles in bn'adth, with a 
 de]ith of water varying from 
 10 to 100 fulhoms. The an 
 nual /m;io;'/i amount to about 
 7 million dollars, and the 
 The FisneaiES. Exports, to million. 
 
 Deer Pond. Grand Pond, and Ded 
 
 CHAPTER XIX, 
 GREENLAND AND ICELAND. 
 
 Section I.— GREENLAND. 
 
 1. Situation, &c. — Greenland is situated N.-E. of North Amer- 
 ica, from which it is separated by the Baffin Day and Davis Strait i 
 it is comprised between 20" and 73° W. long,, and above GO" N. lat. 
 
 2. The surface is generally higl rocky, and barren ; the ele- 
 vated portions are covered with perpetual snow; the glaciers 
 extend in many places to the sea-shore. 
 
 3. Tho mean annual temperature of Greenland is about 20* 
 Fahr. ; in January, it often sinks as low as 40" below zero. July 
 is the only month of the year in which no snow falls. 
 
 4. Vegetation mainly consists of grasses and lichens in the 
 north; and a ffw scattered birches, alders, and willows in the 
 south, where also small quantities of corn and kitchen vegetables 
 are raised. 
 
 5. Greenland was discovered as far back as 981 ; it was soon 
 after colonized from Iceland, but the intercourse between the 
 colony and the mother country gradually diminished, and ulti- 
 mately ceased, till at length, the existence of Greenland was 
 unknown to European nations. In 1587, it was re-discovered by 
 Davis, and in the foilowiug century, the Danes re-eslublislied a 
 communication with the lost colony. 
 
m. 
 
 ill 
 lis- 
 
 34 
 
 TIIK UNITED STATES. 
 
 0. Tho nalivca, a 
 ppculiar race iiainnd 
 Ksi|iiiniaiix , art' a 
 lied to the Moiif,'oliaii 
 family. Tlicy liavi! 
 1)0011 convurlod to 
 Christianity liy Mo- 
 ravian Protostaiit 
 luissioiiai'it's. 
 
 Si-crioN II. - 
 I..\\I». 
 
 I(;K 
 
 "• Iceland is mi 
 isl.iiid situated K. of 
 Orociilaiid, botweoii 
 tlio Atlantic jiiidAic 
 tic llioOcoan; it lies 
 lietweon 04° 24' aiu 
 OG- 33- N. lat ; and 
 13" 31' and 24" 17 W. 
 
 long. ('Toalest length from K. to W., 300 miles, central breadth, 
 about 2(10 milos. 
 
 8. The coast-line on the S.-E., for a considerable extent, is 
 almost unbroken; but in all other directions, it presents a con- 
 tinual succession of deep bays and jutting promonlaries. The 
 interior of tlie Island has, for the most part, a very wild and 
 desolate appearance, being covered with lofty mountain-masses of 
 volcanic origin ; many of them are covered with perpetual snow 
 and ice. This region has for centuries been the scene of the most 
 violent eruptions. This Island also couUiins numerous small mud- 
 volcauoes, the chief of which is the Great Geyser {Ghisen : the 
 water, at a depth of 72 foot is 30- above the boiling point. 
 
 0. The Climate is very variable ; storms of e.xtreme violence 
 are frequent; the summer is moist. In winter the sky is dark 
 and gloomy. Tho lomporaturo is more elevated than anv' other 
 country in tho same lalitude. 
 
 10. No grain of any kind can be raised ; but potatoes and garden 
 vegetables are <-ultivaled. Tho most important domestic aniimih 
 are tho sheep, hor.se. o.v, and dog. Reindeer, introduced in 177(1, 
 now roam in large herds, but are not domesticated. 
 
 1 1. Iceland was hist discovered by Norwegian pirates, in 87(i. 
 where they forinod a settlement wiiich continued to increase 
 rapidly. In tho lliirtoenth century, tho connti'y became subject 
 to Norway, and in 1380. to Denmark, with which it still remains. 
 
 12. The inhabitants belong to (he Scandinavian race ; their lan- 
 guage is peculiar lo the Island. They profess the Protestant reli- 
 gion. 
 
 13. Iceland college, with 8 professors and about 80 students, is 
 the only educational institution, except a few schools; l)ut 
 domestic education is miivorsal, and the people are intelligent. 
 
 The Capitol. 
 
 S., by the Gulf and 
 Republic of Mexico ; 
 and, on the W., by 
 the Pacific Ocean. 
 III.-DIVISIONS. 
 —Tho United States 
 comprise thirty-scT- 
 cn States, one Fed- 
 oral District , ten 
 Territories, and Alas- 
 ka, formerly Russian 
 America. The States 
 are usually divided 
 as follows : — l''irst, 
 The New England 
 01' Eastern States, 
 including Maine , 
 Now Hampshire , 
 Vermont, Massachu- 
 setts, Rhode Island, 
 aiidCoiinecticiit. Sec 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 i.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-The United Sutes are 
 situated S. of the Dominion of Canada. They are comprised 
 between 25" and 49' N. lat.; and between C7' and 124° W. long. 
 Length from E. to %V., 2,750 milos; and breadth, from N. to S., 
 1,300 miles. 
 
 II.- BOUNDARIES.— They aie liouuded on the N., by liie 
 Dominion of Canada ; on the E., by the Atlantic Ocean ; on the 
 
 onil. The Middle States, including New York, Now Jersey 
 Pennsylvania, and Delaware. ThJrd, The Southern States,' 
 including Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina, 
 South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama Mississippi Louisia- 
 na, and Te.xas. Fourth, The Western States, iiiclud, ig Ohio, 
 Kentucky, Tennessee, Michigan, Indiana. Illinois, Wisconsin, and 
 all olhers W. of tho Mississippi River. 
 
 l\V-PAOB OP THBOOUNTRY.-Vast rivers, numerous swamps an.l 
 iiiiMslii's, n.iwls (uiil iinurics of immense extent constllulc the lenrling features 
 .n ti.e aspect of the Unite.l States. T(.e mountains, ll.ougli considerable, do not 
 imprint so striking a elinracter on the landscape. Tlio Alleghanies are less ii 
 c lai.i of mountainstimn a longplaienn, running nearlvparullollotlie Atlantic— 
 JOO miles in length. 100 in l,rea,li|,, and rising in Vermont and New Hamnshire tc 
 the height of 0,000 feet. The Ilocky Mnunlains, situated 500 or COO miles from 
 the Paeinc Ocean, ii.se, in some instances, tu the height of 11,000 feet. The 
 
 highest peaks are cove, with periielual snow. The miildlo region comprises 
 
 the v,-,ll,.y or hasin of the Mississippi. This mighty river, with its numerous 
 Inliulanes, navigahle «l„,„sl to their sources, togeth.T with the many eonsi- 
 deral.le streams whhh Oow int<i the Atlantic, and the innumerable canals and 
 railroads, ulford every fncihly for commerce, and unite, as' it were, the most 
 reninle jirovinces of this imporiarit portion of the New World. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONSOFLAND.-I.Islands.-ThoUnitodStates 
 have few islands : the principal aie. Long hltiiul and Slalcii hlumi 
 belonging lo New York; N<,nluckH and Marthas Vineijar,!, belon-- 
 iiig to Massachusetts. '' 
 
 2.— Peninsulas.— The principal Peninsulas are narmiahlv E 
 nf Massachusetts ; llorUla, in the S.-E. ; MichiUmarkinar and 
 Mirhiijan, formed by Lakes Superior and Huron. 
 
 3.— Capes.- Tho principal are. Capes Ann and 0»l, in Massa- 
 chusetts ; Cape May, in the S.-E. of New Jersev ; Capes Charles and 
 Henry, at the entrance lo Chesapeake Day ; Capes Ilutleras, Loolioui 
 and Fear, in North Carolina; and Cape Sable, in thcS. of Florida. 
 
 4.— Mountains.— The Mleohany Mountains, in tho K.- the 
 /ioc/fi/ Mountains, in theW.; the Cascade naxqe, Sierra Nmula 
 and Coast Itange, W. nf the Rocky Mountains, on the Pacific 
 coast ; and tho niacti Hills and Fox niih/e, in Dakota Territory. 
 The nocky Mountains contain Fromonts Peak (13.7.301- Lons's 
 Peak(t2,500); Pike's Peak (12,000). 
 
 VI.-HYUROGRAPHY.-l. Gulfs and Bays.-The Gulf or 
 Mexico, in the south ; Delaware Day, E. of Delaware ; Chesapeake 
 Day, between Maryland and Virginia ; Apalachee Day, 8.-W. of 
 Florida ; Monterey and Columbia Days, on the Pacific coast ; and the 
 Channel of Florida. 
 
 2.— Laices.- The principal are. Lake Michiyan, in the N. ; Lake 
 Champlain, between Vermont and New York ; Great Salt Lake, in 
 
THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 3S 
 
 Utah Tomtory , Tulafe, in Ca(;fDi .a; ami largo portions of liio 
 groat Canadian Lakos. 
 
 3. —Rivers.— The Unilcil Stal^M an; walorcd liy many larf;i' and 
 flno rivors ; Iho principal am, the Coiinerlinil, Hudson, Drlnwiiir, and 
 Sitsqurhitnim, wliich omply into the Atlantic ; the Mississippi i/ii, 
 wliicli flows into Iho (Inlf of Mcvico— its [irincipal tniiiitanos, on 
 Ihn E., aro tho Wisconsin, tlin IUinor,i\in\ Iho Ohio ifct,\vhirh rccoivos 
 Iho Tennessee, Cumberlanil, Kentuchj, and Wnhitsh , on tlioW, 
 Iho netl nivei; Arkansas, and Missouri {r\, which rocoivoa tho Kansas, 
 Nebraska, Yellow Slone, and .l///i/icsoJ«— tho Trinilij, llrazns, and 
 Colorado, in Texas ; tho Ilio C-rande, botwoon Texas and Mexico ; 
 l\\o St. Joaqum, Sacramento, and ro/i(ni6m, which empty into tho 
 Pacific Ocean j and Iho Co/.)ra(/.). which flows into the (Inlf of 
 California 
 
 VII.-OLIMATB.— A i-i'giori sii vnsl ns llmloflho Unilod Slitcsmusl rn'cos- 
 siirily include ulincst ovory variuly ofclimnto, from tlio long ami friphl wiiili.'i-s 
 of Iho North, to tho almost tropical regions of llie Soulh. II is n \m\\ known 
 fai:t, that Iho lomporaluro of Western Europe is oboul 10 ilegrees milder Ihiin 
 in Iho samn lalitudes in Easlern North America, while California liTls a ilimali- 
 as mild as that of Italy, indeed parlaking rnlher of Iho oharaeler of ihe irop- 
 ienl regions with its wet and dry seasons, especially in the S. On the pl.ite.ins 
 of L'lah and Now Mesieo, we Unci a elim.ite similar to that ol the plains of T,ir- 
 tary The summers of tliu northern part of the United Slates are as warm as 
 Ihoso of Italy, while the winters are si.'arci'ly less severe than those of Sweden 
 and Norway. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUOT8.-1. Minerals of almost every ^,l- 
 riety abound, Oold is found in California, Nevaila, Colorado, Idaho, and in 
 other places; copper in Michigan; lead in Illinois, Wisconsin, Iciwa, and 
 Missouri , iron, in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Tennessee, Kentucky, and Virginia ; 
 and coal, in Pennsylvania, Virginia and other parts of tho Union. The coal- 
 fields oftlie United States aro estimated to bo thirty times greater in extent than 
 those of all Europe. Many varieties of mnrlde, granite, and other Ijiiilding- 
 Btone are found. 
 
 2. — Vesetablos.— In 
 tho Southern States, su- 
 gar, cotton, rice, tobacco, 
 and various tropical fruilsi 
 are produced ; in tho other 
 parts, wheat, corn, oats, 
 hay, apples, pears, peaches, 
 and nearly all the produc- 
 tions of tho I mperata 
 zones are found. In Ohio 
 and California, there aro 
 many vineyards and a 
 consideroblo quantity of 
 wine \s made. 
 
 3. — Animals, — Seo 
 North America, page 8 
 
 Section II. 
 
 POLITICAL GEOG- 
 RAPHY. 
 
 IX. - HISTORY. — 
 
 Tho first British settlement 
 in the United Stales was 
 made in Virginia, by Sir 
 Walter Haleigh, in 1583. 
 In 1776, in consequence of 
 alleged encroachments on 
 the part of tho British Government, the colonists declared their indepen- 
 dence After a sanguinary struggle, in wliich they were assisted by France, 
 Spain, and Holland, their independence was acknowledged by Great Britain, 
 in 1783, and the nation was recognized under tho name of the United States of 
 America. Tho constitution of tho United States was formed in 1787 and 
 ralifled by Congress in the following year ; it has since been amended. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.-!. Races.-The people ofthe United 
 Slates belong to three great divisions of the human family— Cau- 
 casians, Negroes, and American Indians. The Caucasians or 
 whites, who embrace iho great majority of the entire population, 
 
 CiTT Hmi A!tD ConiT HoDSE, New-York. 
 
 (a) 0r««t water. (I) FlnariTor. (c) Muddy river. 
 
 arc mainly of IJiitixh and Irish exlradion but Germans, Dutch, 
 and French are also nninorous. In the Now England Slates, as 
 also in Virginia and the Carolinas, the inhahilanis are nearly all 
 •''"Hrilisli origin; Dutch and Irish aro nnmorons, in tho Middli' 
 . .los ; (iermans, in the western part of New York, in Pennsylva- 
 nia, Maryland, Virginia, \c., Erench, in Lonisiiina, Missouri, and 
 Indiana; and Spaniards, in Te.xas, Florida, and California. The 
 Negroes or Africans and their de.scendaiits Ibrin a great iiarl of 
 the population of the Sontheni Stales The Indians, in llie West 
 are gradually disapiieariiig boforj! the prixjressaicn'ilizaliuH. Ihey 
 iiiiiulier ;ibout ;!iO,llOI). 
 
 •2 —Languages. — The English language is predoniinaut 
 Ihronghoul all parts of the .\inerican Union ; bnt foreigners 
 contiiiiW^to siieak their respective native tongues, or languages. 
 
 :l.— Religion.— In Hie I'nilod States no creed in particular is 
 recognized as the national reli','ioii ; all arc protected by the laws 
 of tho counli'v. 
 
 The Catholic populiilion iininbors about one-slxlh. There aro 7 
 (l.ilholic .\niiliisliops, besides the Cardinal .Vrchbishop of New 
 Yoi'k, .'iiid !)') Bishops 
 
 i.— Education in the United Slates is an object of much alli'ii- 
 lioii, and ample nieaiis are provided bir ils general dilfnsioii. 
 Hesides many colleges and other inslitulions of leartiiiig, 
 
 there are public fi scIkmiIs, jirovidod by law. A most liberal 
 
 provision has also lieeii mado for superior instrnction by 
 tho central and local governmeiils, and by private individ- 
 iials and associations. To Iho funds allocated by the Slates, 
 the Catholics aro also obliged to contribute, allhongh their 
 children cannot conscientiously avail themselves of the literary 
 advanlagcs which those state systems of education aCTord, as, 
 
 generally, some condi- 
 liuiis aro required to 
 which Catholics must 
 object. There are a 
 great number of leli- 
 gious eslablishments. 
 Tho Drothors of tho 
 Christian Schools had 
 horc, in 1870, several 
 industrial colleges, 
 academics, and 49 
 bouses of their Order. 
 Government. — 
 Tho United States 
 Government is a Fe- 
 deral Republic. Each 
 Stale is independent 
 in its local affairs ; 
 but the defence of the 
 country, the regula- 
 tion of commerce, and 
 all the general con- 
 cerns of the nation are 
 committed by tho con- 
 stitution to a general 
 Government. The Government comprises three distinct powers ; 
 the Legislative, Judicial, and Executive : the first makes the laws, 
 the second expounds them, and the latter executes them. 
 
 TOPOOBAPHT.— I. Washington is tho capital of the Union, and 
 the seat of the general Legislature and Government The streets cross each 
 other at right angles , the smallest streets are from 70 to 110 feet wide , the 
 avenues, from 120 to 160 feet. The copilot is the principal building , it stands 
 on a hill 75 feet above the Potomac, which it overlooks ; it is a magnificent 
 structure of white marble and freestone more than 700 feet in length end sur- 
 riioiirited by lofly wings. Over the centre of the building is a large dome 
 rising 145 feet. There are in the building 70 rooms for the accommodation of 
 committees. The President's House, the Patent-Office, tho Treasury, and others, 
 rival in splendor, the finest buildings in the Old World. 
 
30 
 
 THE UNITED hTATES. 
 
 (irorgtloun la cnnnocti-d Willi thin Clly l)y a numlxsr of briilgoi. It !• Ilio 
 UMl of a Oiitliolic L'liivorslly comliictod by llio JoBUlts. 
 
 '•■—New York, tli«largn»l.inil most populous rity of UioUnilod Simon, and 
 (hii chief oonitnnniiil omporium (if Amnrico, \^ slluali'J on ManlialUn Islunil, ill 
 ihf innniicnc! of llio Hudson and Kast Ilivcrs. Tlio Cily l9 triangular inform, 
 nrid nlii" inil»8 in rircuiiifiTi-iico , it is traversed liy regular and liandsomo 
 siri'i'ls, thi) largest of whiih is Uioailway, nearly four milos long, lined with 
 ^ll0|ls and liolols Tlio public buildings are numorous and many of tliom 
 elegant. The Homan Oilliolic Cathedral, tho City Hall, Custom Housfl, Mer- 
 chiinl's E.\changi\ the University Hall, Astor House, and Court House, are 
 striking and lm|)orlnnl. Tho tonnage of its ports exceeds probably that ol any 
 other city in the world, with the oxcoptlon of London. 
 
 '1.— Philadelphia, at tho conlluence of the Delaware and Schuylkill, was 
 fnrmcrly the capital of tho United States, and is still the second city in Iho 
 t'nion with regard to population and importance. It Is a handsome city, with tho 
 t'-eels regularly laid out ami shaded with beautiful trees ; the public buildings 
 are numerous : many of them are built of while marble. 
 
 4.— Brooklyn, opposite New York, being connoclod willi it by several 
 ferries and a lino liridgo. Is properly a suburb of the lutlor city. Many of the 
 business men of New York have their dwellings there ; ll is a pleasant place of 
 rotidenco, 
 
 '' — Baltimore, on a brancli of the Patapsco River, lias an extensive foreign 
 nnd <lomeslic trade, and is ono of the largest tobacco-markets In the world 
 Numerous railroads connect this Cily with oilier parts of the I'nion. Its publie 
 buildings are numerous. Among tho finest are, tho Iloman Calliolio Cathedral, 
 the E«change, and the Maryland liislituij. The Battle and Washington 
 Monumenls are beauUrul structures. 
 
 fi.— St. Louis is an imjiorlant military station; CAicnja isnoled lor il> 
 Immense grain and lumber trade; Itoslon is the cradle of Liberty and Ihe 
 second city of Iho Union in commerce. 
 
 Cincinnati is the largest pork-market in the Union; Sew IMmns is I'je 
 grand depot of the Missisjsippi Valley trade ; b-.il is olten visited by yellow fi.>\er, 
 
 "■—San Franolaoo lies on the W. shore of San Francisco Hay. and has a fine 
 barber. This Cily is oneof tho nio.'il rem.nrknble in the world ; none ever sprang 
 so suddenly into a jiopulous and wealthy capilal. In IHl.'i, ii contained I."i0 
 inhabitants; in 1S70, 119.0(10. San Francisco li.is considi'nildo foreign cera- 
 merce and an extensive inland trade , il is liandsomely laid iiul, anil contains 
 many fine buildings 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AUTD OOMMEROB.— I The leading piuv-uils 
 are agricullurc, inanufacluiinf.', mining, llshing, and commerce. Manuliieiures 
 consist chiefly in cotton, woollen, hardware, glass, cordage, \vront;lil nnd c.i.'-l 
 iron, firo-ai'ius, powder, clocks, carriages, Ac. 
 
 2. — Oommeroe. — The commerce of the Uniim, both fcreign and donieslie. 
 is one of the most extensive in the world. Tho most imporlanl Expavls 
 ore flour, grain, rice, cotton, tobacco, llsh, pol and jiearl ashes, mineral prod- 
 ucts, and manufactured goods , total amount, over ?3.j0,000,000. The jiriii- 
 cipol Imports ore coffee, tea, sugar, potatoes, coal, Indian corn, furs, limber, 
 and fine manufactured goods. Total value, about $100,000,000. 
 
 Commerce is carried on by a greol number of vessels, esi)ecially steam-vessels, 
 by more than 5.1,000 miles of railway, and by tho canals; and telegraphs by 
 which all tho settled parts of the country are connected. 
 
 XIII.— NATURAL. CURIOSITIES.- Tho principal aro tho slalaclilic 
 cave of Vermont ; the stupendous cavern, in the south-west part of Kentucky , 
 the rock of New Durham, so balanced,, that, like the colobraled Derbyshire 
 Btone, a touch of tho finger will set II in motion; the natural bridge, ninety 
 feet in length, over ono of the tributaries of tho James' Iliver, 200 foot deep. 
 
 Section III. 
 THE NEW ENGLAND STATES. 
 
 They are Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Uassachusetts, Rhode 
 Island, and Connecticut. 
 
 1.— Maine is the most north-eastern of the United States, and 
 the largest of the New England Staftes. The winter is long and cold 
 There aio extensive forests, and lumber is largely exported 
 
 Augusta, on the Kennebec River, is the capital. 
 
 Portland is the metropolis of this State. 
 
 2.— New Hampshire lies S. and W. of Maine. The 
 face is generally hilly and broken ; the climate is severe 
 healthy Granite is abundant. 
 
 Concord, on the Merrimac River, is the capital. 
 
 sur- 
 vet 
 
 3- — Vermont lies W. of Now llaminhirn, and ih Bcimiiitcd 
 from it by the Coniioctictit Hivrr. Tlio (iici'ii Moimlains tiavcrso 
 Iho Stale from north to sotilli. The soil ih fiMiilc, and all luniU of 
 grnin suited to the climalo aro protluced in abundance. 
 
 ilontpelirr, llio capital, on tho Onion River, i»a place of consider 
 able trade. 
 
 4 — MaBBachusetta lies S. of Now llampshiio and Vur- 
 moiil ; it IS tho oldo.si and most important of the Kaslerii States. 
 Tho southern part is generally level, tho other parts aro hilly or 
 nioiinlainous. Tho soil is generally favorable to agriculture. Tho 
 climate is severe in winter, and damp on the coast in spring. 
 
 Ihston, Iho cajdtal, is the great commerciiil metropolis of Now 
 England. 
 
 5.— Rhode Island lies S-W. of Massachusetts, is tho small- 
 est of Iho United Stalen. Thero aro no inoiinlains and no extensive 
 forests in this Slate. The soil is generally poor, the climate less 
 severe than that of Massachtisells ; it is iiolod for its flue cattle, and 
 also for its apples. 
 
 The Legislature meets alternately at Providence and Newport 
 
 0.— Connecticut lies S. of Massachusetts, and W. of Rhode 
 Island. The surface of this Stale is, for the most part, hilly and 
 rugged but not mounlainoiis The soil and climate are generally 
 similar to those of the preceding Slate. Grain, butter, cheese, and 
 elder are among the chief productions. 
 
 Nnc Haven and Hartford are alternately the seat of Government. 
 
 Gatheiuno Apples. 
 
 THE MIDDLE STATES. 
 
 The Middle Stales are New York, New Jersey, Pensyluania and 
 Delatvarc. 
 
 7. — New York lies W. of New England ; it is generally hilly 
 or mountainous in tho E. and level in the W. The winter is cold 
 and severe in the northern part, but milder in the south. The 
 soil is various, but good enough ; wheat is the sLiplo production. 
 Butter, cheese, and maple sugar ;ue among lite chief productions. 
 
 Albany, on the W. bank of tho Iltulson, is tho capital. 
 
 8 — New Jersey occupies a peninsula S, of Now York. Its sur- 
 face is generally level, but the central nnd northern parts are 
 hilly. 
 
 A part of the soil is light and sandy, the olhor part is well adapt- 
 ed to both tillage and pasturage. 
 
 Its climate is somewhat milder than that of New York. 
 
 Trenton, on the left bank of the Delaware, is the capital. 
 
 9. — Pennsylvania is situated W. of New Jersey, from which 
 it is ssnarated bv the Doliiware River. In the eastern and westorti 
 parts, it is moderately hilly ; the central portion is traversed by 
 several ridges of the Alleghany chain. The climate, though 
 
THE UNITED STATES, 
 
 37 
 
 vnrlftblo, in PxreciliiiRly hcnllhy. Tlio Hoil in gonnrnlly good ami 
 producc'H grain and fniit; pftroloiiiu i* nliiiiulant. 
 
 lluirlshiny, on llii' K, luiiili of tlio Snwiuclinniia Hivcr, U llii) 
 raiiilal of llio Slate 
 
 I O.—Delaware, 111" hnialli'Ht Statu In tlio Union cxct^pl lUiodo 
 lalaiid, Iiiri S. of I'lMinsylv.mia. The Hnrfari' in nn extondod plain 
 fiivoniMo lij cnllivalion Tlic climali' Ih mild ami healthy, Th» 
 chief prodnctiuni) an; wlicat, Indian corn and dairy prodnct'. 
 
 Dover, Hitnutvd on Jonoa' Creek, in thu capital. 
 
 SOUTHERN STATES 
 
 Thr> States of this section aro MnnjUmd, Viriiiiiiiiy West Vinimia, 
 NvrlU Cdrolinii, Soulli Ciivoliiiii, Oenrijia, Florida, Mdlidniii, Missis- 
 lippi, LouisidiKi, Texas, and the DiHtrict of Colanibia. 
 
 II. — Maryland is situated S. of I'ennsylvania; its snrface is 
 low and level in the E. and S., l)nt in the N. and W., it is 
 hilly aud nionntainotis The Climate, in the northern part, is similar 
 lo that of I'einisylvania, bnt in tlio south, sminncr is hot, moist, 
 and niihealthy Elonr, Indian corn, and tobacco are tho staple 
 productions. 
 
 Annapolis, on the right bank of the Severn Mivor, is thu caiilal. 
 
 Dallimore, on tho Chesapeake, is the great commercial omporiiiiii 
 of the Slate, and ono of the largest Hour markets in tho world. 
 
 li.— Virginia lies S. of Maryland; it is travoraed by the 
 Alleghany and lilne Ilidge Monntains. Tho climate is hot and 
 moist near tho coast, bnt cool and salnbrions in tho mountainous 
 district ; tho soil is genc;ally of a poor quality ; its staple produc- 
 tions are wheat, corn, and tobacco. Virginia is noted for its salt 
 and sulphur springs. 
 
 hkhmvnd, situated on tho James' River, is tho capital. 
 
 Vffiw m Rnanoim, Ta. 
 
 13. — West Virginia lies between the Alleghany Mountains 
 aud the! Ohio River. Tho eastern part is mountainous, tho 
 western gradually slopes towards the Ohio, and tho Big Saniy 
 River. The climate is pleasant and healthy ; tlio principal pro- 
 ductions aro Iniliau corn, wheat, and other grains. Coal, iron, 
 and petroleum arc abundant. 
 
 Charleston, at tho conlUienco of tlio Great Kanawha and Elk 
 Rivers, Is tho capital. 
 
 1-4. — North Carolina is situated 8, of Virginia, and extends 
 from the Atlantic Ocean lo tho Alleghany Ridge. It is low and 
 level in tho eastern part, liilly in the interior, and mountainous 
 in the west. Tho climate is hot and unhealthy on the coast, but 
 cooler and inoro salubrious in the elevated districts. Tho staple 
 productions aro Indian corn, tobacco, and sweet potatoes. 
 
 Raleigh about six miles, W. of llie Neuso River, is tho capital 
 of the State. 
 
 15. — South Carolina borders on tho Atlantic ; it is low and 
 level on the coast, hilly in the interior, and mountainous in tho 
 west. Thn clim.ito is simil.ir to that of North Carolina. Tho 
 staple productiors are cotton and rice. 
 
 Columbia, the capital, is located on the east bank of the Congaree. 
 
 in.— Georgia is situated iu the S.-W. of South Carolina; it is 
 mostly level iu the suuth-eaHl, hilly in the inti'rior, and mouii- 
 lainons in the north. Thu winters are ph'asnnt, bnt the summers 
 aro very liot. The staiile production is cotloii, Riue, tob.tcco, corn, 
 and sweet iMJlatoes aro extensively cultivated. 
 
 Atlanta, thu capital, in thu north, is the terminus of a few of the 
 principal railroads in the State. 
 
 17— Florida occupies a [muinsnla situated in the S. E. of the 
 United States, between the Atlantic and Iho (Julf of Mexico. Its 
 surface is generally levid and abounds in swamps aud lakes. Tho 
 climate is very mild in winter and hot in snmnuu-. Thu chief 
 productions aro cotton, rice, corn, sugar, and tobacco. Most of 
 the tropical fruits aro here produced, such as oranges, llgs, pine- 
 aii[iles, J*c 
 
 Tdllalidsser, the capital, is situated in tho northern part oi thu 
 State. 
 
 IH. — Alabama lies W. of tieorgia, and extends from Tennesseo 
 lo the tlulf of Muxico. The northern part of this statu is moun. 
 taiuons, tho southern part completely level. The AUegliauy 
 Mountains terminate in this State. Tho climate is similar lo that 
 of tieorgia ; cotton is tho great staple of Alabama, and corn is the 
 principal grain. 
 
 Monliiorni'ry, on I he southern bank of the Alabama, is the capital 
 
 I'J— MisBisBippi lies between the Alabama State and Missis- 
 sippi River ; it Is level and covered with pine forests on the 
 coast, bnt undulating and hilly in tho north. Tho summers are 
 long and hot, but tho winters aro very pleasant. Cotton is the 
 great staple Bananas, sweet potatoes, and a great variety of fruits 
 are among the chief productions. 
 
 Jackson, the capital, is situated on the W. bank of the Pearl 
 River. 
 
 20. — LoulBiana is situated on tho Gulf of Mexico, W. of Mis- 
 sissippi ; the surface is mostly level The climate is similar to 
 that of Mississippi ; the fertile portions of this Stato aro tlioso bor 
 doriug on tho rivers. The great stiiplo of Louisiana is sugar aud 
 cotton. Figs, oranges, and oilier fruits are abundant. 
 
 JVfiD Orleans, situated on llio Mississippi, is the capital and the 
 groat commercial metropolis. 
 
 21. — Texas, the largest Slate in the Union, is situated W. of 
 Louisiana, aud N.-E. of tho Rio Grande. It is level near the 
 coast, undulating in tho interior and mountainous or hilly iu 
 tho north. The climate is mild aud salubrious, and the soil 
 generally fertile. Pasturage is plentiful, aud wild animals aro nu. 
 merous. Cotton is the staple. Wheat, corn, sugar, rice, and 
 tobacco are extensively cultivated. 
 
 Austin, the capital, is situated on the Colorado, aUuit 200 miles 
 from tho mouth of this river. 
 
 WESTERN STATES. 
 
 The Western Stales are Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, Michigan, In- 
 diana, Wisconsin, Illinois, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas, 
 Nebraska, Kansas, Oregon, Nevada, and Californid. 
 
 22. — Ohio lies W. of Pennsylvania, on the N, bank of tho Ohio 
 River ; its surface is generally undulating ; winter is mild and the 
 climate is generally healthy ; the soil is exceeuingly fertile ; the 
 chief productions are corn, grain, cheese, butter, and live stock. 
 In tho amount of wool produced, this Slate ranks first in the 
 Union. 
 
 Columbus, the capital, is pleasantly situated on the E. bank of 
 the Scioto River. 
 
 Cincinnati is tho great commercial metropolis of this Stat«. 
 
 23. — Kentucky lies N. of Tennessee and S. of the Ohio River, 
 which separates it from Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio ; its surface is 
 generally level, though somewhat hilly and mountainous in the 
 eji.st, The climate is mild and salnhrious, The soil is celebrated for 
 its fertility ; tho principal productions aro tobacco, Indian corn, 
 wheat, oats, and hemp ; cattle, horses, and hogs are raised. 
 
 '.' «i 
 
 ' 1 fi i 
 
38 
 
 TIIH t MTKI) STATKS. 
 
 Frniiltfnri, tim cnpilal, i* nnoly •iiualed on iho N.-K. bank of tho 
 Kciilucky Hivi'f. 
 
 il— Tenneasee is situated N ofOwrRia, Alnbnmn, and Mi»- 
 Ms^ippi. n is .iividcd into East, Middin, and Woat Tonnosgeo. 
 hast Tunnt- t. i» monntainons, Middle Tonnossoo is niodorately 
 hilly, and A'.w Tonnnsspo is gently iindnlating. Tho cllmnto is 
 mild. The ,„ ■; is n,.ii.Tally fcrtilf, and prodiic-s larRe crops of 
 corn, toltncco, and cotton. Iinmcnso ininibors of hous are raised 
 111 lliis 8ta!o. 
 
 Niishrillr, liio capital, on tho Cumberland Rlvor, in a handsome 
 city, 
 
 25.— Michigan comprises two largo peninsulas formed by 
 Lakes Siii)erior, Michigan, and Huron. The northern portion is 
 Ihiiily settled; it is noted for its mines of copper, Tho climate, 
 though severe, is somewhat moderated by tho surrounding lakes! 
 The soil in the northern peninsula Is rugged and poor. In tho south. 
 It is generally fertile ; grain and vegetables are tho chief produc- 
 tions. 
 
 Lansino, on Grand Rlvor, Is the capital, and Detroit, Iho commor 
 cial metropolis of tho State. 
 
 2t>.— Indiana situated W. of Ohio, extends from Lako Michigan 
 to tho Ohio Hiver. The sonthern part is broken and hilly; the 
 remainder is generally level; tho climate is mild and healthy. 
 The soil for the most part is fertile; the principal products aro 
 corn, wheat, and pork. 
 
 Imllannpolis, tho capital, is the largest city of this Stale. 
 
 27 — Wisoonain lies N. of Illinois. There aro no mountains 
 in this State , it consists of prairies and timber lands ; the climate, 
 though severe in winter, is uniform and healthy. Wisconsin is 
 rich in mineral products. Corn, oats, and wheat arc the principal 
 agricultural products. 
 
 Miulison is tho capital, and Milwaukee, on Lako Michigan, tho 
 most important city. 
 
 28.— minoia is situated S. of Wisconsin, and e.\tends from In- 
 diana to th(. Mississippi River. Dy far tho greater part of this 
 State IS level, abounding in large and fertile prairies. The cli- 
 mate is similar to that of Indiana. Illinois ranks first In the 
 U. S. ui Iho amount of corn and wheat produced. 
 
 Sprii,!j/i,'l'/, OM (ho borders of a largo and beautiful prairie, is 
 the capital of the State. Chicago is tho principal city. 
 
 29.— Minneaota is situated N. of Iowa ; it is the In -host tract 
 of land between tho Gulf of Mexico ami Hudson Day. Tho climate 
 though somowhal severe in winter, is remarkably hoalihy, clear 
 and di y. Tho chii.'f productions are corn, wheat, oats, and potatoes. 
 
 Si Paul, the capital, is situated on the Mississippi River. 
 
 30.-Iowa lies \. of Missouri, between tho Mississippi and 
 Missouri Rivers. Tho surface consists of prairie-lands, interspersed 
 with groves of timber. The soil in the soiuh and east is remark- 
 able for its fertility ; lu.xuriant crops of corn, wheat, rye, and oats, 
 are raised. 
 
 Des .][obi,'s, Iho capital, is situated at the conlluence of tho 
 Raccoon and Des Moines Rivers. 
 
 31 — Miaaouri lies W. of the Mississippi River, and N. of Arkan- 
 sas. Tho surface, N. of tho Missouri River, is partly level and 
 partly nndulating, while tho southern part is hilly and mount- 
 ainous. Tho climate is agreeable and healthy. Tho soil, which is 
 generally fertile, produces Indian corn, wliea't, hemp, tobacco, &c. 
 Cattle, horses, and swlno are raised in great numbers on the 
 prairies. 
 
 Jr/ferson Ciiij, on the Missouri River, is the capital. 
 
 32.— Arkanaae lies W. of the Mississippi River and N. of Louis- 
 iana; its surface is low, level, and marshy in the east, undulat- 
 ing in tho interior, and mountainous in tho west. The climate is 
 healthy and agreeable in the west, moist and unhealthy in the 
 east and south. The principal productions are cotton. Indian corn 
 and live-stock. ' * " ' 
 
 capital, in the moat 
 
 Liltli Roek, on Iho Arkansas Rlvor, tho 
 populous city in the Slate. 
 
 33.— Nebraska lies W, of lowa, and is crossed by tho Neliragka 
 Rlvor. Tho surface is little else than one vast rolling praiiin. Tho 
 climate is mild and not unliko that of MiMsourl. The principal 
 productions are Indian corn, wheal, and other grains. Coal l« 
 abundant. Tho soil in the east Is fertile, hut tho western part of 
 tho State is, for tho most part, unproductive, 
 
 Lincoln, tho capital, is situated in the soulh-oastorn part of tho 
 State. 
 
 31— Eanaaa lies W, of Missouri. Tho surface of this Stale is, 
 for the most part, level. There aro no mountains. The soil varies 
 considerably : fertile pralrie-lands aro hero and there interspersed 
 with sandy plains. Among the mineraU may by mentioned 
 gypsum and coal. 
 
 Topeka, the capital, is situated on the right bank of the Kansas 
 River, 
 
 35,-Oregon lies N, of California; this State Is mountainous, 
 but fertile valleys abound. Tin- diniato is mild, and tho soil is, 
 for tho most part, fertile , wheat is tho staple production. Oregon 
 is noted for Its forests and gigantic iiine-trees. 
 
 Salem, the capital, is situated in a rich prairie country, on tho 
 east bank of the River Willamette. 
 
 30.— Nevada is situated N.-p;. of California ; its surface Is an 
 elevated table-land, and its valleys aro from four to Qve thousand 
 feet above the level of the sea. The climate Is pleasant, tho at- 
 mosphere lieing very pure, dry, and healtliy, The soil is fertile 
 in the valleys only. Nevada is noted for lis' rich silver-mines. 
 
 Curson City, lU'ar Carson Hivi>r, is the capital. 
 
 Calipoiinia Pi.nb. 
 
 37.— Oallfomia is siuiatcd on the Pacillc coast, N. nf Mexico, 
 Its surface is g iieraliy divi>rsifled with mountain r.m^rrs ; the 
 coast is for tho 'St pan precipitous. Th climate Is very mild, 
 and the year ir. i:- ::v;: -bout cijuaiiy ;;;:., ;wo heasoiis, ihc woi 
 and the dry. The principal producls aro barley, when potatoes, 
 
THE UNITED STATES—MEXICO, 
 
 30 
 
 and rniilH. Miu-li ntii<rilinn iit given in ilic ciiltiiri) of tho Rrapu 
 anil thn inoniiractiiri* of wino. 
 
 Sneiamnilo Cily, the caiiitul, iit »llnali'il on llu' li'll liaiik of llii' 
 nivcr Hacranii'jilo. San Fninciiicii i» iIh- iiininicrcial mi'troiiulii) of 
 (lallfoi'nia. 
 
 TiiK TKnnrroniKs. 
 
 Thn TniTitoriox nrc, Waihiiigion, lihihn, Mnnlann, l),ikol<i, liidiuii, 
 Nnr Miriro, Aiizniid, I'liih, Wtjiimiii'i, Culniaih, and Altinkn. 
 
 I. Washington Tcniloiy lies N. of Ort'gon and in croascd liy 
 tliii Ciiaul and CaHiadc Hanges of Monnlaiiis. 'I'liu cliniato isi 
 iiMiiarkably mild, and thn vallcyn, for IIih most part, aro frrtilo. 
 No wliuro nrc! (IhIi morn plontifiil. OUjmpia is thu capilai. 
 
 2 Idaho In's K. of WaHhinglon ; its snrfaw) is moimtainons, 
 and iis valleys aro fi'ililo and woll watin-i'd. (Jold and silver arc 
 fonnd in aliundanco. lioisre Ciiy, is the capilal. 
 
 •1. Montana lit'« N.-K. of Idaho ; its snrfarc is generally inonn- 
 tiiinons ; the elimate is mild for snch a high latitude. The 
 noil along the rivers is iirodiictive. Vinjiiiin Cilij is the c aiiilal. 
 
 1— Dakota lies K. of Montana. Tho Black Hills extend into 
 the soiith-wostorn part, tho rest of the Territory is mostly level, and 
 well supplied with lakes. The climate is healthy, and tho soil well 
 adapted to agriculture and pasturage. Yunklon is the capital. 
 
 5.— Indian Territory lies N. ofTe.xas. This tract has heeii 
 sot apart by tho Government for the permaneiil residence of those 
 Indian tribes that formerly occupied somo of the Southern Slates. 
 Tiihlequah is the capital. 
 
 0.— Now Mexico lies W. of Te.xas ; its surface is a high table- 
 land traversed by slnpondous mountain ranges and broken ridges. 
 Tho climate is temperate for the latitude and tho soil mostly 
 barren. Gold, silver, and copper are abundant. Santa Ft is (he 
 capital. 
 
 7.— Arizona lies W. of __,_., 
 
 New Mexico. This Terri- — =-^ - 
 
 tory is crossed by several 
 
 minor mountain rangi<s. 
 
 The soil ic fonerally 
 
 sterile, but the climate is, 
 
 in most parts, delightful. 
 
 Arizona is rich in min 
 
 orals, particularly silver. 
 
 Tucson is the capital. 
 
 8.— Utah is situated N. 
 of Arizona ; the greater 
 part IS moulainous and 
 barren. All the rivers 
 of this region terminate 
 within its limits in lakes 
 that have no visible out- 
 lets ; the inhabitants aro 
 mostly Mormons. Sail 
 Luki- Ciiij is tho capital. *''^'"™ 
 
 9.— Wyoming lies N.-E. of Utah ; it is mountainous, being tra- 
 versed by tho Rocky Mountains and the Black Hills. 
 
 This Territory is rich in mineral deposits. 
 
 Chnjcimi' CiUj is the capital. 
 
 10.— Oolorado, lying S. of Wyoming, is traversed from N. to S. 
 by the Uocky Mountains. This Territory is particularly noted 
 for Its rich gold mines. Denver is the capital and commercial 
 emporium. 
 
 II. — Alaska, formerly Russian America, comprises the most 
 north-western uartof North America. It is KOTV*',itod from '\"*.n hv 
 Behring Strait ; it is cold, dreary, and an almost unknown region, 
 inhabited chiefly by Indians and Esquimaux. Silka is the capital. 
 
 li.—Dlstrlct of Oclumbla.— Tho l)i»,rict of Columbia lien 
 on Ih" Potonuic Uivor, aiiontllO miles from its mouth. This 
 Dislri.l conlains the seal of Government of tlio United States. 
 
 CIIAFI-KR XXr. 
 MEXICO. 
 
 Section I.-~IM1 VSICAL GKOGRAPHY. 
 
 l.~SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Mexico lies bolwoen th.' 
 Pacific Ocean and the (Jnlf of Mexico, .iiid H. of the rniteil Stiiles. 
 It is comprised between lll'Mind ICi" N. lat.; and H*" and 117" 
 W. long. Us form is very irregular; the distance, from the point 
 of junction with the I'nited States, on the I'aiillc coast, and Cii|io 
 Catoihe, in the Caribbean Sea, is about IDi.'i miles, and its gii'atest 
 breadth, from the most eastern to the most western part, I .."lOO miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDABIBS.— It is bounded on the N. and N.-K., by 
 tho United States; on tho Iv, by tho Gulf of Mexico; and, on the 
 S. and W., by the I'acidc Ocean. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— The country is divideu into a I'odeiMl 
 District anil V',") Stales or Dopartinonts, bearing, for the most [lart, 
 the saiiin names as their chief towns, 
 
 IV.-PAOE OP THE COUNTRY -The general aspect of 
 Mexico is that of a vast plateau, varying In elevation from (i,(lOO 
 to upwards of H,000 fi.el. It is situated between the eastern and 
 western chains of the Cordilleras, and Ihls table-land, called tho 
 plateau of Cauahnac, occupies about Ihree-nfllis of tho whole 
 country. It is sni rounded by ridges of phosphoritic roiks and 
 several volcanoes. The mountains of Mexico are council i wilh 
 the Cordilleras of South America by tho elevated plateau of Gua- 
 tomal.i, which averages .■>,()00 feet above tho level of the Sen. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.-I. Islands.—^K/iM Durbum, 
 Guadalupe, Cerros, &c., in the Pacific Ocean ; tiiiyc/os, Tiburon, and 
 several smaller Islands, in the Gulf of Cali i nia. 
 
 -'.-Peninsulas, Isth- 
 mus.— The Peninsula of 
 Cdtifoniia, ill the Pacillc. 
 and that of Yiirdlnn, In' 
 I ween tho Gulf of Mexico 
 ■ ind the Caribbean Sea ; 
 and tho Isthmus of 7'c- 
 liunntepec, lietwoon Mex- 
 ico and Yucatan. 
 
 ^■— Capes.- Capi' Oi- 
 ''■'7ii', N. of Yucatan; Cape 
 Ctiirinitcs, W. of Mexico ; 
 .lud Capes SI. Lucns and 
 S. Laziifo, in Lower Cali- 
 fornia. 
 
 S— Mountains.— The 
 Sivrrd Mmli'c contains a 
 great number of vol 
 canoes ; the principal are 
 
 Popocatepetl, c\i\mmaling point 17,7-20 feet ; Orizaba, I7,3i7 feet; 
 
 Iztaccihuall, 15,000 feet ; JoruUo, 4,265 feet («i. 
 
 VI.-HYDROaRATHY.-l. Gulfe and Bays.— The Gulfs 
 of Mexico, on the E., and of California, on tho W. ; and the Bay 
 ol Campeachv, S. of the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 There is but one Strait ; viz, the channel of Y'ucatan. 
 
 2. — Lakes. — The most noted lakes are Chapala in the fine 
 valley of Mexico; Ures and Cayman, in the centre ; and Terminos, 
 S.-E. of the Bay of Campeachv. 
 
 (a) Jornllo. on the 2Bth Sept.. 1759, rote, from the level of the plain to > heichi of t,ie6 n. 
 
 II 
 
 1M 
 
 
4£> 
 
 CENTRAL AMERICA. 
 
 VU.—OLIMATB.— Mexico is divided into three regions , the hot, the tem- 
 perate, and the cold. Tlio first includes the low grounds, or those under 2,C00 
 feet of elevation , the temperate includes the region situated between 2,500 
 and 5,000 feet. The cold region includes all the vast plains above 5,000 feet 
 elevation. The mean temperature in the City of Mexico (7,420 feet high), is 
 about 64' of Farli. — Along tlio eastern shores, during the summer months when 
 the rain is violent and heat oppressive, the coast is very unhealthy. 
 
 VIII.-NATURAL PBODUOTS.— 1. Minerals.— Tho silver mines 
 of Me.xico are tlio most productive in the world. In 1736, one silver mine 
 yielded balls of native silver, weighing 4,000 pounds. Copper, quicksilver, 
 iron, tin, lead, amber, and diamonds, are also found. 
 
 2.— Vegetables.— Tho soil is fertile to an astonishing degree. The chief 
 productions are cotton, sugar, grapes, pine-apples, oranges, llgs, and o'lier 
 delicious fruits; also tobacco, and cochineal, which latter is used in dyeing 
 and for medecinal purposes. 
 
 3. — The Animals are the wolf, distinguished by a total absence of hair; dogs 
 which do not bark, the musk-ox, tho Mexican stag; tho jaguar, and conguar, 
 tho former somewhat resembling tho tiger, and tho latter, tho lion; also 
 many varieties of apes. Birds of great beauty, and insects, amongst which is a 
 species of ant that produces honey like that of tho bee. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— The ancient Mexicans were a powerful nation, far 
 surpassing the rest of the North American tribes in tho knowledge of many of 
 tho useful arts of civilized life. They were, however, strangers to science. 
 Their arithmetical operations were performed by tho help of grains of maize. 
 Their cities, palaces and temples wero mognificent and well adorned. Never- 
 theless, as if to demonstrate the inelTiciency of external refinement to regulate 
 tho human mind, when it is depraved by false notions of religion and morality, 
 they are represented as singularly ferocious and cruel. Every caiitivo taken 
 in war was devoted as a victim to their gods. In 1521, under their Kinperor, 
 Montezuma, they wero conquered by Fernando Cortez, a Spanish advoiilurer. 
 who destroyed their great Cily of Mexico. In 1811, tho Mexicans reviiltoil 
 against Spain , and in 1S2I, they established their independence, since thiil time, 
 nearly half of tiie original territory has been annexed to the United Slates In 
 1862, Mexico was conquered by tho French, and formed into an empire under 
 Maximilian ; in 1867, the emperor was taken prisoner anil put to death by order 
 of Juarez ; since that time the country is in a state of anarchy 
 
 X— ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1. Races.— Tlio population is com- 
 posed of Spaniards, generally tho most woaltliy class, they form 
 about one-eighth of the population ; the Indians, five-eighth.s , ami 
 mi.\ed races, one-fourth. 
 
 2— Language.— Generally all the iiiliabitanta spoak tlio 
 Spanish and profess the Catholic reli'gion. 
 
 3. — ^Tho classes of society' vary and are characterized by verv 
 striking distinctions The Spaniaru:: are more industrious than 
 the natives; tho Creoles aro charged with being extravagant in 
 their mode of living ; the mi.xed castes and the Indians are amiable 
 and cultivated, but they arc said to be addicted lo idleness and in- 
 temperance 
 
 The GovcriLwnl of Mexico is a Republic, but it is weak and 
 unsettled. 
 
 XI.— TOPOaRAPHY.— The City of Mexico is situated in a State of the 
 same name, on a plain, 7, 120 feet above tho sea, enclosed by lofty mountains and 
 covered with meadows and lakes. It is very strongly fortified on all side?, 
 and is built with the utmost regularity, in the form of a square. The houses 
 aro almost all built of hewn-stone. Tho streets aro well paved, but often badly 
 cleaned, being neither lighted nor watched. The most remarkable edifice 
 IS the Cathedral. It is 500 feet long, by 420 feet wide. Tho interior is gorgeous, 
 almost beyond description, tliougli tho decorations are more remarkable for 
 costliness than taste. The raihng of the sanctuary is solid silver. Tho Church 
 is said lo contain a statue of tho Blessed Virgin worth $2,000,000 
 
 Puebla is noted for its numerous churches and its manufactures of soap 
 glass. Iron, and steel. Gtiadalaxara is one of largest and most interesting 
 cities of the Republic. 
 
 Guanaxualo stands in the centre of one of the richest mining districts 
 m tho world Querelaro is noted for tho death of tho unfortunate Maxi- 
 milien. Vera Cms is the principal seaport town of the country. Acapuico 
 is a seaport town on tho Pacific coast, with a fine harbor. 
 
 XII.— Industry and Oommeroe.— 1. Tho principal Industries are 
 mining and agriculture. 
 
 2.— The Oommeroe is inconsiderable. The Exports include metals, hides, 
 mahogany, cochineal, and medical herbs. Tho Imports consist chiefly of manu- 
 factured goods, earthenware, fire-arms, hardware, and machinery. 
 
 3.-^Intemal oommunioation.— Tho roads are deplorably bad and im- 
 pra.'iicablo for wheel-carriages. Tho descent from the table-land to the sea is 
 ovory where precipitous. Mules aro the only beasts of burden, they are em- 
 ployed by carriers and in the mines. 
 
 XIII.— Ouriosities. —The antiquities, which consist of the pyramids much 
 
 resembling those of Egypt, and the ruins of Palengue Tho other curiosities 
 
 are the Putnti de Dios, or Bridge of God, a singular work of nature crossing a 
 deep river, and is passed as a common highway , the floating gardens, on the 
 Mexican lakes; tho Ahahuette, or Cypress tree, being 73 feet in circumference. 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 CENTRAL AMERICA. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 l.-SITUATION AND EXTENT. — Central America is 
 situated south-east of Mexico, between the Isthmuses of Tehuan- 
 tepec and Panama , it is comprised between fioand 1C» N lat; and 
 83° and 93° W, long. Its greatest length is about 900 miles, and 
 its greatest breadth, 300 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES -It is bounded on the N , by Yucatan and 
 the Caribbean Sea , on the E., by the Caribbean Sea and tho Isthmus 
 of Panama ; on the S , by the Paciflc Ocean , and, on the W., by 
 tho Republic of Mexico 
 
 III— DIVISIONS —Central America consists of the following 
 
 six divisions -.—Guatemala, Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua, 
 Costa Rica, and British Honduras. 
 
 IV— FAOB OP THE COUNTRY and NATURAL PRODUCTS 
 
 are similar to those of Mexico. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.— The principal Islands are 
 the Buy Islands, in the Gulf of Honduras ; the most important 
 Gapes are Graeias a Dios, in tlio E. of Honduras ; Agita, or 
 tho Water Volcano, near tho city of Guatemala, so-called from 
 ojocling hot water, at 12,C00 feet above the sea 
 
 VI. — The Climate, along the coasts and lower grounds, is hot, moist and 
 insalubrious, especially along tho Caribbean Sea , but dry, temperate, and 
 healthy on the elevated tiible-luiids. 
 
 VII.— HYDROGRAPHY.— The Gulf of Honduras is the prin- 
 cipal inlet , Lake Nicanujun, in Nicaragua, is 130 miles long by 
 an average breadth of 40 miles. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 VIII —HISTORY.— Columbus visited the E. coast of Central America in 
 1502, passing along the shores of Honduras, Mosifuito Territory, Costa Rica, 
 and Nicaragua. In 1523, Cortez dispatched Petro Alverado, to subduo Central 
 America, which he elTocted in two years. From that period it remained subject 
 to Spain until 1823, when it throw olTlho yoke and formed itself into a Federal 
 Republic, which lasted till 1839 Since then the country has been in a con- 
 tinual state of disturbance. 
 
 IX — ETHNOGRAPHY.-Tho population of Central America 
 greatly resembles that of Mexico. Tho larger portion of the in- 
 habitants are aboriginal Indians ; about one-fourth of the whole 
 are of European origin Tho Spanish language and Roman 
 Catholic religion prevail. 
 
 X— TOPOGRAPHY.— 1 Guatemala, lies principally along tho Pa- 
 cific. Sew Guatemala, tho capital of the State, is a mean-looking city. 
 
 2.— Honduras, along tho Bay of tho same name, is noted for its forests of 
 mahogany and logwood. Comayagua, formerly ValladoUd, is the capital , It 
 has a college and several convents 
 
 3 —San Salvador, lies wholly on the Pacific San Salvador, its capital, 
 was destroyed by an earthquake in 1851. 
 
 4.~-Nioaragrua, Including Mosquito Territory, extends from sea to sea. *a- 
 nagua, tho capital of tho State, is chiefly inhabited by Indians, who aro noted 
 for their dexterity in imitating articles of foreign manufacture. 
 
 5. — Costa Rloa is the most eastern and the most prosperous State San 
 Jose, is tho capital, situated about midway between its opposite coasts. 
 
 6- — BalizA or British Honduras, situated E of Nicaragua, is important 
 for its forests of logwood and mahogany. Negroes form the majority of its popu • 
 lation. Balize is the capital of the Colony. 
 
 
 
WEST INDIES— SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 41 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 WEST INDIES, (a) 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITDATION AND EXTENT.-The Antilles, or West 
 Indies consist of an arcliipelago of nearly one thousand islands. 
 They are comprised between 10° and 27'> N. lat. ; and from 59° to 
 85° W. long., and contain about 95,000 sq. miles, and a population 
 of 400,000. 
 
 II.— DIVISIONS. — These Islands are divided into four prin- 
 cipal groups ; the Baliamas, the Greater Antilles, the Lessor An- 
 tilles divided into llio Leeward and Windward Islands; and the 
 Cnribbee Islands. 
 
 Sdoar Canes. 
 
 III. — The Bahamas or Lucayos consist of more than 500 
 small, low, and flat islands, the principal of which are New Prov- 
 idence, and San Salvador. Tho latter mentioned is remarkable as 
 having been the first land seen by Columbus, in 1492. Tlie Indian 
 name was Guanahani (Gwah-nali-hah'-ne). 
 
 IV — The Greater Antilles comprise tho four largo Islands, 
 Cuba, Ilayti or San Domingo, Jamaica, and Porto Rico, and lie 
 S.-E. of Florida and the Bahamas. 
 
 1. Ouba is tho largest and most important of the West Indi.i 
 Islands, being nearly equal in area to the Province of Quebec. It 
 is about 650 miles long by CO broad. 
 
 2. Tropical fruits in great variety grow spontaneously. Tobacco, 
 sugar, Indian corn, coffee, mahogany, and wa.\ are largely export- 
 ed. Cuba is especially noted for its manufactures of cigars. 
 
 3. The climate is hot, and, in summer, unhealthy to strangei-s 
 In the mountains, it is milder and more healthy. 
 
 4 Havana, the capital, is the largest city in the West Indies, 
 Its harbor is spacious and well fortified. This City is the centre 
 of a large commerce. Havana cigars are esteemed the best in the 
 world. The remains of Columbus are deposited in the cathedral 
 at Havana. 
 
 v.— Hayti was discovered by Columbus, and was originally 
 called Jlispaniola by the Spaniards, who made it the seat of their 
 first colony It is about 300 miles long and 140 miles broai The 
 Island is now divided into two independent Republics . Ilayti, the 
 capital of which is Port au Prince, which is under the control of 
 the Negroes j and the Republic of Dominica, capital St. Domingo, 
 which is the oldest e.\isting town in tho Western Hemisphere, 
 having been founded in 1504. 
 
 1. In climate and productions, it is similar to Cuba. 
 
 2. The Roman Catholic religion is established in both States. 
 
 (a) Tha name Weit Indlea wu (Irtn to them bootOH Colambiu thoti(ht when he tichted 
 Sw Salvador that he had diaoorered the Uitern ooaat of lodla. 
 
 VI.— Jamaica lies S.-E. of Cuba, and is about 166 miles long 
 by 60 in breadth. In soil, climate, and productions, it is like 
 Cuba. 
 
 VII. — Porto Rico, the smallest island of tho Greater Antilles, 
 lies E. of Hayti ; area, 3,800 square miles. It is well watered 
 and fertile. 
 
 LESSER ANTILLES 
 
 1 Tho Lesser AntilLs are an extensive group or chain of 
 islands, extending from tlie eastern extremity of Porto Rico to 
 South America, and divided into the Leeward and Windward 
 Islands. 
 
 2. The greater number of the Leeicard Islands belong to Great 
 Britain ; three belong to France ; three to Holland, three to 
 Denmark ; and one to Sweden. There are numerous smaller 
 islands connected with these. 
 
 3. Among the Windward Islands, Trinidad, Barbadoes, Tobago 
 and others belong to Great Britain ; Martinique and some others 
 belong to France. 
 
 Point a Pilre, a flourishing city in the Island of Guadaloupe, 
 was overwhelmed, in 1843, by an cartliquake which destroyed 
 6,000 persons. 
 
 4. Tho Caribbec Islands lie near the northern coast of South 
 America. They derive their name from that of the aborigines, 
 the Caribs, a fierce and savage race, now nearly extinct. They are 
 also sometimes called the Venezuelan coast chain, from their 
 proximity to Venezuela. This is the smallest group of tho West 
 Indies, and comprises numerous small islands. 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV 
 
 REPUBLICS OF COLOMBIA, VENEZUELA, 
 AND ECUADOR. 
 
 SITUATION AND BOUNDARIES.— Tliese Republics are 
 situated in the northern part of South America, and are bounded 
 on the N., by the Caribbean Sea ; on the E., by Guiana and 
 Brazil ; on the S , by Brazil and Peru ; and, on the W., by tlie 
 Pacific Ocean. 
 
 Section I.— COLOMBIA. 
 
 I. — SITUATION AND EXTENT. — Colombia, formerly 
 called New Granada, is situated in the north-western part of 
 Soutn America, between Oo and 13o N lat.; and 69° and about 80° 
 W. long. Its greatest length is about 900 miles, and its greatest 
 breadth, 650 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by the Carib- 
 bean Sea ; on the E., by Venezuela ; on the S., by Ecuador ; and, 
 on the W., by the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 III.— FACE OF THB OOtJNTBY.— The surface of Colombia is the 
 most equally diversifled, in soil and climato of all the South American States. 
 Neither plain nor mountain can bo said to predominate ; tho sea-ooasts are 
 ample and commodious , there is a great e.\tcnt of country at an elevation of 
 from 5,000 to 10,000 feet, which is most favorable to industry and tho progress 
 of civilization. Yet the insalubrity of tho zone surrounding this favored region 
 and many other groat diflloulties prevent the development of its abundant 
 resources. 
 
 IV. — Mountains.-The Andes, extending from Ecuador, branch 
 off into three ranges, the Eastern, Central, and Western Andes, 
 forming two beautiful valleys, The western and central parts 
 are mountainous The highest point of Colombia is the Peak of 
 Tolima, 18,200 feet above tho sea. 
 
 v.— Hydroifraphy. — 1 The Suif of Panama, the Bays oi Cu- 
 pica, Coqui, and Choco. 
 
 ....wi^S* 
 
42 
 
 VENEZUELA.— ECUADOR. 
 
 2. Rivrs.— Tho principal rivers are the Magdalena and its 
 tributary, the Cnuca, flowing by several moutlis into tiie Carib- 
 beau Soa ; the rivers, in the eastern and southern parts, are the 
 tributaries of the Amazon and the Orinoco. 
 
 VI.— OLlMft^TH.— Tlio climato varies with tlie elevation ; on the teble- 
 luiMls, tliere is pprpoiual spring ; on the coast and lowlands, it is hot, and at cer- 
 tain seasons, uiilicaltliy. On the western coast the yellow fever prevails in 
 Slimmer. 
 
 VII -NATURAL PRODUOTS.-I . Minerals.— The principal minerals 
 
 are, gold, silv.T, and copper. 7. In the plains the soil is fertile, but imperfectly 
 ciillivatcd. The chief products are, colTee, tobacco, sugar, cotton, rice, wheat, 
 and Indian corn. Tropical fruits abound in great variety. Peruvian bark and 
 d.viMvoods nro largely exported. 
 
 3. AnlmolB.— The principal wild beasts are bears, found in the mountains ; 
 doer, on the higher plains ; alligators infest the rivers. The condor inhabits 
 the Audi's. Vast herds of cattle feed on the Llanos. 
 
 VIII.-HISTORY.-New Granada was discovered byAlonzo de Ojeda, who 
 sailed along thd N. coast of South America, in 1499, and in a subsequent voyage 
 to the Gulfof Darien. The flrst settlement was made in 1510, at Santa Maria; 
 on the Gulf of Darien. The country continued subject to Spain till 1811, wlieii 
 it became independent. In 1819, New Granada and Venezuela, being united 
 into one republic, adopted a constitution at the Congress of Rosario, in 1821 ; 
 they received into the Union Quito and Panama, in 1823. This Union was 
 dissolved in 1831, and the nepublic of Colombia divided into the three 
 Republics of Venezuela, New Granada, and Ecuador. 
 
 IX.— Ethnography.— 1. The population comprises several 
 varieties. The educated Creoles rank first in South America for 
 scientific and literary culture. The Llaneros, or people of the 
 Llanos, are expert horsemen. 
 
 2.- The Catholic Religion is established by law, but other 
 creeds are tolerated. 
 
 3.— Government.— The United States of Colombia are a con- 
 federated Republic composed of nine States. There have been 
 several revolutions. 
 
 X.—TOPOG-RAPHT.— Bogota, the capital, is situated in the interior, 
 • on a lofly plul.'au. 8,000 feet above the sea. It has a delightftil climate. The 
 principal seaport is Carlliagena. 
 
 XI.— The I8thmu8 of Panama.— Panama is one of the Stales of Co- 
 lombia. Tlie Islhmus is one of the routes of communication between the 
 Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and is, consequently, of importance to the in- 
 terests of the world. Its greatest breadth is 1 14 miles, and its length 47 miles. 
 A railroad extends from AsjiinwalLon the Caribbean Sea, to Panama, on the 
 Pacin whence steamers sail to San Francisco and other ports. The ports on 
 the Isthmus have been dpclared free to all nations for inter-oceanic communi- 
 cation, by Colombia. 
 
 Section IL— VENEZUELA, (a) 
 
 1.-POSITION AND EXTENT.-Venezuela lies E. of the 
 United States of Colombia and N. of Brazil, between I03O' and 
 120 30' N. lat.; and between CO" and 73" W. long. Its greatest 
 length, from E. to W., is about 900 miles ; and its breadth, 700 
 miles. 
 
 11— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by the Carib- 
 bean Sea ; on the E., by the Atlantic and Guiana ; on the S., by 
 Brazil and Colombia, and, on theW., by Colombia. 
 
 III.— PACE OP THE r DtlNTRY.— The surface is'mouniai.ious in the 
 N.-E. ; hut a large part of the country consists of Llanos. 
 
 IV.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.-1 . Islands.-There are many 
 islands near the coast, of which Margarita is the principal. 
 
 2.—Mountain8.— The Eastern Andes range through Venezuei.^ 
 in tlie N.-\V. and N. ; on the southern border are the Parime 
 Mountains. The valley of the Orinoco occupies the greater part 
 of tlie si'irfare. 
 
 V.-HYDROGRAPHY.-I. The Gulfe of Venezuela situated 
 on the N.W., and Paria, on the N.-E. 
 
 (a) Vnetueh.-Tha ahorei of Uke Maraonybo are >o unhealthy, that the Indlani ntber 
 
 build their Tillapwon post, of iron-wood in the water. The Spaniardi having olwervod 
 
 Indian towns built in this way, gave the name of Vene.uela (il»nlfyin» " Little Vonioe " 
 
 I n."f'.i'„- rf "V"!! ^'*''"'°'' "•''oh '"on extended to the whole country. From the 
 
 . P'.ri.yip- liiia.!!-/ nf thr. _atsr, the iKtfi-wtwiJ on which these -iiimcs ars fuuoileJ, ia uuw 
 
 iHicomr^ a ma«8 of atone. 
 
 2.— Lake Maracaybo, in the N.-W., is a beautiful sheet of salt 
 water. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— The Orinoco, the largest river of Venezuela, is 
 1,500 miles long, and is said to have 400 navigable tributaries, 
 one 01 them, the Casiquiare (Kah-se-kcah'-ray), has the remarkable 
 peculiarity that being an affluent of the Orinoco, it unites with 
 the Rio Negro, a branch of the Amazon. 
 
 VI.— caimate and Products are like those of Colombia. The 
 country is imperfectly cultivated. There are many beautiful 
 species of birds. Monkeys abound. The electric eel is found in 
 the streams: when of considerable size, it gives a shock sufficient 
 to stun a horse. 
 
 VII.— The History and Ethnography are similar to those 
 of Colombia. 
 
 VIII.— The chief Town is Caraccas, the capital ; it is situated in 
 a fine valley, twelve miles from the coast ; it was almost destroyed 
 by an earthquake in 1812; 12,000 people perished in its ruins. 
 Puerto Cabello is a flourishing seaport. It is noted as being the 
 birthplace of General Bolivar, in 1 780. The Religion and Govern- 
 ment are similar to those of Colombia. 
 
 The Heve, or Caodtchodc-Tbee. 
 Section III.— ECUADOR. 
 
 I— POSITION AND EXTENT.— Ecuador {ek-wah-dore), so 
 called from its lying under tiie Equator, is situated on the Pacific 
 coast, south of Colombia, between S" N. and 5" S. lat., and 70o 
 and SI" W. long. Its greatest length is about 800 miles, and its 
 greatest breadth, about 350 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Colombia ; 
 on the E,, by Brazil ; on the S., by Peru, from which it is separated 
 by the Amazon ; and, on the W.. by the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 in.~PAOH OP THBOOtTNTRY.— This State, like theothors situated 
 along the Cordillera (6) of the Andes, embraces a great variety of surface. The 
 culminating summits in this part of the Andes are ranged close together in 
 double nie, or along the outer edges of a narrow elevated longitudinal ridge, 
 in the hollows of which is collected the population of the State. On the W. of 
 this ridge, towards the sea, the declivities of the Cordilleras are covered with 
 dense forests. On the E. also, impenetrable lorests occupy the middle region ; 
 between these interminable lorests and the temperate heights, lie large plains 
 called Llanos by the Spanish. 
 
 IV.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.-l. Oapes.- The two pnn- 
 cipal capes are San Francisco and Lorenzo. 
 
 (S) Th< irreat Cordillera of the Andes ii about IS.OOO feat hiib where it enten Colombia. 
 A hltlo to the south of the equator it divideo into two parallel ridgu, between whioh is the 
 elevated valley of Quito. East of this valley rise the summlU of Copauran, Tunguiacna, Co- 
 topaii, ani^Cayambe i and on its west aide are Chimhoiuo. Ronlu. «■! Pii.!.i..h£. iji 
 uT which are far aiiove the snow line. Oayambe and Pitehinoba are orossed by the eouator. 
 The mean elevation of the Andes in Colombia li about 11,000 feet. 
 
 V\ 
 
 ■ Jjl -v "i 
 
GUIANA.— EMPIHK OF nilAZIl. 
 
 43 
 
 2.-Mountain8.-Ttiere are three ranges of the Andes in Ecuador 
 running in a north-easterly direction. The range farthest east is the 
 loftiest. The middle range rises from 10,000 to 12,000 feet, and 
 spreads out eastwardly into an elevated plateau, with numerous 
 towering peaks. Chimborazo, the loftiest, is 21,240 feet high. 
 Cotopaxi is 19,000 feet high, and is the most remarkable volcano in 
 the world No other volcano approaches it in terrible sublimity 
 The roar of this volcano, it is said, has been heard at a distance 
 of several hundred miles. The other range is near the coast, and 
 is not 80 lofty as the other two. 
 
 v. — HYDROGRAPHY. -The Gulf of Guai/a^Mi/, and the 
 River Amazon and its tributaries are magniflcent navigable 
 streams. 
 
 y^'—Ollmate.— There ere two seasons, winter from December to May 
 which is a season of delighlftil temperature ; and summer from June to 
 November, during which high winds prevail, and rain seldom falls. 
 
 VII.— The Produota are similar to those of Colombia. 
 
 VIII.— The population comprises Creoles, Indians, and the mixed races. 
 The Catholic Religion prevails ; an Educational system, including a university, 
 several ooUegps, and seminaries, anil numerous primary schools, have lately 
 been organized. 
 
 IX.— Towns.— Oui(o, the capital, is built on the side of Mount Picliincha, 
 9,500 feel above the sea, and is surrounded by snow-capped volcanic mountains. 
 It hac " celebrated university, and is also noted for its literary society.— Cuawa- 
 gi«7(6'ui-oA-A«f),nearthegulfofGuayaquil,iglhe incipal seaport; itisverv 
 unhealthy. ' 
 
 Oommeroe is greatly impeded for want of roads, canals, and railways. 
 
 Portuguese, and French are Roman Catholics. In the Dutch and 
 English colonies, the creeds are various. 
 
 ^X. — Oommerce.— The chief Exports are sugar, molasses, 
 Vanilla (a native of Guiana), and timber. The Imports are flour, 
 pork, beef, butter, and manufactured goods. 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 Section I.— PHY 
 
 lEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION, EXTENT, Ac.-The name Guiana wa's 
 formerly applied to the vast tract bounded in the interior by 
 the Amazon, the Rio Negro and the Orinoco ; but the present 
 Guiana is limited as follows : on the N. and E., by the Atlantic 
 Ocean ; on the S., by Brazil, and, on the W., by Venezuela and 
 Brazil. 
 
 It is comprised between 1<> and 9" 20' N. lat. ; and 50* 40' and 
 61" W. long. Its greatest length, from E. to W., is about 650 miles ; 
 and its breadth, from N to 8., 600 miles. 
 
 II.— DIVISIONS.-It is divided into British Guiana, consisting 
 of three settlements, in the W ; Dutch Guiana, in the centre ; and 
 French Guiana, in the east. 
 
 lit.— FAOB OP THB OOUNTBY. — The interior of the country is 
 mostly covered with dense forests and mountain-ranges. The whole surface 
 of the coast-lands of British Guiana is on a level with the sea at high-water. 
 
 IV.— OLIMATB.— The temperature varies from 74« to 90* and hence, the 
 country is free from those alternatives of heat and cold to which so many other 
 cojintries are subject. Along the banks of the rivers, the air is remarkably 
 pure ; the salubrity of the high lands of the interior is proverbial. 
 
 v.— NATURAL PRODtTOTS.— The Vegetation is extremely luxuriant, 
 especially in tho lower grounds ; the soil is very fertile, and the forest-trees are 
 of the most magnificent description. In tho Berbice River was found, in 1837, 
 the famous Victoria Regia, containing flowers a foot in diameter, and leaves 
 from 4 to feet across. The Fauna resembles that of other parts of .tropical 
 America 
 
 Section II.-POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 VI.— At the peace of 1814, : jsaquibo, Berbice, and Demerara 
 were ceded to Britain, and the Island of Cayenne to France. 
 
 VII.— ETHNOGRAPHY.- The coasts and settled districts are 
 occupied by European settlers, by emancipated negroes, who are 
 very numerous, and by mixed races. 
 
 British Ghiiana, capiul Georgetown. 
 
 Dutch Guiana or Surinam, capital Paramaribo. 
 
 French Guiana ar flA.y«Tino. canit^l Cat'tnne. 
 
 VIII.— Languages, &c.— English^ Dutch, French, Spanish, 
 and Portuguese are spoken throughout Guiana.— The Spanish, 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Brazil is situated in the 
 E. of South America and comprised between 40 30' N. and 34" 
 S. lat ; and between 35" and "l" W. long. Its length, from N. to 
 S., is 2,600 miles ; and its breadth, from E. to W , 2,300. 
 
 II— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Venezuela 
 and Guiana ; on the E , by the Atlantic ; on the S., by Uruguay ; 
 on the S.-W., by Paraguay and Bolivia ; and, on the W., by 
 Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia. 
 
 m— DIVISIONS.— This Empire is divided into twenty Prov- 
 inces, which may be conveniently arranged into seven north- 
 ern, ten eastern, and three inland provinces 
 
 IV.-PAOB OF THE OOUNTBY.-Largo and navigable rivers con- 
 necting some of the finest liarhora in iho world with the interior of the country ; 
 high mountains-ranges tempering the climate, and rendering its tropical re- 
 gions, in many parts, mild and agreeable , vast rosrshy forests, and extensive 
 plains, are the most striking features in the Brazilian landscape. 
 
 V. -DIVISIONS OP LAND.-l. Islands. - The chief 
 islands are Marajo or Joannes ; Caviana and Hexianna ; both crossed 
 by the equator 
 
 2.— Oapes.— I . The principal capes, all on the Atlantic, are Capes 
 Orange and Do Norte, N. of the equator; Capes St. Rogue and 
 Blanco, in the E. ; Capes 67. Thome and Frio, in the south-east. 
 
 3. — The Mountains of Brazil are divided into three great 
 ranges : the E. is traversed by the Serra do Mar and Serra do Frio 
 whose greatest altitude is 4,476 feet. The central chain is more 
 extensive and elevated than the former. The third chain, some- 
 times called the Brazilian Pyrenees, separates the eastern tribut- 
 aries of the Amazon and La Plata from the River San Francisco, 
 and is, on that account, called the water-separating mountains. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.— 1. Bays.— The principal bays are 
 All Saints Bay and Paranagua Bay. 
 
 2.— Lakes.— The principal Lakes are de Los Patos and Man- 
 gueira, in the south-east. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— Chief rivers are the Amazon or Maranon{c) with its 
 tributaries ; the Tocantins, the San Francisco, and the Upper Parana. 
 The Amazon receives over 200 rivers, the principal of which are, 
 on the N., the Japitra and Rio Negro ; on the S., the Ucayale, 
 Purus, Madeira, Tapajos, and Xingv. 
 
 VII.— OLIMATB.— The climate, for the most part, is that of perpetual 
 summer, 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUOTS.-I Minerals.— A great portion 
 of this vast region.which includes about two-flftns of South America,is extreme- 
 ly rich and fertile. Diamonds are the most celebrated natural production. 
 Gold is said to exist in groat abundance. Platina, copper, iron, and precious 
 stones are the other minerals. 
 
 2. — Among the Vegetable productions are sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, 
 rice, tobacco, wheat, bananas, oranges, and tigs. The fores's yield almost every 
 variety of useful and ornamental wood. 
 
 M The Amanon, oalled alM th« Mwanon, la at Snt fonned by the nnited waters of the 
 Toiwanciuk and the Uotyale. Tekinc the latter u the vrinclpel bnnoh, and followhw the 
 windlnn of the river from the •onree of the ApoglmM (one of the affluent* of the Ucayale), 
 in 16° 8. lat, till it lUls into the Atlantio, ita lencth may be estimated at 4,700 milea. The 
 Amawn li naviaable 3,000 milei in a direct Ihie tnm the Ocean, and the tide aacenda 440 m. 
 frnm Um mnnih whArA it ij 1M) mliM bfoftd. &!id thft ismense solusin of frssh *-*-- '^--^— 
 ita way unmixed for aevetal milea into the Ooeao. On aome occaaiona, however, the water 
 tmn the Ocean nuhea into the river with neat foiee and noUc. Tbia ia the phenomenon of 
 the Bon, and it occnn two daya before and two dayi alter ndl moon. 
 
 . i 
 
 J 
 
44 
 
 PERU AND BOLIVIA. 
 
 3.— Animals.— Cattle have incrensod to suoh a dcgroo that thoy aro often 
 slaughtered merely for sake of their hidos. Tho wild animals aro the wolf, 
 jaguar, tiger, bear, tapir, and a great vnrloly of monkeys. Troublesome and 
 noxious Insects and reptiles aro surprisingly numerous. Upwards of 500 
 dllTerent kinds of birds have been disoovorod in Brazil. 
 
 Section JI.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— Tlio Portugueso obtained possession of this country 
 about tho close of the llfteenth century. In consoquenco of the invasion of 
 Spain by Buonaparte, tho Portuguese court removed to Draiil, in 1807, and 
 remained till 1821. In 1825, tho Brazilians, headed by Don Pedro, son of tho 
 king of Portugal, asserted their independence, and Don Pedro assumed tho 
 title of Emperor. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1 Tho population is divided into 
 numerous classes ; viz, Brazilians, or Whites, who chiefly consist 
 of Portuguese and number about one million ; Indians, or Abo- 
 rigines ; Africans, or Negroes, who constituto a full half of tho 
 entire population. 
 
 2. — The Guariiw language is widely spread over the interior and 
 southern district ; but the Portugueso may bo considered as the 
 language of tho State. 
 
 3.— Tho estab- 
 lished Religion 
 is the Roman 
 Catholic. 
 
 4. — In every 
 town, schools for 
 teaching the first 
 rudiments aro 
 about being 
 founded, to 
 which a citizens 
 shall be admitted 
 free. 
 
 5.-0haracter. 
 — The natives 
 are strong and 
 well built ; their 
 complexion is 
 copper-color, and 
 their hair, black 
 and sleek. These 
 savages, delight^ . 
 ing in cruelty, be- 
 came, under the 
 Jesuits, social, pla- 
 cable, and humane. 
 
 6— The Qovemtnent is now a couititutionnl monarchy. 
 
 XI.— TOPOOBAPHY.- 1. fli'o Janeiro, tho canilnl, is tlio largest and 
 most commercial city in South America; it lies on thu woslern side of a noble 
 bay, so capacious, that all tho navies in tho world might rido In it without 
 jostling one another It is surrounded with tho most enchanting scenery. 
 
 2. — Bahid, 'of San Sahmdor, is n largo cominercii;! city and seaport town, 
 Pernambuco, is one of the most important seaports In Hraiil. San Luiz do 
 Maranham was built by tho French , it Is an importonl soaport and commer- 
 cial town. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.— Tim manufactures are few 
 and unimportant. Tho Imports are woollens, t'oltnns, and hardware, from En- 
 gland , flour andbeef, fro.n tho United Stales ; silk, wine, ollvo-oll, laco, etc. 
 from France. Tho Exports are diamonds, gold, drngs, dyo-wood, roso-wood, 
 and various other kinds of timber. 
 
 Railway communication has recently mado soma progress. 
 
 CHAPTER XVn. 
 PERU AND BOLIVIA. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— These two countries are 
 situated VV. of KrazU, hetwcen 4" and 2;)" ao' 8 lut.; and between 
 58» and 81» W. long. The extreme lengtii. of Peru, from N.-W., 
 
 to 8.-E., is 1,500 miles ; and the greatest breadth, 580 miles. Tho 
 greatest length of Boliviti, from N. to S., is about 1,100 miles ; and 
 the greatest breadth, about 800 miles. 
 
 Il.-BODNDARIBS AND DIVISIONS.— I. Eeru is bound- 
 ed on the N., by Ecuador ; on the E., by Bolivia and Brazil ; and, 
 on the S. and W., by tho Pacific. 
 
 2. — Bolivia is bounded on the N. and E., by Brazil ; on tho 8., 
 by La Plata ; and, on the W., by Peru and the Pacific. 
 
 HI.— DlVIF' ^NS.— Peru is divided into two Provinces and 
 eleven Depart.': nts; and Bolivia, into two Provinces and seven 
 Departments. 
 
 IV.— FACE OP THH OOtJNTRY.— Peru and Bolivia are traversed 
 from N. to S., by two parallel chains of tho Andes, which are connected in 
 mony places by cross ridges. The summits of this elevated region appear in 
 the form of domes, truncated cones, and sharp rugged peaks. Illimari, in the 
 eastern chain, is 2'l,''00feel high, some of the western peaks are 22,000 feet in 
 height. Many of tho passes aro near the lino of perpetual snow, which here 
 is about 10,000 feel high. The Deserl of Alacama is situated between the 
 Andes and tho Pacilic Ocean. 
 
 Tho eastern portion of these countries is occupied by imnnnse Llanos, or 
 plains, which form portions of tho great basins of tho Amazon and La Plata 
 
 Extensive forests 
 also form leading 
 features in the aspect 
 of these regions. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS 
 OP LAND, - 
 Mountains. 
 
 — The. principal 
 range is the 
 Andes, which oc- 
 cupies about one- 
 third of the entire 
 country 
 
 VI.-HYDROG- 
 RAPHY. - 1. 
 Lakes. — The 
 principal Lake of 
 Peru is roicflca(n) 
 which contains 
 many islands. 
 
 2.— Rivers.— 
 
 Tho upper part 
 of tho Amazon, 
 tho Ucayale, and 
 some other trib- 
 utaries of the 
 Amazon, and La 
 Plata. 
 
 Vn. — OLIMATB. — Tho extensive valleys between the Cordilleras enjoy, 
 on account of their elevation, all tho advantoges of the finest climates of tho 
 temperate zones ; while the shores of the Pacilic Ocean and the lowlands of 
 the eastern plains are mucli less favored. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— 1. The gold mines of Peru havo 
 been proverbial , they aro not now so famous. Guancavelica has one of tho 
 richest quicksilver mines in the world, The other mineral? in Peru are iron, 
 copper, tin, coal, saltpetre, and lead. 
 
 2. — The t'cye/aWe productions aro indigo, cotton, rice, coffee, vanilla, cinna- 
 mon, Ac, Po'atoes are lound wild on the hills near Desaguadero. The cocoa 
 of Moxos is celebrated for its superior quality. Tho extensive forests abound 
 in tho flnest timber, as, cedar, mahog.iny, ebony, etc The celebrated PerU' 
 vion bark is produced from cmcliona, cordi/'olia, etc. 
 
 ' 3. — Tho most remarkable animals are the llama, vicuna, guonaco, and 
 alpaco which the native Peruvians formerly used es beasts of burden ; also 
 tho puma, or American lion, tapir, jaguar, leopard, ond several kinds of 
 monkeys. Among the native birds are four varieties of the condor; multi- 
 tudes of singing birds, parrots, and bats or vampires of enoimous size, 
 
 Sectio.n II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX. — HISTORY. — feach of the two divisions of Peru forms a separate 
 Republic. Upper Peru is now called Bolivia in honor of Bolivar by Whose 
 oilorts it was freed from the dominion oi Spain Tho Poruvian3 were formerly 
 
 la) Titioua, MooBtoia of Lead, derivea U> hams from tha lantit iilandi lo tha I«ka. 
 
 Lima, Capitil o» Pmv. 
 
 y^ 
 
ARGENTINE CONFEDERATION— PARAGUAY. 
 
 45 
 
 govornod by their Incas, or eraporors. Thfly woro tlio moit olvlUied nation 
 In America. After the conquest of Mexico, Pliarro olTootod tlio Bulijugntio'i 
 of this country. Peru romainnd bubjeci to Spain longer than Iho other Soulli 
 American colonies. Its independence was established in I8J5. 
 
 X.-ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1. About onc-lialt of llio populalion 
 aro Whites of Spanish origin ; the others are aboriginal Indians, 
 Creoles, Mestizos, and Negroes. 
 
 2.. Spanish is the prevailing language. 3. The lun \va» llio chief 
 divinity of tlic ancient Peruvians. Tho inhabitants are now 
 Roman Catholics. 4. Education is very deficient, that of tho lower 
 orders being wholly neglected 5. In language and complexion, 
 the aboriginal inhabitants of this country differ from tho neigh- 
 boring tribes ; in other respects they aro not remarkable for any 
 notable characlcrislies. Their Governments ore Ropiiblican. 
 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY.— 1 Lima, the capital of Peru, contoins 355 
 streets. It is beautifully silunted on a river in tho forlllo plain of Lima, near 
 the sea-coast. Thero aro a (university and numer jus monosterles and convents. 
 Tho illustrious St. Rose was a native of this Clly. 
 
 i.—Chuquisaca (place of gold), or Sucre, capital of Bolivia, situttiod on the 
 eastern side of the Andes, and at an elevation of 0,342 foot abovo tho sea, has 
 neither trade nor manufactures. La Paz, situated at 12,216 feet above the sea, 
 on tho shore of Lake Tlticaca, is the commercial metropolis and largest town 
 in Bolivia. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.— Tho foreign trade is of 
 little importance. Th« want of roads prevents the development of Internal 
 commerce. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII, 
 
 ARGENTINE CONFEDERATION, PARAGUAY, 
 AND URUGUAY. 
 
 These three countries are situated in tho southern part of South 
 America, and occupy nearly the whole breadth of America. 
 
 Section I— ARGENTINE CONFEDERATION. 
 
 I —SITUATION AND EXTENT.-The Argeutiiio Confedera- 
 tion or La Plata lies E. of Chili, between li" and i\<> 8. lat ; and 
 between 56" and 7lo W long. Its greatest length is about 1,300 
 miles, and its breadth, about 800 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDAMBS.— It is bounded on tho N., by Bolivia, 
 on the N.-E., by Paraguay ; on the E., by Brazil, Uruguay, and 
 tho Atlantic ; on the S., by Patagonia; and, on tho W,, by'chili, 
 from which it is separated by the Andes. 
 
 III.— PAOB OP THE COUNTRY.- Tha surftico of this country 
 consists principally ot pampas or plains, and is well adapted to grojlng, Tho 
 region called the Despoblado, in the .V.-W., and a part of tho Gran Chaco, In 
 the N.-E., are almost entirely desert. But tho most remarkable portion Is 
 the region of clover ond thislles (a) whii;h cover It ollernatoly. 
 
 IV.— Mountains.— The Andes rise abruptly on tho wesiern 
 side and descend on the eastern side by gontlo slopes. Tho Dal- 
 chitta chain in the S.-W., extends into Patagonia, The Vulcan 
 Mountains are found in the 8.— The principal cape is Cape 
 Corientei, S.-E. of La Plata. 
 
 v.— Lakes.— Tho chief" Lakos are tho Bevedero, Porongos, 
 Bitter, and Andalgala ; they all leceivo considerablo rivers, and 
 have no known outlets. 
 
 VI.— Rivers.— The chief river is the Parana River (6), which 
 rises ia Brazil and uniting with tho Uruguay forms tlio Rio de 
 La Plata (c). The principal affluents of tho Parana aro tho Salado 
 and Paraguay. Several other rivers flow into lakes, 
 
 (a) These orups altemilely oover an eitemlTo trtot of country. In winter tho dovrr la 
 rich and strong, and largo droYOi of oattie cover the plain. In iprini It vanlshon, and ia I'lc- 
 (leaded by a luxuriant irood of anormona lAitr/o, tenor twelve feet high. Nut* beaat la 
 then to be seen, and the ootutry u impenetrable even to an army. Towarda tho oloae of 
 aommer. tho thiatlea begin to fade, and the hurricane aoon levela them to the ground, when 
 they rapidly decompoae ; the clover then reappeara, and the wild aattle graie at full 
 liberty. 
 
 (6) Tho I'hannel of the Parana, at adiatanoe of 400 mlloa tvm lla mouth, la aald to be 
 only Olio loot in eievation above ita month. 
 
 Cfl) Thli munlllMnt- ?iv9r if 4eMr?edly esteecisd oss of ths snfttsst In Iks 73rld : ita 
 length flrom tha aource of the Faraguay. to the Ocean being kbo-it 9,500 milaa. and ita 
 breadth at ita mouth, 130 mllea. The wide region of awampi ia foimed by the inundationa 
 
 VII— Tlio Climate, though varying in different parts, is gen- 
 erally equable and healthy. 
 
 VIII.— The chief Produott are wheat, rice, Indian corn, cotton, 
 sugar, tobacco, wine, applua, oranges, citrons, peaches [a), and 
 figs ; but tho raising of cattle is the chief employment. In the 
 State of Buenos Ayres (Dc'-no-sij'-riz\ alone, four millions of cattle 
 graze upon the pampas 
 
 IX..,-HI8TORY.— The Rio de la Plata was discovered by tho Sponiards 
 curly in the sixteenth century, this country was then occupied by naked, 
 wandering tribes of savages. In 1 534, Don Pedro do Mendoza founded Buenos 
 Ayres, the capiial of La Plata, and in two years established settlements as 
 high as Asuncion. In a little more than a century from this period, not only 
 La Plata, but also Bonda Oriental, and Paraguay, became subject to tho crown 
 of Spain. In 1810, they withdrew their allegiance, and erected themselves 
 into independent States. 
 
 X -ETHNOGRAPHY.— The Population consists of the 
 varieties common in South America. The established Religion 
 is the Roman Catholic, and the Government is Republican, with 
 a legislative body composed of two branches. 
 
 XI. — The chief town is Buenos Ayres, the capital, onlhe'W. side 
 of tho La Plata River, 170 miles from the sea ; it is the largest 
 City. It is well built and has considerable commerce. 
 
 A railroad ia projected across the country, which will connect 
 Rosario, on the Parana River, with Caldera in Cliili. 
 
 Section II.— PARAGUAY, 
 
 I. -SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Paraguay lies 8. and W. 
 of Brazil, and is included between the Parana and Paraguay 
 Rivers; between 20" and -21° 30' S. lat.; and 54" and OS^W. long 
 Its greatest length is about COO miles, and its breadth, about 300 
 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N. and E., by 
 Brazil ; and, on the S. and W., by La Plata. 
 
 III.— PACE OP THB COUNTRY.— Tho surlhce of Paraguay is hilly, 
 on tho Brazilian frontier, flot, in the centre and marshy, in the S.-W. A range 
 of the Brazilian Mountains extends through the easteri part. On each 
 side of the mountains ore fertile plains, upon which, horses and cattle roam 
 in great numbers. 
 
 IV. — Rivers. — The Paraguay and Paruna are the p-'incipal 
 rivers. The Parana River contains several water-falls. 
 
 V. — The Olimate varies according to elevation as ono passes from the 
 lower country to the mountains. In general it is mild and healthy. 
 
 The soil is very fertile and the vegetable products of Paraguay are of great 
 variety. The principal production is the herb called Mali, or Paraguay tea ; 
 it is used instead of China tea (6). 
 
 The Minerals and Animals arc similar to those of the adjacent country. 
 
 VI. — History. — Paraguay was discovered by Sebastian Cabot, who sailed 
 up the Parano, in 1526, the conquerors, tho Spaniards, treated tho natives 
 with great cruelty. Asuncion, tho capital, was founded in 1536. In 1556, 
 Jesuit missionaries made their oppearanco in Paraguay. Tho astonishing change 
 wrought in tho manners, habits, ond dispositions by the Jesuits, has been 
 long a subject of universal admiration. Tho Fathers who first attempted on 
 entrance into tho country fell victims to the cruelty of the savages. Tho 
 plaintive, solemn chant and venerabla aspect of their followers excited their 
 surprise and curiosity ; and by degrees the Fathers unfolded to them tho sub- 
 lime truths of morality and loligion. About 400,000 converted native families 
 enjoyed the blessings of religion, when, in 1707, tho Jesuits were despotically 
 expelled from the scenes of their apostolic and truly philon pio lobors, and 
 with them fled the welforo of Paraguay. 
 
 VII.— Tho populotion consists chiefly of Indions, a few Whites, and the 
 mixed breeds, speaking generally thoSponish language. The people are better 
 
 (a) The peach-tree ia ao abundant that ita timber ia uaed for firo-wood. 
 (i) Many of the hiila are literally covered with the Yerha Mat4. 
 
 of the Paraguay, and the Hooded oountiy appeara a great inland aea, upwarda of 200 milei 
 long, and 100 broad, and 10 or 12 feet deep. The Parana, an<r a courae of 1 ,000 milet, Joing 
 the Paraguay at CoiTlentea, and girea ita' own name to the united rireia. The inondationi 
 cf these t'.Tc rlrers are like these ef the Nile. The iseresss hr.!cw Cirrisr.tss is ih..n* t^r^'r* 
 feet, but at Aaunoton it ia thirty to thirty-alz feet, and the extant of country aubmened M 
 high water la eatimated at 30,000 aqnara miiea. 
 
 
46 
 
 CI1ILI.-PATAG0NIA. 
 
 cducalwl than llioso of I'lO niljacont Slates. Tho Roman Catholic Religion is 
 estahlishcd , but other denominations are toleraleil. Tho Government is 
 Republican 
 
 Section III.— URUGUAY, OR DANDA ORIENTAL. 
 
 I.— POSITION AND EXTENT.— Uruguay {Ou-rou-gui"i, tho 
 smallest uf tin' South Aiuerioan Stales, lies, on tho Atlantic, 
 between 30" ami 35» S. lat. ; and between 53" andoS" \V. long. Its 
 lunglh and width are each, about 300 miles. 
 
 II —BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on tho N., by Brazil ; 
 oil the E., by the Atlantic ; on the S., by tho Rio do la PlaUi, and, 
 on the W., by the Argentine Confederation 
 
 HI — PAOB OF THE COUNTRY.— Tho const range of Brazil extends 
 into Unifc'uny, decronsing in ln'iglil, as it n|i)iroache3 tho Rio do la Plata in 
 the souili. Tho coast is low and sandy. In llio wt item part, tho surface is 
 gcnlly unduMling. 
 
 IV.— Rivers.— Tho principal River, tho Uruguay, forms the 
 western boundary of tho Republic. 
 
 V —The OUmate is damp, )jut mild and healthy. The soil is well suited 
 for grazing, and produces wheal, Indian corn, and melons, 
 
 VI.— Tho History and Ethnography arc entirely connected with those 
 of the Argentine ConlV'deration. 
 
 VII— Towns.— V,in/«i!t(feo, tho capital, is situated at the mouth of the 
 Rio do la i'lal.i, 01! ,is left bank. It has an excellent harboi Colonia and 
 MaUlomuhj aro iIm oihor chief towns. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Chili is situated along the 
 Pacific Ocean, between 24° and 44° S. lat. ; and between 70° and 
 74° W. long. Its length, from N. to S., is about 1,350 miles ; and 
 Its breadth, from tho Andes to tho Pacific, 130 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— Tt is bounded on the N., by Bolivia ; 
 on the E., by La Plata ; on tlie S., by Patagonia, and, on the W., 
 by the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 III.— FACE OF THE OOUNTRY.— The mean elevation of the Andes 
 iii Chili is about 13,000 feet, but many peaks rise much higher and are for tho 
 most part volcanic. Aconcagua (a) 23,910 feet above the sea, ranks first among 
 tho mountains of South America. All the Rivers of Chili are small and the 
 Lakes unimportant. 
 
 IV.— Islands.- The principal Islands are Chiloi, on the S-, and 
 Juan Fernandez (t), on the west. 
 
 v.— CLIMATE.— The climate of Chili is free from the extremes of heat 
 and cold and is marked by the same agreeable variety of seasons as those of 
 Europe, but they occur at opposite times of the year, 
 
 VI.-NATUBAL PBODUOTS— 1. Minerals.— There are valuable 
 mines of gold, and silver with which lead is mixed i also of tin, iron, and 
 copper which, in some instances, is mixed with gold. This is amongst the few 
 countries equally remarkable for tho productiveness of the soil and the abund- 
 ance of mineral wealth beneath the surface. 
 
 2.— Vegetables —The soil is rich even to exuberance, producing fine 
 pastures, forest-trees of the largest kind ; rye, maize, barley, garden-herbs, 
 olives in abundance, 4c. European fruit-trees thrive hero as well as in their 
 native soil. Lemons, citrons, and oranges grow in tho open fields. The cul- 
 tivation of the vino is a complete success (c). 
 
 3— Animals. — Most of the European domestic animals have been brought 
 hither by the Spaniards. Tho wild animals are similar to those of Peru. 
 
 ((i) Aooncacu* ia not a Volouio. 
 
 (i) On thi> bUnd, so called from its disooverer, Selkirk wu left, whose adventnrei sog- 
 gested to D. Foe the idea of the novel called HobtMon Crusoe. 
 
 (<■) Chili ia the native region of the potato, which !i found wild on the ilon of the moont- 
 aiiia. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 VII —HISTORY.— In the fifteenth century. Chill waa Invaded by the 
 Peruvians but without complete success In tho sixteenth, the Spaniards 
 effected settlements, but were never able to accomplish the entire subjugation 
 of tho country. Tho Araucanian Indians expelled tho Spaniards from their 
 country which lies between Valdivia and Biobio, and prohibited the ro-open- 
 ing of tho mines under pain of instant death. In 1818, tho Spanish colonists 
 alTocted their independence. 
 
 VIII.— ETHNOORAPHY.— I. In tho northern and central 
 Provinces tho population consists, for the most part, of the descen- 
 dants of tho Spaniards ; but to tho 8. of the Biobio, tho country 
 is inhabited almost exclusively by Indians, who belong to tho 
 Araucanian nation, and number about 70,000. 2. Spanish is tho 
 provaiUng cultivated language. 3. Tho Spanish aro Roman 
 Catholics, but paganism unhappily predominates amongst the 
 aboriginal nation 4. In character, the inhabitants of Chili aro said 
 to be gay and hospitable. Music and drawing aro tlieir favorite 
 amusements. 5. Tho Govcrnmc it is republican, administered by 
 a president and two chambers 
 
 I.K.— TOPOQRAPHY.— Sawd'ajo, capital, is situated amidst tho most 
 sublimo scenery near the foot of the Andes ; it is a handsome town, laid out 
 with great regularity. Valparaiso (valley of Paradise) on tho Pacific coast, is 
 one of the principal scats of trade on tho west coast of America. 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 PATAGONIA. 
 
 I.— BOUNDARIES.— Patagonia comprises the southern ex- 
 tremity of S. Amoi 11 a, and is bounded on the N., by La Plata 
 and Chili ; on the E., by tho Atlantic ; on tho S., by o Strtit of 
 Magellan ; and, on the W. by tho Pacific Ocean. 
 
 II. — CLIMATE, Natural Features, &o. — The weather is ex- 
 ceedingly inclement. Earthquakes aro frequent. Tho eastern coast of 
 this country is bordered by a prolongation of tho Andes, which wears 
 a dreary aspect, being covered with jieriiotual snow. In tlie N., timber is 
 abundant, and the cast yields good pasturage. 
 
 III.— Islands.— The principal Islands aro Terra-del-Fuego, 
 separated from Patagonia by the Strait of Magellan ; it is con- 
 sidered as cold as Lapland, and is inhabited by Sa \"es, in the 
 lowest state of wretchedness, who derive their whole ^ ^bsistence 
 from the sea. The Falkland Islands, east of the Strait of Magellan, 
 represented as mere bog, and subject to perpetual storms, belong 
 to Great Britain 
 
 IV.— Being a wandering people, the Pauigonians leave their 
 tents and the chief part of their baggage in the country to the east, 
 £..id come towards the west to hunt the guanaco ; but dwell little 
 in that part of this country They worship, it is said, the sun 
 and fire. They are divided into four tribes, each having its chief 
 or cacique, whose authority is very limited. The men are gen- 
 erally of a tall stature; that of the tallest of them being about seven 
 feet. The only piece of dress worn by the Patagonians is a cloak 
 made of the skin of guanacos. 
 
 The Patagonians {large footed) were so called by Magelhaens, the discoverer, 
 from tho sandals of hide which the natives wore on their feet. They are a 
 wandering people, and live in tents Though not giants, as was said of old, 
 they are yet tall of stature , they hove an enormous head, and the upper part 
 of their body is considerably out of proportion with the lower , their legs are 
 short, and when they are seated on horseback they appear much larger than 
 they really are ; they are about 120,000 in number, and live principally by 
 hunting ; their clothing is scanty. In disposition, they are fierce and treach- 
 erous. A distinctive feature in their national character is the respect which 
 they pay to their dead, whose remains they convey to the sea-coast, and place 
 in tents surrounded by the skeletons of their horses 
 
 The inhabitants of Terra-del-Fuego are called Pesherahs, or Vacanacus ; 
 they aro described as very wretched, four feet ten or eleven inches in height, 
 and belong to the American type, In point of Character they are remarkable 
 for groat simpiir;:y; not given to thieving, not groody at meals 
 
 
 ^ 
 
Dnrnsii empire.— England. 
 
 47 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 BRITISH EMPIRE. 
 
 1.— The British Empire includes the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, in the Atlantic, Gibraltar and Malta, in the 
 Mediterranean, and Colonies, in N. and S. America, Asia, Africa, 
 and Oceanica. 
 
 THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN 
 AND IRELAND. 
 
 2.— The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, 
 
 the centre and seat of Government of the British Empire, com- 
 prises England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland. It consists of the 
 Islands of Great Britain and Ireland, commonly called the British 
 Isles. 
 
 3..— The Government is a limited monarchy. The Sovereign 
 power is vested in a King or Queen, Lords, and Commons. The 
 Lords and Commons form the Parliament, or great Council of 
 the nation. 
 
 4.— The people arc divided into three classes, the Nobility, the 
 Gentry, and the Coni'no: Ity. The first are dukes, marquises, &c. ; 
 the second, those who are distinguished for their wealth, educa- 
 tion, talents, office, &c. ; the third are the tradesmen and artisans. 
 
 ■^ CHAPTER XXXI. 
 
 ENGLAND. 
 
 I— POSITION AND EXTENT.-Engiacd is situated in the 
 W. of Europe and is comprised between 49° 58' and SS" 45' N. lat. ; 
 and between l* 45' E. and S" 44' W. long. Its greatest length, from 
 N. to S. along tho second meridian, is 380 miles ; its gj'etitest 
 breadth, from E. to W., 317 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Scotland ; 
 on the E., by the North Sea ; on the S,, by the English Channel 
 and the Strait of Dover ; and, on the W., by the Irish Sea, St. 
 George's Channel, and the Atlantic Ocean. It is nearly triangular 
 in shape. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— England is divided into fifty two counties, 
 seven, in the E., ten, in the S., seven, in the W., sixteen, in the 
 centre ; and twelve, in the Principality of Wales. 
 
 IV.— FAOn OP THE OOUNTBY.— Excepting tlie western iiarts, 
 which are mountainous, the surface is either generally level, or gently andu- 
 lating. In some of the eastern counties, there are extensive fens or marshes. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.-l. Islands.— The Isles of Man 
 and Anglesea, in the Irish Sea ; the Scilly Isles, S.-W. of Cornwall ; 
 the Isles of Wight, Jersey, and Guernsey, in the English Channel. 
 
 5i.— Capes.— The principal Heads or Points are Flamborough, in 
 Yorkshire ; Beachy, in Sussex ; Lands End, in Cornwall ; 5/. 
 David, in the S.-W., and Holyhead, in the N.-W. of Wales. 
 
 3.— Mountains.— The Cheviot Hills, between Northumberland 
 and Scotland; the Cumbrian Chain is a continuation of the Chev- 
 iots ; the Cambrian Range extends over the greater part of Wales. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.- 1. Bays.— The chief bays are the 
 Mouth of the Hv.mber, the Wash, and the Mouth of the Thames, on the 
 eastern coast; Lyme Bay, on the S. ; the Bristol Channel, Carmar- 
 then, Cardigan, Carnarvon, Morecambe, and Solway Bays, on the 
 western coast. 
 
 2.— IjokeB,— Windermere and some other small lakes, in West- 
 moreland and Cumberland. 
 
 3. — Bivera. — ^Tlie principal rivers are the Tyne, Tees, Ouse, 
 Trent, Great Ouse, and Thames, which How into the North Sea ; 
 
i; 
 
 48 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 tlio Lower Avon and Exe, which empty into the English Channel ; 
 tho Severn and its tribntarios, tho Avon and Wye, into tho Bristol 
 Cliannel ; and tho Dee and Ribble, into tho Irish Sea. 
 
 VII — OIiIMATB — Tlio climato of England is extremely variablo, and tho 
 seasons unc Ttain , it is free from cxlrcmes of hoat and cold, but very humid, 
 particularly in tho west Tho harvest is generally four or five weeks later in 
 the north than in tho south. 
 
 VIII. — NATURAL PRODUCTS. -1 MlneralB. — England and 
 Wales contain iramonso mineral wealth. Tho most valuable of tho minerals 
 are iron, found in great abundance ; tin, copper, lead, calamine, manganese, 
 fine alabaster, and coal, in various parts ; tho latter chiefly in tho N. and W 
 Mineral sjirings are numerous 
 
 2.— Vegetablea.— Tho forest trees include the oak, elm, birch, beech, 
 ash, alder, pine, poplar, willow, Ac. 
 
 The most im|)urlant products are wheat, oats, barley, turnips, potatoes, and 
 flax The fruits are apples, pears, plums, peaches, cherries, walnuts, Ac. 
 
 3 —Animals. — Almost the only wild animals known in England are those 
 included under tho head of game, excepting some birds of prey, as tho groat 
 eagle, black eagle, and several kinds of hawks Tho English race-horse has 
 lung been celebrated as excelling even the Arabian in speed 
 
 Section II— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 IX, — HISTORY.— England derives its name from the Angles, a people 
 who settled in its northern part in the sixth century. The Goths are regarded 
 as the chief founders of the English nation and languoge. 1 lio Romons, llfty- 
 flve years before Christ, landed in Britain, and after much bloodshed held 
 possession of the islands for nearly four centuries. Ir 419, the Saxons having 
 been invited by tho Britons to assist them against the Scots and Picts, made 
 themselves masters of the country, which they divided into seven kingdoms, 
 called the Heptarchy In 1017, the Danes obtained possession of the kingdom. 
 In 1041, tl.o Saxon lino was restored, but was Anally driven from the throne 
 by ■\Villiani the Conqueror, duko of Normandy, in lOCO. Tho conquest of 
 France took ploco in the reigns of Edward III, anil Henry V. Tho English 
 were expelled from it, in 1450. From this period we may parliculurly 
 note tho tyrannical acts of Henry VIII, and chaigu of llie nnlion.il 
 religion , the execution of Mary, Queen of Scots, by her cousin, Qneon 
 Elizabeth ; the beheading of Charles I, in IC49 ; the Legislative Union with 
 Scotland, in 1707; the accession of tho House of Hanover, in 1711 , the Union 
 with Ireland, in 1800 . Catholic Emancipation, in 1829 , the lleform Bill, in 
 1832 , and the Irish Municipal Reform Bill, in 1811. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHT.— 1 Races.— The great majority of 
 the inhabitants of Great Britain belong to the Anglo-Saxon and 
 Norman races ; those of Wales are descendants of the ancient 
 Britons. 
 
 2. — Language. — The English language is radically Saxon, 
 with a mixture of French, and words borrowed from the Greek, 
 Latin, and other languages. 
 
 3.— Religion.— Christianity was introduced at an early date 
 into Britain. In 183, tho king Lucius and his Queen were 
 baptized. England had thus the honor of being the first European 
 nation governed by a Christian monarch. On tho arrival of the 
 Saxons, Paganism was restored In 596, by the labors of St 
 Austin, England was once more rescued from idolatry, and 
 continued Catholic until the reign of Henry VIIL, when Protest- 
 anlism was established in its stead. Catholics are still very 
 numerous, and are rapidly increasing, 
 
 4. — Education. — The English are generally well educated, 
 except the lower classes who are in a very ignorant and degraded 
 state. The most celebrated educational institutions are the Uni- 
 versities of Oxford and Cambridge. 
 
 5.— Character.— In their persons, the English are well pro- 
 portioned, with regular features The lower classes are rather 
 phlegmatic, and are frank even to bluntness. In the higher 
 grades, though they are grave, they possess genuine w-it and 
 humor, In those inventions connected with manufactures and 
 machinery, the English are unsurpassed by any other nation. 
 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY.— 1. London, ' lated on tho Thames, is the 
 largest, most opulent, and most commercial c .y in tho world. It is about 
 aOVen iinies lui:^', txinl from si.t to seven broad, iriuiuding at least an area of 
 thirty-flve square miles. It contains a hundred and forty-seven parishes, five 
 
 hundred places of public worship, and thirteen thousand nine hundred and 
 thirty-six separate streets, squares, alleys, 4c. Tho prineipal public ediflces 
 are, St. Paul's Church, 510 feet long, and 250 broad, with a dome 370 feet 
 high ; St. Peter's or Westminste- Abbey ; the British Museum, tho Towor, 
 tho New Houses of PorliamenI, the Post OlCce, the Bank of England. The 
 Thames Tunnel and tho Bridges are also deserving of notice. There are from 
 forty to fifty literary and scientiflc societies, 
 
 2.— Liverpool, next to London, is tho most commercial City In the Empire. 
 Through Liverpool England trades with Irelond, America, the East Indies, 
 and the Mediterranean ports. Its docks occupy a hundred and eleven acres, 
 and the quays are nearly eight miles in length. 
 
 3.— Manohester i> lie chief of tho manufacturing cities of England. 
 nirmingham is noted fur its metallic manufactures, there being not less than 
 ten millions of steel pens manufactured annually. Shefflelil is also a seat of 
 metallic manufacture. Leeds is the chief town for cloth manufacture. Bristol 
 is the third si'a port of importance in England. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.— I. England exceeds every 
 other country on the globe in the variety and value of her manufactures ; 
 cotton, woollen, and silk goods, with tho manufactures of machinery and 
 metals of various kinds, are tho most important. Tho produce of tho fisheries 
 and «f the mines is great , the value of coal and iron is estimated at hundreds 
 of millions of dollars, equalling that of all the other European iiations. 
 
 2.— Oommeroo.— The comraorco of the British Empire is the largest In 
 the world. The merchant vessels, including those of tho colonies, number up- 
 wards of 3 j,000. 
 
 The £r;)orli, in 1871, amounted to about $1,115,000,000; they consist ill 
 minerals and manufactured products, embracing cottons, linens, silks, wool- 
 lens, and inetallio goods. 
 
 The Imporls amounted to about $1,650,000,000; the principal are flour, 
 grain, tea, coffee, tropical produce, and raw material for manufactories ; as, 
 oullon, silk, wool, flax, Ac. 
 
 Englnnil is noted for its excellent roads and bridges. Railroads and canals 
 are numerous, and furnish great facilities for inland trade. The most impor- 
 tant of the railroads are those which conneut London and Jirmingham with 
 Liverpool, and Liverpool with Manchester. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIL 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— POSITION AND EXTENT.- Scotland occupies the 
 northern portion of Great Britain, including tlio adjacent group 
 of islands. It is situated between 54°40' and 53°40' N. lat., and 
 l»i8' N long., and 6''40' E. Its greatest length, from N. to S., is 
 about 280 miles , and its breadth, from E. to W., is 160 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.- It is bounded on the N., by tho At- 
 lantic Ocean ; on the E., by the North Sea ; on the S,, by England ; 
 and, on tho W., by the North Channel and tho Atlantic Ocean, 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS. Scotland is divided into two regior- . 
 the Ilightands ar the Lowlanils, containing 33 Cou«(jes, which 
 are subdivided ;o Parishes. The Counties are eleven, in tho 
 north ; nine, in ;he middle , and thirteen, in tho south. 
 
 IV— FAOB Or' THB COUNTRY. — Rugged mountains, extensive 
 lakes, rapid rivers, vast fens and marshes, interspersed with fertile vales and 
 level tracts, are tho chief natural features of Scotland. The beauty of its 
 highland scenery, tho lakes of Perthshire and Dumbarton, the falls of the 
 great basaltic caves of Staffa, attract visitors fron. all jiarts of Europe. 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OF LANDS.— I. Islands.— Tho Orkney 
 and Slulland Isles, on the N. ; the IlebrUles, on the \V , and Islay, 
 near the North Channel. 
 
 2 — Peninsulas. — Deep indentations of tho sea divide the 
 country into three Peninsulas. There are several small Penin- 
 sulas, on the W side , the most remarkable is Cixnlyre. 
 
 3.— Oapes. — The chief Capes are, on the N., Wrath, Z)u?mct, and 
 Duncansby Head ; on the E., Tarbct Ne' 'iuclian Ness, and Fife- 
 ness, on tho S. ; tho Mull of Galloway ; u.i the W , tho Mull of 
 Cantyre,iinil Ardnamurchan Point. 
 
 4. — McUQtainS, — Th.-^ princip.1! nro, th:'. Northern. Wrjkhtuls, 
 comprising the summits Ben More, Den Deary, and Den Il't/ris 
 
Si»--«»«,nri(B!!r .,«, 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 40 
 
 The Grampiuns coutniiiing tlio fli.vi Nevis, 4,368 foot high ; this 
 latter is tlio culminating point in Groat Britain ; and Den Macdhui 
 and liio Cheviots, Iwtwcon England and Scotland. 
 
 vr.— HYDROORAPHY.-l. Bays or Frltha.— Moray Frith, 
 on tlio N.-K. ; Frith of Forth, on thu K. ; Sulway Frith, on the S. ; 
 Frith of the Clyde, on the 8.-\V. ; and Frith of Lorn, on the W., 
 are thu principal. 
 
 2.— Lakes. — ^Tho principal arc, Loch Ness, in Inverness ; Loch 
 T-.iy, in Perth ; Loch Awe, in Argyle ; and Loch Lomond, between 
 Stirling and Dnmbarton. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— The chief rivers are the Clyde, (lowing into the 
 Frith of Clyde ; the Tweed, Forth, Toy, Don, Dee, and Spey, 
 emptying into the North Sea. 
 
 VII.— OLIMATB,— Sootlnnil, naturnlly iliviitoil into IIih Iliglilaiuls and 
 Lowlnnilsi, varies mucl! in its climato ; llio western connlies being very moist, 
 tlio eastern less so than Hnglanii. Tliero is much snow in winter. 
 
 VIII.-NATUBAL PRODUCTS.— I. The Minerals are, lenil, iron, 
 and coal ; also topaz, horyl, garnet, rock-crystal, agate, and marble. 
 
 2. — Vegetables. — The soil is generally sterile, but it is well cultivatod. 
 The Highlands are chielly devoted to pasturage ; they contain largo forests of 
 oak, ash, iiine, and birch. In tlio Lowlands, wheat, barley, and oats are 
 cultivated. 
 
 3. — Animals. — There aro vast (locks of sheep and herds of cattle, but 
 llioy are generally of a small size. The deer of the Highland forests is Iho 
 most important of tlio wild animals. 
 
 Section IL— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.- Tho Highlands aro inhabited by a raco of Celts, called 
 Scoti, who appear to have passed over from Ireland in tho third century. In their 
 first invasion of North Britain, 
 they were repulsed by tho 
 Picls, but wore afterwords 
 invited by tho latter, to as- 
 sistthem against the English 
 Saxons. In 843, tho Picts 
 and tho Scots were united 
 into ono nation, and, in tho 
 eleventh century, the country 
 was called Scotland. In 1003. 
 the crowns of England and 
 Scotland wi^n united, under 
 the name of Great Britain. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRA- 
 PHY.- 1. Language. 
 
 — In the Lowlands, tho 
 language used is tho 
 English, or a dialect of 
 it ; tho Gaelic, or Erse 
 prevails in tho Higli- 
 hinds. 
 
 2. — Religion. — In 
 431, Catholicism was in- 
 troduced into Scotland ; 
 the Scots eagerly re- 
 ceived the Faith, he- 
 camo strict observers 
 
 of its divine maxims, and for centuries, tho Church of Scot- 
 Scotland was distinguished for the number of its Saints. Cal- 
 vinism was introduced into Scotland soon after the rise of 
 Protestantism, and at the revolution of 1688, the Scots established 
 Prcibyterianism as tho national religion. The Catholics arc still 
 very numerous. 
 
 3. — Education. — Scotland has two universities. Each parish 
 has a school, established by law for the primary branches of 
 education. There aro several Roman Catholic Schools, two 
 Roman Catholic Colleges, one in Kincardineshire, tho other at 
 Glasgow, and five convents. 
 
 4. — Charncter. — The Scots are characterised as a prudent, brave, 
 hardy, and industrious people. '• In tho largo towns," says a 
 late Scotch writer, '' there is found much moral deterioration." 
 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY. —I. Eilinburgh, the metropolis of Scotland, lies 
 near tin! I''rilli of Ferlli. It is noted fur its universities, as well as for its 
 science and learning. The City has few manufactures. Edinburgh Castlo is 
 conspicuous in Scottish history. Leilh, Iho seaport of Edinburgh, formerly 
 two miles distant is now joined to it. 
 
 'i — Glasgow, the largest city in Scotland, is on the Itivcr Clyde ; it owes its 
 pros|)erity to its cotton manufactures and slii|)-building. Tho university at 
 lilasgow is a noted institution of learning. 
 
 XII —Industry and Oommeroe, — The chief bran -hes of imluslry are 
 agriculture, niiiiiul'iicturing, mining. >hip-building, ami llshing. Tlio Exports 
 and Imiwrts are similar to those of England. Scotland is well supplied with 
 road canals, and railways. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Ireland is separated 
 from England and Wales by the Irish Sea and St. George's 
 Channel. Its length, from N.-E. to S.-W., is 306 miles ; and its 
 greatest breadth, from N.-W. to S.-E., 210 miles. 
 
 It is situated between Sl^Je'and 55°2r N. lat. ; and between 
 5026' and 10»28' W. long. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on tUo N.-\V. and S., by 
 tho Atlantic Ocean ; on tho N.-E., by tho North Channel ; and, on 
 
 the E., by tlie Irish Sea 
 and St. George's Chan- 
 nel. 
 
 ill. - DIVISIONS. 
 
 — Ireland is divided ill to 
 fottr Provinces : Ulster, 
 in the north ; Leinster, 
 in the east; Munster, in 
 till! south ; and Con- 
 nauyhl, in the west. 
 These Provinces ars 
 subdivided into Coun- 
 ties, and tho Counties 
 into Parishes. Ulster 
 comprises 9 counties ; 
 Leinster, 12 ; Munster,' 
 6 ; and Connaught, 5. 
 
 IV.— FACE OF THE 
 OOUNTBY.— Ireland is 
 advantageously situated for 
 cnmmerco between the East- 
 ern and Western continents, 
 and abounds in safe and 
 capacious harbors, majestic 
 rivers, and picturesque lakes 
 Its principal mountains rise 
 along the coast, and, generally speaking, the interior is level. A great 
 limestone plain stretches across tho Island from Dublin to Galway, including, 
 besides si.x coal districts, the whole of tho vast tract of peot-moss, known as 
 tho Bog of Allen. 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OP LAND.— .1 Islands.— /ia(ft/»», N. of 
 Antrim ; North Isles of Arran, W. of Donegal ; Achil, W. of 
 Mayo ; Clare Island, at the mouth of Clew Bay ; South Isles of 
 Arran, in Galway Bay ; and Valentia, W. of Kerry, are tho prin- 
 cipal, (a) 
 
 (a) Off the eout an 196 ialonds. 
 
 Lake Killakxet. 
 
 .r i 
 
 
 1: 
 
 
60 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 2.— Oapea.— -""/m Ifeail and Fnir llemi, in llio N. ; WicMow 
 lleud niul CariiMie t'oiitl, in tlio E. ; Oipf i'tior nnil Mizzen JletuI, 
 in lllu S.-\V. ; /.on/j llend, Slijiie Head, and r/iis Head, in liio W. 
 
 3.— Mountains.— Tim Moume lUniyf, in Down ; tiio Slicve- 
 Bloom Monnlaina, in which tiui 8nir, Noro, and Darrow tako 
 Ihrir iis(! ; I ho ^yickhw MounlaiiiK, in \Vi<klow ; Maydlicuddy's 
 Hi'oks, in Kerry ; tiio Galty MonnlJ in Tiiipfrary ; and Nrphin 
 anil Cmuijh I'dlnrk, in Nfayo. 
 
 VI. — HYDROaRAPHY.— I. Bays.— Tlio imnripal aro, 
 Loitfjh (III Swillij and Liiii(jlt Foylr, in iho N. ; Hilfasl Lowjh, in tlu> 
 N.-E. ; Dcindi-um, Dumlulk; and Dublin Days, In Ihu E. ; DanLj, 
 Dingle, and Tralee Bays, in the 8.-\V. ; Galway, Clew, and Donegal 
 Dayn, in liin W. • 
 
 2.— Lakes. — Lakes or Loiigiis of Ireland aro iiumeroud, and 
 sonip of liieni very large. Longh Ncagh (Nay), in Ulster, is the 
 largest lake in the Uritish Isles ; Lakes of Killarney, in Kerry, 
 celebrated for their romantic scenery. Loughs Derg, nee, Roderg, 
 and Allen, drained Ijy liie Shannon ; Louglis Corrib in (ialway, 
 and Maska, between Mayo and Galway. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— The Foyle, flowing into Lough Foylo ; the Dann, 
 into Lough Neagh, and thence into the Ocean ; the Lagan, into 
 Belfast Lough ; the Doyne, into the Irish Sea ; the Li/fey and 
 Slaney, into St. George's Channel ; The Barrow, Nore, and Suir, 
 into Waterford Harbor ; the Dlnckwaler, into Youghal Harbor ; 
 the Lee, into Cork Harbor; and the Shannon, the largest river in 
 the British Isles, into the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 VII.— OLIMATB.— The; climali.' of Ireland is solubrious and mild. Tlio 
 prevailing winds are west and soulh-we.st. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.- 1. Minerals.— Tho rrincipal 
 minerals are, iron, lead, silver, copper, and coal. Largo masses of native 
 coal havo been found in Wioklow. There aro quarries of lino marblo, por- 
 phyry, sloto, freestone, 4c., in various places. 
 
 2. — Vegetation. — The soil is exceedingly fertile, and capable of supplying 
 all the necessories of life ; though rocky, it is perpetually green, hence the 
 appellation of the " Emerald Isle." The chief products are com, butter, flax, 
 and potatoes. The bogs aro numerous and extensive. The native Flora 
 resembles that of Great Britain. 
 
 3. — AnimeUs. — The animals peculiar to the Island are the large red deer 
 of the Killarney Mountains, and the Irish grey-hound, or wolf-dog, which Is 
 now nearly extinct. The exemption of the country from serpenta and all 
 venomous reptiles is proverbial. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX, — HISTORY. — Ireland was known to the Greeks by the name of 
 Juverna, and to tli ' Homans, in the time of Ossar, by that of Hibtmia. The 
 country suffered nnich from various in\'asions of the Sea-kings, the Danes, 
 and other northern pirates, between tho eighth and eleventh centuries. They 
 were Anally overthrown and thoir power annihilated by Brian Boru, at the 
 famous battle of Glontarf near Dublin, In 1014. 
 
 The Ilrst invasion of tho English took place In 1169, and was followed in 
 1 172 by the arrival of Henry IL After tho reign of tho tyrannical Henry VIII, 
 Ireland continued annexed to the crown of England until 1800, when tho 
 legislatures of both countries were incorporated by tho Act of Union. From 
 the reign of Henry VIU down to tho present time, the principal events havo 
 been the unsuccessful elTorts made to suppress tho Catholic religion ; the in- 
 vasion and tyrannies of Cromwell and his followers ; tho declaration of Irish 
 Legislative independence, by the British Parliament, in 1782 ; tho Act of 
 Union, in 1800 ; and tho Emancipation Act, in I8i9. 
 
 There is no nation on the earth, not even Poland or the Catholics of Oermanyi 
 great as their triu's have been, for tho past few years, which has passed 
 through so fierce an ordeal, or so dreadful a crucible of suffering, as Ireland, 
 during many centuries, but especially during tho last three. At length, in 
 1829, the great Emancipation Act, already referred to, was passed, by the 
 untiring efforts of the celebrated Daniel O'Connell, by which the Catholics 
 wero admitted to an equality of civil rights and privileges with their Pro- 
 testant fellow-countrymun. 
 
 Two other important measures have lately been passed by tho Government ; 
 the Dis-establisbment of the Protestant Church in Ireland, and the Landlord 
 and Tenant Bill. A third measure is now under consideration in reference to 
 
 (a) lAHfh, V ^<x* liniAel Lakt or Bay. 
 
 Vniveriily EJuealion wlilcli, it li to be hoped, will ioon bo lottled to tho satit- 
 faolioii uf the Catholic Hierarchy of Ireland. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY. —I . Races.- The greater part of tho 
 Irish aro doscendanls of thi; aboriginal Cells, Tiiero is however 
 an adini.\tnrn of Englisli and Scotcli, particularly in the north. 
 
 There are much poverty and misery. The wretched condition 
 to which most of tho pooplo are reducod, is the result of tho 
 lieartless exactions of tho agents of litiidloids. Most of these 
 landlords live in England, and aro hence called absentees. 
 
 2. — Language. — The English language is generally under- 
 slood and spoken thronghout tho country Tho Irish or Gaelic 
 is also spoken in many places, particularly in Munstcr and Con- 
 naught. 
 
 3.— Religion.— I u tho year 431, Pope St. Celestino sent Pal- 
 ladiiis with several companions to prcacli Iho Gospel in Irel.ind ; 
 but his success was only partial. IIo w i- -ucceeded in his 
 mission by tho illustrious St. Patrick, born A. D. 387, at Dou- 
 loguc-sur-Mer, in France. Tho labors and success of thisi great 
 niissionor have justly obtained for him tho title of " the Apostle 
 of Ireland." During tho five following centurii' tho i ultitudo 
 of holy personages who trod in the way whicli ho had traced 
 out, merited for thoir country the appellation of " the Island of 
 Saints." The Irish sinco their conversion, have been conspicuous 
 for thoir devoted attachment to tlio faith, from which, not all tho 
 horrors of sanguinary persecution, nor tho blandishments of 
 pi'oselytism, have ever been able to separate tho great body of 
 the people. About four-fifths of tho population of Ireland aro in 
 communion with the Holy and Apostolic See of Rome. 
 
 4. — Education. — The love of tho Irish people for learning is 
 proverbial, yet this is a love, which, until lately, they could not 
 gratify, except by stealth ; now, Ihoro is scarcely a parish with- 
 out a male and femalo gratuitous school, under tho immediato 
 control of tho parish priest, or in connexion with the National 
 Board of Education. The Christian Brothers havo educational 
 establishments in most of tho larger and in several of the 
 smaller towns of Ireland. 
 
 5. — Oovemment. — The local Government is vested in a Lord- 
 Lieutenant, assisted by the Secretary for Ireland, and a Privy 
 Council, nominated by tho Crown. 
 
 6. — Oharaoter. — In stature, tho Irish are generally above the 
 middle size, they are athletic and well formed. Thoy aro of quick 
 comprehension, warm-hearted, brave almost to rashness, and 
 remarkable for courtesy and hospitality to strangers. In cheer- 
 fulness under privations, and in sprightliness of disposition, they 
 approach nearer to the French than tho English or Scotch. There 
 is no country wherff domestic virtues are more fondly cherished. 
 The progress of temperance through tho country a few years 
 ago, illustrates tho ardor and moral tendency of the people, and 
 would, if persevered in, fully develop the many virtues inherent 
 in the national character. 
 
 it has been truly said of this nation, that their virtues belong 
 to themselves, while many of their faults may bo traced to the 
 wayward circumstances under which they have been placed. 
 " Rarely, if ever," says the Quarterly Review, " was there a 
 national character containing more elements of good than that of 
 Ireland. Irishmen aro naturally a noble race, made for loyalty 
 and religion ; warm-hearted, affectionate, docile, full of intel- 
 ligence and courage, and of devotion to tho object that engrosses 
 them. In morality singularly pure — in many points, their faults 
 arc the excesses of their virtues. An Irish gentleman, well 
 educated, is perhaps one of the most perfect specimens of civilized 
 human nature. The parliamentary report of tho Committee on 
 Crime describes their moral integrity to be such, that when 
 170,000 out of 230,000 of the Kerry population were destitute of 
 the means of subsistence, not a single depredation upon property 
 was committed." 
 

 SCANDINiVVIAN 8TATE8.— DENJ 
 
 61 
 
 Xir -TOPOORAPHT. 
 I - Dublin, iliM ciiijiiiil "f 
 Iri'liinil, and nin' (if tlio llnci't 
 cilii'ii in Kni'o|io, lii'» im ImiIIi 
 Riili'H of Iho lllviT Llircy, 111 
 i{* niHiitli. It nlionniU uiili 
 cli'lfanl »lrui'lurcs : anllJrl^' 
 llicm iiri' St Patrick's Cnlln- 
 (Iriil, till' Dnnk of Irolaml, 
 llio Excliango, anil the Four 
 Ciiiii-ts. Tho circiilor mail, 
 wlili.'li almost fiurroiiniis tlir 
 lily, cnmninmls many ili'llglii- 
 I'll! iiroKpocta townrcia tin' 
 inounloins ami tho bay. Hiirk- 
 vllln Street IK without riviil 
 in tho Uniloil Kingilom. 
 
 "i.—Btlfoil iM the prim i|<iil 
 Inwn of Ulster. Its comniei' > 
 ami maniifautures are oxli ii- 
 slvo, nnil it has novoral litev- 
 ary anil sclontlllc inftitiitinns. 
 
 i.^Cork stands on the Lee ; 
 lis harbor Is ono of the niiest 
 in Kuropo. Tho Esporls and 
 ImjKiiis are con^ideralde. 
 
 XIII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMEROB.— I. Tho rhiof pwrtuits oro 
 agricuMnie ami tlm dairy, lirazing and the dairy arc wcll-manttged parts of 
 liiisliandry. Ireland produces tho boat boof and butter in Europe. Among tho 
 manufaeturoa, tho linen fabrics are the moat important. 
 
 tmiKirli and Exports aro similar to thosu of England. 
 
 2.— Internal Oommunloation.— IrelamI possesses groat natural facil- 
 ities for carrying on hor internal communication ; but until very recently, 
 littlo has boon dono in opening up the country, by tho construction of high- 
 ways of commerce, prevented as she was by tho laws of England which im- 
 peded the progress that might bo made in this lino. 
 
 There are now several linos of railroada, and somo remarkable canals which 
 connect tho Irish 8oa with tho Atlantic. Tho principal of tho latter aro Iho 
 Grand Canal, 87 miles in length, and tho Hoyal Canal, 83 miles. 
 
 XIV. — Ourioaitles.— One of tho most remarkable curiosities is tho 
 Giant's Causeway, conrtsting of about 40,000 pillars of basaltic rock. Those 
 pillars rise j,oipondicularly from 200 to 400 feet above tho water. All the pil- 
 lars are of an angular shape, commonly poiitagonai, and generally consist of 
 forty joints, fitting into each other at tho ends, like a ball into a socket, • 
 
 There are many remains of ancient Irish buildings : of these tho most re- 
 markable are flfty-two round towers of high antiquity, upon Iho origin and 
 purpose of which the learned are much divided. 
 
 Sackviilb Stket, Dlulin. 
 
 CHAPTER XJtXIV. 
 
 SCANDINAVIAN STATES. 
 INCLUDING DENMARK, SWEDEN, AND NORWAY. 
 
 PHYSICAL GEOC^RAPHY. 
 
 1.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— The Scandinavian States 
 comprise two large Peninsulas, situated N.-W. of Europe, bet- 
 ween 54" 20' and 7l» N. lat. ; and between T> E. and 24° W. long. 
 
 II. — DIVISIONS. — Denmark is divided into four Provinces ; 
 Sweden, into twenty-two Loens, or Districts ; and Norway, into 
 six Stifts, or Provinces. 
 
 III.— FACE OF THB OOVHTTRY.—Dmmark is a vast plain, one- 
 sixteenth of which Is covered with water, am nearly one-fifth with wood. 
 Norway Is tlie most mountainous country in Europe, excepting Switzerland 
 and Spain. lis livers and cataracts aro numerous. Near the coast Is the 
 dangerous vortex of tho sea called tho Utilslrom. Stoeden,' though moflnt- 
 ainous and barren, abounds in natural curiosities and romantic scenery. The 
 lakes are very numerous. 
 
 IV.— DIVISIONS OP LAND.-1. Islands.— The principal 
 are, Gothland and Oland, in the Baltic Sea ; Zealand, Funen, Laaland, 
 AAd Fahier, Ittiiweeit owedeii ttild Ueiuuark ; Z>(#uu>/t Ittlailds una 
 a multitude of others, on the coast of Norway 
 
 •.'■—Capes.— Tlip .sVidic, 
 ill lUi' N. of .liitlaiid; tin' 
 Naze, ill the S. ; ami Ihi' 
 North Capi . in thtj N. of 
 Xuiw.iy. 
 
 :i.-Mountaln8.-//'n '/• 
 (iiKjer Firld null Dover 
 Fii'lil, ill till) centi'i' of 
 Norway ; ami liio Kiotcn, 
 JM'twi'en Norway ami 
 Sweden. 
 
 V - HYDROGRA- 
 PHY. — I. Bays ami 
 Oulfe.— Gulfof liolhniit, 
 v.. 1)1' Sweden ; tho Catle- 
 'Jilt, ami .*>«•','(■(• Hack, liet- 
 weeii Sweden, Denmark, 
 iiii'l Norway, Thromlh- 
 I' Id Fiord, in\d West Fionl, 
 111 tliu \V. of Norway : 
 I'lirhliania Fiord, in tlio S. 
 : - Straits. — Tlie 
 SiiHiiil, lielweeii Zealand 
 
 and Sweden ; tho Great Bf(<,'betwoen Zealand and Funen ; nml 
 
 tho Little Delt, between Fuiien and Jutland. 
 
 3.— Lakes. — Storsa, Muelrr, lliclmar, Wener, iVftter, all Hituat- 
 ed in Sweden. 
 
 4. — Rivers.— Tho piincipal rivers in Sweden are tho TomeUf 
 Dal Elf, and a f,Meut niniiber of others which flow into the Gulf' 
 of Bothnia; tho Motala, llowing from Lake Wetter into tho 
 Baltir; and lUo Got ha, from Lake Wener into tho Cattegal. In 
 Norway, the Gtommen, Hnlliiulule, anil Logen, which flow into tho 
 Skaser Rack. In Denmark, the Eyder, flowing into tho North 
 Sea. 
 
 VI. — HISTORY. — Soadlnavia appears to have been first peojiled by tho 
 Fins and Laps. From tho ninth to the thirteenth century, tho Scandinavian 
 nations rendered themselves Iho terror of Europe by their devastating invasions. 
 In 98,'i, Sweyn, King of Denmark invaded Engliuel. In 1014, his son Canute 
 tho Great, conquered tho whole of Scandinavia and united its throne with those 
 of Sweden, Norway. In 1397, Margaret, who was called tho " Semiramis 
 of tho North," acquired tho dominion of Sweden, Norway, and Denmark, by 
 tho Act of the throo States, called tho Union of Colmar," which at that time 
 limited tho power of tho crown In 1523, Gustavus Vasa expelled the Danes 
 ffom Sweden ; since that period this country continued to bo governed by Its 
 own Kings, till 1810 when the crown was transferred to Bernadotto, ono of 
 Napoleon's general By tho peace of Paris, in 1814, Denmark was deprived 
 of Norway, in favoi' of Bernadotto as a reward for his services against 
 Bonaparto. 
 
 Section I.— DENMARK. 
 
 I.— POSITION AND EXTENT.— The kingdom of Deninarl; 
 is situated between the Baltic and the North Sea. It comprises 
 the Peninsula of Jutland, a part of Sleswick and several low 
 islands, the largest of wliich is Zealand. Its length, from N. 
 to 8., is about 200 miles; and its breadth, from E. to W., 100 
 miles. 
 
 II.— FAOB OF THB OOUNTBY.— Tho country is low and flat, and 
 is large! y cut up )>y inlets or arms of the sea ; tho indentations are called llords, 
 or bays. Dikes aro built to keep out tho high water ; and upon them aro plant- 
 ed ornamental trees. 
 
 III.— OLIMATB. — The climate is mild for the latitude, and it exceed- 
 ingly moist. 
 
 .I'V^-NATUBAIj PRODTJOTS.— I. Various grains aro produced, but 
 the land is chiefly used for grazing. 2. The horses of Denmark are excellent. 
 Tho principal wild animals aro stags, roes, hares, and foxes ; rats and other 
 small quadrupeds are abundant. 
 
 v.— The People aro honest and indubuious, and are chiefly of Scandina- 
 vian origin. 
 
 VI.— Religion.— The prevailing religion is > Lutheran; and it is 
 required that the monarch shall be of that faith. There are in the kingdom 
 
 til 
 
 
02 
 
 SWEDEN.— NOIIWAY.— RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 
 
 a K''<'»t iii'iiiy Calliiilicii. iMihlii' Xduoatlon wlilcli Is iiikIit gov> rnmi'nt 
 |>iilrii[iilgn, in nttendcil to all clamicii. 
 
 VII. — Til" Oovernment, wlikli for about two conturlot wa» nearly «biiv 
 Into, wai>. ill IK4!), I liiingiMl to n conittltutlunal monarchy. 
 
 VIII— Foralsn posaesalona.— Tli<i principal fori'lgn pn«ti<iiiiion> of 
 Ili'ninork oro llio Kiinui Islnmls, Ici'lond, anil portions of Orncnloncl. In thu 
 Wont lnilit>8, tliii Islnnils nrHantaCrui {kroosi), 81. Tliomos, and Ht. John ; 
 mill, in lliii Uay of Ili>ni{nl, tho Nicotmr lalandK, 
 
 IX. — Coffnhagm, the capital, ii sltiiatod on tlio laliinil of Zealand. It In a 
 lirautlfiil mid iluurishing city, and haa a ronowncd university. 
 
 Sectk.n 1I.-8WEDEN. 
 
 I.— POSITION AND EXTENT.— Sweden lies in Iho iiortli- 
 
 w't'dtern jinit of Europi', anil with Norway ocrupics tho Soaii- 
 (liiiaviaii I'tniiiiAiila, from which it is separated by the Kioloii 
 Mountains. Ii» length it 970 miles, and its breadth, about 300 
 miles. 
 
 II.— THE OLIMATB, though sovoro oapoclally in the N., la mlldrr tlimi 
 in mo* ulhi'i cuunlnos in tho ^mo lotitudo. 
 
 III.-NATURAi PRODUOTS.-I. MineraU.-Considerabl,, -(iian- 
 titioa of exiolloMt iron aro manufactured. Hilvcr and cip|i|» r aro alao found. 
 
 2.— Vevetablea.— In tho N., tho surfaou i» rocky and tho anil linrren ; In 
 tho 8, it i» li'\.l and cultivated. Tho cullivatod portion* produco hurley, 
 wheat, oats, lieana, rye, and potatoes. 
 
 3.— The principal wild Anlmala are Iho hrowii hear, wolf, lynx, fox, 
 glutton, deer, marten, liiire, sable, beaver, and si|uirrel. 
 
 IV.— BTHNOORAPHY.— I. Population is chicny Seandinnvinn in 
 type, and consists of four classes ; nobh's. clergy, burghers, and peasants. 
 
 1. — Tho ostabliahod Religion is Lutherunism. The ministers, especially 
 in the rural districts, .'xercise the power of civil mngistnites. and cunlrul the 
 Education of the pcoiile. A Swede who abandons Lutheranlsm is deprhcd 
 of his civil rights. 
 
 :). — Sweden and Norway aro united under tlio King of Sweden. The 
 (Jovernment is n limited mouurcliy. 
 
 .1,— Oharaoter.— On the one hand, the Swedes aro represented as beini.', 
 in geniTiil, peiiceiiMe, orderly, and industriuus ; and on the other, as being of 
 on obdurate and sanguinary turn of mind. They are of u ndmst constitution, 
 and palionlly euilure tho hardest labor. 
 
 .■).— Stockholm, tho capital. Is built on several Islands, near the cnlnince 
 of Lake Maelnr into tho Dallio 8oa, It lies a safe and commodious harbor, 
 ami an extensive trade. 
 
 C.— Induatry and Oommeroe..^The manufactures of Sweden consist 
 chielly of articles of Imnie, iis woollen, coltuii, and linen cloth. Tanning is 
 an important bramli of industry. Timber, from the immense pine forests 
 which cover the mountains; turpentine, gunpowder, salt, and leather, consti- 
 tute its princliial Exports. Throo-flfths of tho Imports como from England. 
 
 ; Section III.— NOIIWAY. 
 
 I— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Norway occupies tlu' 
 wnstoni portion of (lie Souiidinaviiui I'ciiinsula, being scparalt'd 
 fioin Sweden by tho Kiolen Moniilaiiis. Its greatest lengtli is 
 950 miles, and its l)readlli, from 00 tu 250 miles. 
 
 II. — The Stirface of Norway is rug^'ed and mountainous. Every- 
 where there is grand scenery ; wild and picturesque cataracts 
 abound. The coast is indented by numerous fiords or bays, and 
 presents many good harbors. 
 
 III.— THE OLIMATB is milder than that of any other country ao distant 
 from tho equator. In a small portion of the north, snow covers tho ground 
 perpetually. 
 
 IV,— NATURAL PRODUOTS.— There are mines of iron, cobalt, 
 silver, and nickel- — The soil is poor. Not more than ono-hundrodth part is 
 under cultivation. The principal crop is barley, which can bo cultivated as 
 far north as 70". In tho south, rye, oats, potatoes, tobacco, and fruit are 
 roised. Animals aro similar to those of Sweden. 
 
 V. — The people are almost entirely of Scandinavian origin, light haired, in- 
 dustrious, reserved, and honest. Tho prevailing Relisfion is Lulheranism, 
 but all other religions arc tolerated. * ' 
 
 VI.— Ohrlatianla, situated on tho bay of tho samo name, is tho chieC 
 ■town of Norway, and tho seat of the national legislature. 'It has a university, 
 cathedral, and paiiici', with other public buildings, . 
 
 ■ VII.— Industry and Oommeroe ore about tho same as in Sweden, i 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 
 
 Skction I— PHYSICAL (lEOOUAPHY. 
 
 I.— POSITION AND EXTENT.— Russia in Europe occu- 
 pies tho N.-E. of Europe, iiinl contains about one-half of this 
 grand division of the globe. Its length, from N. to 8., is 2,000 
 miles; nnd its breadth, from E, to W., 1,150 miles. It extends 
 tfom 44" to 70" N. lat ; and fr. in 20<> to 00» E. long. 
 
 II.- BOUNDARIES.— It is liounded on tho N., by the Arctic 
 Occuii , on the E., by tlio Ural Mountains, Ural River, and Cas- 
 pian Sea; on the S., liy tho Ulat I- Sea, and Turkey ; and, on tho 
 W.. by Austria, Prussia, and tho Baltic Sea. 
 
 Ill— DIVISIONS.— Russia is divided into G3 Govonimonts ; 
 viz, Northern Uovernments, three ;• tl real Russia, sixteen; 
 Baltic Provinces, three ; White Russia, si.x ; Little or Red Rus- 
 sia, eight ; New Russia, four ; East Russia, ten ; Polish Russia, 
 five ; nnd Duchy of Finland, eight. 
 
 IV.— FAOB OB* THE COUNTRY.- Itussin in Kurupe la, nearly 
 Ihi'iiiigliout Its whole extent, a levol country. Its vast plains reaembling, in 
 siiine degree, the deserts of Asia nnd .Africa, There are dry and elevated 
 triiets, in tho 8„ called steppes. One, near the Sea of Aiov, is about 400 
 mill's ill length. The rivers, furesls. nnd cuiinls are numerous, 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.— I. Ifllandfl.— iVeia Zembln 
 ami Siiilzlieryii, in the Aiclic Oci-aii ; Aland, Duyo, andOe$tl,ia 
 tin' Haltie. 
 
 2.— Peninsulas, &c.— The Peninsnlns, of Kola, lit Lapland; 
 
 Kiiniii, N.-i;. of Ihi' Wliite Sea ; tho Crimea, in the Black Sea ; 
 and till' Istliiuus nf I'cre/eop, at the tMilraiice to tho Crimea. 
 
 3. — Till' Gapes of A.'«/i/(i and liushui, on the N., and Apsheron, 
 in the Hl.nk Sea. 
 
 •i— Mountains.— Tlie L'ral Mutmluins, between Russia and 
 Sil)i'riii; and tin' VnUhii Wlh, in the Province of Novgorod, at 
 the souri'i's of tin; Vul^-a. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.— 1. Gulfs and Bays.- Tho prin- 
 cipal are, the Hull's of „iithniii, FiiUaiid, and Itiija, in tho W. of 
 I\iissia, itU formed l)y the Baltic ; the Bays of OneQu and Archan- 
 (jel, in tho S. of the White Sea ; and the Sea of Azov, in the N. of 
 the Bl.ick Sea. 
 
 2.— Lakes.— t'l'/oj/a, E., and One(ja, N.-E. of tho Gulf of Fin- 
 land; //»i(ii, S. of Ladoga, and Pvipus, S. of the Gulf of Finland. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— Till! North Dwina, Mvzene, and I'clchora, flowing 
 towards tin- N. ; the Neva, into the Gulf of Finland ; Dwimi, into 
 the Gulf of Riga ; and Nicmcn, iulo the Bailie ; the i'rul, nnd the 
 Volijd, the largest river in Europi', into the Caspian Sea ; the 
 Dnieper, and Dniester, into the Black Sea ; and the Don, into tho 
 Sea of Azov. 
 
 YII.— OLIMATB.— Ill a country of such extent the climate must neces- 
 sarily vary. It comprises every variety between that of Italy anil Lapland. 
 The sun does not set for weets in the dreary icllelds, which surround tho 
 lowly habitations of tho Samoietles, beyond tho Goth degree of latitude, Tho 
 Nova is frozen for four or five months every year, and the Volga, in the lati- 
 tude of Lyons, in I'Yanco, is often frozen so hard that wagons can cross it, 
 Tho soa of Azov is usually frozen from November until A|iril. 
 
 VIII. — NATURAL PRODUOTS. — I. Minerals.— The principal 
 minerals in fiussia are gold, platina, silver, copper, iron, mercury, zinc, coal, 
 and salt. In Taurida alone, about '200,000 tons of salt aro annually produced. 
 
 2.— Vesetables.— The pasturage is very abundant". Though agriculture 
 is yet in a bockward state, tho harvest is generally fruitful producing grain 
 of various kinds. The iiumenso forests produco timber, potash, turpentine, Ao. 
 
 3. Animals. — Tho most remarkable animals of Russia are the camel 
 
 and souislik, in tho 8. ; tho reindeer, the wolf, the lynx, and tho elk, in the N. ; 
 tho horse, sheep, and others common to the rest of Euroiie, in the middle. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX. HISTORY. — Russia in Europe, unciuully SuiiiMtiu, li BUiipOoOJ to 
 
 derive its name from the Hossi, a Sclavonic tribe, of whom mention is made in 
 
 / \ 
 
FRANCK. 
 
 S3 
 
 llio hliitorii'i or tho ninlh eonlury. Tim i'»lon»lv(i oountrlni of whioli It l< com- 
 po«...|, wi-ro iiircoHlvnIy poiiKt.ml t,y 0(.lh», Huna, VanilaU, AUni, and oIIkt 
 l"irl,«rlnn«. Til" fri'iil nrlnlnnlor of liiiulAn |)ow.<r wiin Iw«n Daallowlli wd.. 
 "■oiviuwd Aslrakiin and ollmr provlno"«. PhLt I , lumamml Ihn flrfat, niming 
 lo tliii Ihrono in 108-2, aMiiinml thii llllo of Emiwrnp of nil tlio HuahUii 'ni. In 
 order to lni|irovn ihn Imlf «nnig„ mnnnm of lilt .iil.jocU, lin undiTwont groat 
 liiliom, IrnvellinK throngh Kur.|»> an a prIvatH iH.mon, and working an a 
 mochanlc In tlio .look-yarda and .uunufactoritw. Ilia Empri'»«, OiilliPrino, wii» 
 inlsnd from llm station of a rnmnion wnnnl. 
 
 X.-BTHNOORAPHT.-I. Tlio ontlro population of Ku- 
 roponii Uii»«ia iK'loiigH lo two giral RoCM of the liiinmn funiily, 
 llin CiiitcaHlaii ami MoriKoliaii. 
 
 '■J— Language.— 1 1 in said llii>r« nro no leM tlinii forty Ian- 
 RuaRos spokiMi in Kuropimii IlnHsia, llio prlnripal of wliich in a 
 (liali'ct of the Sclavoiiian. 
 
 3 —Religion.— Tho cslaliiiKhi-d rciinioTi in tho (ircok SchiHin, 
 of which tho Czar claims to Im tho hnail. Tho Calhollcg arn »till 
 vory numerous, tho inhabitants of tho provincen wont of tho 
 Dwina and Dniopor, which formorjy Iwlongod to Poland, 
 iHung chieny of that fuith. Thoir number ig estimated at «?•■,.• 
 7,000,000. 
 
 -t.-Educatlon, though still much neglected, has lat ly ..t 
 traded tho attention of tho government. To extend it, tho m;,; : 
 is divided into districts, each of wliich is to have a unive. <iiy 
 high schools, and elementary schools. 
 
 5.— Character.— To convey a .just idea of tho Russinn < hi,, 
 .ictor, tho different races of men which compose Ihe nation and 
 tho distinct classes into which they are divided, should be parti 
 cularly noticed. 
 
 ti— Qovemment.— Tho Government is a military despotism • 
 tho Sonato Is the highest court of judicature. 
 
 XI. — TOPOOBA- 
 
 PHY.— I, St. Petora- 
 burg, Ihn ca|iitiil of Iliis- 
 Kia, is 8ituatuil at the Junc- 
 tion of tho Ilivor Nova with 
 thoOulI of Finland, Itwas 
 fuundod In 170.1, by I'olcr 
 tho Great, and Is now a 
 rnagnincont city. It Is 
 suhjocl to dangerous Iri- 
 nndatlons, fiom llio break- 
 ing up of tlio ici' on Lalie 
 Lndofa and the lllvir 
 Nova. It Is tho jirincipal 
 I commercial city of tho cm- 
 |ilro, and .tho seal of learn- 
 ing and Fcience. In tho 
 ccnlro of tho City is the 
 flno equestrian slatiio of 
 Fetor tlio Groat, it is a 
 vast mass of granite. 
 
 "i. — Moscow, on tho River 
 Moskwa, llio old capilul, 
 near tho contro of the 
 country, was destroyed by * 
 
 tho groat lire, during tho French invasion of 1812. It la very irregularly built ; 
 tho strools, In general, arc uneven ond tortuous It is notod for its manufac- 
 tures. One of tho curiosities of Moscow is tho great bell, tho largest in tho 
 world, It Is 21 feet high, an d weig hs 1,600 tons. Moscow is connected witli 
 St. Petersburg by a railwi(y. 
 
 3—Wanaw, on tho ViUuIa, was the capital of Poland. It has suiTorod 
 greatly from sieges and bombardments. 
 
 i.— Nizhni Novgorod, at the confluonco of tho Oka and tho Volga, is cele- 
 brated for Its great annual fair. Hero from 200,000 to 300,000 traders and 
 merchants assemble during tho month of July, and a vast amount of business 
 is transacted. 
 
 XII -INDUSTRY AND OOMMEROH.— Though manufactures ar« 
 not gonorally in a very advanced slate, thoy are gradually increasing. 
 
 Tho principal arlloloa of Krporlt, valuod above $10,000,000, are Lillow, v, heat, 
 hemp, llai, timber, polaah, brialloa, oil, fiir*, Lather, 4c, Tho /mporU, eali 
 mated at $1.1,000,000, aro augar, cotton, atulfn, colfoo, Indigo, aplcei.Vlno, tea, 
 lead, tin, and Una llnsn. 
 
 Isil .i. PjLLAgE,— Bl. rEIERSUl-'Iia 
 
 CHAI'TEn XXXVI. 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 I. -SITUATION AND EXTBNT.-Franco is sltunled In 
 tho W. of C.'iurul Kurope, ,iiid h comprised between 42J20' 
 and 5l"j' N. lat. ; and between !')' W. and 8" E. long. Its length, 
 from N. lo 8., is (IDO miles ; and ii^ breadth, from E. to \V., 600 
 mites, 
 
 11— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by tho Engiisii 
 Channel and lielgium ; on tho E,, by Germany, Switzerland, 
 and Italy; on tho S., by the Pyrenees Mountains .md tho 
 Mediterranean; and, on the VV., by tie- Atlantic Ocean 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— France, which was formerly divided into 
 "r. Provinces, is now siibdiv ided into 80 Departments. Tho 
 Pi 0' aces are, lU the north, Flanders, Aitois, Picnrdv, Nor- 
 luaii , , Islo of Franco; in tho oast. Champagne, Franche- 
 Comi. Burgundy, Dallphinl^ ; in tho south, Provence, Avl 
 Kuoii Lnnguedoe, Roussillon, Foi.x, Gascony, Beam ; In the 
 v.st, Giiienne, Angoumois, Saintoiige, Poilou, Anjou, Maine, 
 Brittany ; in the centre, Orleanaisi, Touraine, Berri, Nivornais, 
 Bourboniiais, Mai, ho, Limousin, Auvergiu , and Lyoniials. Tho 
 Deparlmeiils are given on M.ip No 10. 
 
 IV-PAOB OF THB COUNTRY.- Franca Is rather a love! than a 
 mountainous enunlry, llie rocky mountains of tho Interior dwindling into ir- 
 pipnilleaneo wh.'n contrasted Willi tho Alps or Pyrenees, Tho woods and 
 
 forests, from which tho 
 greater jiart of tho fuel, 
 VBod in Franco is p;c- 
 cured, cover an area of 
 17.500,000 acres. 
 
 y. - DIVISIONS 
 OP LAND.— 1 Is- 
 lands.— The jirineipal 
 are, Ushant, west cf 
 Brittany ; Olcro'i, Rhi, 
 ind Detle-hle, in tho 
 Bay of Biscay ; Hibris, 
 {ci; on tho S.-E , and 
 Corsica, in the Medi- 
 terranean. 
 
 2.— Oapes — Oris- 
 Ncz, Da'^/leui; and La 
 Ilogue, in the English 
 Channel. 
 
 3 —Mountains.— 
 
 The Pyrenees, Delwecn 
 
 France and Spain ; 
 
 the Alps, Itetwecn Franco and Italy ; CaiUal and Puy ae Dome, '.n \ 
 
 Auvorgne; Mount Jura, between Franco and Switzerland^ Coie- 
 
 d'Or,\t\ Burgundy; and llio Vosges, between Franco and Lori&Ino. 
 
 VI.-HYDROaRAPHY.-l. Gulfe and Bays -'I ho Gull 
 of Lycms, on the S.-E. of France , Golfe ile Gascogne, or Bay of Biscay, 
 on the E ; tho ii.iys of St. Drieuc and Douarnsnez, on tho N.-E., 
 are the principal. 
 
 2.— The Strait of Dover, and the English Channel, between France 
 and England. 
 
 3.— Rivers. — The chief rivers are tho Seine, which flows Into 
 tho English Channel ; the Rhone with its tributary, the SaCne, 
 
 (a) Thoro wore throo countriei that hud tho nmno of Ruuia i namolr. Hod Rum1», WT,!!., 
 Kuwia, wiu Blmsk Eiuai*. Iho iiiuiuui iimpite ooonpioi' about ono sovonth o( all tho 
 aurfaoe of the oarth. 
 
 (a) la ono of theae blandi, oallod Lorins, vm tho celebratod Monaitoir In which St. 
 Patriok ipont nLie jetn, befote hii ipoitolio minion to Inland. 
 
 !| 
 
 j k. 
 
 ■ H 
 
 
 i^ 
 
64 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 The Sei.ve at Pabis. 
 
 into the Gulf of Lyons ; and iho Girondc and Loire, into the Bay 
 of Biscay. 
 
 \ •' —CLIMATE — Tlio climalc of Kinnco is scarcely surpassea by that 
 (if any (■ouiilry in Europo ; although, considering the gieat extent of its siir- 
 faco, there are great diversities. Hio mean annual temperature, in the N., is 
 J0», and, ill Iho S , CO" Fahr. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.- 1. Mlnerals.-The principal are, 
 lead, copper, mercury, zinc, tin. antimony, iiiangai'ese, ami coal ; but iron is 
 the most abundant, being found ut present in seven;y departments. The salt- 
 beds of Lorraine are supposed to bo thirty square leagues in extent. 
 
 - —Vegetables. — Franco may bo divided into throe regions : llrst, Iho 
 region of the olive, the most southern , Iho second terminates 'vith the cul- 
 tivation of the vine ; and the third comjirises the remainder of tiie country. 
 The soil is in many parts IV>rtili>, though in other.s, it is poor and stony. 
 Wheat, barley, oats, and potatoes an' raised in great ipiantilies, and llio cul- 
 tivation of beet for the manufaelnre of sugar, is rapidly increasing : lint the 
 cultivation of tlie vine forms the most important feature in Frencli agricul- 
 tine. French wines are among the best in the world. The Departments of 
 Marne and Aubo produce the celebrated champagne. In some of the southern 
 Provinces, whore silk-worms are iiroduced, the mulberry-tree is particularly 
 attended to. In the south, every kind of fruit is both cheap and abundant. 
 
 3 — Animals. -Domestic animals are common in the north, especially in 
 Normandy ami Limousin. The wild animals are Ihe black and the brown 
 bear, in the Pyrenees; the wolf and wild boar, in Ihelorcsts; the chamois 
 and wild goat, in the Alps and Pyrenees ; the stag, roebuck, hare, rabbit, and' 
 fox are common. The songster birds are numerous ; also the red and gi-cy 
 partridge, (|uail, pheasant, 4c There are several species of vipers, of harm- 
 less snakes, and scorpions, in the south, 
 
 Section 11.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— 1.1 800, the celebrated Charlemagne was crowned • his 
 conquests extended over Spain, Germany, and part of Italy. Soon after his 
 death, France lost Normandy. A great part of France was conquered by the 
 English in the reign of Edward III. , and in 1470, Henry V , of England, was 
 declared regent and heir to the throne of France. In a few years after, the 
 French, headed by tho renowned Joan of Arc, expelled the English from the 
 country. The remarkable events, since that time, have been the assassination 
 of Henry IV., in 1008 ; the long and prosperous reign of Louis XIV., wliicli* 
 was the Augui^tan era of French literature , the civil wars occasioned by tlie 
 Huguenots; the sanguinary revolution of 1793, and the beheading of Louis 
 XVI. Since tho execution of this good monarch, Franco has successively 
 been a republic, an empire, a kingdom, and is, at the present time (1877), a 
 republic. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHT.— 1. Races.— The Frcnrh people are 
 of a mixed race, partly Teutonic, but chiefly Celtic. The Gauls, or 
 Celts were the original inhabitants, but they were invaded, early 
 
 in the fifth century by the Franks, a confederacy of German 
 tribes. 
 
 2.— The French language is the diplomatic language of Europe, 
 and is perhaps, more widely diffused, at least in Europe, than 
 any other. It is derived from the Latin, Celtic, and Gothic. 
 
 3.— Religion.— Since tho year 496, when King Clovis was 
 baptized, the Franks have ever since professed the Catholic faith, 
 notwithstanding tho violent efforts made to suppress it by the 
 Waldenses and Albigenscs, in tho twelfth century, and, in the 
 sixteenth, by the Calvinists. There are in France about CCO,000 
 Protestants and 40,000 Jews. The number of religious of both 
 spxrs 's very numerous. There are 86 Catholic Dioceses in 
 Franco {o}. 
 
 i —Education.— Ill France instruction is of three kinds i 
 priiiiaiy, socoiidary, and superior Primary schools, for tho 
 gratuiious instruction of tho people, are very numerous , the 
 educational establishments conducted by tho Brothers of the 
 Christian Schools, in France alone, are attended by about 330,000 
 pupils (6). 
 
 The secondary instruction is given in royal and communal 
 colleges, under the superintendento of the university The supe- 
 rior instruction is given in 26 academies; these can grant the 
 degrees of doctor, &c. 
 
 5— Character. — In intellectual character, the French people 
 occupy a foremost place, while for exquisite taste, politeness, 
 and courtesy of manners, Ihoy are unrivalled among the nations. 
 
 The great activity and prominem itation of the female sex is 
 everywhere conspicuous : they are seen managing the shops, and 
 joining in the hardest toils of the loom and of the Held. 
 
 fi-— The Government, as at present constituted, is a republic. 
 
 XL— TOPOGRAPHY.— 1. PariJ, tho capital of France, ai.d tho second 
 largest city in Europe, i situated on the banks of the Seine Less than half 
 tho size of London, it far surpasses tho latter in magnificence, and is regarded 
 by all, as the most splendid city in Europe. It is surrounded by a fortified 
 wall and a series of forts ; it is adorned by sumptuous palaces, magnificent 
 churches, and other p \ ; ;c buildings, by fountains, gardens, triumphal arches, 
 and columns. There are, in Paris, 37 public libraries, containing over 
 3,000,000 volumes, the national library alone, contains 1,400,000 volumes and 
 80,000 manuscripts. 
 
 (fi) The roligi "i^ condition of France ia as follow • :— 
 
 Catholicj ... 35,«03,000 
 
 Lutherani 597,600 
 
 Otlier PrateittiLntj 40C0G 
 
 (6) They giro intlniotlon to 400,000 pupili, in (he different patti of tho world. 
 
 Sans.- 
 
 Other no Chriilian Sects , 
 
 TnHiwl.l..aln o» ..-.!.».. 
 
 46,000 
 44,000 
 
 ||\ 
 
BELGIUM. 
 
 65 
 
 2. — Lyons, at the confluence of the Hhone and Sadno, is the second city In 
 Franco with regard to population and commerce. It has numerous manufac- 
 tures, that of silk being the most celebrated, and contains the llnest provin- 
 cial library in France. 
 
 3. — Marseilles, the ancient MassiUa, founded by Greek colonists, B. C. 539, 
 is a very large and highly flourishing city ; it is the third in France with regard 
 to population. Its commerce in wines and fruits extends to oil ports of the 
 world. 
 
 4. Bordeaux is the great emporium of the wino trade, and one of the prin- 
 cipal seats of its foreign commorco.— ii«e is a strongly foj-tiflod cily on the 
 Belgian frontier.— 7bu(on is the most important city in the S. of Franco ; it 
 is a sort of southern capital for literature and science.— iioi/OT has a 
 statue of the celebrated Joan of Arc, who was burnt to death here, in 1431 j 
 and one of the Venerable Do LaSalle, the founder of the Brothers of the 
 Christian School.s. The iron spire of its cathedral is 150 metres, or about 500 
 feet high. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMHROB.-l. France, as a manufac 
 luring country, ranks next to Great Britain. Iron works are carried on in 
 varioas parts of tho country. Arms, bronze works, cutlery, and jewellery are 
 extensively manufactured. Tho silks of France aro remarkable for their 
 lustre and beauty. The woollen and cotton manufactures aro also very imjior- 
 tanl. 
 
 2.— The commerce of France is next to that of England. It amounted, in 
 1866, to 8 billions of francs, more than half of which was for exports. Tho prin- 
 cipal Imports consist chiefly in cotton, wool, coal, limber, hides, coflbe,. zinc, 
 lead, copper, and tropical produce. 
 
 The principal Exports are all kinds of manufactured goods, wines, jewellery 
 cottons, lace, gloves, olive oil, and preserved fruits. Perhaps no country in 
 tho world produces so many articles of use for religious purposesas France. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVII. 
 BELGIUM. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Belgium is situated N.- 
 E. of France, between 49<> 2T and 5l"> 31' N. lat. ; and between S" 
 37 and 60 E. long. Js gieatest length is 193 miles; and its 
 breadth, from N.-E. to S.-W., is 127 miles. 
 
 IL— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Holland ; 
 on the E., by Germany ; on the S., by France ; and, on the W., 
 by tho North Sea. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— The Kingdom is divided into nine Pro- 
 vinces, each of which is subdivided into arrondissements and the 
 arrondissements into commungs. 
 
 IV.— PACE OF THE OOUtrTRY.— Belgium is nearly a perfect 
 level, having scarcely a hill to diversify its surface. Woods and forests are 
 numerous. There ore many canals and railroads. It is covered with flourish- 
 ing towns and villages. 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OF LAND.— Mountains. — Belgium is 
 
 destitute of mountains ; but the southern and eastern Provinces 
 aro traversed by the heights of the Ardennes, which inclose the 
 valley of the Meuse, and separate its basin from that of the Moselle. 
 VL — HYDROGRAPHY.- Rivers. — The Scheldt with its 
 tributary the Meuse [Maas), flowing into the North Sea ; the Lys 
 principal affluent of the Scheldt ; and tho Sambre, that of the 
 Maas, are the principal. 
 
 VII.— The OLIMATB is in general temperate, mild, and agreeable ; but 
 it is humid and unhealthy, in the N. and N.-W. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUOTS.— I. Tho principal Minerala aro 
 
 iron, copper, lead, coal, slato, marble, porcelain clay, and alabaster. 2. Ve- 
 getablea.- The soil is generally rich, and in the highest state of cultivation ; 
 the agricultural productions are clover, turnips, flax, corn, and hops. 3. The 
 most valuable Animals are the horse and homed cattle, both of unusual 
 size. The principal wild animals are the roebuck, wolf, bear, and wild boar. 
 
 Section U.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 t^t— HI8TORY.— The ancient name of the low countries was Gallia- 
 Belgica. In 409, it became part of the empire of the Franks; about A. D. 800, 
 
 it was merged in tho empire of Charlemagne. After tho death of that emperor, 
 it was divided into several duchies, which, having been gradually absorbed 
 by that of Brabans, passed with it to the house of Burgundy, in 1406, and 
 continued with it till 1477, when it became united to Austria, and shortly 
 after formed part of the extensive dominion of the Emperor Charles V. On 
 the peace of 1710, it was ceded to Austria, which maintained possession of 
 it till 1791, when tho armies of the French Republic overran the country, and 
 portioned it out into nine departments as part and parcel of France. On tho 
 downfall of Napoleon I., in 1815, Belgium and Iloiiand united under tho king 
 of the latter. Tho Belgians, becoming discontented with their inlolercnt 
 government, obtained, in 1830, a recognition of their independence. They 
 have since enjoyed great prosperity. 
 
 X.-ETHNOGRAPHY.-l. Two Races of peopl,' me found 
 m Belgium, tho Teutonic and the Groco-Latin. 
 
 2.— The Languages arc three in number, Frencli, WiiUoon, 
 and Flemish. Modern French is the language of the court. The 
 Walloon is a dialect o/ the French, and is spoken in tho soiitliern, 
 and tlie Flemish, in tlie no .hern Provinces. 
 
 3.— The Religion of i^elgium is tho Catholic, and has been 
 such since the Belgians first received the faith by the preaching 
 of St. Eleutherius, in 532, and of Vedast, in 536. ' 
 
 4.— Education.— All restrictions on education having bijen 
 abolished in 1830, wo find, at tho present day, three distinct 
 systems ; the Catholic, the National, and the Liberal, in full opera- 
 tion, each having its nblic schools and universities. 
 
 5'- Character.- The Belgians aro remarkable for their inte- 
 grity, industry, hospitality, bravery, and unrivalled success in 
 manufactures and the art of painting. Belgium has p. oduced 
 a race of eminent artists. 
 
 6. — The Government is a limited constitutional monarchy, 
 the legislative pow(;r being invested in the King, a Senate, and a 
 House of Representatives ; the last two are elected by the people. 
 
 View op the Channei, at Ghent. 
 
 XI.— TOPOORAPHY.- 1 . Brussels, the capital, is situated en the Sonne ; 
 it is ono of the handsomest cities in Europe. It has extensive and varied manu- 
 factures. Its lace and carpets are celebrated. Seven miles S. of the City is 
 tje famous battle-fleld of Waterloo, where Napoleon was defeated, in 1815. 
 
 i.— Ghent, is the chief seat for cotton manufactures. In its environs aro four 
 hundred grem-houaas.— Antwerp, on the Scheldt, is the chief commercial 
 city, and contains a splendid cathedral (a). 
 
 XII.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB.-Tho chief pursuits are 
 mining, agriculture, and manufacturing. Tho general Commerce amounts to 
 about $600,000,000. The Imports consist principally of cotton, tea, coffee, and 
 tropical produce. The Exports are manufactures, coal and other minerals, 
 flax, dairy produce and live-stock; considering its size, Belgium is better 
 fiimishod with rivers, canals, and railways than any other European country. 
 
 !<» Ths iutb«ilr<>! uf Aulwokp ia ou« oi'tlie iiuMt (othio boildingg in £arop«. tt« length 
 ii 600 tnt, breadth 230, ud htUht 360. It< uchea ura tuppcrted by 125 plllun, formlDC 
 2S0ucade>. Ita ipira la 4S1 feet high. 
 
 
 II 
 
56 
 
 HOLLAND, OR THE NETHERLANDS.— THE GERMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVHL 
 HOLLAND, OR THE NETHERLANDS. 
 
 Section L— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I— SITUATION AND EXTENT —Holland is situated N. 
 of Belgium, and is comprised between 51" 12' and 53° 30' N. lat.; 
 and between 3" 20' and T" 12' E. long. Its length, from N. to. S., 
 is 160 miles ; and its breadth, from E. to W., 110 miles. 
 
 IL— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N. and W., by the 
 North Sea ; on the E., by Germany; and, on the S., by Belgium. 
 
 in.— DIVISIONS.— Holland is divided into 12 Provinces in- 
 cluding tlie two Duchies of Limburg and Luxemburg. 
 
 IV.— PAOB OP THE COUNTRY.— The general aspect of Holland 
 is that of a \ ast reclaimed marsh. It is lower than the sea, and is intorsected 
 by numerous canals, all of which serve for roads. The Dutch liave erected 
 dykus, at an enormous expenso, along Iho coast and banks of the great 
 rivers, genera'ly thirty feet high and seventy feet broad at the base, fenced 
 on the land ,idc, with wood and stone, and ne.\t the sea, witli mats, rushes 
 flags, or '.v;th sea-weed ; which last forms the most clTectuol protection 
 against the fury of the waves. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.— Islands.— The principal are, 
 Amcland, Sclietling, Vlieland, and Texcl, at the entrance of the 
 Zuider-Zee; Schowtn, Thokn, North Beveland, South Bevelaiul, and 
 Walcheren, forming in groat part the Province of Zealand. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.— 1. Seas and B&yB.—Liuwer-Zcc 
 and Dollart Bay, N. of Groningen ; and Zuidcr-Zce. S. of Frioslaud. 
 
 2.— Rivers.— The Rhine, with its branches, the Yssel and Waal, 
 flowing into the Zuider-Zee ; and Meuse, into the North Sea, 
 are the most important. 
 
 VII. — OLIMATB. — The country being low and marshy, the climate is 
 necessarily cold, moist, and foggy. In winter, the canals, rivers, and even the 
 Zuider-Zoo are frozen, so that the people travel over them on skates. 
 
 VIII— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— 1. There are no metallic substances 
 found lu Holland. 
 
 2. — 'Vegetables. — The principal jiroduclions are oats, barley, rye, buck- 
 wheat, flax, hemp, tobacco, hops, potatoes, beet-root, chicory, mustard, and 
 largo ciuanlities of fruit. 
 
 3. — Animals. — The horned cattle arc remarkable for their beauty; Iho 
 horses are excellent ; but the sheep are of an inferior description. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IK.— HISTORY.— This country was anciently inhabited by the Data- 
 vians, a jjeojile descended from the Frisons, who, of all the German nations, 
 maintained with the greatest courage and success, tlieir liberty against the 
 Itomans. Its subsequent liistory is comprised in that of Belgium. 
 
 X.— ETHNOORAPHY.— 1. Language.— Low Dutch, a dialect of the 
 German, is the language of Holland; it is a coarse, uncultivated language, 
 
 2. — Religion. — In 078, the sued of the Christian Faith was sown in 
 Holland, by Sts. Ellgius an.! Wilfred. For nearly 1000 years it remained 
 Catholic ; but, amid the general religious convulsions of the sixteenth century, 
 Calvinism was introduced, and is now the established religion. About two- 
 Dfths of the entire population are Catholics. 
 
 3.— Education. — They have a notional system of education, and a school 
 ii to bo found in every parish. 
 
 4. — Character. — The Dutch are a plain, cool, thinking people, industrious, 
 and excessively fond of gain. They are remarkable for domestic cleanliness. 
 
 5. — The Government is a limited monarchy. 
 
 XI.— TOPOORAPHY.— 1. Vie Hague, the capital of Holland, is situated 
 three miles from the soa. It is one of the best built cities in Europe, and is 
 intersected by numerous canals, bordered by rows of trees. Fine villas and 
 beautiful promenades adorn tlio Oily, 
 
 2. — Amsterdam, the principal city, is a place of extensive commerce. The 
 houses and streets are kept remarkably clean. Itotterdam, on the Mouso, rates 
 next to Amsterdam in commerce. Utrecht is famous for its university ; it is 
 also noted for the treaty of peace, which terminated the wars of the Spanish 
 succession, in 1713. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND COMMBROD.— l.Tho chief pursuits of Hol- 
 l.ind .-.r.-. its manufactures of silks and veivela, and of the eeiebraied Dutch liies 
 
 and bricks. 2. The Imports aro chiefly, sugar, coffee, spices, tobacco, indigo, 
 wine, woollen stufl's, hardware, and coal. The Exports are of three kinds : 
 firstly, the produce of the country, particularly butter and cheese ; secondly, 
 the produce of the colonies ; and thirdly, commodities brought to her ports 
 as to a warehouse. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIX. 
 THE GERMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-The German Empire, 
 including Prussia, is situated E. of France, Belgium, and Holland. 
 It is comprised between 47<> 20' and 55o 30' N. lat. ; and between 
 6° and 22" 30' E. long. Its greatest length, from the extreme E. to 
 the extreme W., is about 740 miles ; and its breadi'., from N. to S., 
 560 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Denmark 
 and the Baltic Sea ; on the E., by Poland ; on the S.-E., by 
 Austria ; on the S., by Switzerland and the Alps ; and, on the 
 W., by France, Belgium, and Holland. 
 
 IH.— DIVISIONS.— The German Empire is divided into eleven 
 large Provinces ; viz, six on the E. ; five on the 'W. There are also 
 20 smaller confederate States, which, with Prussia, constitute the 
 Northern German Confederation ; and a few southern indepen- 
 dent States ; viz, the Kingdoms of Bavaria, Saxony, 'Wurtemberg, 
 and the Grand Duchy of Badeii. 
 
 IV.— FACE OP THE COUNTRY.— The N. of Germany is a perfect 
 level ; the S. is traversed by chains of mountains and extensive forests; the 
 !•:. and W. of Prussia and Pomerunia form a part of that vast sandy plain, 
 which extends from the shores of Belgium to the extremity of Asiatic Russia, 
 of which nearly 17,000,000 acres are covered with forests. 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OP LAND.— I. Islands.— East and North 
 Frisian Islands, on the N.-W. ; Alsen and Fehmern Iskands, E. of 
 Sleswig ; Rugen, Usedom, and Wollin, on the N.-E. of Pomcrania, 
 are the principal. 
 
 2.-Mountalns.-The most remarkable are tlie Ilartz mountains, 
 ill Hanover ; the Fichlel-Gebirgc, in the N. of Bavaria ; the Erz- 
 Gcbirgc, forming the boundary between Saxony and Bohemia ; 
 the Alps, between Bavaria and Tyrol ; the Suabian Alps, in 
 Wiirtemborg ; and Sdm-apzwahl, in Dadon. 
 
 VI.-HYDROGRAPHY.— I. Gulfb and Bays.— The Days 
 of Heligoland, Kiel, and Litbcck, on the N.-\V. ; Rugen and the 
 Esluanj of the Oder, on the N. ; and tlie Gulf of Dantzic, on the 
 N.-E., are the principal. 
 
 2.— Lakes.— The chief are Grass Haff, at the mouth of the 
 Oder ; Frische Half, at the moutli of the 'Vistula ; Curische IlalT, 
 at the mouth of the Niomen ; and Geserich, Mauer, and Spirding 
 Sees, in Prussia Proper. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— The Visi-itn and Oder, flowing into the Baltic Sea ; 
 the Upper Danube, flow through Wurtemberg and Bavaria ; 
 the Rhine and its afllueuts, the Ems, Weser, and Elbe, flowing into 
 the North Sea. 
 
 Vir.— CLIMATE.- In Germany, generally speaking, the climate is tem- 
 perate and salubrious ; in Prussia, it is rather moist and cold, owing to the 
 forests and marshes. 
 
 Vm.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— 1. Minerals are abundant, espe- 
 cially in Upper Saxony and Prussia, where mines of silver, iron, copper, tin, 
 lead, and coal abound. Amber is principally found along the low tongue of 
 land between Curische HofTand Ducal Prussia. 
 
 2.— Some of the Provinces ore fertile, abounding in grain ; in Silesia, the 
 vine is cultivated. Timber is produced in the forests. 
 
 3.— Animals. — The forests abound with wild animals. The wolf and 
 liamster in the Ilarz ; the lynx, fox, marten, and weasel generally ; and the 
 hog and deer in many places. The glutton, found hero, is said to be tho most 
 voracious of all animals. 
 
 Section II.-POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX. — HISTORY. — After tho demise of Charlemagne, who was Emperor 
 
 of Germany, tho empire passed to tho Germans and became eteclivo in 'Jl I. In 
 
 
AUSTRIA. 
 
 57 
 
 I3C5, the Golden Bull, whicU regulated the previously unsettled elements of the 
 Germonia Body, was enacted ; and was tho Magna Charla of the Empire, until 
 its dissolution in 180G. Tho title of Emperor of Germany was exchanged by 
 Francis II. for that ofEmiwror of Austria, which is still retained. Prussia was 
 erected into a kingdom, in 1701. Buonaparte became master of nearly all the 
 Prussian dominions ; but at the congress of Vienna, most of them were restored 
 and are now governed by Frederick William IV,, who is also Emperor of Ger- 
 many, since 1870. 
 
 X.~ETHNOQRAPHY.— I. Races. — The pcoplo of Gor- 
 many belong almost exclusively to the Teutonic stock. 
 
 21— The Oerman Language, which is a dialect of the Teu- 
 tonic, is generally spoken Ihroughout the whole country. 
 
 3. — Religion. — The Prussians were converted to Christianity 
 by St. Adalbert, who commenced his mission, in 996, at Danlzic, 
 which readily received tho faith. Prussia continued Catholic 
 till 1525, when Albert, grand-master of the Teutonic Knights, 
 became ftrst duke of Prussia. The established religion at present 
 is the Evangelical, formed from Lutheranism and Calvinism, by 
 the late king. There are from si.x to seven millions of Catltolics, 
 in Prussia, and about twenty-four millions in tlie Germanic Con- 
 federation. Germany is the bii th place of Protestantism. 
 
 4.— Education is in,a highly flourishing condition, especially 
 in Saxony and tlie central States, where one-sixth of the popula- 
 tion is constantly at school. Attendance at school is compul- 
 sory. 
 
 5. — Character. — In general, tho Germatis are represented as 
 of a phlegmatic disposition, possessed of a strong and vigorous 
 mind, inured to habits of reflection, and strictly upriglit in their 
 sentiments and conduct. 
 
 6. — The Qovemment is a constitutional monarchy, with a 
 parliament, consisting of a House of Lords and a House of Repre- 
 sentatives. 
 
 liLiaiN. 
 
 XI —TOPOGRAPHY.— 1. Dertin, tho capital, on tho River Spree, is a 
 handsoni'^ <ily; it is noted for its hterary institutions, and its university. There 
 are e.Ktcnsive manufucturos, among which, tho most remarkable are its beauti- 
 ful cast-iron articles called " Berlin-jewellery," and its paper, porcelain, and 
 dyo-works. 
 
 2. — Hamburg, a. celebrated free city on the Elbe, is tho largest and most 
 important in Germany, — Dreilau Is the second city in Prussia in point of popu- 
 lation.— A/imic/i, is the capital of Bavaria; its royal library contains 800,000 
 volumes. — Dresden is the third largest city in Western Germany. — Cologne, llio 
 third city in Prussia, is famous for its distilled waters, called Eau de Cologne. 
 —Aix-la-Chapclle, was formerly the capital of the empire of Charlemagne. 
 
 XII. -INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROB. — The chief pursuits are 
 manufact\irin^, mining, and agriculture. The principal Exports are various 
 manufactured goods; grain, linen, pottery, wine, wool ; Saxon wool is consid- 
 ered the best in Europe. Tho Imports consist of sugar, coffee, tea, cotton, 
 silk, Hiid various tropical goods. 
 
 XIII.— Internal Oommunloatlon.— Commerte is greatly facilitated 
 by an extensive network of r.iihviiys, by numerous navigable rivers, and a few 
 important canals, in Prussia. 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 Section L-PHYSIGAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 L-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Austria lies S. of Russia 
 and Prussia, and is comprised between 44" and 50* N. lat. ; and 
 between 9° 4o and I'fl" 30 E. long. Its length, from E. to W., is 
 850 miles ; and its bread! Ii, from N. to S., is about 45U miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on tlie N., by Prussia 
 and Russia; on the E., by Russia and Turkey; on the S., by 
 Turkey and the Adriatic Sea ; and, on the W., by Switzerland, 
 Germany, and Italy. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— The Austrian Empire may he divided 
 into seventeen Provinces; viz, one Polish, Oulicia, in the N.-E. ; 
 five Hungarian, or Hunganj, in the centre ; Transylvania, in the S.- 
 E. ; Sctavonia, Croatia, Military Frontier, and Dalmatia, in the S. 
 and S.-E. ; Eleven German, Silesia, Moravia, Bohemia, in the N.. 
 W. ; Upper ani Lower Austria, Stiria, Carniola, Istria, Carintliiu, 
 Siilsburij, and Tyrol, in the west. 
 
 IV,— FAOB OP THE COUNTRY.— Austria has but a small extent 
 of sea-coast, and is, for tho greater part, a vast plain, surrounded or traversed 
 by numerous mountain ranges. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND,-l. Islands.— Two groups in 
 the Adriatic Sea ; viz, tho lUyrian Archipelago, in the Gulf of 
 Quarnero, and the Dalmatian Archipelago, on the W. coast of 
 Dalmatia, are the principal. 
 
 i. — Mountains.— The Carpathian Mountains,'between Hungary, 
 Moravia, and Galicia ; the Transylvanian Alps, E. and S. of Tran- 
 sylvania ; Dinarie Alps, E. of Dalmatia ; Julian Alps, in Carniola; 
 Earnic Alps, S.-W. of Tyrol ; Rhatian Alps, in Tyrol ; Bohmencald, 
 N.-W. ; and Erz-Gebirgc, \. of Bohemia. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.— 1. The Gulfs of Trieste and Quar- 
 nero lie in the \. of the Adriatic Sea. 
 
 2.— Lakes.— iVcus(('i//crSe6', and Balaton or Plattcn See, in Hun- 
 gary, are tlie principal. 
 
 3. — Rivers. — The chief rivers are the Upper Dniester, in 
 Galicia; tlie Danube, with its tributaries, the March and the 
 Thciss, on its left bank ; and the Inn, the Drove, and the Save, on 
 its right bank. 
 
 VII,— CLIMATE.— The Austrian Empire being composed of so many 
 different States, must necessarily vary in climate ; yet no country can boast of 
 a liner atmosphere. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.- 1, Minerals.— The minerals are 
 gold, silver, iron, from Stiria, which makes the llnost steel; also, copper, lead, 
 mercury, coal, marble, antimony, salt, etc. 
 
 2. — Vegetables. — No part of Europe surpasses Austria in richness of 
 soil. In Hungary, especially, ail tho luxuries of life are found in profusion. 
 Tho southern Proviiic.is produce abundance of corn, llax, saffron, various 
 wines, and tobacco of a valuable kind. 
 
 3.— Animals. — Tho domestic animals are of an excellent kind, particularly 
 the cattle. Amongst the wild animals r.re the bear, wolf, chamois, boar, mar- 
 mot, and beaver. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.- The Counts of Hapsburg, a small territory in Switzer- 
 land, were the original founders of the imperial house of Austria. Hungary and 
 Bohemia were added to the Austrian dominions, in U38 ; and Spain, in 1490, 
 Ferdinand, the son of Charles V., was elected Emperor of Germany. The House 
 of Austria became extinct in 1740, by tlio death of Charles VI. Tho present 
 reigning family are descended from tho dukes of Lorraine, retaining only the 
 title of Emperor of Austria, that of Emperor of Germany having been abolished 
 at the confederation ol the hhino. 
 
 
 
m 
 
 58 
 
 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 
 X.-ETHNOaRAPHY.-l. Racea.-Tlio people of Austria 
 compriso fourt;re,U races ; viz, tiie Srl,n'oiii„n.i, HoHmaiis, (in"huling 
 Italians and Wallachiansi, Oa-nuiin, ami Mmjijan, llio latter are 
 the dominant race in Hungary and Transylvania, The Jews aro 
 numerous in Austria, 
 
 2,— The Languages spoken in this oxtonslvo Empire belong 
 to four distinct families ; viz, the Sctavoninn, Teutonic, Gmo-Latin, 
 and Finno-Tartaritin. 
 
 3.— Religion.— All the Provinces of Austria profess the Catho- 
 lic Religion, Xo civil rights, however, are witheld, nor is the 
 slightest molestation offered to any on accoiuit of their religious 
 belief (a). " 
 
 ■4.— Education.— The State provides gratuitously for the edu- 
 cation of all its subjects, from the prince to the peasant. Religion 
 and education are connected ; Auslria odors education to all, but 
 docs not make it compulsory, 
 
 5.— Character.— The natives of Austria are cold and formal 
 
 I in their niaiincrs, but they are withal, sincere, good-natured, 
 
 and hosiiilable, Tliey are good soldiers, ingenious artisans, 
 
 remarkable for integrity, and free from tiioso vices co: mou in 
 
 other countries, 
 
 C— The Government is an hereditary monarcliy, nearly ab- 
 solute, thou-h ahuDst every country subject to the Erapi'o enjoys 
 its own code of laws. The Emperor's power in Hungary is very 
 limited, the aristocracy in two legislative cliauibers managing 
 the affairs of that country, 
 
 XI. — TOPOGRA- 
 PHY.— I. IV(7i«rt, on Uio 
 right blink of the Danube, 
 tlie capital of the Austrian 
 Empire, is one of tlio largest 
 anj most elegant cities on 
 Iho continent ; it containa 
 numerous sjilcnJid palaces, 
 and magnillcent public 
 libraries oneof wnlch, the 
 Imperial Library, contains 
 320,000 vokimes, 
 
 2. — Piiii/ur, i\n 'inoient, 
 large, and lijj-lilie.l riiy, on 
 both sides of the Moldau, 
 is one of the finest in the 
 Empire, — Peslh contains a 
 university which has -19 
 professors.— Ti-iesic is a 
 large city on the Adriatic, 
 and tho principal seaport 
 of Austria. Trent, on tho 
 left bank of tho Adige, is 
 memorable for the (JEcu- 
 mcnical Council held here 
 from 1545-03. 
 
 XII. — INDUSTRY 
 AND OOMMEROB, 
 — The chief pursuits of In- 
 dustry aro manufacturing, 
 mining, and agriculture 
 
 Vienna, 
 
 Tlie foreign commorco of tho Empire is compar- 
 atively trifling ; the Exports consist chiefly of nalivo agricultural and mineral 
 produce, and machinery ; the chief Imports aro raw cotton and iron. 
 
 Tho Danube, with its navigable tributaries, Is the groat commercial thorough- 
 fare of the Empire. Railways have made great iirogreis, and connect the capi- 
 tal with the most distant points of the country. 
 
 (<i) The population of Austria, according to their Iwliof, ai oalcultlod for 1804, l> a< fol- 
 lowa: 
 
 Roman Catholics, United Greeks. 
 
 and Armenian! 27,0M,3W 
 
 Schlimatio Oretiki 3,082,084 
 
 Proteitanle 3,50i),013 
 
 Unllarlani 55,070 
 
 J"" 1,375,801 
 
 OtherSeoM e,U06 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 
 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 Section I,— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Switzerland lies east 
 of France, and is comprised between 46° and 48» N. lat. ; and 
 between 6°C' and 10035' E. long. Its length, from E. to W,, is 205 
 miles ; and its breadth, from N, to S,, 130 miles, 
 
 II,— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N,, by Germany ; 
 on tho E,, by Austria ; on the S,, by Italy ; and, on the W., by 
 Franco 
 
 HI.— DIVISIONS.— Switzerland is divided into 22 cantons : 
 in the N,, seven ; in the S, three; in the W,, three ; and in the 
 centre, nine. 
 
 IV.-PAOB OP T&id COUNTRY.— Switzerland presents a great 
 variety of grand and beautiful scenery ; huge mountains, frightful precipices, 
 regions of snov; which never melts, and glaciers, resembling seas of ice, are 
 everywhere in contrast with fertile valleys, neot cottages, picturesque lakes, 
 and crystal streams. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.-Mountains.-Tlie Alps, the 
 loitiest summits of which are, on the Swiss fide, Moitte Rosa, Great 
 St. Bernard, &n. 
 
 VL- HYDROGRAPHY. -1, hal^ea. - Constance, on the 
 Rhine ; Zurich, on tho Limmat ; Lucerne, on the Reuss ; Neuf- 
 chatel, in the N.-W. ; and Geneva, on the Rhone, remarkable for 
 the beauty of its surrounding scenery. 
 
 •2.— Rivers.— The chief rivers are the Rhine, which flows 
 5^^^^ ^^ through Lake Cons- 
 
 ^'r~~t-__^_--"~7=— --^-""T^jr^a tance ; tho Rhone, 
 
 which flows through 
 tho Lake of Gc.ieva ; 
 and the 7if!/M, through 
 Lake Lucerne. 
 
 VII .-CLIMATE. — 
 The climate is as various 
 as the surface is diver- 
 sifled, the heat in the 
 valleys being somet'mes 
 oppressive, whilo '.he cold 
 in the elevated regions is 
 excessively severe, 
 
 VIII. — NATURAL 
 PRODUCTS,-!. Min- 
 erals.— There are fei^ 
 iron mines in the Jura 
 Mountains ; silver, copper, 
 and lead are also found ; 
 granite and porphyry 
 abound ; rock crystals are 
 found sometimes so large 
 as to weigh seven or eight 
 hundred pounds, 
 
 2— Vegetables.— Al- 
 most all the vegetable pro- 
 ducts of Europe are found 
 in Switzerland. In the val- 
 
 _. _. . „ Wheat, borley, oats, maize, 
 
 flax, hemp, and tobacco are also cultivated ; but the chief agricultural pro- 
 duce consists in cheese and butter. 
 
 3— AnimalB. — Cattle are raised in vast numbers. The wild animals are tho 
 bear, wolf, lynx, wild boar, chamois, and game of all kinds. The birds of proy 
 comprise numerous species of tho eagle and the vulture tribes. 
 
 Section H.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY,— The Helvetic, or (Jothic race were the ancient inhabi- 
 tants of this country. They were subdued by the Germans and Burgundlona, 
 in the flfth century. In 1308, their independence was restored by a successful 
 revolt, in which William Tell took a principal part ; a republican form of govern- 
 msTit SViGCwdwl. In 179S, Buosuparie timirXcu ihia Cuuiilry tu FfaliCc, Uii'ltrr 
 
 leys, grapes, oranges, and pomegranates thrive. 
 
SPAIN. 
 
 60 
 
 the title of the Helvetian republic ; but at the pesos ofl 8 1 6, the ancient form 
 of govemmoni was restored. 
 
 X -ETHNOGRAPHY.— I. Races.— Tho prcHunl inhabiu 
 anls belong to two distinct races ; tho Toutoiiic and llio Coltic ; 
 the latter is the most numerous. 
 
 2.— Tho Language, in somo cantons is tlio Oormnn, in somo, 
 French, in others, Italian. 
 
 3.— Religion.— In eight of tho canioiiH, the Catholio Religion 
 prevails ; in seven, tho Protestant. In tlio others, tho Catholics 
 and Protestants are nearly equal in numbers. 
 
 4.— Education.— The people of all lanks aro well educated 
 and intelligent, according to their condition iit life. Thoro is a 
 university at Basle, at Zilrich, and at Oonovn. 
 
 5. — Character. — 
 Tho Swiss have been 
 long admired for their 
 probity and ardent love 
 of liberty; but religious 
 innovations have ro- 
 nioved much of what 
 was beautiful in the 
 Swiss character. 
 
 G. — The Govern- 
 ment is republican. 
 Tlie cantons are bounil 
 to unite in times of 
 danger. Tho general 
 government is carried 
 on by a diet, to which 
 each canton si'uds a 
 deputy. 
 
 Xl.-TOPOORAPHY. 
 
 —Geneva, on llie liilic of llio 
 same name, is distint?uis!iO(l 
 for its literary institutions, 
 (ind extensive manufactures 
 of clocks, Ac. — Berne is tho 
 capital since 1818. — Base, on 
 tho Rhino, is the most com- 
 mercial town in Switzerland. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROH.-Tlio chief Industries are 
 opricullure, grazing and manufacturing. Tho principal Bxports aro silk, cotton, 
 goods, laco, watches, cattle, cheese, and wine ; tho Imports aro wheat, leather 
 hemp, fla.\, tobacco, hardware, 4C. 
 
 IV— FAOB OP THE OOUNTBY.— The face of this country is beauti- 
 ful through the greater part of tho year : though mountainous, it is ftill of 
 bloom anil verdure, abounding in vineyards, orange-groves, and rich pastures. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OPLAND.-l. Islands. -The Balearic 
 Isles, consisting of Majorca, Minorca, Iviga, and FormeiUara, in tlie 
 Mediterranean. 
 
 2.— Oapes— /V/ij's«erre and <!■ 'gal, on the N.-W.'i Penas, on the 
 N. ; JVdo, Palos and de Gnta, ,j the S.-E. ; and Trafal'jar, on tlio 
 south. 
 
 3. — Mountains. — The Cantnhrian Mounts, extending from the 
 Atlantic to the Py. onees ; the Pi/rc/icfS, between Spain and France 
 Sierra Morena, in the N. , and Sierra Nevada, in the S. of Andalusia ; 
 Sierra de Guadalupe, dc Toledo, and de Gredos, in tho centre. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRA- 
 
 PHY. 
 Bays.- 
 
 Ocorge, 
 rnncan ; 
 
 -1. Gulfs and 
 
 -nasnr and 5;. 
 in tlio Meditcr- 
 and tlio B/ivof 
 
 FoninESS and Sihait or GiuiiALiAn 
 
 CHAPTER XLl. 
 SPAIN. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I. - SITUATION AND EXTENT. — Spain lies 8.-W. of 
 France, and is comprised between 3Go and 43o 45' N. lat. ; and 
 between 9o 20' '.V., and 3» 2(t' E. long. Its length, from E. to W., 
 is 650 miles ; and its breadth, from N. to 8., 550 miles. 
 
 II— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on tho N., by the Bay of 
 Biscay and tho Pyrenees Mountains ; on the E. and 8., by the 
 Mediterranean Sea and the Strait of Gibraltar ; and, on tho W., 
 by Portugal and the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 Hi.— DIVISIONS. — Spain was divided into 12 Provinces (a) ; 
 namely, in tho N., Asturias, Old Castile, Bagquei, Navarre, 
 and Arragon ; in the E., Catalonia, Valencia, and tho Balearic 
 Islands; in the S., Andalusia; in the W., EgtremaduraandLeon j 
 and, in the centre, New Castile. Spain is now divided into 49 
 New Provinces. 
 
 (d) B^ s royal decree, dated mis, the Smialih torritenr In the Ponlniula and adlarant 
 iiiliuilia waa divided inia^'i ProvinoeB, taking their namea rrom their roicpejtlvo eapltals. 
 except Navarre, Bitea]', AUra, and aaipiuoon. which retain their anolent denomlnatkioi. 
 
 Biscay, on the east. 
 
 2.— The Strait of Ci- 
 linillar, between Spiiin 
 Mini Africa. 
 
 3. — Rivers. — Ttio 
 Iirincijial aro, tin; i:bro, 
 flowing into tho Medi- 
 terranean ; tho Guadal- 
 quivir, Guadiana, Tagus, 
 and Douro, flowing into 
 the Atlantic. 
 
 VII. — Tho CLIMATE 
 in the N. is temperate , on 
 llio high-lands, in tho centre, 
 it is exceedingly dry, and in 
 tho S., hot. 
 
 VIII. — NATURAL 
 PRODUCTS.— 1. Min- 
 erals.— Gems of various 
 kinds aro found in abund- 
 ance ; also loadslono, crys- 
 tal, raarblo, lead, copper, 
 mercury, and coal. 
 
 2.— Vegetables.— The productions of Spain aro numerous and varied : all 
 the grains of tho tempcrato zones grow with lu.xuriance in tho N., and, in the 
 S., the grape, almond, olive, llg, and sugar-cane. It is noted especially for 
 the production of e.xcoUfnl wines, of wliicli Shnrij and Malaqa are iho" best 
 known. 
 
 3.— The Animals a^ (leol horses and I.eautiful mules ; the merino sheep, 
 which it is supposed, amount to live millioiu:, are celebrated for the fineness ol 
 their wool. Tho wild bulls of Andalusia were long used to furnish ainusomonts in 
 tho Roman amphitheatres. Wolves are found ill great numbers. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— Tho Romans obtained possession of Spain, and succeed- 
 ed in reducing it to a Roman i.,ovince, about 35 years B. C. Early in tho lifth 
 century, it was overrun by tr Vn idals, and in 472, by the Visi".-'! . In 712, 
 it fell under tho dominion of tho Moors of Barbary. They Iield ;^j-i>ision of a 
 great part of tho country until the reign of Fenlirand and Isab^ .tho suo- 
 coeded in destroying their power, in 1510. In I7CI, the house of Bourbon was 
 called to the Spanish tlu-one, and continued to occupy it till now, excepting when 
 temporarily interrupted by tho wars of Napoleon I., and, in 1868, by the revel;: 
 tion which obliged Queen Isabella and her family to go into e.xile. After an 
 interregnum of two years, Victor Emmanuol's, 'king of Italy), second son, Ama- 
 dos, was raised to the Spanish throne. In 1872, tho new king was forced to 
 abdicate, then Spain was proclaimed a republic which lasted for some years, 
 and at present (1877) Don Alphonso, son of Isabella, is king. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1. Races.— The population is 
 composed of the descendants of Celts, who formed the original 
 pnpiil.tMnii, nf Goths, from the north, R.".;nr,ns, fFomTtaiy, and 
 Moors, from Africa. 
 
 11 
 
 I'^ILii 
 
 ^ s 
 
 mr «] 
 
 ■ -wj":magy. gn!g 
 
60 
 
 PORTUGAL.— ITALY. 
 
 2.— Language.—Tlie Spanish language, which is derived from 
 Ihe Roman. 
 
 3.— Religion. — For many ages, the Spaniards and Portuguese 
 have unswervingly adhered to the Catholic faith, and, notwith- 
 standing the toleration offered by law, no other religion is pro- 
 fessed in any part of the country. 
 
 4. — Education is extensively diffused ; we may easily judge 
 of the state of education in Spain at the time when it had no 
 fewer than twenty-four universities crowded with students. 
 
 5- — Character. — The Spaniards are remarkably grave, brave, 
 generous, temperate, and hospitable. 
 
 6.— The Qovemment is at present (1877) a limited monarchy. 
 
 XI.— TOPOORAPHY.— I. Madrid, the capital of Spain, is located on 
 li small branch of the Tagus. It contains many churches, convents and 
 palaces. This City is connected by railroads with Paris and the cities on the 
 Mediterranean Sen. It is the most elevated capital in Europe. 
 
 i.—Uarcelona is the principal port of comme-co.— Sei)i7/e is one of the most 
 ancient turns in Europe.— Va/wicio, surnamod the fcoauliful, is largely 
 engaged i.-i llie silk mu^ufacture. 
 
 XII. — INDUSTRif AND OOMMEROB. — The chief pursuits are 
 agriculture, grazing, .n" mining. The skiof articles in £rpor/j are wool, wine, ' 
 brandy, oil, and fruits; ind the Imports are colonial produce, salted pro- 
 visions, butter, cheese, cutlery, anil glass. Several canals have been con- 
 structed along thi' I'ankp of such rivers as ore not navigable. There are no 
 good public roads. W'.kvI i .uriagos are litOe used, the principal part of the 
 transit trade being elTcded on the bii.-kj of mules. 
 
 XIII.— The Oolonlal PoBnerip!.> -^ j of Spain are: in America, tlic 
 Islands of Cuba and Porto Rica in :«;, iiysia, the Philippine and Ladnme 
 Islands ; and in Africa, the Prcsid.os, on the north coast of Morocco, tl:..- 
 Islands of Fernando Po on the coast of G\, ii.a, iuiil the Canary Islands. 
 
 'i.— Andorra is a small republic on the !;■; anj.h side o.' the Pyrenees, with 
 
 an area of 190 srjuare miles. Though nomiiia,' 
 under the control of France and Spain. 
 
 independent, it is very much 
 
 CHAPTER XLIL 
 PORTUGAL. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 L — POSITION AND EXTENT. — Portugal lies on the 
 Atlantic, W. and S. of Spain, and forms with it the Iberian 
 Peninsula. Ii is comprised between 37° and 42» N. lat. ; and 
 between 0° 30' and 9" 80' W. long. It is 3C0 miles long by 130 
 broad. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— it is bounded on the N. aud E., by 
 
 Spain ; and, on the S. and \V., by tlie Atlantic. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— Portugal is divided into the si.x follow- 
 ing Provinces ; Minho, Tras os Monies, Beira, Extremadura, 
 Alemtejo, and Algarve. 
 
 IV.— PAOFl OP THE COUNTRY.— The interior is hilly and mount- 
 ainous, with a general declivity f -n Jie E. to (he Atlantic. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.— 1. The Oapes Roca, at the 
 W., and St. Vincent, at the poulh-west. 
 
 2.— Mountains.— The Sierra de Estrclla, in the centre, and 
 Sierra de Monchvjue, in the S., range through Portugal from 
 E. to west. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY.— 1. The Bay sof Sciubal and Lisbon, 
 in the W. of Estremadura, are the principal. 
 
 2.— The River Minho, between Minho and Spain ; the Douro, 
 Tagus, and Guadiana, all which rise in Spain. 
 
 Vll.-fl-ho CLIMATE is mild and healthy. 
 
 VIII.— The PRODUCTS are similar to those of Spain. The most noted 
 is the grape, from which several varieties of wine are made. There are rich 
 mine?, a. r.cr.], {.".a.i^ snd fine ifuQ. Mai-ble of a superior tjuaiity is abundant. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HI.-'-.: .n-HV — Portugal win succossiTely possessed by the Rhoonl- 
 cians, Carl'- ians, Romans, Goths, and Moors. In 1139, these last were 
 defeated L ijihonso I., who was proclaimed King of Tortugal by his army, 
 on the ncld of victory. Towards the close of the t5th century, the Portuguese 
 made many maritin. ■ discoveries. In 1560, the Spaniards subdued this 
 country, but wore expel, d in ICIO, when John. Duke of Braganza, was called 
 to the throne, which is still occupied by hli family. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.- 1. In hr(>ago and general character 
 the Portuguese are similar to the Spaniards. 
 
 2.— The Language is tl.,> Galieian >'ialoct of the old Bpanish 
 Romance language, with some modifications. 
 
 3.- Religion.— The r.ligious liistory of Portugal is nearly the 
 same as thai of Spain. The Roman Ciholic religion i', estab- 
 lished by law ; but all other rehgions are i«,'«rated. 
 
 4.— The system of Education is contiol!.?.! by a govoiissient 
 council. 
 
 5.— Tlu) Government is a limited monarchy. 
 
 XI -TOPOGRAPHY.- tijion the capital, on 'h River Tagus, is a 
 t' i.ii 'jf considerable commerce, and ■, , one of the finest harbors in 'he world; 
 t'li.H Ciiy is noted ih tl-.n l.iptory of th ■ Peninsular war. In the year 1755, it 
 was nearly dcstri >• i ! ui eirlhquak- ind 60,000 of the inhabitants perished. 
 — Oport'j, iie.tt to;..-' •:> I !ie chit ''comiif.-oial city, near the.aouth of the Douro, 
 Is famous for its port- n--. 
 
 XII.-INDUSTBY .4HD :.^:iMMB»C3. -The manufactures are in- 
 
 ccnMjorable; buttliei ! Hi'-.-ch I'niHi.-i as -(Viih England, Portugal transmitting 
 thithiT coin, bullion, i'.; im( \i;. a-i.l c.iijer (.•"?«*. The other Exports are wines, 
 of which po-( is li'.e be^t i.iv. ,.; oil, fii^5,i>-, fruits of various kinds, drugs, 
 tobacco, irid r.nt^n, Tlii- imports front England, in 1870, amounted to 
 S8,7.iO,000. 
 
 XIII.— The Colonial Posaeasiona of Portugal are the Azores, Cape 
 Verd, and Madeira Islim.b iind some small islands on the AfVican coast and 
 a few settlements in India and China. 
 
 CHAPTER XIJIl. 
 ITALY. 
 
 INCLUDING THE STATES OP THE CHURCH. 
 Si-cTioN 1.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Italy is mainly enclosed 
 !jy the waters of the Meditorranoan, soulh of Austria and Swit- 
 ZL-iland, and is comprised between 3G''4C' and 4C''40' N. lat. ; and 
 5''40' and 18"30' E. long. Its longth, from Mont Blanc to Cape 
 Leuca, is 700 milos ; and its breadth, from the Adriatic to the 
 Rhone in Savoy, is 3S0 milos. It consists principally of a narrow 
 peninsula, in shape like a boot. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Austria 
 and Switzerland ; on the E., by the Adriatic ; and, on the S. and 
 W., by the Mediterranean. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— The Kingdom of Italy includes the State 
 of Sardinia, the States of the Clntrcli, the Kingdom of Naples, the 
 States of Vcnitia, aud the Republic of San Marino. 
 
 1.— The State of Sardinia includes, with the exception 
 of Venctia, all of Italy lying north of the States of the Chu;-ch 
 together with the Island of Sardhiia. T^io-m the capital, on the 
 left bank of the Po, is a beautiful city. 
 
 2.— The States of the Church Unown as the Patrimony of 
 St. Peter, or the temporal possessions of the Pope occupy a por- 
 tion of Central Italy. In 18"", Homagna and some other states 
 were stripped from the Holy ■■' ^nd annexed to Sardinia. The 
 other portions, including thi ' ,- of Home and Civita Vecchia, 
 remained under the Govemmont of the Pope until 1870, when 
 they were also annexed to the Kingdom of Italy. 
 
 3.— The Kingdom of Naples, including the Island of Sicily 
 and Lipari Islands, is the southernmost state of the Kingdom of 
 Italy. Naples, the capital, is splendidly situated on the Bay of 
 Naples. Near it is the Volcano of Vcsuviiii. 
 
 
ITALY. 
 
 61 
 
 fit 
 
 .ROHI. 
 
 4.— The State of Venetla lies in tlie norlh-eaatorn part of 
 Italy, oil the Adriatic. Venice, the capital of Veuitia, is one of the 
 finest cities in Europe. It is built on 72 small islands, united by 
 3G0 bridges. Instead of streets there are canals, and people go 
 about the city in boats called gondolcs. 
 
 5.— San Marino.— The Republic of San Marino is one of the 
 most ancient states of Europe. It is a small fortified town, built 
 on a mountain, with a scanty territory around it. Its population 
 is about 8,000. Area, 2 1 square miles. The town was built A. D. 
 441, by St. Marinus, from whom it is named. 
 
 IV.— PAOB OP THE COUNTRY.— I.ony and rugged mountains, 
 oxtonsivo marshos, fcrtilo pluiiis and valleys, and rich groves of olives, 
 oranges, and oilier frait-lre(}S, loi'in llie loading features in llic aspect of 
 Italy. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.- 1. Islands.-The Islands of 
 Sardinia and Sicily, S.-\V. of Italy ; Elba, between Corsica and 
 Tuscany ; the Lipnri Isles, N. of Sicily ; and Malta, S. of Sicily ; 
 the latter belongs to Britain. 
 
 2. — Oapes. — The principal Capes are Santa Maria ie Leuca, 
 Colone, Spartivento, S. of the Peninsula ; Passaro, Vito, Gallo, and 
 Colava, in the Sicily. 
 
 3. — Mountains. — Pennine, Lepontine, Rhoetion, and Carnic Alps, 
 on the N. ; Apennine Mountains, which run from the N.-W. to the 
 S.-E. ; Maritime, Cottian, and Graian Alps, in the north-west. 
 
 VI.— HYDROGRAPHY— 1. Gulfs— The Gulf of Venice and 
 Manfredonia, on the E. ; the Gulfs of Taranto and SquUlace, on the 
 S.-E. ; the Gulfs of Eufemia, Polkastro, Salerno, Gaela, and Genoa, 
 on the west. 
 
 2. — The Strait of Messina, between Italy and Sicily ; the Strait 
 of Bonifacio, between Sardinia and Corsica ; and Otranto, between 
 Italy and Turkey. 
 
 3. — The Lakes Maggiore, Como, Iseo, and Jarda, in Lom- 
 bardy ; Trasimeno and Bolsena, in the States of the Church. 
 
 4. — Rivers. — The principal rivers are the Po and its tribu- 
 taries, the Piave. and Adige, which flow into the Gulf of Venice ; 
 the Tiber and Arno, which flow into the Medilerranean. 
 
 VII. — OLIMATB — In Italy lliero are only three seasons — a beautiful 
 spnng, a hot summer, and a short mild winter. This country may bo divided 
 
 into fourrogions. The lirsl includes Lombardy, where the lakes are sometimes 
 frozen ; the second includes the greater part of Tuscany, the Papal States, and 
 the northern part of the kingdom of Naples, where snow is confined on the 
 mountains; the third region comprises the middle Neapolitan Provinces; 
 hero snow is seldom seen ; the fourth region comprises the southern part ; 
 here the cold is never sullicient to (rooze water; in this part the Sirocco (a) 
 renders it disagreeable. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— I. The Mineral products are 
 principally gold, silver, iron, alum, sulphur, marble of all sorts, alabaster, 
 jasper, porphyry, 4c. 
 
 ?. — Vegetables. — Italy has long obtained the appellation of tho " garden 
 of Europe." It jiroduoes a great variety of wines and tho best oil in Europe ; 
 abundance of excellent silk ; corn of every kind ; oranges, pomegranates, 
 citrons, almonds, sugar, Ac, There is scarcely a species ot grain or fruit in 
 any part of Europe which Italy does not jn'oduco. 
 
 3. — Animals. — The principal wild animals of Italy are the wolf and wild 
 boar. Birds in great variety inhabit all sections; and during tho spring, 
 immense flocks of quail pass from the south to the more northern regions of 
 Europe. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX. — HI8TORV. — Notliern Italy, in the time of the Roman dominion, 
 bore the title of Cisalpine Gaul. Up to the close of tho 9th century, it formed 
 part of Charlemagne's vast dominions ; it was afterwards broken up into a 
 number of feudal states. After the war of Italy, from tho 16th to the 18th cen- 
 tury, the nothern peninsula was divided into several duchies. In 1720, some 
 of these duchies were formed into the Kingdom of Sardinia. During the wars 
 of Napoleon, these geographical divisions were completely altered, and became 
 subsequently intermingled with tho Italian Uepublic. In 1805 this new 
 republic became the Kingdom of Italy with tho emperor Napoleon as its first 
 king; this lasted till tho fall of Napoleon, in 1814, when the different states 
 were restored to their former owners. 
 
 Southern Italy, colonized by the Greeks, was anciently called Graecia Magna 
 {Great Greece), which formed later the Kingdom of the two Sicilies. Groat 
 Greece, which included many important republics, often changed masters. 
 In 1800, it was given by the emperor Napoleon to his brother Joseph ; it was 
 restored to tho Bourbons in 1814, who held it till 1800, when its last king, 
 Frangois II. was compelled to abandon his dominion to Victor Emmanuel. 
 
 Tho States of the Church were granted by Charlemagne and Pepin in the 8th 
 century, os tho patrimony of St, Peter. Tho Holy See was stripped of His 
 possessions, one aftsr another by tho emperor Napoleon I. They were restored 
 in 1815. And finally. King Victor Emmanuel, with tho tacit consent of 
 Europe, has now taken from the present Sovereign Pontiff Pius IX, the whole 
 of all His said States. 
 
 (a) An oppreBBive wind from the Libyan desert. 
 
 iii 
 
^ ■ ''^Pp '"f^^!"*^"^'* T 
 
 62 
 
 TURKEY 1\ EUnOPK. 
 
 \.-ETHNOGRAPHY.-l. Races.-Th,. Itnlians a.o of ll.o 
 Lalm fniiily of wliicli llii>y iiiv ilii. xouin-. ' 
 
 0.— Language.— The basis ofllic Il.ili.m laiif^iiaso is tlio Latin, 
 it IS ivni.iikabl,. for ils many dial.Tls, .nul for its softness and 
 melody. 
 
 3.- Religion.— The Italians profess the Callmlic religion. 
 
 Rome, once the cliief seat of superstition and iihdatry, is now the 
 
 central point of union 
 
 to tlie Catholic world. 
 
 All other rolifiions are 
 
 tolerated. Even tho 
 
 •lews liavo a Syna- 
 
 Ko^'iie, and English 
 
 I'roleslanis, a cliureh 
 
 in Rome. 
 
 S. — The Educa- 
 tion of the people un- 
 der the government of 
 the Popes meets with 
 particular attention 
 Ihronghout all Italy. 
 In every Lisliopric 
 there is a seminary 
 for the gratuitous 
 education of persons 
 of all ranks, besides 
 numerous institutions 
 for every department 
 of learning. 
 5.— The Government is a constitutional monarchy. 
 
 XI.-TOPOG-RAPHY.-I. llnmr. on tlio Ilivor Til)or, is llio mo<;t 
 famous cily in liislci-y. It is llio sent of llio Popos ami the centre of tlie 
 Calliolic Church. It is now tlie cnpital of the kingdom nf Imlv. It contains 
 a great niimljer of cliurelms, super)) palaces, anJ magnillcent remains of 
 antiquity (a). 
 
 ?.— ;V(ip/fj, the most popnioiis eily in Italy, is lieautifully situated on tho 
 northern shore of the hay nf the same name, ami rises in the form of an 
 amphitheatre on the slope of a range of hills. In its vicinity are tho cele- 
 brated ruins of I'wiijmi ami llm-ulmuum, which were buried during an erup- 
 tion of Mount Vesuvius in 79. 
 
 3.— Milan is a. handsome eily ; its public buihlinps are numerous and 
 splendid. The cathedral is the lini'si specimen of Gothic architecture in 
 the worid ; the statui's with which ii is adorned are said to number 5,000 (6). 
 — Turin, on the river F'o. is the most regularly built of all the Italian cities.— 
 Florence, on the Arno, called the lieautiful. is one of the handsomest cities in 
 Europe.— Gfnoa is a celebrated and ancient city ; it was tho birth place of 
 Columbus the celebrated discoverer of America.— Itnicc, once tho capital of 
 the greatest commercial Slate in Europe. 
 
 XII.-INDtJSTRY AND OOMMBROB.-The jnost important article 
 of industry is silk, which is woven into excellent fabrics. The other articles 
 are woollens, linens, straw-hats, macaroni, Ac. Tho cammerco is earned on 
 chiefly with Great Britain. The principal /mports are cotton stulTs, iron, steel, 
 hardware, coal, and various articles of colonial produce. Tho chief Exports 
 are silk, olive oil, liemp, wool, straw-hats, wines, oranges, lemons, macaroni, 
 musical strings, marble, and soaj). 
 Tho Internal communloatlon is not yet much developed, 
 
 ] 
 
 C.viiiiiDiui. or Si. Mark at Ve.mce. 
 
 CHAPTER XLIV. 
 TURKEY IN EUROPE. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.-Turkey is situated S.-E. 
 of Europe, between 39» and 48° N. lat. ; and between 16" and 29» 
 E. long. Its greatest length, from E. to W., is about OSO miles ; 
 .! 1 its breadth, from N. to S., 420 miles. 
 
 (t) Of these the moat roraarkablo are tho Vatican, which is said to contain 12,000 aj.irl- 
 Di' nt« ! and tho Church of SI. Peter, tho largest and most magnilioent straoture ever yet 
 erected for religious purposes. It is 730 feel long and 530 wide. The height of the interior 
 pdlars is ITS feet, and tho height to tho top of tho cross is 518 feet Its erection occupied UI 
 years, and cost 40 millions of dollan. 
 
 (6) Tho cathedral of MiUn is 454 feet long and 270 wide. Tho roof is supported by 52 
 ni!ii.,tA jiillsf^, ?1 f^~' nish, and ii feet in cliomnferoiice. 
 
 II.-BOUNDARIES.-It is bounded on the N., by Austria ; 
 on the E., by tlie Riack Sea ; „„ i|,e S., by the Sea of Marmora, 
 the Archipelago, and Greece ; and, on tho W., by the Adriatic 
 Sea. 
 
 m.-piVISIONS.-Tnrkey is diviiled into immediate and 
 mr,/,«/c Provinces, which an- snlKlivided into eyalets ; but they are 
 more generally known by their historical names. Tho immediate 
 
 Provinces are, Dnlga- 
 ria, Bosnia, Albania, 
 Macedonia, Thcssaly, 
 and Ronintdia. 
 
 IV— FACE OF THB 
 COUNTRY. - I nrkey 
 in Em-ope, in its general 
 appearance, is extremely 
 pidiircsque; and, though 
 mounlainou»,it has several 
 extensive plains, clothed 
 in luxuriant verdure. 
 
 ^^ - DIVISIONS 
 
 OF LAND.— I. la- 
 lands. — Camlia, in 
 till! Mediterranean ; 
 Lemiws, Milyteiie, Khio, 
 niiotles, &c., in tho 
 Archipelago. 
 
 2— Mountains.— 
 
 The Balkan, between 
 ,. „ Hnlgaria and Rou- 
 
 melia ; niioilope, in Roumolia ; and Ohjmims, Ossa, Pelion, and 
 Pinilus, in Thcssaly. 
 
 VI.-HYDROGRAPHY.-I. Gulft.-Snroj, Conlessa, Monte 
 Santo, Cassanilria, and Snlonica, in tho south of Roumolia. 
 
 2.— Rivers.— Tho Danube, forming several deltas as it flows 
 into tlie filaik Si'a ; tho .miriizn and Strouma, into tho Archi- 
 pelago ; and ilie Vardnr, Kara, and Salcmbrin, into the Gulf of 
 Salouica. 
 
 VII,_oLIMATB.-Turkey in Kiiropi' has a charming climate, cspocially 
 in Macedonia ami Wallachia. 
 
 VIII.-NATURAL PRODUOTS.-l. Mlnerala.-The mines of this 
 
 country are little wrought. The Island of Thasos is celebrated for its (told 
 mines. " 
 
 "~^^SretableB. — The soil is itlicommonlv fertile, yet agriculture is in a 
 very backward stale. The country produces wheat, sugar-cane, rice, almonds 
 chestnuts, maize, tobacco, grapes, melons, llgs, oranges, and olives, 
 
 3.— The AnlmalB are the camel, the spirited and beautiful Thessalian 
 hor..<e, and the Wallachian sheep, distinguished by their graceful spirol horns 
 ■Numerous packs of dogs Infest the towns and highways. 
 
 Section IL— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— Tho Turks were originally a Tartar tribe, dwelling 
 between the Euxino and Caspian Seas. In the fourih century, Constantino the 
 Great removed his court to Byzantium, to which ho gave tho name of Constan- 
 tinople. At his death, the Roman empire was divided between his sons • and 
 hence the distinction of Eastern onil Wostcrn Empires. In 1453, tho Empire 
 was conquered and Constantinople taken by Mahomet, the emperor of tlio 
 Turks, and has remained in their posses.sioii till now. 
 
 X. - ETHNOGRAPHY. - 1. Raoes.-Tho population of 
 European Turkey belongs to three great races— Mongols, Sclavo- 
 nians, and Greco-Latins, the two latter being of tho Caucasian 
 stock. Besides these, there are groat numbers of Armenians, 
 Jews, and Franks, or Foreigners, from the difTerent countries of 
 Europe. 
 
 2.— Languages.— The Turkish language is a dialect of the 
 Tartarian. Numerous other languages are spoken, the principal 
 of which are, the Sclavonic, Greco-Latin, and the Arabic. 
 
 3.— Religion.— The Turks are Mahometans, and they consider 
 th-ise who reject their Ci'iiod as infidcis. ConstantinopW has ijeeii tiie 
 
 J 
 
OREECE. 
 
 63 
 
 idor 
 I tiie I 
 
 birthplace of many horcsioa, tho Arians, Ncstoriana, EutychianH, 
 Iconoclasts, ftc. Tho nnmbor of Catholics is now about CiO,000 ; 
 and tho Greeks, nearly 10,000,000. 
 
 i— Education, — In general, education is much negleclpd. The 
 lowiT ranks are almost totally unoducr.tcd. Tho chiof ohjpcl nf 
 t'lhication among tho Turks is, to lo"..n to speak their language 
 with purity and to become acquainted with tho laws and religion 
 of their country, as contained in tho Koran, 
 
 5.-0haracter.~Th(! 
 
 Turks arc grave and 
 sedate in their manners, 
 hut ignorant and in- 
 dolent. They are trm- 
 perato in eating and 
 drinking, but the higher 
 classes spend most of 
 their time in smoking, 
 lounging, and bathing. 
 6. — Tho Govern- 
 ment is absolute and 
 oppressive. Tho Sover- 
 eign is called Iho Sul- 
 tan, and his prime 
 minister, the Grand 
 Vizier. 
 
 XI.-TOPOOBAPHY. 
 
 — I. Comlandnople, tho cap- 
 ital, Is on tho north siilo 
 of tlio Bosphorus Channel. 
 Its situation is boautirul, 
 and its harbor commodious ; 
 it presents a flno appearance 
 
 at a distance; but its streets are narrow and crooke J, with gloomy-looking 
 houses, built or wood. 
 
 i. — AdHanople, tho second city in population in European Turkey, is near 
 the Maritza River ; it was formely tho capital of tho Ottoman Empire ; it has 
 an active commerco in manufactured goods. 
 
 XII. — Tho foreign Oommeroe is chieOy conducted by Oreeks and Armo- 
 nians. 
 
 yfeij.,fcy 'iJULiJi.iLii It !!n 111-11 1^ f-fli .'^ 
 
 UfeUUlLi ' I JULIJl^lll i!!l * O H 
 
 Co.VST^-m.NOPLK, 
 
 CHAPTER XLVI. 
 GREECE. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— SITUATION AND EXTENT.— Greece is situated S. of 
 Turkey, between %" 23' and 39° N. lat. ; and between 21<> 10' and 
 24" E. long. Its length, from N. to S., is about 200 miles ; and its 
 breadth, along tho parallel of Athens, 170 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on tho N., by European 
 Turkey ; on the E., by the iEgean Sea, or Archipelago ; on the S., 
 by tho Mediterranean ; andj on the W., by the Ionian Sea. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— Greece is divided into ten Nomoi, or 
 Nomarehies, three of which are situated in Hellas, or Northern 
 Greece, and five in tho Morea ; the Islands constitute the remain- 
 ing two. 
 
 IV.— PAOB OF THB OOTJNTBY ■ " appearance of the country 
 is highly interesting, particularly in tho vr ;inity of the Mounts Parnassus, 
 Helicon, and the rocky eminences of Delphi. 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OP LAND.— 1. Islands.— The principal 
 are, Negropont, on the N.-E., Andro, Tino, Naxia, Paros, &c., in the 
 Archipelago ; Cerigo, on the S. ; and ^ante, Cephalonia, Santa Maura, 
 Corfu, in the Ionian Sea. 
 
 2. The Psnlnsula of Morea. a ' \ the Isthmua of Corinlh, 
 
 which unites it with Hellas. 
 
 3.— Capes.- The chief Capes are Colonna, 8.-E. of Livadia ; 
 Malia, .Vdtapnn, and Gulln, S. of the Morea. 
 
 4. — Mountains.— Tho Mounts Pnrnnsms, Hrticon, and Hymtl- 
 las, in l.lvadia; and Mount Si. Elias, in Morea. 
 
 VI.-HYDROORAPHY.-I. Gulfe.-Tho Gulfs of Egina, 
 and Nupoli, E. of the Morea ; Mnralhonisi and A'oiwi, in the 8. ; 
 Putins and Lepanto, lietween Livadia, and the Morea. 
 
 2.— Straits. — The channels of Talanta and Egrippo, between 
 
 Livadia and the Island 
 of Negropont. 
 
 3. — Rivers. — The 
 
 Aspro-Potamns, flowing 
 into tho Gulf of Lepan- 
 to, and the noupliUi, 
 into the Mediterranean 
 Sea. 
 
 VII.-bLIMATB.-Thi! 
 cliniiilii is in gonfriil warm 
 and (li'li^'htful, but some- 
 whiit infiTidr lotlmt of Italy. 
 
 VIII. — NATURAL 
 PRODUCTS. — Min- 
 erals. — I'h'' mini's (ii'f al- 
 lo|{i'lln.'rneglf(;t(.'(l,alllmugh 
 silver was anciently raiseil 
 in Attica. The marbles of 
 IVntelicus were in high re- 
 pute ; and tho white marblo 
 of Paros enjoys a classical 
 celebrity. 
 
 2.— Vegetables.- The 
 
 soil is fertile, but badly cul- 
 
 tivc ' 'd , it yields wheat and 
 
 In Atii i are produced honey 
 
 ,w^-*e^* 
 
 barley in sufflcient quantities for exportation 
 and olives of excellent quality. 
 
 3.— Tho Animals are the same as in European Turkey. Shp.^, are reared 
 in great numbers on the hills. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— The early history of Greece is one of tho most interest- 
 ing in pagan antiquity. No nation, previous to Christianity, attained an equal 
 ominenco in every department of literature. Greece lost its independence 337 
 years before Christ, when it was conquered by Philip of Macedon. In less 
 than two centuries after, it became a Roman Province. After its unhappy 
 fall into schism, Greece continued under tho Turkish yoke from 1453 to tho 
 present century. A successful revolt, which commenced in 1822, restored its 
 independence, and it became a kingdom, with Otho of Bavaria as King. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1. Races.— The people of modern 
 Greece are a mi.xed race ; tho pure blood of the Pelasgians having 
 intermixed with Sclavonic, Teutonic, and evn Turkish elements. 
 
 2.— Language. — The modern Greeks si: ' .^-peal: .md write the 
 language of their ancestors, but with some abnreviations in the 
 terminations. 
 
 3. — Religion. — The prevailing religion is the Schismatic Greek. 
 The number of Catholics in Greece and the Ionian Islands, is 
 estimated at 180,000. 
 
 4. — Education. — Whatever portion of learning exists among 
 the Greeks, is principally to be found in the monasteries. 
 Schools of mutual instruction are however established in several 
 cities ; and an academy has been founded at Argos. 
 
 5. — Character. — The Greeks are a lively and ingenious 
 people, possessing a natural grace of manner unequalled by any 
 other nation, but they are accused of being treacherous, dissem- 
 bling, and artful. 
 
 6. — The Government is a constitutional monarchy. 
 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY.— i41A«n*, tho capital, was one of the most oele- 
 ]^,.j,«P^.{ cilif^f. of antiauitv, and the birthplace of the most renowiied orators, 
 philosophers, and artists of ancient times. 
 
 2EJ^^^^ 
 
 i!|f: 
 
 r 
 
 1 i»i. . u 
 
 , i&tW. *.« li 
 
64 
 
 THE ISLANDS OV KUROPE.-ASU. 
 
 XII -INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROD.-TIm, Wading pursulu nrn 
 ni?ne.mi.r,. nml m«nufnctur,.,l gon.l., wl.id. lalt.-r consists nrlialnally of oar- 
 rl», coarso cloll,., cotlon, an J silk. The chl.T r. -ourco of the inhahltnnts „r 
 (.rrnco consists In their maritime rommcrco. Tl,.- iJrooks are export marin.Ts 
 inelr aorcantilo mariiio employs iil.ovo 30,000 mon. 
 
 CHAI'TER XLVII. 
 
 THE ISLANDS OF EUROPE. 
 
 I.— Tlie IslniKlrt of Eiiropo nro niimoroiis, nnil somo nro of pn-al 
 nnrorlaiKv for th,.i,. ,.x,p„t, population, commorco, and noliii,;il 
 povv.f Uroai Hritani, Ireland, Sicily, and Sardinia aio ihe 
 
 larf,'(,'»t. 
 
 2.-Arctic Isrands.-JVot'a Zembh and Spitsbergen, both in il„. 
 Airl.,: Ucfan, hclong to Russia. Tli.-y aro ico-l,o„„,l for the 
 jfivati-r [lartof Iho year, and aro uninhal.il.-d. Tlio lattrr i^-faitlirr 
 norlli than any portion of tho Easlrrn Ilemisplii-ro. 
 
 :'.-Norway Islands.-Tho Lo/ro,/,-n Islands form a proiip on 
 Ihu wsti-oasl uf Norway. Their coasts are bold, indented, and 
 precipitous. Tlio population is about 4,nOO. Near tho sontlierii 
 end of the group, between two of the islands, is the famous whirl 
 pool called the Maelstrom, the terrors of which were formerly 
 greatly exaggerated. Ihmmerfest, on Qualoe Island, is the Molhern'. 
 most town m tho world ; it has a considorablo commerce in llsh 
 and oil. 
 
 4.— Danish Islands,— The Faroe Islands lie N.-W. of Scotland 
 They are 22 in number; 17 are inhabited. Most of them rise 
 precipitously 2,000 feet above tho sea. Barley is tho only grain 
 that ripens. The population is about 9,000. 
 
 5.— Tho Arcliipelago of Denmark includes various islands of 
 which Zealanil, and fuaen are the largest. Among the smaller 
 are Laalaml, Mocn, and Samsoe. They form a compact group, and 
 are covered with fertile meadow-lands. 
 
 C— Zealand is separated from Sweden by the Sound. Copen 
 hagon, the capital of Denmark, is on this island. Bornholm in 
 the Baltic Sea, lies E. of Zealand. Sylt, Fame, and others are 
 small islands off tho W. coast of Denmark. 
 
 7.— Baltic Islands.— Of/anrf and Gothland, tho largest of tho 
 Baltic Islands, belong to Sweden ; tho Aland, Dago, and Oesel 
 Islands belong to Russia, and Rugen, to Prussia. 
 
 8.— British Islands.— The Shetland Islands lie N. of Scotland- 
 They number more than 110 ; only 27 are inhabited. Mainland 
 IS the largest. Population of the Shotlands, 31,000. 
 
 9.— The Orkney Islands are a compact group, off the nothern 
 coast of Scotland. There are 67 islands ; 28 are inhabited, popu- 
 lation 31,000. '^ ^ 
 
 10.— The Hebrides or Western Isles lie off the N.-W coast of 
 Scotland. They are 300 in number ; 81 are inhabited. Skue is 
 the largest. Slaffa contains the renowned Cave of Fineal 
 Population of the Hebrides, 1 15,000. ' 
 
 . ^'■T?'''^!!'^^?^ ^"f' '" ^^'^ ^"''' ^''^' '^«« institutions peculiar 
 to Itself. The Manx language, derived from the Celtic, is still in 
 iise ; but all the inhabitants speak English. Population, 52,00ft 
 Anglesea Island lies N. of Wales, from which it is separated b.' 
 Ifenai Strait. Population, 61,000. 
 
 12--The Isle of Wight is a beautiful island, S. of England 
 from which it is separated by a narrow channel. It is a favorite 
 resort of invalids. Population 50,000. The Scilly Islands, W. of 
 Lands End, number 200 ; but th.y are so rocky that only si.x 
 are inhabited. Population, 2,600. 
 
 13.— The Channel Islands are on the coast of France. The 
 pnncipal are, Jersey, Guernsey, Aldemey, and Sark. Thev are -he 
 
 remnant, of the territory held by the English in Frafice during 
 Iho Middle Ages. Population, 91,000. 
 
 t i -Mediterranean Islands.-Tho fla/crtnc Islands are in 
 the Western part of the M.dii.iranean Sea and belong to Spali, 
 Ihe princii il are, Majorni. Hinorca, and lvi(a. Population, Tii,0OO. 
 The other Spanish islands «r- '. „i. r whiih stands the city of 
 Cadiz, and liie Cohmbreti ^h„-t,< >n.l.rii,n i near tho E. c.ist .jf 
 Si)ain. 
 
 15.— The Island oi SardinU., >v. oi iialy, belongs to the King- 
 dom of Italy. Caiilnui [Kahr-yah-re), in the 8., is the chief town. 
 Popul.iiion of Sarilih :,, 553,000. 
 
 \0.--Corsica belongs to Franco, and is principally noted as the 
 birthplace of Nap..|,nn I. It lies N. of Sardinia, from which it 
 IS -eparaled by the Strait of Bonifncic. Ajaccio is tho r-.^ital 
 Populallonof the island, 236,000.-ir/fc«, asn> ' , i ,. ,,.en 
 
 Corsica and Italy, was Ihe plate to which Nipoleon I. was exiled 
 111 IHIt , It belongs to Italy, Population. 1H,000. 
 
 17.-nie /.//,«W Islands lie N, of Sicily. They are a volcanic 
 group. II I Id supply nearly all tho pumice-stone used in the world 
 Stroiiibjli, " the lla;ht house of the Mediterranean," is a volcano 
 in con i,.,u eruption. Population of the LIpari Islands, 2.>,000 
 \n.— lfatta and Gozzo are two small islands, between Sicily'and 
 Al'ica ; tliey belong to Great Britain. Tho former is an clement 
 OI h lish influence in tho Medit(.rianeaii. Poi-iilation of Mal'a 
 lUi'.OOO and of Gozzo, 10,000. Valella is tho cluef town. " ' 
 
 I9.-Greek Islands.— The Ionian Islands lie on the W coast 
 of Turkey and Greece. Corfu, Cephalonia, and Zante are the prin- 
 cipal islands. Tli.'y formerly constituted a n|"iblic, dependant 
 on Great Britain, and Corfu, the Seat of the G vcrnment was 
 garrisoned by RiUlsh troops; but in the year i.s(i3 the British 
 Government ceded the island to Greece. Population, 220 000. 
 
 20.— The Grecian Archipelago contains several groups and 
 islands famous m classic history. Negropont, Iho largest, is on 
 li.t rast coast of Greece. Population, 200,000. The Sporades and 
 Cyclades are island clusters, belonging, according to their situ- 
 ation, to Greece or to Turkey. 
 
 21.— Oandla, formerly called Crete, is a large island south of 
 Greece. It belongs to Turkey. Population, 158,000. The climate 
 is delightful. Candia is the chief tow.i. 
 
 A 3 I A . 
 
 CHAP" ::ii S.LVIII. 
 ASIATIC RUSSIA. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 i.-SrrUATION AND EXTENT.-A. R, ., or Sibe- 
 ria is situated in the N. of As ., between 38" i 7(; lat • and 
 between P'; and 190° E., or 170 W. long, .o k,i of this 
 country, from E. to W., is 4,880 miles ; and its breadth, from N 
 ID S., 1,800 miles. 
 
 n.-BOUNDARIES.-It is bounded on the N., by the Northern 
 Ocean ; E., by tho i'aciflc ; S., by Turkestan, the Chinese Empire 
 and tho Caspian Sc'a ; and, on the W., by Russia in Europe. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— This vast country is divided into Eastern 
 and Western Siberia. 
 
 IV.-FAOB OP THE OOUNTBY.-Siberl. s,,ems to be a continua- 
 tion 01 tho great plain w! -ih extends from the North 8ea to the Ural Mount- 
 ains. The average height of the Ural chain does not o.<ceod l,.500 feet, Ihoutfh 
 WBi? of th- summits arc 8,000 or S.OOO feel above tho level of the sea ' 
 
 i 
 
CHINESE KMi 
 
 K. 
 
 09 
 
 Tills v(i4l |ilaln cmsian olmust r'ritiri'ly of tleppts and marthoi, lliough 
 olofiK lliii itoHtlii'rii bniJ'-rs it is fiTliin aiiJ luxuriant. 
 
 V. DIVISIONS OF LAND.- I. lalands. —There arn two 
 
 Rniiips of Isliiiiils, tlm Aleuiiaii,H.ot thi' ^im of Kamtschatka ; 
 and tilt! Smihiilirn Island, E. of SiJHiria. 
 
 2. Till! Penln«ula of Kamin-hdika, on the eaul. 
 
 :i — Oftpe».— The iiiliicipal are, (»ipo Stvero, in llio N, ; Eam Cnpn 
 at lilii'iiiig'st Strait ; and Capo Lopalitft, In the 8. of Kamtitiiiatka. 
 
 ■i.— MO'intainB.— Moiuit Oiuothhj, Ix'lwron llio Black and 
 Caspian N ,is ; llio I'ml ilcHiitains, Mwcen Siberia and Uiissia in 
 Em opt' ; and iliii Midi Mowiluiiu, U'tweenSikria and tlio Cliinesf 
 Empiio. 
 
 VI.— HyBROGRAPHY.— I Lakes— Lake Baikal, on tho 
 S.; and Lalic li.illM.ilt, in llu) west. 
 
 2.— Rivers,— The iirincipal are, Obi, with ll» tributary the 
 litysh : till- ) ■nisei and tho Lena, flowinK into the Northern Ocean ; 
 and tho Urn!. Ilowing into tho Caspian Sea. 
 
 VII.— OLIMii^TB.— In 
 tho 8., the nil' is piirij an<l 
 tho Buil fiTtilo ; ill the 
 contro, vogctntion i* in a 
 j.M'i^atili'groocliDi-ki'il liy tho 
 cuiil ; anilinthf N., tliovai't 
 marshy jilains ni'' coverwl 
 withuimostpcrprtual now. 
 VIII. - NATURAL 
 PRODUCTS.— I Min- 
 erals. — Tho miiM-'S of t!iii I 
 nt Catlii'rinliurK, K. <'!' Hi.' 
 L lai m"untnin«, ami lli"s'' 
 of silver, iron, l^'inl, iiii'l 
 oo|>iipr are valniMo. A 
 great variety of f ui» aiv 
 found in abundant 
 
 2. — Vegetable n 
 - of Asltlic lluss. V 
 I'.xti'ualve forests. Tho s' ' 
 is oxtremely fenilo, pro<i ' 
 ing most of tho ISuroi 
 (;niiiis,i'Xcoiilwintor-w ' Jl. 
 Till' lii'st rhuhnri) is .and 
 neni' tho Ural ftod Veniael 
 Rivers. 
 
 3.— Tlw AnlmalB are tho r-ui-deer, wliich, in :'io N., supplies tho place cf 
 tho horse nndcnw; tho iirgali, or wilii sheep, use.l for tho chase; tho snide, 
 n hoso fur alfords .i valualile traffic ; and tho castor, or beaver, w hich frequents 
 
 ,0 banks of the Yenisei. 
 
 Sbction II— political GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 ■.^ 
 
 IX.— HISTOBY.— Siberia, or Siber, was so named I tho Mung.jls, on 
 eslablishinti their dominion there, under Sheimnni, in I'iill. In tho sixteenth 
 century, Ih- liussians commenced the conquest of this country, but is w.i- not 
 wholly subdued till 1711. In 1741, Vitu- Bheriiij,', a Danisli nnvigatw ni the 
 Hnsaian service, discovered the extreme cast uf Asia. The Aleutian Isles 
 vero visited in 1745. The two great governmont.'i of Asiatic Russia are those 
 uf Tobolsk and Irkoutsk. 
 
 X.— ETHNOGRAPHY.— I • Races.— The Russians, Cossacks, 
 colonists, and other European inlventurers, inhabit chiefly the 
 towns and military stations of Asiatic Russia. The indigenous 
 races of this regii ue the different tribes of Tartars, principally 
 tho Mongolian and the Tunguses. 
 
 2.— Languages.— The radically distinct languages amount to 
 about seven " eight. 
 
 3 -Religiua.— Idolatry and Mahometanism sti.i prevail to a 
 consitlurable extent in Asiatic Russia ; some are Christians of the 
 Greek ami 'trmi nian Churches. 
 
 4._Gk)veminent. Tlierc ire two Governor-Generals in Sibe- 
 ri.i ; one lias iurisdinion east of 105" E. long., the other west of 
 that line. The Government is an absolute despotism. 
 
 5,- Tho Chief towns, in tlic E., is Irkutsk, and, in tlie W., ToboUk. 
 There are few good roads : travelling is chielly l>y the i iver com- 
 munications. 
 
 CHAI»TEtt XLIX. 
 CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 SlCTlON I.-PHYSIC.VL GEOOHAPIIY. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT.— This Empire Is siliiated 
 S. of Sik-ria, biiween iU" and :>:\" S. lat, ; and Udweei Ti" and 
 i;).5» E. Iniiit. Its l.Mi«lli, from E. b> W., is about 3,5UU mik'S ; 
 and its liiva.llh, from N. to H.. 2.500 null's. 
 
 II— BOUNDARIES.— It i.s bounded on tiie N., by SilK-ri.t; 
 on the E., by the .lapaii Illue. ,iud Yellow Seas ; on the S., by 
 Hiudoostan iiiid Farther India ; and, on thi; \V., by llindooslau, 
 
 Turkestan, and Siberia. 
 
 III. -DIVISIONS. 
 
 —The Chinese Einpiro 
 contains China I'loper, 
 Mongolia, Mantclioo- 
 ria, Corea, Thibet, and 
 Chine?'" Tuskestan, or 
 Tartar) . Cliiiia I'rojK'r 
 is divided into iiiuele.Mi 
 Provinces. 
 
 l.-Mongolia.->i i- 
 golia is I Uit'ge prov- 
 ince of the Chines' 
 Empire, and the orig- 
 inal seat of the Mon- 
 tfalrare. It lies south of 
 Siberia and oast of Mant- 
 chooria. Tho Desei i of 
 Gobi oconpios most of 
 its burfaeo. The Kiien- 
 lun Mountains separ- 
 ate it from Thibet, and 
 tlw Altai from Siberia. 
 The chief city is Ourgu. 
 2.— Mantchooria.— Mantchooria is the north-eastern division 
 of tile Empire. It is situated h. VV. of the Amoor River ; the 
 portion beyond that stream was anne.\ed lo Russia in 185G. Us 
 sun (CO is chiefly "lountaiiious. The climate is variable ; iho 
 wint. rs are long aad cold. Tho chief town is ilanjhen. 
 
 3.— Oorea.— Corea is cniuatiia, lying between the Sea of 
 Japan and the Yellow Sea. Seven i groups of islands belong to 
 Corea. 
 
 Although nominally subjeU io Kliina, it is governed by its 
 own king, who rules despotically. An annual tribute is [laid to 
 the Gliinese emperor, and an emliassy is sent every year to China 
 with presents and tiolitieal intelligence. The capital is Kingkitas. 
 4,_Thibet.— 1 i ibet, the southernmost division of the Chinese 
 Empire, lies south of the Kuen-lun Mountain'^ and north of tho 
 Himalayas. It is tlie most elevated inhabited region of the globe. 
 The clima.. i_ cold and dry, and tlie soil sterile. The Indus, 
 Brahmaputra, and other great rivers, rise in Thibet. The most 
 peculiar anim Is arc the yak, or grunting ox, the shawl goat, and 
 the musk deer The capital is Lassa. 
 
 5.— Chinese Turkestan or Elee includes Soongaria and 
 Little Bokhara. North of the centre it is traverstSl by the Thian- 
 Shan Mountains. Elee is tho chief town of Soongaria ; it is a 
 place of banishment for Chin, .criminals. Yarkaml, in Little 
 Bokhara, has an extensive commerce, and is garrisoned by 
 Ciiiiiese troops. 
 
 Peki.v. 
 
 iii 
 
 !• ^ 
 
66 
 
 JAPAN. 
 
 or ,n H w, r °r T«" OOUNTRY.-Ho f,.r a, II i, kn.wn, Chin* oon.i,,, 
 fur I . r.rtihlj a,„l it,.. u.„,m,I| ,.,„, „r,l. p"r"l«ti"n, ..„i con.i.lInK .-r 
 
 1 r«,.». ru,.r. ,.f A..„ ,.n,l. 1„ ,(.., H , „, a „yl ,|,,.rn..„h n,„h,l»tl„g 
 
 « n.l ,„or.,„.r.,.,l vvul, 1,,,„.,1 vull.y, „„,, ,„nj ,„.„„„.l„,, ,vhkl, ,n.r....o h 
 -U'val..,., a» llM y pro, ..,,,1 w,..,w„nl, I, l, ,..,„„ „, ,| „,„, about two-lhlnl. of 
 lio cunlrj .. mouniaiiions will, u, g,,,er«l ,1.,,,^, „ lndlcaU.,1 l.y iho .lir..c. 
 lion of III pniu'lpul rlv,rs, fnmi wTst lo I'di-r 
 
 \ -DIVISIONS OP LAND.- I . lalanda.-Tl.o p.inri,.nl oro, 
 Looihoo tV,u,„„,ai.,l Fon,ws„ hU,ml,, oi. iho K. ; and //ai/.a/i, on 
 tlic »OUtll. ' 
 
 ''■""Peninsula.— Corf,/, in ilio casi. 
 
 a.— Mountalna.— Tlu! Khiii(,iiit Monntaina, in tho N-R • ilio 
 ^unlm3, in ll.c 8. ; iho Himalaya. H. of Tl.ilx,., cont.muMK Munat 
 Everest, thn mo.t olovate.l j.oint on tl.n ^1„1k. ; Uu- .^«(..- at Iho 
 N.-W. ; ami tne Coin, or Shamo Deseit, in tlio centre. 
 
 yi.-HTDROGRAPHY.-l. Tho Oftlf of Pe-chelee, in tho K, 
 
 of Cliniaaii,! W. of Coiva. 
 
 *. "^^*^'"'~''"'*'''^ ^**" •''"'' ^■''"''jo;, in Mongolia ; Duk,t Nor 
 and Tengri Nor, in Tliibet, are tlio principal. 
 
 3.— Rivers.— Till! cliief rivers are liie /iHioyr, lietwoen Mant- 
 chooria and Amoor, whirh IIowh into llie (lulf of Tartary • tlio 
 lloang-IIo, or hltow Hive.s whi.'h (lows into iho rellow 8oa • 
 Iho lang-ise-Kiann, or /Hue Uivi r, which How. into tho Eagtein' 
 Sea. 
 
 VII.-OLIMATB.-TI, d.mato ofChhm Ik fur iliirorom from what itggco. 
 grniiliicnl posm.^i, woul,l |oa,l «,to suppose. Pokin ).,„« wintor ,.» coMailhal 
 or (.una, la. wliilo H, Kumuiir hoal Is inoro Intondo ihan Hint or Cairo 'in th,. 
 tnipical part, or 0.i,,„, ,|,„ |„.at I, oxoouMvo dnrinu- II. months or July, 
 AUBUM, nn.l S,.|,teH,l„T. aii,| on tho con.t, tho ,lr,.«,lfui hurricano, callod 
 Ijphoni., nro rr,.,|n,.r... Thoso am KuccorJci hy fog-. an,l the trnnsillon. 
 Irom boat to col,! aro rajii.l "»i"uu. 
 
 Vm-NATURAL PRODUOT8.-I, MlnorRls.-.VmonB Hi" minor- 
 
 «l» ni- gol.l, silv,.,-, iron, wlni,, ooppor, common n,,,,,,^, mixoury, ,a5S?r' 
 porphyry, niaiMo, 1,'ail, till, coal, Ac. ' *^ ' 
 
 !•— Vesrotables.— The most remarknblo production of China is the to*, 
 plant, %vlii.-li p,v«- lo il„. lici;;!,, nr live foot, „nrl l,l„s,om» from Octol)or to 
 January. IHc,., 1„ ,n^' tliconlinary arliulo of ro,i,|, is generally cultivated 
 particularly in tho soiilli. Some of tlio otlior productions aro tho China oi luKo 
 tt-hilo mulberry (valud chiefly as too,l for the silk-worms| and tho vavori 
 mulberry, fnim tli,' bark of which paper is mail-. 
 
 3.-AnImala.-They are. princijially, tho musk and coi.iraon doer, camols 
 ligors. wil,l i.oars. bears, aii,| rliinocerosos. Tho birds arn of a beautifu! 
 plumaj.-, and tho moths and buttorlllos are romarkablu for their vari"lv and 
 for th,' brilliancy of tlii'ir !nr. . . • " 
 
 3.-Rellglon.-The Chinemi nr.? very much divided in tlipir 
 reliKioni. opniionM. The wor^hipperi of the idol Ko Imliere a! „, 
 in a ninlliinde of other divi.iiiiei.. In 1715, tliero wer.) in China 
 aliovo J(H),000 Chri-lian, ; a ^i-al n.unlmr of theni ...iroreil nmr- 
 lyriloin in tho pomecntion whicli occured under the Eniiw-ror 
 ^oiiKlchlnK, and which Ktill continues. 
 
 •».-EducaUon.-The Chinese ti,.N,.niinenl liberally encour- 
 'iKe. elementary ItnowleiiKe malvii.g that tho only claim to 
 omce, ranit, an,! huiior ; hut ediicalioii ii* not much dimi«ed 
 among tho poor, who aro chi^'lly taught lo follow the bunineM of 
 llieir fathers. 
 
 5.— Character.— Jn a moral point of vlow, tho Chlncio aro laid 
 
 to poi^sexs th,) virtues and vices of tlio slave, the manufacturer, 
 ami I lie merchant, 
 
 (>.— Oovemment.-Tlio government In .ibsolute, and it vo»ted 
 111 the perHon of the Eni[ieror, who is styled Iho son of Heaven. 
 
 XI.-TOPoaRAPHY.-l. Pewn. tho capital, I, ono of the lar«e.i 
 '■""•« ill h,' .rid. It ..ontalns lw„ towns, Iho Chinese and Tarlar: the 
 
 gardens. Tho shops aro numerous, and th.i sir. are greally cr,)Wo,l,.,|. 
 
 r-MmAm, tho anolont capital, l> nolod for Hit manulacliire, of the coltun 
 cloth, calleil nnnkeon. 
 
 Xir-INDtraTRY and OOMMBROB.-Manufacturos aro nnmorous. 
 
 ne i.iiineso ,.x,:el in p„rc,-l„i„. or chin,. « ,ire, noli silks, aiKl ornamuiital works 
 
 cTiuVn; ; "'"' """'r"''""' •■"■• ^Porls -nea,,, Oroat nriiain an,l 
 Iho t^nite,! 8ia.,.s amount to mo„, iban one hundr- 1 million pounds annually. 
 riio /»i;,or(j aiv iron. ,ieo|, ;,\ , „, opium. ,„ttonB, woollens, Ac, 
 
 ^"'r°,.^r'°*'""''-~""' "'■'''" '^^»" »"'' ""■ f'find Canal are striking 
 ".lami.les „| (,hin,.so in,ln»try. Tho llrst Is 1,500 mii.'s long, and 21 f,.,! hi^h 
 1. n.is biiilt 2,000 years ago. The Oran.l Canal r,„m ,.„kln ,., |,„„K.ctmw 
 eM,.|i,ls 70(1 miles; ills 200 fee, wi.le aii.l fiOf,.,.t ,le,.p, In some places, it U 
 raised 20. or 30 foot abovo tho lovol of llio a.ljaccnt country. 
 
 CHAPTEH L. 
 JAPAN. 
 
 Section I— PHYSICAL GEOGnAPIIY, 
 
 Stciio.v II.-POLITICAL CKOGRAI'IIY. 
 
 IX.-HI8TORY.— This ,'onnlry is atylcl by the natives Tchon-Knuf 
 (cenlro ol iheearlh;, ,is, in tli.irostimation, it is siiiierior lo all oilier countries 
 It IS cerlainly of groat aniiipiily, and tho number of n.val dynastios is com- 
 piiti'd al 22. Fo-hi was tho llrst monarch, an,l ho is saiil to have foundcl Iho 
 Empir,; about 200 yars aflcr Iho deluge. Some suppose that Fo-hi was Som, 
 s^nof Noah, or one almost contemporaneous with him. Confucius, tho great 
 phiBisoi>h,.T of China, w.is contemporary with Solomon. His wrilings contain 
 many sublime truths and moral pccepts, surpassing in cxcelhn, y those of 
 Pythagoras, fiocrales. n,- PMn. ID taught men to obey, honor, nn,l fear Iho 
 I-ord of Heaven; to love their neighbors as Ihomsolvos ; to subdue vicious 
 inclinations, an,l to bo guided in all things by reason : that Go,l is llei origin 
 and ultimato end of all things ; that Ho is eternal, intinitn, and immulable ; one 
 supremely holy, supremely intelligent, and invisible. Ho often speaks of Uio 
 expected Messiah, whom ho styb's a holy an,l perfect guide and teacher ;'. and 
 adds, that ho was lo make his appearance in Iho west. 
 
 X.-ETHNOGRAPHY.-I, Races.-Tho people belong to 
 the Mongolian family. 
 
 2.— Language.— The Chinese language forms the priucipal 
 member of tho great monosyllabic family of tongues. It is said 
 to be very diflicult. It contains only 1,500 distinct sounds, 
 while it h.is no less than 80,000 written ch.ir.nctors. 
 
 I.-SITUATION AND EXTENT. -Tho Empire of ,Iapan 
 lies (o 111,. R of Asia, ami consists of four large islands and 
 several smaller ones. It is comprise! lK;tvveeii 3i» and -4.5" N' lat • 
 .nnd between 130" .lud I i.r .ID' E. I,,,,., n, i.,„g(ii is about 1,000 
 miles, and its brcullh varies from 50 to 200 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is iMjinide,! on the N., by tho Strait 
 of La Peioiiso; on th,; E., by the Pacihc Ocean; on tho S., bv 
 tho Eastern Sea; and, on ;lio W., by tho Sea of Japan and the 
 Strait of Gorea. 
 
 HI.— DIVISIONS.— Tho Empire of .Japan is divided into eight 
 Provincs, wliicii are siih,lividoil into 08 Departments. 
 
 IV.-FAOB OP THE OOUNTRY.-The greater j.art of Iho Empire 
 consists of an el,iiit.'ated arcliiiielago subilivided into a series of minor groups 
 Japan Proper being in tho centre. This archipelago is traversed throughout 
 its greatest leiigih by a chain of mountains of consid.'rablo elevation, some of 
 which attain tho snow limil, aii,l many are active volcanoes. The remaimler 
 of the surface, ihougli boM, is not rugged, an,l th,. majority of the hills aro 
 cultivated to tho summit. The foroigners aro very imperfectly acjuaiuled with 
 the inlcrior. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OP LAND.-Ieland8.-Tho chief Islands 
 
 aro Ycsso, at the N, ; Niphoii, the largest, in tho centre ; Sikoke and 
 Kiushi, S.-W. of 'Niphon ; and some others of loss importance. 
 
 VI. - HYDROGRAPHY. - 1. Seas. -Tho Sea of Jap. 
 l)etwoen Japan iind Chinese Tartary. 
 
 2.— Straits.— The Strait of La Perouse, between Jesso and 
 Saghalien ; Sangar Strait, between Niphon and Jesso ; Bwtgo 
 Channel, between Kiusiu and Silioke ; and tho Strait of Corca 
 between .T.ip.an .ind Corea. ' 
 
 
KAHTIIEn INDIA 
 
 67 
 
 VII — OLIMATB.— In wiiilor llui rold I* ntcuNlvi', An<l i>i>< h<-«l in 
 snimiiK'i', lliniiith iMiufmniil l>v (i<a-bruHiiit, if omremx. Tliiin<luiN!t«nni inil 
 (lurrliiiiii'ii urn fri'.iuciil. Th" wcttlliiT In \(irliil>lo, and limv , lUlli of ruin 
 urn iiHiiiil III miil^iiiiiiiiii'i 
 
 VIII -NATURAL PRODUOTB.' I Mlnarala.- In ri< him.H or 
 ini'tiiln, f.'w I'oiintrii'n iiin Mi' «ilh ,lii|iiiii, Oold l< utniii.Miil. Tlmr'n nri' ulno 
 mliiiiK or nll'i'i', ('ci|i|iiT, »i>mi> ii'Mii and |ill-0(iiil, .lu.l Krt'tt i]ii«nlitlim of 
 lirlmnlnni'. 
 
 2 — V«getBbl««.— Tim |priiii||iiil prodiic'llonn iin' |"'iil«'r, Iho ti'ii-iilunl, 
 «U((iir-iani<, rn .■. llu'nwm-l |iolii<'i, liirnl|ii, s klndof oahli.iKi'. liidlKo, Uio vin», 
 and till' ri'diir ; viirniih «n>l ciinniliur lrtv» are Tiallvcs uf tills counlry. 
 
 3— Animal*.— In no purl of Aila ara ((uadrupftdi lo icarca i> in Japan. 
 Fowls sru abundant. 
 
 Section II.~1'0LITIGAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HI8TORT. — Tlin Etnpiro of Japan appwirn tn havo coramoncod 
 ilinuiufill V(iar'< hcfiprn the Chrlntiiincra. L'ntll 1 15(1. A, IJ., the supremp power 
 wns in the liandn of tin' Dnlrl. or Miliado, iin nocli'siasticul monarch, but a 
 iHintoiit r«»:irdin« tlio Kni'd'ssion linvlnu Ihon arttta, ono of tlin compotltors 
 anNiiini'd llh'lllli' und pn'ronnllvaof Ciibo, or ni'iiilar emperor, whilullio other 
 ri'tainod th» tlllc of Dniil. with Iho munngemont of religious nlTalri. (Seo 
 (lovornmenli. 
 
 X.— ETHNOORAPHY.— I. Race.— Tho poopl.' of Japnii are 
 
 of the Moii^inl lai 1'. .iiiil aro nnii li UUi- tlio Chiiioso. 
 
 2.— Language.— Tim lant;iii»gi! in »o pfciiliar, that it is under- 
 stood by 110 other pooplo. They print with a kind of fixed wooden 
 blucks. 
 
 Procession in Japan in honoii op the Mikado. 
 
 3,— Religion.— Buddiiism is tho prevailing faith ; but there is 
 an older and much respected religion, called Sinto. In 1549, St. 
 Francis Xavier l.indcd on its sho s. He baptized great numbers 
 and drew whole provinces to Catholic faith. In 1588, com- 
 menced a persecution, which nas been renewed several times 
 since. It is stated that no iess than 1,200,000 Cathoiics suffeiod 
 death for their faith. There are still many Christians in Japan. 
 
 4. — SdUOAtton. — The schooU are luiinorouK. Arlliunctii', 
 music, paiiitiUK, Keography. iintioiiiiiny, Ki\, coiiii(itiil<> the ordin- 
 ary cnui'ito of atudy. In Japan, the Chint'Hi\ in tho Icarnnl or 
 claHitic langiiugi*. 
 
 5.— Character, —Till' Japaneio are active, intclllKtiil, and well 
 infnriiii'il an Id fuieiKii all'aii>i. Their moral I'lianii'ter is proiiHely 
 wliiit may tw e.xpi'cted from a people involved in all the lupur- 
 slitioiis and liiipiidies of iilolatry. 
 
 0.— Oovemment.— The Ooveriiment is an absolute hereditary 
 monarchy, rormcrly there wen' two sovereigns, the .Mikado, or 
 spiriliial ruler, and till! Tycoon, or pol'tiial ruler ; but in Ih(ll), 
 the Mikado iissimied solo power, alioliahiiig the Tyeoonate. 
 
 XI.— TOPOORAPHT.— few.), the capital, is oii the Wand of Niphon, 
 It la Huld to n.'nipy more surfaoo than any other city in tho world.— JWofo, alto 
 on Niphon, i.'* an important town, 
 
 XII,— INDUSTRY AND OOMMHROB.— Tlw irmnnlneiiircs Ineliid.' 
 silk, ciiUon, pnni'liiiii, and laekiT.'d in- ,lapan H re, ami, in tho working of 
 Hteid and other iiieial!<, tlo> Japanese excel. No commerce has hitherto liicn 
 allowed with other foreitjii naliims ; hut in IH5J, ,i general eoiivenllon of peace 
 was signed between Japan and the United Ktates, by which sevaral ports weru 
 opened to tho ships of Ihu latter, fur trade and prutcctiiin. 
 
 cnAi>TEn LI. 
 FARTHER INDIA, OR THE EASTERN PENINSULA. 
 
 Sbction I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 L — POSITION AND EXTENT. -Farther India, or tho 
 Eastern Peninsula, is situated H. of Cliiua. It is comprised between 
 1» 30' and 26" N. lat.; and Ixitweeii 112" mid 108" E. lon^. Its 
 length, from N. to 8., is 1,H()0 miles ; and its breadth, from E. to 
 W., 900 miles. 
 
 II —BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Thibet and 
 China; on the Iv, by the Gulf of Toniiuin and the China Sea; 
 on the S., by the Strait of Malacca and Gulf of Slam ; and, on 
 the W., by Hindoostan and the Day of Uengal. 
 
 HI.— DIVISIONS. — This country includes tho Empires of 
 Dirmali, Anani, tlie Kingdom of Siam, the Territory of Malacca, 
 and some small Provinces. 
 
 1.— Birmah was long the principal State of Farther India; but 
 it lias been strippeil of much of its territory by liritish conquest. 
 Tho capit.il is Maiulclay, founded in 185G. 
 
 2. — Anam includes Tomiuin and Cochin China, with a part of 
 Cambodia and Laos. The capital is Hue {liwaif, near the coast. It 
 is stii ugly fortified in the European manner. Saigon [Sigon], the 
 chief seaport of Anam, belongs to P'rance. 
 
 3. — Siam comprises the territory between Anam and Dirniah. 
 It lies between two ranges of mountains, running from north to 
 south. It comprises also jiarts of Cambodia and Laos. Bangkok is 
 the capital. Ono-half of the population are Chinese. 
 
 4.— Malacca is a peninsula : tho northern part belongs to 
 Siam, and tho southern part to Great Britain. Georgetown, on tho 
 Island of Penang, is the capital and seat of Government of tho 
 British strait settlements. The inhaJ/itants are Malays, and aro 
 chiefly Mahometans. 
 
 IV. — FAOB OP THE COUNTRY.— Long parallel chains of mount- 
 ains, and fruitful and well-watered valos aro a distinguishing feature in tho 
 aspect of this peninsula, 
 
 v.— DIVISIONS OP LAND.-l. Islands.-Pu/o Penang, 
 in tho Strait of Malacca ; Singapore, at the southern extremity of 
 tho Peninsula, are tho principal. 
 
 2.— The Malacca or Malay Peninsula, lies S. of Siam. 
 
 3. — OapeiB. — The principal are, tho Capes of Cambodia, S. of 
 Anam ; and Romania, S. of Malacca. 
 
 n' f-- i r 
 
 * 
 
 li '! 
 
\1 \ 
 
 6; 
 
 IlINDOOSTAN. 
 
 Vr.-HYDROaRAPHY.-l. Gulfe and Straits.-The Gulf 
 of Toitqiiin, in tho N.-E ; and the Gulf of Siam, in the S. ; the 
 Strait of Malacca, between Malacca and the Island of Sumatra. 
 
 ?.— Rivers.— The Mekong or Cambodia, in Anam, which flows 
 into the China Sea ; tho Irrawaridy, in the Diriuah Empire, into 
 tho Day of Bengal. 
 
 ^'I' — OLIMATB.— In tho Birmiili Empire, tho seasons are regular and 
 tho ah' salubrious. In Siara, tho winter is dry and tho summer moist ; that of 
 Malacca is tropical. 
 
 VIII.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— 1. Tho Minerals are gold, silver, 
 
 copper, iron, and tin ; also precious stones in great variety. 
 
 2.— VeKOtables.— Tlie teak-treo, styled tho Lord of tho Birmah forests, 
 is superioi to our oak. Tho other products arc fruits of various kinds, ricei 
 cocoa-nuls. sugar, ginger, tobacco, silks, etc. In Assam, tho tea-plant is 
 euitivateu with success. 
 
 3.— Animals.— Tigers and elephants aro very numerous. Tho animals of 
 less note, abundant in this country, aro mules, asses, goats, and monkeys. 
 
 Si:i:tion II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 JX.— HISTORY.— The ancient history of those countries is enveloped in 
 much obscurity ; and even tho modern is still but imperfectly known. Tho 
 Portuguese were the llrst that gavi' any thing like an accurate account of them. . 
 Pegu, at tlie llrst arrival of tho Portuguese, was tho ruling State. In a war 
 with the Urilish East India Government, begun in 1824. and concluded in 1826, 
 the Dirmaneso were obliged to cede a tract of country 300 mlfts long and 50 
 broad. 
 
 X.—ETHNOGRAPHY.— 1. Races.— With tho exception of 
 the Malays, who possess tho coasts of the Peninsula which bears 
 tlieir name, and the Moi or Negroes, tlio whole of this e.xtonsive 
 region is inhabited by nations of Mongolian origin. 
 
 2. — Thare aro various languages spoken. 
 
 3.— Tlio Religion of ihi; eniire peninsula is Buddhism, except in 
 Malaya, where Mahometanifm prevails. They believe in tlie trans- 
 migration of souls. Tito Catholics are estimated at 500,000. 
 
 4.— The Government of tho Peninsular Kingdom is purely 
 despotic, at least in principle. 
 
 The Desert of Thur,(>T Great Desert is in tho north-west. 
 The central and southern part is called Deccan. 
 
 VI.-HYDROORAPHY.-I. The Gulfe olCuich and Cambay, 
 in the W. ; and the Bay of Bengal, on the east. 
 
 2.— Rivers.— The Brahmapulra, Ganges, Godavery, Krishna, and 
 Cauvery, which flow into the Day of Bengal ; tho Nerbuddah and 
 Taptee, into the Gulf of Cambay ; and the Indus, into the Arabian 
 Sea. 
 
 VII,— OLIMATB,— The climato in the valleys and plains of the north, 
 although immediately under the snow-capped mountains, is intensely warm 
 in summei' ; the winters are severe. On tho great southern plains tho heat, 
 during a large part of tho year, is excessive. In all tho lowlands the climate 
 is very unhealthy, 
 
 VIII. -NATURAL PRODUCTS. -1. Minerals. - The principal 
 minerals are gold, iron, and copper; diamonds, rubies, and other gems are 
 found. 
 
 •■—Vegetables.— The soil is generally exceeding;ly fertile ; it produces 
 sugar-cane, cotton, opium, rice, wheat, Indian corn, barley, tobacco, hemp, 
 indigo, pepper, and tropical fruits. 
 
 3 —The Animals are similar to those of Farther India. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 CHAPTER LIT. 
 HINDOOSTAN. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I. -POSITION AND EXTENT. -Hindocstan comprises 
 the great central peninsula of Southern Asia, lying S:-W. of 
 China. It is situated between S" and 35" N. lat. ; and between 
 670 and 92" 30' E. long. Its length, from N. to S., is 1,800 miles ; 
 and its breadth, from E. to W., 1,500 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Thibet ; 
 on the E., by the Day of Bengal and tho Eastern Peninsula ; on 
 the S., by the Indian Oce.in ; and, on the W., by Afghanistan, 
 Beloochistan, and tlie Arabian Sea. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— Tho chief divisions are, the Bristish Ter- 
 ritories, the Depondaiit (or protected) States, and the Independant 
 States. 
 
 IV.-FAOB OP THE COUNTRY.- Hindooslan consists chiefly of ex- 
 tensive plains, which are fertili d by numerous rivers. It has few mountains 
 of considerable elevnliun, ex.,. pi the Himalayas, on its northern frontier. 
 
 V.-DIVISIONS OF LAND.-I. Islands.-The Andaman 
 and Nicobar Islands, in the Day of Bengal ; Ceylon, S. of the 
 Peninsula ; and Laccadive and Maldive Islands south-west. 
 
 '2.—Gujera, situated in the west, Deccan, in the south, are the 
 only Peninsulas, and Oape Comorin, at the south, is tho only 
 cape. 
 
 3. Moiitt&iiiS.— The Himalayas, in the north, the highest on 
 the globe ; the Ghanis traverse the both coasts, on tho east and 
 west to the extremity of tho Peninsula. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— The history of Ilindoostan shares in the obscurity 
 common to the origin of most nations ; it was formeriy divided into soveraTin- 
 dependent states. Amongst its invaders are Sesoslris and Alexander of 
 Macedon ; next came Mahomet of Afghanistan, in A. D. 1000 ; the Tartars 
 under Zenghis Khan, in 1221 ; Tamerlane, in 1389; and under his descendant. 
 Sultan Baber, tho llrst Great Mogul, in 1525. Tho next invaders were tho 
 Persian usurper, Nadir Shah, in 1738; the Afghans under Abdalla, about 
 1759 ; and lastly, tho British, who have rendered themselves maslei> . iho 
 grealor part of India. 
 
 X.-BTHNOGRAPHY.-I. Races.— Tho people are called 
 Hindoos :>\u\ are a bfaucii of the Caucasian race. There are also 
 some Arabs, Pei'sians, and Europeans. 
 
 2.— Languages.— There are 58 living laiigiingcs spoken in the 
 Peninsula, 'i'hose in the northern pans have for their bases the 
 dead languages Sanscrit and P.ili, as Italians have the Latin. Of 
 these languages tho liiiKlonstaiioo is the most cultivated ; it is 
 understood all over the Peninsula by the educated classes. 
 
 3.— Religion.— The religion of tho Hindoos is the worsliip of 
 B.ahma. Its distinguishing feature is tho system of casles. The 
 people are divided into four casles, the members of which cannot 
 laivfully intermarry. Tho Drahmins, or priests, aro the first 
 casle ; tho soldiers, the second ; the farmers and merchants, tho 
 third ; and tho laborers, the fourth. 
 
 Brahma is worshipped under the forms of Creator, Prescrvej; 
 and Destroyer. The Hindoos believe in tho transmigration of tho 
 soul. Many animals are worshipped, the cow especially. 
 
 There are from 12 to 15 millions of Mahometans and about 
 two millions ef Christians, the most part of whom are Catholics. 
 4.— Education and Character.- Education receives little 
 attention ; tho women, particularly, are kept in ignorance and 
 subjection. They are weJl formed, active, and intelligent. In 
 complexion, they vary from almost white to a dark brown. 
 
 5. — Government. — Those portions of Hindooslan not subject 
 to Great Britain are despotically ruled by nabobs, or native 
 priufi's. British con(iiiost is, however, constantly narrowing the 
 limits of these native governments and making them tributary. 
 XI.— TOPOGRAPHY.— Cata((/a, the capital of British India and of tho 
 Presiaency of Bengal, on the Iloogly River, 100 miles from tha sea, consists of 
 tho English nnd Black towns ; tho former is handsomely built and is defended 
 by a strong citadel, called Fort William. 
 
 i.—Bombaij, on an island of the same nanu', mi the west, is the capital of 
 th3 Presidency of Madras. 
 
 XII.— INDUSTRY AND OOMMBROE.-Therc aro extensive manu- 
 factories of silk and cotton fabrics ; their products rival the llnest made in any 
 ' •' - "-I.J- i.i... .^.1'' ..^ . .T.n.-.I .,,( cj- ountaiis, LT native 
 
' . 
 
 CENTRAL ASIA.— TURKEY IN ASIA. 
 
 69 
 
 merchants, ArmeninnB, an.1 Parsoes. Tho foreign commeroo is chiony in llio 
 lianils Df llio English anil Americans. 
 
 Since tho cimngo in tiio government, worlta of groat importanca have been 
 made. Railroa.ls, lelegraiih-lincs, and bridges have been constructed in all 
 parts of the country. 
 
 CHAPTER LIII. 
 CENTRAL ASIA. 
 
 INDLUDBS TURKESTAN, AFGHANISTAN AND 
 BELOOOHISTAN. 
 
 Section I.— TURKESTAN. 
 
 l.-POSITION AND EXTENT.-Turkestan lies E. of 
 the Caspian Sea and S. of Siberia, between 37» and 44° N. lat. • 
 and between 57» and lo" E. long. Greatest length, 1,200 miles • 
 breadth, 550 miles. ' 
 
 11.— BOUNDARIES— It is bounded on the N., by Siberia ; 
 on tlie E., by China ; on tho S., by Afglianistan and Persia ; and 
 on tho W., by tlie Caspian Sea. 
 
 ni.-PAOB OF THE OOT7NTY.-In the east are iho Bc/oor Moun- 
 tains.— The Sea otAial is on the northern boundary, and llio Caspian Sea 
 on tho western. 
 
 ^ IV.— Rivers.-Tlio principal are, the Amoo and Sihon, which 
 flow ni a norili-western direction, into the Sea of Aral. Between 
 tho Amoo River and tho Caspian Sea, lies the Desert of Khiva. 
 
 V.-NATURAL PRODUOTS.-Gokl is found in tlio sands of tho 
 Amoo and Silion.-E.\coi)t on the Ijanks of the rivers, tho soil is sandy and 
 barren ; rice and other iirincipal grains are produced.— Cattle, liorses, and 
 camels are numerous. 
 
 VI.-ETHNOGRAPHY.— The Uzbecks are the ruling Race • 
 the other inhabitants are called Taujiks.— The prevailing Re- 
 ligion is Mahomotanism of the strictest type. The City of 
 Dokliara is the chief seat of religious learning ; its colleges are 
 numerously attended. 
 
 VII.— Gtovemiflent.— rhe divisions, called Khanates, are 
 
 governed by dcs^-otic Klians, who arc independant of each otiier. 
 Vlll.— The capitals are Doklwm, Khiva, and Koondoc: Bokhara 
 is noted tor it-, numerous nosques. 
 
 Section H.- AFGHANISTAN. 
 
 I.-POSITION AND EXTENT.-Afghanistan lies E. of 
 Persia ; it is comprised between 29° and 39° N. lat. ; and between 
 GO" and 73° E. long. Length, from N. to S., about 800 miles • 
 and breadth, from E. to W., 750 miles. ' 
 
 II.— LOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Turkestan • 
 on tho E., byHindoostan; on tho S., by Beloochistan ; and, on 
 tlie W., by Persia. ' 
 
 lU.— OLIMATH.— Tho climate is varied and presents great extremes of 
 icmperauire. At Candahar the thermometer in summer frequently rises to 
 1 10 degrees in Iho shiido. Tho winters are intensely cold. 
 
 IV.-NATUBAL PROD UOTS.-Tho principal products are nee, cotton 
 sugar, barley, wlionl, an.l olher grai.is. The assafcetida plant grows on the 
 hills of Herat. Cabool produces the llnest apricots, peaches, and melons in the 
 worlil, 
 
 V.-ETHNOQRAPHT.-The population consists chiefly of 
 t'le Afghan race ; btit it comprises likewise Beloochees, Persians 
 Hindoos, &c. Tho Afghans are chiefly Mahometans. ' 
 
 VI.— Qovemment.— The country formerly coistituted a 
 single monarchy, but is now divided into three chieftainships 
 united In one confederacy. ' 
 
 yn.—Cabool is tho capital. The chief towns are ffera( and 
 
 i\in<iuli(ii\ 
 
 Section III.— BELOOCHISTAN. 
 
 I-POSITION AND EXTENT.-Beloochlstan lies N. of 
 t_he Arabian Sea, botwoon 25° and 30° N. lat. ; and between 58° and 
 '0» E. long. Its longih, from E. to W., is about 800 miles ; and 
 Its breadth, 300 miles. 
 
 ,11.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by Afghanis- 
 tan ; on tho E., by Hindoostaii ; on the S., bv tlio Arabian Sea • 
 and, on Iho \V., liy Persia. ' ' 
 
 III.-PAOB OF THE OOUNTRY.-In smface and scenery it is like 
 Afghanistan. It is principally mounlainous, even the valleys are elevated 
 The rivers an? few and small. 
 
 IV.-The CLIMATE is varied, cold in the higher parts, and exceedingly 
 ho in the lower. In general, the soil is not fertile. In some portions it is 
 not even well suited for pasturage. 
 
 V.-NATURAL PRODUOTS.-In the valleys, rice, indigo, cotton 
 sugar, and tohacoo aro raised; on the higher lands, wheat, barlev, and other 
 grams. Fish are abundant on the coast, and conslilulo tho chief,' food of the 
 people. Tho dromedary and camel are used as boasts of burden. 
 
 VL- ETHNOGRAPHY. -The inhabitants consist of two 
 principal branches, tho Beloochees and the Brahoocs. The 
 former are more numerous. Both classes are addicted to robbery 
 and rapine. The greatest part o: the inhabitants are Mahom- 
 clans. 
 
 VII.— Government.— Beloochistan is nominally governed 
 by tho Khan of Kelat ; the other chiefs pay him tribute, and 
 furnish men in time of war. 
 
 \lll.—Kelal is the capital. Sonmeance is the chief seaport. 
 
 CHAPTER LIV. 
 TURKEY IN ASIA. 
 
 Section I.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 L- SITUATION AND EXTENT. - Turkey in Asia is 
 situated between 30° and 42» N. lat. ; and between 26° and 48° 
 E. long. Its length, from E. to W., is 980 miles ; and its breadth 
 from N. to S., 730 miles. 
 
 II.— BOUNDARIES.— It is bounded on the N., by the Black 
 Sea ; on the E., by Persia ; on tho S., by Arabia and the Mediter- 
 ranean Sea ; and, on tho W., by the Arcliipelago and Mediter- 
 ranean. 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— Turkey in Asia includes the Provinces of 
 Asia Minor, Armenia, Mesopotamia, and Syria. The Hedjaz of 
 Arabia, a long strip of territory on the Red Sea, is also under the 
 Government of Turkey. 
 
 1.— ASIA MINOR occupies a large portion of Turkey in 
 Asia. It is a mountainous district, traversed by the Taurus range 
 and containing Mounts Ida and Olympus. 
 
 Smyrna, is tho principal port ol" Turkey in Asia ; it has an 
 extensive trade by sea and land. In many of the cities of Asia 
 Minor are remains of theatres, temples, and other objects of 
 Grecian art. Trcbisond, on the Black Sea, is the chief seat of 
 commerce. 
 
 2.— ARMENIA, near the centre of Turkey in Asia, was for 
 a long time independent, but is now a part of the Russian 
 province. 
 
 The .Armenians are Christians. They aro scattered all over 
 Turkey and Russia, and aro generally traders or money-dealers. 
 
 Erzeroum, tho capital, is situated on a lofty table-land. In 1859, 
 it was almost entirely destroyed by an earthquake. 
 
 3.— MESOPOTAMIA is an extended plain between the 
 Eupl^ates and tho. Tigris, Honce !t= name, which means btrtwecii 
 tho rivers. It is famous in early Scripture History, and was onco 
 
 I 
 
 '^■^'^■<;i1»^>aif^-^^.#ii,i|,jl»t.,ii|^j,)^ii,^,i^j^^ 
 
Ils^ 
 
 
 r 
 
 70 
 
 . 5._PALESTINE, tho southern part of Syria i, thn rr.. > 
 nn hn ^v V. ?''"^ ^°^' '" "^° ^°i"^'' with God's veiiReanco 
 
 between Earopean and Asiatic T 'uC^l foulf. of 5™ '"°p ' 
 and Adalia, S. of Asia Minor. ' ^ ^'"^''""' ^•' 
 
 Pntn— ^^•"■:^"'''": ^'""' '" *''° ^^"^'- ■■""! "'« Dend Sea in 
 Paleslu.o, „, whose bitter depths no Uving thing exists ' 
 
 uiacK bea , the huphratcs and fiVym, into tlic Persiin PmIt. . 
 ^n^into the Dead Sea ; an/ti. .,;":; S'r;ii.Sf 
 
 numo'oul^^'^J^.^f^f PBODUOT3.-1. T,.,. Minerals are ^eUt.cr 
 
 PERSIA. 
 
 a.eulX;':"" '" ''""""^■•' ''™''"='"« «'-'«" <" «-P- from two to .t,roo 
 
 ana numerous 'a L ft, 's^Xcrfrom ' ""■ ""° ^'"""^ °°'"' "^ "' ''"'' ^ 
 infest the towns and village; ' ="P«™"'io"' -notive, aro suITereU to 
 
 Section II.-POLITIGAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 most remarkable ocur ces ecTruL t si n '"° » ' ^'" '"' "'""'™ "' ">« ' 
 of Palestine, having llllerun Z m^, "^l '^'''''''y' J-^^^a'^ni the capital 
 Divine Lord was dLtroy'; „' ho Ta,™ b;'t\i"r"'" by crucifying'our 
 million Jews perished by famine or t rsJoni The llZ^'; .""^ J.""" °"^ 
 escopeJ vainly attempted in 361 tn rl!, , , .u "'"'''S'='=n<^an's or those who 
 
 t-.ey were stillatedtytC impious apo at I^^'k . ^.° ""^ """"'^"'"^ 
 to verify tl>o divine prediction^lmt L?? , "' ''"' "'"^ succeeded only 
 
 In 637 the Holy UnTfe^ Lit ,,"' " """'' "'""''^ "" '"" upon a stone 
 Which IheyexerciLd onthT.1 T'"" ""= ^'"•'"=^"^' ^bo cruellies 
 Crusades for e elver f'.rSo^^LanTr''' '!'"""' «"™ "^"'^ "'« 
 etfected in ,099. by tho reno:Ld Gedtey de Bouron but""f ''' ?'^ ""' 
 Saladin in about 80 years alter. Pa eltine in it' -■""'"'"''" ''^ 
 Turkish Empire. ^S'"""' "i '517, became a part of the 
 
 temporary indepeudenro. ^ ^*®'' ^ 
 
 CHAPTER LV. 
 PERSIA. 
 
 Section I.-PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 . I.-POSITIONAND EZTENT.-Persia lies E ofTurkev 
 1,000 nUles, and'.ts'lvflgfhl^^L/l^rSS'' ' ""^"^ 
 
 n.oVp°rsS^„??;^;:;! rtWAf^"' ^.^«-- 
 
 n"7?nl^^^°^^-''"''" '^ ^''""^^-l '"'« «!«-«" P'oviuces 
 
 CO n.;f ^?o°f,t™? °°r''''''--'^^"" '^' '" «""^™'' « -™"'-ous 
 
 e.tr ':;y'',t™tZ-"':;';rr' '" *;"r"'' '^ ^'^^^ ''<"" ^" «-'- -'^ 
 
 at times reaeho",;^:;;:^: "^^''^X "" ''"""'" ""'^'"^ ".ormomoter 
 
 valuab,ole^^Sd^,fo1°f^,7«--'' Minerals.-The turkoi. a 
 
 marble nboun J. A pede of h 1 t ' U T? ""'^ ""'™''"^- ^"""""' """ 
 window-glass. ' " '" "-""^'^oen' that it answers for 
 
 I 
 
 { 
 
MM 
 
 %l 
 
 con- 
 and 
 
 ( 
 
 . 
 
 I; 
 
 ARABIA— THE ISLANDS OF ASIA. 
 
 71 
 
 2.— Vesretables.— Tho soil on ihe sandy shores of llie Porsi n Gulf and 
 on Iho desert table-lnnds is barren ; in tlie other parts are fertile plains and val- 
 leys. Wheat and barley am produced in Iho upper, and rice, cotton, indigo 
 sugar, tobacco, opium, and various tropical fruits in the lower plains. 
 
 3.-Anlmal8.— Slioep and goats are raised. The horses ore famous for 
 .speed and strength. Camels aro numerous, and are much used in caravan 
 transportation. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IX.— HISTORY.— Persia has played a prominent p.irt in history. No 
 nation of antiquity underwent greater changes. Tho Persian Empire under 
 Cyrus, 111 tho sLxth century B. C, was oxtensivo and powerful. Xerxes a 
 later monarch, attempted tho subjugation of Greece, but failed, and thence- 
 forward tho Empire began to decline. It was conquered by Alexander tho 
 Great in tho fourth century B. C. After many changes, it was overran by 
 Mahometan armies. Timur, or Tamerlane desolated it in the fourteenth century 
 In later times Shah Abbas the Great and Nadir Shah were noted rulers. 
 
 X. - ETHNOGRAPHY. -L Races. - Persia has a very 
 mixed popul.iiion : tiiat of the towns and settled districts is a race 
 descended from Persians, Turl;s, Tartars, Georgians, Armenians, 
 Arabs, &c. ' 
 
 2.— Tho Language is considered the first of oriental tongues. 
 
 3.-The prevailing Religion is Mahometanism. Jhero are 
 also many Parsees and Giiebres, or firo-worsiiippers. Tliere are 
 some Ciahohcs, Armenians, Jews, and ProtestaiKs. 
 
 ^.-Popular Education, such as it is, is said to ho cheap and 
 common. '■ 
 
 n~i^>°^cf°!"®!^,*-~^'"'''''' '' governed by an absolute monarch, 
 called tho Shah, llis ministers aro the Grand Vizier, or Secretary 
 ot War, and tho Ameer, or Secretary of tho Treasury. 
 
 XI.--TOPOaRAPHY.-7-e/,.ra„, in the N., is tiio capital, Tho other 
 chief towns aro Tabreez, I.spahan, Kernian, and Shiraz 
 
 XII.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMEROB.-Tho principal items of in- 
 dustry are silk and cotton fabrics, shawls, carpels, .words, and cutlery whid, 
 a so form the chi.y Exports. The fmports comprise indigo, calicoe;, suko,' 
 rhubarb, with diamonds and other precious stones from India, Tho commercj 
 IS chielly carried on with Russia, by tho Caspian Sea ; and with British India 
 by way of the Persian Gulf. ' 
 
 2.— There are two Straits : the Strait of Ormm, at the entrance 
 to the Persian Gulf, and Dub-eUhwhb. at the entrance to the Red 
 Sea. 
 
 3.— Arabia has few permanent Streams ; the torrents formed 
 by the rains are soon absorbed in tlie sand. 
 
 VI,— OLIMATB.— Lying chielly in tho rainless region of Asia, the 
 chmate is dry, and subject to extreme heat in summer. When agitated by 
 tempests, the desert assumes the appearance of tho ocenn in a storm, and 
 sometimes whole caravans are buried under its sandy billows, 
 
 VII.-NATURAL PRODUOTS.-l. The chief products in the cul- 
 tivated provinces, are wheat, rice, barley, dates, and fruifs of various kinds • 
 also cotton, sugar, and various gums, of which gum-arabic is tho princijial. 
 
 2.— Amongst the Animals are the camel and dromedary ; they are used on 
 the caravan routes. Arabian horses are famous for Ueotness and endurance. 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 CHAPTER LVL 
 ARABIA. 
 
 Section L-PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 ^.-POSITION AND EXTENT.-Arabia is a largo pcnin- 
 sula in the south-western part of Asia. It is comprised between 
 120 30' and 34» 30' N. lat. ; ^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^ 31o30'and 59° E long 
 Its length IS about 1,400 miles, and its average breadth, about 800 
 miles. 
 
 II.-BOUNDARIES.-It is bounded on tho N., by Turkey in 
 Asia ; on tho E., by tho Persian Gulf and Strait of Ormus •' on 
 tho S., by tho Arabian Soa and Gulf of Aden ; and, on tho'w 
 by tho Red Sea and Isthmus of Suez. "' 
 
 III.— DIVISIONS.— Arabia comprises the provinces of Yemen 
 Hadramaut, and Om-iii, in the S. ; Lachsa and Nedsjed near the' 
 centre ; and the Hedjuz, bordering on the Red Soa. 
 
 iy.--PAOB OP THB OOUNTRY.-l. The interior is principally a 
 sandy desert, containing some largo mountain-ranges, and in many parts bare 
 and rocky hills. The cultivated tracts are chiefly in Ihe Provinces of Yemen 
 and Oman, 
 
 2,--Tho Isthmus of Suez, which connects Asia to Africa, is crossed by a 
 canal which unites tho Mediterranean with the Red Sea. 
 
 V.-HYDROGRAPHY.-1. The country is washed by the 
 Persian Gulf, on the E. ; tho A. ubian Sea, on the 8. ; and tho lied 
 Sea, Ou tiitj \vti»l. 
 
 \ III.-HISTORY AND RBLIGION.-At a very early period, tho 
 Catholic religion was propagated in this, country ; and tho celebrated Origen 
 labored in its conversion. Tho impostor Mahomet began to publish his pro- 
 tended revelations in U08. some time after, hu composed his Koran, a monstrous 
 jumblo of blasphemy and nonsense. The daring impiety of some of its tenets 
 was so ofl-ensivo, as to excito a strong feeling against him ; so that he was 
 obliged to fly to Medina, July I, 022. From that day his followers date tho 
 commencement of their era, called the Ilegira. or Flight, His doctrine of pro- 
 pagating reUgion by tho sword, coulil not fail of being well receivc.l by a 
 people already addicted to plunder. By llie most atrocious cruelties, he became 
 master of Mecca, Arabia, and part of Syria, and died m 632, Malionietanisni 
 is now tho professed religion of Arabia, 
 
 IX. -ETHNOGRAPHY.- 1. Races.-The population of 
 Arabia is composed of various Sometic tribes, who aro famous for 
 their hospitality. The wild Arabs, or Bedouins lead a roving life 
 and inhabit tho deserts. ' 
 
 2.— Government.— Tho different parts of Arabia are under 
 separate governments. The Sheriff of Mecca, and the Sultans of 
 Oman and Yemen, are tho most important chiefs. Tiio Bedouins 
 aro under patriarchal rule. 
 
 X.-TOPOGRAPHY.-The chief towns aro Mecca, the birthplace of 
 Maliomct, and Medina, to which he made his celebrated flight and where ho 
 was buried. These cities are both near the fled Sea. Muscat is the capital 
 of Oman, and with .Vfecca aro said to be the hottest places in the world Mod,,, 
 is well known for iis colfeo. 
 
 XI.-INDUSTRY AND OOMMEROB.-Tho former is at a Ic.wer 
 ebb than in any otiier semi-civilized country, Tho leading object of industry 
 IS tho raising of camels, horses, i,:outs, sheep, Ac, The Exports consist 
 chiefly of spices, perfumes, and the best coffee in the world, of whicli 5 000 to 
 0,000 tons aro onnually exported ; also, aloes, (from Scotch Island) 'ivorv 
 gohl, frankinoer.i, myrrh, and gum-arabic. 
 
 Travelling in .Arabia is diflicult and dangerous. Tho deserts can be tra- 
 versed only by means of caravans. Each caravan must either bo of suflicient 
 force to protect itself from the assaults of tho Bedouins, or be prepared to buv 
 its way through their territory. 
 
 CHAPTER LVn. 
 
 5,i'^- 
 
 THE ISLANDS OF ASIA. 
 
 1.— Oypnis and Rhodes, on the west, are in tho Mediter- 
 rauean Sea, near tho coast of Turkey. The former is noted for 
 its valorous defencn by tho Knights of St. John against the 
 Turks, in 1522, when it capitulated, after an heroic resistance. 
 
 2.— Japan Islands.— The most important islands belonging 
 to Asia are those which form tho Empire of .Japan. They have 
 already been described, page 67. 
 
 3.— The Carolline Islands, south-west of Hindoostan, in- 
 clude the Laccadive and MaldiVe groups. 
 
 The Laccadive Islands lie off the Malabar coast. They are a low 
 
 ffroil" nf 1 7 nrinrinal nn.! niomr orvnll.!.. .■«1««,^l.- ^.^.i -uj-n.- 
 
 .,..-. -- _, ^_„.^-^ — .--^.i ...,..._, ,™,.},,.,«^ „,,,[ rtir i.Ti:vny 
 
 of coral formation. Populatiuii, 10,000, chiefly Mahometans. 
 
 ffll S5 
 
 l-f'i 
 
 mw 
 
 il 
 
 i V 
 
 H if. 
 
 
72 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 The Mdhlice group lies south of t,ho Laccadivcs, and are liko 
 them in formation and character. Population, 200,000. 
 
 i— Oeylon [sre-lon), lying near the soiitliern exlremity of 
 Hiiidoostan, belongs to Great Britain. Tlio soil is exurmoly 
 fertil(-. It produces cinnamon, eolfuo, cotton, rico, and tobacco- 
 Tlio rocoanut and various otlicr palms abound. In climate and 
 other natural characteristics, C.ylon resciiibles tho southern part 
 of Hindoostan. Colombo is the principal town. 
 
 5.— The Andaman Islands lie in tlio Bay of Bengal, and 
 belong to tlie British. They aro densely wooded, Tiio inhabi- 
 tants are th" lowest type of the Papuan race. 
 
 6.— Tlie Nicobar Islands lie south of tho Andamans. Great 
 Nicobar is Ihe largest. They belong to Denmark ; but all at- 
 tempts at colonization have failed, from the unhealthiness of tJi- 
 climate. 
 
 7.— Singapore lies off tho southern extremity of Malacca, and 
 belongs to Great Britain. It contains tho City of Singapore a 
 great commercial mart. ' 
 
 8.— Hainan {hi-nan') Island lies south of China and belongs 
 to it. Population, 1,000,000, consisting of Chinese and various 
 wild island tribes. 
 
 0.— Hong-Kong is at the entrance of the Roca Tigris, the 
 inlet upon which Canton is situated, ft Iwlongs to Great Britain. 
 Population, 1 17,000. Victoria, the capital, has a good harbor and 
 considerable commerce. 
 
 to.— Formosa Island lies off tho east coast of China, from 
 •which it is separated hy tho Strait of Formosa, It belongs to 
 China. Population, about 2,500,000. Taitvan is tho capital. 
 
 11.— The Loo-Ohoo Islands lie between Japan and Formosa. 
 Tho principal island is cailied the Great Loo-Choo. Tliey belong 
 to Japan, 
 
 12.— Saghalien is a long, narrow island north of Jesso ; it 
 belongs to Russia. The inhabitants aro a peculiar race, known 
 as tho Ainos (I'nocc). 
 
 13.— The Kurile Islands extend from Jesito to Kamtschat- 
 ka, a distance of 0,50 miles. The surfare is mninitainous, with a 
 number of Vnlcauoes. Tho population is small and consists 
 mostly of fishermen. 
 
 14.— Tho Islands of New Siberia lie in tho Arctic Ocean 
 north-east of tho moutli of the River Len.i. They aro moun- 
 tainous, and uninhabited. Fossil ivory, consisting of the tusks 
 of various extinct animals, is dug up, and forms an article of 
 trade. 
 
 in.— OLIMATB.— Tlid porpctual snow, whicli covers tho summit of Mount 
 Atlas, tomprrs iIk lioat of lliis country. But tho coast is often li-equontly 
 ravage! hy llic plaguo. ' ' 
 
 IV.— NATURAL PRODUCTS,- Tlio principal products aro ngs, dates, 
 corn, wheat, l«irl,.y, olives, almonds, dates, and tropical fruits. 
 Barbary is iv,„,„-ncd for its excellent brood of horses. 
 
 V.-ETHNOGRAPHY,-l. Races.-Barbary is inhabited 
 by several varieties of the Caucasian race. Tho Moors inhabit 
 tlie towns ; the Arabs live in tents ; and raise grain and cattle. 
 The Berbers and Shetlushs dwell among tho mountains. 
 
 2.-The Kabyles of Algeria, and the Tuaricks of tho desert are 
 branches of the Berber race. There are many Jews in Barbary 
 who are oppressed and heavily taxed. Negro Slaves aro brought 
 from Soudan. A large portion of the population of Morocco con- 
 sists of the descendants of the Moors who were banished from 
 Spain in the fifth century. 
 
 3-— TJie people of Barbary wero once noted pirates, and en- 
 slaved the crews of the vi-ssels which they captured ; but lately, 
 England: and the United States have put a stop to this practice. 
 
 Section I.— MOROCCO. 
 
 1. -Morocco, a Barbary State, lies on the Atlantic Ocean, 
 north of the Grand Desert, between 27" and 35° 30' N lat • and 
 between 12° W. and 3° E, long. Its length is about 1,200 miles, 
 and its breadth, 700 miles. 
 
 2.— The Climate is mild and the soil fertile, but the Government 
 IS so despotic that agriculture and the arts are very little en- 
 couraged. 
 
 3.— The People aro the least intelligent and Ihe most bigoted 
 in Barbary. The Government is despotic : the will of tho 
 
 Sultan is law. 
 
 4.-fe, tho capital and largest city, lies north of the Atlas Mountains • 
 the houses are built of brick or stone, and richly ornamented ; tho streets 
 are narrow and nithy.-JWdrocco, tho former capital, lies on a forlilo plain 
 west of tlie Atlas Mountains. It is surrounded by a wall. 
 
 Section II.— iVLGERIA. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 CHAPTER LVIII. 
 NORTHERN AFRICA, 
 
 I.— Northern ,'frica comprises all the CfixwHries lying along 
 the southern coast of the Moditerran.'iin, frc*) tho Atlantic to 
 Egypt, known by the name of the liarbnry Stales i«t. It includes 
 Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, Tripoli, Darca, and BeUid-eWerid (A). 
 
 II.-PAOB OF THE COUNTRY,- Tho Atla, HomMm traverso 
 the country in u direction nearly parallel to the coast, and n,. rich in minerals 
 Tho highest part, Mount Mitsin, rises I t,40G feet above the sea The rivnr^ 
 arc unimportant. ' ' '^ """^» 
 
 ih) Landof datss. 
 
 I 
 
 ^•— ALGERIA, a French colony, lies on the Mediterranean 
 east of Morocco. It is situated between SO" and 37« N lat • and 
 between 2" E. and I0» W. long. Its greatest length is 500 miles 
 and its breadth, 200 miles. 
 
 2.— The Climate, soil, and productions are like those of 
 Morocco. In some parts, the climate is one of the finest in the 
 world. 
 
 3.-It was conquered by France in 1830, and constitutes its 
 largest colony. A portion of Beled-el-Jerid has recently been 
 annexed to it. ' 
 
 4.— The French P^ulation is 218,000. The natives were 
 among tlie most noteo pirates of the Barbary States. 
 
 5.— In 1816, the English cannonaded the City of Algiers and 
 compelled them to restore, without ransom, a thousand Christian 
 captives. 
 
 f).-Algf.ria is governed by a .iovernor-General, appointed by 
 France. H* is assisted in , a-lminislration of the affairs of 
 the colony iti^ a Secretary, ar a Co.mcil of four members. 
 
 I—Algitm, tho cap. ^\, .ies on the Medi'erranean, in the 
 form of an aroiKytheatre, and present a striking appearance. Its 
 harbor is defewkd by a breakwater, 2,40*.) feet in length. 
 
 ^—Constaniina, tho rmit city in size, is on tho crest of a hill and 
 18 strongly fortiflcd.-Near New Bona are the ruins of Hippo, once 
 the See of St Augu»tin ^t has greatly improved since it came 
 '■-i'm of tfe? Fr-eaeh, ;- 1330. 
 
 nin (1, 
 
 .i 
 
wmmmm 
 
 BEGION OF THE NILE. 
 
 f73 
 
 ■^: 
 
 ii 
 
 Section III.-TUNI8. 
 
 1.— TUNIS, the smallest or the Darbary Stalo», Hog on tho 
 Mediterranean Soa, east of Algeria, between 33" and 37" N. lat. ; 
 and between 18" and 11" E. long. Its greatest length i» about 400 
 miles, and its average brcadtli, 160 miles. 
 
 2. — The Olimate is mild and healtliy ; the . ill is generally 
 more fertile, and more carefully cultivated than in any other por- 
 tion of Darbary, 
 
 3. — Tho Population consists of Moors, Arabs, Jews, and 
 Negroes. The people are more civilized than thoso of tho other 
 countries, 
 
 4. — The Qovermnent of Tunis is called a Uoylick, the ruler 
 a Bey, or Governor. Tunis has a constitution by which liberty 
 of speech and religion is guaranteed to tho people. 
 
 5. — Tunis, tho capital, is situated on Lako Tunis, On the 
 opposite side of the Lake, ten miles distant, are tiio ruins of 
 Carthage, the most renowned city of ancient Africa. At 
 Tunis, St. Louis, King 
 
 r France, died ; and 
 here also his army 
 was defeated, in 1270, 
 while engaged in an 
 invasion for the sup- 
 pression of piracy. 
 
 Sect. IV.— TRIPOLI 
 
 t. -TRIPOLI lies 
 on the Mediterranean 
 Sea, south-cast of 
 Tunis. On tho east 
 and south, it is bound- 
 ed by the Sahara. It 
 is comprised between 
 28" and 33° 30' N. lat. ; 
 and between 10" and 
 20" E. long. Its length 
 is about 700 miles, 
 and its breadth, about 
 
 150 miles. Barca, on the sea, and Fczzan, an Oasis in the 
 Sahara, are dependancies of this State. 
 
 2.— The Olimate is subject tg daily extremes : hot by day and 
 cold by night. In Fezzan wild animals arc numerous. Pro- 
 digious qiiantities of locusts, salted and dried liko red-herrings, 
 are brought to mai'kct as food. 
 
 3.— Tripoli, the capital, is a sniall, well-built city, on the 
 Mediterranean. 
 
 4. — Barca, a dependency of Tripoli, is separated from it by 
 the Gulf of Sidra. The inhabitants are chiefly wandering 
 Arabs, govorned by their own Sheiks; but ''ley pay tvibuto to 
 Tripoli. 
 
 5. — The Beled-el-Jerid is a district of D j havf, lyi-ig between 
 tlie Atlas Mountains and the Sahara, and '"itwi ci! Morocco and 
 Tripoli, about 750 miles in lengtl: Tho li I .U,i;' lij, numbering 
 about 900,000, are chiefly Berbers, or Kabylii» and Arabs. 
 
 6. — It is a dry end almost desert country ; but by the con- 
 striiction of numerous artesian wells, uio French have improved 
 the agriculture, so that tribes but lately wanderein have now 
 fixed habitations and are strongly attached to their E nopean 
 rulers. 
 
 7.— The Products are raised wholly iy gardens ; 'hey con- 
 sist chiefly of dates, which are of tho Iwst iinnlity. 
 
 T!iP T-.r;r.!".r.".. AsinJsJs ■"-'■'e. '.lorsss. earaela, cattle, and °oats. 
 
 Halt of a Caravan. 
 
 Section V.— THE S.MIAUA. 
 
 I.— Tho SAHARA, or Great Desert, is a region of vast 
 extent, occupying the central part of Norlhern Africa. It stretches 
 from the Atlantic Ocean to llu! Valley of the Nile ; and is eoni- 
 prised between 15° and 30" N. lat. ; and between 10" W. and 20" E. 
 long. Its length is about 3,000 miles, and its breadth, 1,000 
 miles. 
 
 2. — The Sahara forms the western portion of the vast rainless 
 region, which stretches from the Atlantic Ocean across Africa and 
 Asia to the conftnes of Mantchooria, a distance of about 0,000 
 miles. 
 
 3. — The Surface is not wholly level ; in parts it is a sandy 
 plain ; in others it consists of sand-hills, and in others of rocks, 
 composed of granite mixed with quartz, overgrown with bushes 
 and coarse grass, which latter constitute food for the camel. 
 There arc two mounlain-ehains of moderate elevation, ranging 
 from east to west, and more than 500 miles in length : they are 
 the Hogarve and Black Mountains. Along the north of this vast 
 
 desert are numerous 
 salt lakes which re- 
 ceive the streams 
 from the Atlas Moun- 
 tains. 
 
 4. — The dangers and 
 hardships of travellers 
 in crossing tho Sahara 
 are very great. In 
 1805, a caravan of 
 1,800 camels and 2,000 
 men is said to have 
 died of thirst. 
 
 5. — In the sandy 
 tracts, \\ airhvinds oft- 
 en blow with terrible 
 force, darkening the 
 air so that the sun 
 cannot be seen. 
 
 6. — The wamliM'ing 
 tribes arc fieri-e and 
 cruel, and attack all travellers who have not the protection of 
 some po\v erful chief. In tho desert are lions of great strengtli 
 and ferocity ; also tigers, leopards, scorpions, and various other 
 kinds of serpents. In consequence, great care has to be taken by 
 travellers in order to evade them. 
 
 CHAPTER LIX. 
 REGION OF THE NILE. 
 
 THE RBOION OP THE NILE INCLUDES BOYPT, NUBIA, 
 ABYSSINIA, AND KORDOFAN. 
 
 Section I.-'-PHYSIGAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I.— POSITION AND EXTENT.— Egypt lies in the north- 
 eastern part of Africa ; it is comprised l)etween 24" and 33" N. 
 lat. ; and between 25" and 35" E. long. Its length is about 520 
 miles, with an average breadth of ei^'ht or ten miles. 
 
 II.— DIVISIONS.— Egypt is divided into three principal divi- 
 sions : 1. Lower Egypt, consisting for the most part of the Delta 
 of the Nile ; 2. Middle Egypt, or the Valley of the Nile ; 3. Upper 
 Egypt, or Said, the ancient Thcba'id. 
 
 III.— ?AOB OP THE COUNTRY.— The aspect of this country 
 varies with tho seasons in a singular manner. During our winter months, the 
 region of tho Nile has tho appearance of a delightful garden ; in the opposite 
 seasi):;. it exhibits a mirv soil, and ininifliiss tracts covered with water. 
 
 h 1 , 
 
 n 
 
 
74 
 
 NUBIA. 
 
 „n^l7°.^^^®^°?^ °^ LAND.-l. Mountaln8.-Theroare 
 
 no mountains m Egypt, except a range of hills lying between the 
 Ked Sea and the River Nile. 
 
 2— Til.! Isthmus of Suez stretches from Egypt to Arabia 
 y.-HYDROQRAPHY.-l. The Gulf of Suez lies on the east. 
 -;■ — Lakes. — See 
 
 Africa, bottom of page 
 
 16. 
 
 3. — Rivers. — The 
 Nile flows through it 
 from soulli to north. 
 It begins to rise in 
 Juno. About the end 
 of September, it usually 
 reaches the height of 24 
 feet above low water 
 after which it falls 
 slowly. 
 
 VI.— OLIMATB.— Til,) 
 
 climute is hoi and unliealUiy 
 during the summer, but milil 
 and salubrious during the 
 remainder of thn year. 
 
 VII. -NATURAL 
 PRODUOTS.-I. Met- 
 als. — There arc no metals 
 in this country. 
 
 .ir'^^*****^'®^'"™'-' """' ^•''^'■'"''''■^ ■>■■'■ -^'Hton, wl„.ai. rice, corn, 
 
 fully earned on ; ,n Lower Egypt three harvests are reaped annually. 
 
 JZt!^}rf^'~'^'"' f ™'°'^"'' ""'' '■'l^ropolamus have become rare. The 
 ass ,s much sironper and more serviceable than in any other country. Sheen 
 and goats are particularly elegant. " ^ 
 
 3.-Dmiella and noiella, on tdo Nile, are small seaports. Tho la*ter is 
 famous for its (Ino fruit-gardens. 
 
 necis It with Port faaid, on the Mediterranean Sea. 
 XI.-INX>U8TBY AND OOMMBROB.-l Agriculture is the mn». 
 
 ■mportan. pursuit. The chief manufactures are pottery r:™" L Targets 
 
 2. Cairo is the centre of an 
 extensive commerce ; cara- 
 vans travel henco to Nubia, 
 Abyssinia, Darfiir, and Fez- 
 lan. There is a considerable 
 commerce by way of tlio 
 Hcd Sea. 
 
 XII.-ANTIQUITIBS.- 
 
 Thoso miglity monuments 
 
 Pyramids or Egypt 
 
 Section II.— POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 in,I!,!MT„^^^''^°f'*'"~''"-''" '' ^"P1"'S<^'' '0 ''«ve been flrst peopled by the 
 immedia do^.ondants ol Cham, one of tho, sons of Noah. 11 was long 
 govenied by the Pharaohs. The Persians became possessors of Egypt under 
 vaZ'.Tt ~y continued a part of tho Persian Empire tln'thot 
 ^as on of Ale.xander. Allerthe .loath of Alexander, tho Kingdom was seized by 
 
 2 tr-« n"r r f,'"'""'' """ '' ""^^"•"■•''^ f«» "nder the Dominion of Rome, 
 iJ yea.s B C, In the seventh century tho Romans were expelled hv the Sar 
 
 lapse of a few centuries overturned by tho Mamelukes. Tlio Turks, at length 
 ifi'fi i" ?,'oT,°^ Constantinople, made themselves masters of Egypt iri' 
 lol6. In 1798, tho French invaded and took Egypt, but were after three 
 years, expelled by the British, wi,o restored it to the Turks 
 
 .'^;^-'^T!f^OORAPHY.-i. Races.-The population con- 
 sists of Turks, Copts, Fellahs, and Arabs. The T^rks, the ruling 
 people, are comparatively few in number. The Copts claim to be 
 tho descendants of the ancient Egyptians. 
 2.-The Languages peculiar to this country are the Coptic 
 
 ZVn h'° H '''' "' V'"''''^' '^°''"' ^y ''"' P'^^Pl^' «"d the l4«a 
 Franca, by the merchants. '^ 
 
 3.-Religion.-Thc Catholi, religion flourished in Egypt at a 
 
 Zr'f ^^'■"''• "' "''"''' ''''''^'' '•^'^ residence 'of' men 
 famous for their sanctity, Mahometanism is now the prevailing 
 
 Sfthe JorsratXmr"""' ^'"' '^ ""' ^ — ■°" 
 
 long been the most noted city in Africa. The streets are narrow .-ord aJd 
 
 i.-AUxandria lies on the coast, near the mouth of the western branch of 
 tlie N,le. It was founded by Ale.xander th., Oreat, about 332 yea^s B C H 
 contained a splendid library, which Omar destroyed A ' C« 
 
 of human art, the Egyptian 
 pyramids, form an uninter- 
 rupted range for about 60 
 miles on the left bank of the 
 Nile. Four are particularly 
 nnteworthy. The base of 
 the largest is 746 feet square, 
 and about 480 feet high. It 
 covers about 12 acres, and 
 must have employed 100,000 
 men for twenty years in its 
 construction. Two of tho 
 principal pyramids hovo 
 been opened, and one was 
 found to contain a sarconh- 
 agus, containing the bones of a bull, that base object of tho Egyptian worship 
 2.-Not lar from the largest pyramid is the gigantic stature of the Sphinx 
 
 to the body of a quadruped. Its length, from the fore-part to the tai , was 
 
 found to bo 125 feet ; it is 60 foot high. ' 
 
 in.^Tn?"™ "'■^""■"'-''■^s obelisks, or pointed spires with four sides, stand- 
 ing upon i,edestals covered with hieroglyphics. They are about seven to 
 nine feet square and sixty to ninety feet high. 
 
 4.-Thebes, one of the most famous cities of the ancient times, was at the 
 height of Its splendor about 3,500 years ago. Its ruins comprise vast temples 
 with colossal statures and colonnades. temples, 
 
 5._0ne of the obelisks, which adorned tho entrance to the temple at Luxor 
 was conveyed to Pans, in 1831, and erected there in the Place de la Concorde 
 
 CHAPTER LX. 
 NUBIA, ABYSSINIA, KORDOFAN, AND DARFUR. 
 
 Section I.— NUBIA. 
 
 I- POSITION ANDEXTENT.- Nubia is an extensive 
 region lying S. of Egypt, between 12° and !3» N. lat • and 
 between 270 and 370 g. io„g. u, jengu, j^ .beat 850 mileL and 
 Its breadth, G50 miles ' 
 
 lonM^otT °^ jTH^" OO^n^RY.-The Nile flows through the eutire 
 length of h„ country. A large portion of tho surface is a desert The 
 ground under cultivation is the Valley of tho Nile ; it is about two m les JL 
 
 wh:i::'r:v Nti-:.'" "'"-'''• °''^'™"' "^^■'«''"°" "■-«'• "-'-^ '^° 
 
 III. -OLIMATB AND SOIL.-From January to April, the climate is 
 extremely hot. The rainy season lasts from June to December. 
 The soil and iiroducts are similar to those of Egypt 
 
 lV.-ETHNOGRAPHY.-Races.-The Nubians Proper are 
 
 mvZZ' "Zr^ °^ '^° 'r'^' ''' Mahometans, but some are 
 
 tlX^Z'7 "" '""■'/' ""'-■ hanl-workin,, and industrious 
 
 people, tml their morals are greatly superior to thoso of tho 
 
 Tiirl.s ai.d ^.raLS.- Nubia is under lb diMiiuioi. of TCgy-t 
 
 y-TOPOGRAPHY.-l, KLarluom, the present .pi, „ is In Egyptian 
 m ltaryp„,.t, .swell as an important city ; its trade is ext nsive ; ,ev ™ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 AiSKi 
 
 

 EASTERN AFRIGA.-SOUTHERN AFRICA. 
 
 75 
 
 2— Oommeroo.— Tho Nubians import slaves from Iho interior of Africa, 
 anil si'll them to tho Egyptians. Khartoom and Shcndy, on the Nile, are tho 
 principal slavo-markots. 
 
 .1 — The remains of the ancient temples of Ebsambul are grand and imposing. 
 Tho statues of the Egyptian Kings, if in a standing position, would measure 
 Irom 00 to 70 feet in height. 
 
 Section II.— ABYSSINIA. 
 
 I. - POSITION AND EXTENT. — Abyssinia (ancient 
 Ethiopia) lies S. of Ntibia, and is comprised between 8" and 
 15° N. lat. ; and between 3G° and iO" E. long. Its length is about 
 700 miles, and its broadlli, 450 miles. 
 
 II.— NATURAL FEATURES.— The surface is an elevated 
 plateau, with many fertile valleys, drained by numerous rivers, 
 of which the Blue Nile and Albara are the principal. In tho south- 
 west tho surface is mountainous. Abba i'amt, tho highest peak, 
 has an altitude of 15,000 feet, and is always covered with snow. 
 Lake Dembca is tlio principal lake. 
 
 Ill— OLIMATB.— Owing to the elevation of Abyssinia, it has a cooler and 
 nioi-o benlthy Climate than either Egypt, or Nubia. 
 
 IV.— NATURAL PRODUCTS.— 1 Tho Soil, cspccie.ily in tho valleys, 
 is ferliie, nn.i iiroduci's wheat, liarley, and corn ; cofTco and cotton arc in- 
 digenous. 
 
 5.— Tlio Animals are the lion, elephant, hippopotamus, bulTalo, two-horneil 
 rhinoceros, hysnu, leopard, and antelope. Tho boa-constrictor sometimes grows 
 to tho length of 50 feet ; crocodiles infest tho rivers. Tho ravages of locusts 
 are temblo. Domestic animals are numerous. 
 
 V.-ETHNOGRAPHY.-I. Tha Population consists of a 
 mi.\cd race from the primitive Ethiopian stock. 
 
 2.— Tho Religion is a corruption of Christianity ; Saturday is 
 observed as the Sabbath. There are some Mahometans and Jews. 
 Tho Abyssinians, of a nut-brown complexion, with regular 
 features, are barbarous and licentious. 
 
 3. — Government. — Abyssinia was for a long period an ab- 
 solulo Monarchy, subject to one ruler ; but by internal dissen- 
 sions and the invasion of the Galla tribes, it has been broken up 
 into several states, governed by independent chiefs. 
 
 VI.— TOPOORAPHY.— The capital is Gondar. It was once a populous 
 city, but has greatly declined. Antolo and Axum are considerable towns. 
 
 Atassuah, tho chief seaport, has some Commerce with Arabia and Egypt. It 
 belongs to the latter. 
 
 Section III.- KORDOFAN AND DARFUR. 
 
 1. — Kordofian and Darftir lie W. of Nubia. They are 
 separated by a narrow desert. The former was conquered, in 
 1821, by tho Pasha of Egypt, to whom it at present belongs. 
 
 2.— The people of Darfur are Arabs and Negroes, and profess 
 the Mahometan religion ; they are governed by a Sultan. 
 
 3.— Both countries, being dry and sandy, are generally unhealthy 
 for white men. Corn, rice, dates, and tobacco are produced. Salt, 
 ivory, and ostrich-feathers are the principal articles of Commerce. 
 Elephants are numerous. 
 
 i.~TendcUy is the chief town of Darfur. Cobbe is a depot for 
 the slaves, who are brought from the interior and sold into Egypt 
 and Arabia. 
 
 5. — Tho Shilluks reside on the White "Nile ; they are Negroes 
 of great size and strength. 
 
 6. — The Galla, or Ormania tribes occupy an extensive region 
 south of Abyssinia. They are a robust race, and are noted for 
 desperate courage. 
 
 CHAPTER LXI. 
 
 EASTERN AFRICA. 
 
 i.— Eastern Africa comprises the region lying along tho 
 coast of tho Indian Ocean, from Abyssinia to tho Zoolu country, 
 (AUnuiing 3,000 luiies in length, and inland to tho Mountams of 
 
 the Moon. It includes the country of the Somaulies, Zanguebar, 
 and Mozambique. 
 
 2.— The inhabitants are of various races ; tho Somaulies, Arabs, 
 and Suwahilies are Mahometans ; the Portuguese of Mozam- 
 bique are Pagans. 
 
 Section I,— COUNTRY OF THE SOMAULIES. 
 
 3.— This country comprises various districts of which little is yet 
 known. A portion of the interior is occupied by the Gallas. Tho 
 Somaulies are a mixed race, w^ith a brighl-olive comph'xioii, oval 
 features, and straight hair. 
 
 4.— Aden is the most northerly district. It is a marshy country 
 and abounds in cattle. The commerce is chiefly with Arabia and 
 India. Zei/ta, on tho Gulf of Aden, is a small- town, belonging to 
 Iho Pasha of Egypt. 
 
 5.— Hurrur is in tho interior, and about 200 miles from tho coast. 
 Tho people of this district have a metallic currency of rudo 
 coinage. 
 
 Section II.— ZANGUEDAR. 
 
 0.— Zanguebar lies on the Indian Ocean, and extends from the 
 coast to the Mountains of the Moon. 
 
 7.— The rivers are numerous, but only of moderate length. The 
 mountain-peaks of Kenia and Kilimanjaro have been recently 
 discovered. They are about 20,000 feet high, and their summits 
 are perpetually covered with snow. Tho interior is little known. 
 The population consists of Negroes, divided into various tribes, 
 who are frequently at war with eacli other. 
 
 8.— Tho inhabitants of the coast districts are Arabs and Suwa- 
 hilies. The latter are similar to tho Somaulies, but of a darker 
 complexion. Tho Arabs are the principal traders. Doth races 
 are Mahometans. 
 
 9. — Tho coast districts belonged to Portugal, but are now 
 governed by the Sultan of Zanzibar, an Arabian prince, who 
 became the Sovereign in 1856, on the death of his father, tho late 
 Iman of Muscat. 
 
 10. — Zanzibar, on Zanzibar Island, is the capital. It has con- 
 siderable commerce with Aden, Muscat, Bombay, the United 
 States, England, and France. 
 
 Section III.— MOZAMBIQUE. 
 
 11.— Mozambique lies on Mozambique Channel, opposite the 
 Island of Madagascar. It extends a distance of 1,300 miles along 
 tho coast. Ivory, slaves, gold, manna, and coffee are exported. 
 
 1%— Mozambique, tho capital, is built on an island at the 
 entrance to a fine harbor. It was once important, but is now in 
 a state of decay. Tho other principal settlements are Sofala, and 
 Quilimane, on the coast ; and Teto [Tay'tay), on the Zambezi River. 
 
 13. — Mozambique is a Portuguese colony ; but beyond the im- 
 mediate settlements on tho coast tho Portuguese possess little 
 authority. 
 
 14.— Tho Negroes are Pagans, except in and around the towns, 
 where some have become Catholics, 
 
 CHAPTER LXII. 
 
 SOUTHERN AFRICA. 
 
 Southern Africa includes the courtrics of Cape Colony, 
 the Hottentot country, Caffraria, Natal (Nah'tahl), tho Orange 
 River Free State, Zoolu, and tho Transvaal Republic (vah'l). 
 It alsoi ncludes the expensive region in the interior explored 
 by Dr. Livingstone, as far ,'<s the 9° of S. latitude. 
 
 ■dUi 
 
 II 
 
 1 1! 
 ii'.i 
 
 « il 
 
 ? k 
 
 ' f 
 
 i- \ 
 
 Ph^^^^fi^'^yK^i^i^iM 
 
76 
 
 WESTERN AFRICA. 
 
 L 
 
 Section >.— CAPE COLONY. 
 
 !■— Oape Colony, nn extensive territory belonging to Groat 
 Britain, loims Hie soiiiliorn e.ttremity of Africa, and is situated 
 l)etwccn 28" and 35" S. lat. ; and between 17" and 28» E. long. Its 
 greatest length, from E. to W., is about COO miles ; and its greatest 
 breadth, iOO miles. 
 
 2.— The Snow Mountains traverse this territory from W. to E. ; 
 tho loftiest peaks are about 10,000 feet. The country riijcs in 
 terrace?, or jilateaus, from tho roast to tho baso of the Snow 
 Monnlains. Table Mountain, near Capo Town, on the coast, 
 rises 3,000 feet above tlic sea. The Orange is the principal river. 
 
 3.— The Climate is temperate and healthy, but the changes 
 nro sudden ; there arc occasionally great droughts. 
 
 4.— The Soil is fertile, and produces all the European grains 
 and fruit.t. A sweet wine, called Constanlia, is made upon two 
 farms near tho Table Mountain, and can be made no where else. 
 Sheep, chielly of the imported Merino breed, are mmierous. Wool 
 is exported. 
 
 5.— The inhabitants are Dutch, English, Caffres, Hottentots, 
 and Malays. Tlie farmers are Doers {Duich for farmer) ; they are 
 styled, according to their particular occupation ; cattle, grain, or 
 wine-boors. 
 
 il—Cape Town, tho capital, on Table Bay, is strongly fortihed. 
 It is an important stopping-place for vessels sailing to and from 
 India. 
 
 7.— The Religion is chiefly Protestant. There are some 
 Catholics. The Malays who were formerly slaves are now 
 Mahometans. 
 
 8.— Caffraria, the original seat of tho Caffres, was once a large 
 territory ; but it is now limited to a small district oast of Cape 
 Colony; it extends about ICO miles along the coast. 
 
 0.~The inhabitants, called Calfres, are an athlete, vigorous 
 people, of a deep-brown color, and with frizzled, but not woolly 
 hair. The men engage in war and hunting, while the women 
 till the soil and build huts. 
 
 10.— Natal, a British colony, south of Zoolu, on tho south-east 
 coast, was settled in 1845, and is a dependency of Capo Colony. 
 The inhabitants, principally Boers from the Cape, are sober, indus- 
 trious, and hospitable. 
 
 II.— Orange River Free State lies between the two head 
 branches of the Orange River, north-east of Gape Colony and 
 west of Natal, from which it is separated by tho Draakborg 
 Mountains. The people, who are principally Bechuana and Dutch 
 Boers, declared their independence of Cape Colony in 1854. 
 
 12.— Zoolu, or Sulu Country lies north of Natal, and is 
 a part of the old territory of Caffraria. Tho Zoolus aro tho in- 
 dependent Caffres. They are, according to Livingstone, honest 
 and peaceable. 
 
 13.— The Transvaal Republic lies west of the Zoolu country. 
 It is inhabited chieily by Boers. This republic has this year, 
 (1877), become a dependency of Great Britain. 
 
 17.— The Griquas are a half-breod race, comprising a mixture 
 of Dutch and Hottentot. 
 
 18.-Tho Hottentots live in villages, called Kraals, arranged in 
 the form of n semi-circle. Tho huts are shaped like bee-hives. 
 Those who live m the Colony aro employed as servants, and aro 
 considered honest and faittiful. Their speech is a jargon, of 
 which Dutch is the chief element. 
 
 CHAPTER LXHI. 
 
 WESTERN AFRICA. 
 
 1 .-Western Africa comprises all the territory on the west, 
 which extends from the Nourse {Noorse) River to tho Great Desert, 
 a distance of nearly 4,000 miles. Its principal divisions aro Lower 
 and Upper Guinea, Liberia, Sierra Leone {Le-o'-ne), and Soncgambia. 
 
 Section I.— GUINEA. 
 
 Section II.— THE HOTTENTOT COUNTRY. 
 
 14.— This Country, situated N. of Cape Colony, on the W. coast 
 of Southern Africa, is inhabited by the Damaras, Namaquas, 
 Gorannos, and Griquas. 
 
 15.— They are a low, brutish race, generally inoffensive, but 
 filthy in person and habits. 
 
 IC— The Bushmen, or wild Hottentots, are found near the 
 Orange River. They go almost naked, and take refuge in caves 
 or holes in the ground. In war and the chase they use poisoned 
 arrows. In order to approach and destroy the ostrich, they 
 disguise themselves in imitation of that bird. 
 
 2.— Guinea (Ghin'-nc), divided into Upper and Lower Guinea, 
 comprises-the extensive coast region, extending along the Atlantic, 
 from the country of the Hottentots to Senegambia, a distance of 
 ne.irly 3.000 miles, with an average breadth of 200 miles. 
 
 ^. Lower Guinea ex'ends along the Atlantic coast from the 
 Nourso River to tho Niger, and inland to the Crystal and 
 -Mncamlie Mountains. The sea-coast is called by navigators the 
 const. ' ' 
 
 4.— Till! principal Divisions aro Benguela, Angola, Congo, 
 Loango, Pongo, and Biafra, All these countries, originally cailed 
 Congo, were discovered and claimed by the Portuguese more 
 than 350 years ago. At present tliey are the principal markets for 
 the sale of slaves. 
 
 The Climate is wet during one-half of tlie year. Violent hurrk- 
 caues are frequent. 
 
 5.— The Products are tropical fruits, cotton, sugar, ebonv, ivory, 
 palm-oil. and logwood. Near tho mountains various grains aro 
 produced. 
 
 C— The native Governments are despotic ; the people are 
 idolaters, and, in many cases, especially in the interior, they aro 
 cannilials. 
 
 7.— Benguela, Angola, and Congo extend 800 miles along 
 the coast, from the Nourse to the Congo River. The Mocambe 
 Mountains lie about 500 miles from the eastern boundary. The 
 Congo is the principal river. Inland, tho country is almost en- 
 tirely covered by a vast forest. 
 
 8.— Tho people of the colonies are Negroes. They are of the 
 darkest hue, and are regarded as the most indolent and stupid of 
 their race. 
 
 9.— These territories belong to Portugal since the close 
 of the fifteenth century ; they were at first prosperous, and nearly 
 all tho natives became Christians ; but the prevalence of tho slave 
 trade has almost depopulated the country. Tho natives are again 
 chiefly Pagans. Nothing flourishes but the slave-trade. 
 
 10.— S(. Paul de Loanda, in Angola, is tho capital of the Portu- 
 guese colonies. Its harbor is spacious and well-fortifled.— 5aft 
 Salvador is the chief town in Congo— St. Felipe is tho most im- 
 portant town in Benguela. 
 
 II.— Loango lies north of Congo. Its capital is Loaiigo, 
 situated on the Bay of Loango. The inhabitants, called Brahmas, 
 are Negroes of the darkest color ; they are very superstitious. 
 
 12.— Pongo extends on tho Atlantic coast, from Loango to 
 Biafra. Tho Gaboon River passes through it. Gaboon, a small 
 French settlement at the mouth of this river, was established in 
 1845, 
 
 1 
 

 mmmmmmaimm 
 
 WESTERN AFRICA. 
 
 77 
 
 1^.— Between tlie years 185G and 1859, M. du Cliailln ascended 
 the Gaboon River, and explored llio interior for some distance. 
 T{ere,tiie gorilla, the largest of the apo species, abounds. Tiio 
 Fans and otiior inland tribes arc cannibals. Human Ueali is 
 bougiit and sold in ttie markets. 
 
 14.— Blafra is a small kingdom, extending from *'. -Ught of 
 Diafra to the Crystal Mountains. Very little is knowi; ■•iuut this 
 country. 
 
 Suction II.— UPPER GUINEA. 
 
 15.— Upper Ghiinea includes the territory along the Atlantic 
 coast from Iliafra to Sonegambia. It comprises the Kingdoms of 
 Benin, Yoruba, Dahomey, and Aslmntce ; also the Slave, Gold, 
 Ivory, and Grain Coasts. 
 
 16. — The Climate along the coast is unhealthy for whites. 
 
 The Soil is in general fertile. Tlie ciiief products arc tropical 
 fruits, cotton, indigo, palm-oil, yams, rice, and Indian corn. 
 Ivory and gold arc exported. 
 
 17. — The great indentation along the coast is called the Gulf of 
 Guinea. The country rises gradually throughout its whole ex- 
 tent to the Kong Moiuilaius, on the north. 
 
 18. — Yoruba and Benin occupy the eastern part of Upper 
 Guinea. Through these countries the River Niger flows into the 
 Gulf of Guinea. The Bight or Bay of Benin is on the coast. The 
 portion of the coast included between the mouths of the Niger is 
 called, the Calabar Coast. 
 
 19. — Abeokula, the chief town of Yoruba, is of recent foun- 
 dation ; it is said to bo the largest negro town in the world. 
 
 20.— Dahomey lies- west of Yoruba. The climate is more 
 salubrious than in other parts of Upper Guiiica. The scenery is 
 picturesque. 
 
 21. — The people, ferocious, warlike, and cruel, number about 
 5,000,000. Upon the death of the king, or any of the royal family, 
 thousands of human beings are sacrificed. Abomcy is the capital. 
 
 22. — The Religion is Pagan, and the Government an absolute 
 monarchy. A portion of the army of Dahomey, to the number of 
 6,000 or 8,000, consists of women ; they are well disciplined. 
 
 23. — Ashantee, the lirgest kingdom in Guinea, lies between 
 the Kong Mountains and the soarcoast. The manufactures com- 
 prise gold ornaments, earthenware, cotton goods, and ivory. 
 
 24.— The inhabitants are Negroes. They have some knowledge 
 of the arts, but are cruel and barbarous. On great public 
 occasions, thousands of slaves are put to death in the most in- 
 human manner. In no other place, except Dahomey, is human 
 life so little valued as in Ashantee. 
 
 25. — The Government of Ashantee is despotic j the people are 
 Pagans, with the exception of a few Mahometans in the capital. 
 
 20.— The Slave Ooast extends along the Gulf of Guinea 220 
 miles. Here, the slave trade is now more largely carried on than 
 elsewhere. 
 
 27. — The Q-oId Ooast extends from the western boundary of 
 the 81«ve Coast west 300 miles. Gold is found in large quantities 
 in the interior. There are several European forts and factories, 
 founded for the purpose of trading with the natives. 
 
 28. — ^The Ivory Ooast extends about 200 miles west of the 
 Gold Co»8t. Ivory is the princiifal article of trade. 
 
 29.— The Orain Ooast occnyies the remainder of Upper 
 Guinea, as far as Senegambia : .% extends nearly 300 miles, and 
 includes the central and southern part of Liberia. 
 
 Section III.— SENEGAMBIA. 
 
 30.— Senegambia lies on the west coast of Africa, south of 
 Sahara. It is about 850 miles in length, and 500 in breadth ; it 
 derives its name from the two rivers flowing through it ; the 
 Senegal and Gambia. 
 
 31.— The Niger River has its source in the Kong Mountains, 
 in Soolimana. The Senegal, Gambia, and Rio Grande Rivers 
 (low from east to west, and empty into the Atlantic. 
 
 The eastern and northern parts are generally level. The soil is 
 fertile and the cHmale, hot. 
 
 32.— This territory is divided into numerous petty states. The 
 people comprise Foulahs, Mandingoes, and Jaloffs. The Foulahs 
 iiavo high and marked features, and are of an olive complexion : 
 they an! mostly horsemen. The Mandingoes and Jaloffs are 
 Negroes ; they excel in horsemanship and in the use of arms. 
 
 33.— Religion and Government.— The people are chit;fly 
 Pagans ; but there are many Mahometans. The Governments 
 are despotic monarchies, except in Manding, where the people of 
 the various towns choose their own rulers. 
 
 34.— Kmtoo and Bambouk are the chief towns in the interior. 
 The latter has considerable trade. 
 
 35.— On the banks of the Senegal are various French settle- 
 ments, of which- St. Louis is the principal. Bdthurst, near the 
 mouth of the Gambia, is the chief British settlement. On the 
 Rio Grande, the Portuguese have several trading factories. 
 
 Section IV.— SIERRA LEONE AND LIBERIA. 
 
 30._Sierra Leone is a British colony, upon the Atlantic 
 coast, south of Senegambia. It was founded, in 1787 by British 
 philanthropists, and was designed to suppress the slave-trade, and 
 also to promote the civilization of Africa. It is inhabited by 
 Negroes of more than a hundred different tribes. 
 
 37.— The Climate is unhealthy for Europeans. The chief pro- 
 ductions are sugar, coffee, corn, rice, dates, pepper, indigo, 
 lemons, oranges, and other tropical fruits. A considerable quan- 
 tity of palm-oil is made. 
 
 38.— The number of inhabitants is 60,000, consisting of lilier- 
 ated Africans, taken from captured slave-ships, natives, who have 
 never been enslaved, officers, and merchants. 
 
 39. — Many of the Negroes are Pagans ; but the whites and those 
 natives taught in the schools are Protestants. It is governed by 
 British laws. 
 
 40.— The capital, Free Town, is on the loft bank of the Sierra 
 Leone River, six miles from the sea, and has some fine public 
 buildings. 
 
 41. —Liberia, an independent republic, was established in 1821, 
 by the American Colonization Society, as a colony for Negroes 
 and emancipated slaves from the United States. It extends along 
 the coast from the Shebar River to the San Pedro, 420 miles, and 
 from 40 to 50 miles inland. Area 30,000 sq. miles. 
 
 42.— The Climate is like that of Sierra Leone. The country 
 rises gradually from the shore to the interior. Coffee, cotton, and 
 sugar-cane are cultivated ; the other products are like those of 
 Sierra Leone. 
 
 43.— The population consists of about 15,000 colonists and 
 90,009 natives. The tribes of the interior include a population 
 of'not less than 200,000. 
 
 44. Many of the natives are idolaters ; but the colonists are 
 F.olesi>iiits. The Government is an independent republic, with a 
 cobs' 'I ion similar to that of the United States. 
 
 it ■ Monrovia is the capital. It has a gotid harbor and consid- 
 erable trade. It contains a court-house, a public library, and 
 several schools and churches. 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 1 
 
78 
 
 CENTUM, AIRICA.-THE ISLANDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 CHAI'TKR La IV. 
 CENTRAL AFRICA. 
 
 I —Central Africa cominiscs iho interior countries 8. of iho 
 
 Sahara, ami N. of llu' region explored hy Dr. Livingglono. Thy 
 chief Divisions nro Soudan and Ethioiiia, 
 
 Sbction I.— SOUDAN. 
 
 2.— Soudan, sometimen called Nigrilia, ig nn e.\ten»ive region 
 of Central Africa, hounded on llie N., hy the Sahara ; on the E., 
 hy Darfur and tlie While Nih> ; on the S., hy Ethioina nnd 
 Guinea ; and, on tlio \V., hy Senogamhia. 
 
 3.— 'Ilie Niger flows throngii a large portion of this territory 
 into the Gulf of Guinea. Lake Tchad is a large lake in Soudan. 
 
 4.— Tlio people of Soudan consist of Negroes and Fellathas. 
 The Fellathas are similar to tlie Foulahs of Senegamhia. Their 
 religion is Mahometan, in the propagation of which, they take 
 an active part. Their dominions extend from 'ho Sahara south- 
 ward to the River Tsadda, and from Timbuctoo to Bornou. 
 
 5.— The Climate is hot and unhealthy for Whites. The soil 
 varies in fertility. Indian corn, cotton, and indigo seem to he 
 everywhere cultivated. 
 
 6.— Soudan consists of numerous Kingdoms, of which little 
 is yet known. The principal are, Dambarra, Timbuctoo, Dorgou, 
 Houssi, Bornou, Begharmi, and Waday. Imputation, 10,000,000. 
 
 7.— Bambarrp. lies oast of Senegambia. Sego, the capital, on 
 the Niger, is a large walled town ; it has a considerable trade. 
 Bambarra is noted for the production of shea, or vegetable butter. 
 
 f' —Timbuctoo lies north-east of Bambarra. The Niger flows 
 througii it ; luit, except on the borders of the river, the country 
 is dry and sterile. Timbuctoo is the capital ; it has a considerable 
 trade. 
 
 9.— Borgou 'ies west of tlio Niger. Boussa and Yaouri, on the 
 Niger, are tlie chief towns. 
 
 10.— Houssa lii's east of the Niger. The inhabitants, chiefly 
 Fellathas, are moce civilized than the surrounding population'; 
 they pay great attention to agriculture and manufactures. 
 
 1 l.—Sarluiloo, the capital of Iloussa, is on an affluent of the 
 Niger, /.aria is the largest town in Iloussa. 
 
 1-2.— Iloussa carries on some commerce with Guinea, Tripoli 
 and other Barbary Slates. ' 
 
 13.— Bornou lies east of Iloussa, and is an extensive plain ; 
 in the eastern part is Lake Tchad, 200 miles long by CO or 7(3 
 wide. During the rainy season, this lake' overflows its borders 
 and renders a largo portion of the territory fertile. ' 
 
 i-i.— The people of Bornou are excellent horsemen. They have 
 some commerce with the people of Begharmi, Waday, and 
 Darfnr ; they wear armor in war. They also carry on some 'trade 
 in slaves with Tripoli. Kouha is the capital. 
 
 15.— Begharmi lies south-east of Lake Tchad. The inhabitants 
 are similar to those of Bornou, with whom they are frequently 
 at war. The capital is Mascim. 
 
 iC- Waday, or Bergoo is an extensive territory, north of 
 Begharmi. It is known only by native report. 
 
 18—11 i« the field of the explorationi of Pjieke, Potherick, and 
 others, v m entered it from (lie north. I'etherick explored the 
 country ,is far as Munuo, a -ai ai« equator, and hat linco made 
 iome important discoveries. 
 
 19.— Between the years 1837 and 1859, Captains Burton and 
 Speke, of (ho British East India Company, tiavolled inland.from 
 Zanzibar Island until they reached Uniamesi, or the Land of the 
 Moon. 
 
 20.— Here, in 1«59, Burton discovered Lake Tanganyika GOO 
 miles from (ho coast and duo west from Zanzibar. To the north- 
 east, 200 miles distant, Speke, the same year, discovered Lake 
 ^ ictoria Nyaiua. These are both frosh-water lakes of consider- 
 able size. 
 
 21.— It was claimed by Speke, that Lake Victorra Nyanza is the 
 source of the Nile. Further explorations, by Sir Samuel Baker 
 have proved that the Nile flows from Victoria Nyanza and Albert 
 Nyanza, the latter a lake lying !C0 miles north-west of the former. 
 
 22.— Except the Gallas, in the north-east, the iuiiabitants of 
 Etliiopia are Negroes : They are ignorant, cruel, debased, and 
 superstitious. The Niara-Niams, lately visited by Mr. Pethorick 
 are cannibals. ' 
 
 CHAPTER LXV. 
 
 Section II.— ETHIOPIA. 
 
 17.— ETHIOPIA was the name given by the ancients to the 
 region south of Egypt. As discoveries have been made, this ter- 
 ritory has become more and more restricted. At present, this 
 name is applied to the unexplored region of Central Africa on 
 
 both sides of the equator. 
 
 THE ISLANDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 1.— Most of the islands lying around Africa belong to European 
 Powers. ' 
 
 2.— Madagascar, situated E. of Africa, from which it is 
 separated by the Jf^7ambiquo Channel, is about lUOO miles long, 
 with an averag' -....(llh of 250 miles. Area, 240,000 square 
 miles. Populaii:. 1. i," )'},000. 
 
 3.— A lofty mr.tniain range traverses it from north to south 
 The climau . v ..■!.. '"^f .i, h hot and unhealthy. The interior is 
 cooler. 
 
 4.— The inhabitaii. of Madagascar excel in manufactures of 
 iron and carpets. Tanaiuirivu, near the centre of the island, is 
 tlie capital. The Christian religion has lately been introduced 
 by Catholic missionaries. 
 
 5.-Socotra, near Gape Guardafui, is a rocky island, noted 
 for Its trade in aloes. It belongs to Zanzibar. 
 
 G.-The Seychelles consist of thirty small islands. Cotton and 
 the cocoanut are produced. 
 
 7.— The Mascarenha Islands, east of Madagascar, compris- 
 ing Bourbon. Mauriiiu.i, or the Isle of France, and others are 
 fertile and flourishing. In Bourbon there arc several volcanic 
 peaks. One of the volcanoes, being in constant eruption, serves as 
 a lighthouse. Bourbon belongs to Franco. Population, about 
 110,000. St. Denis is the capital.— Mauritius is similar in char- 
 acter to Bourbon. It is noted as the scene of Paul and Virginia 
 and belongs to Great Britain. Population, 170,000. ' 
 
 8.— Pemba, Zanzibar, and Monfla lie near tlie coast of 
 Zanguebar. Zanzibar produces sugar, cinnamon, cloves, and 
 nutmegs. 
 
 9.— The Oomora Islands lie between Mozambique and Mada- 
 gascar. The people ar. Arabs and Negroes. Each island is 
 governed by its own Sultan, except Mayotta, which belongs to 
 France. Population, 80,000. 
 
 10.— St. Helena lies in the Atlantic Ocean, south of Upper 
 Guinea. It is noted as being the place of exile and death of Napo- 
 leon I. It presents to the eye the appearance of a dark-gray 
 pyramidal mass. It belongs to Great Britain. Population, 5,000. 
 
 11- — The Cape Verd Islands, east of Sene.ffambia, .are a group 
 of Islands belonging to Portugal. The Climate is very hoi, and 
 
OCEANICA. 
 
 79 
 
 raiiii rare. The toil ia well adapted to [iniliirage. Population, 
 
 iKI.dOO. 
 
 li.— Tho Canary 11 nds, N.-W. of Sahara, comprUo seven 
 liiiiiclpnl islands; llicy lK;lonB to Spain I'lio most sinking feniuro 
 is Wie Peak of Tenfriffe, on Iho island ,i tlio snmo luuiio. It it 
 {■^,()0() fcot IiIkIi, and can ho snen for a long distnnco at soa. The 
 rhmate \» variable. Hiigar and cnchinonl aro thi; cliiuf products, 
 Population, 2(1(),()0(). 
 
 I:).— Thi' Madeira Islands lio NV. of Morocro. Tlioy holong lo 
 Portugal. 'IIk; ctimau is particularly lionuflcial for invalids. 
 
 14.— Th.'so islands are remarkable for the fine wines, bearing 
 their name, wiili which for a long liuio Ihoy supplied the world. 
 At length the vin«i beru.ne diseas.-d, and, in 185i, they were 
 rooted up ; since that time, the disease has disappeared, and the 
 vine is again nourishing. Population, about llO,nno, 
 
 15.— The Azores, N.-W. of Morocco, belong to Portugal, and 
 comprise four principal islands. The cliimti- is delightful and the 
 suit fertile. Oranges and lemons are l.irgely exported. Popula- 
 tion, 214,000. 
 
 OCEANICA. 
 
 CHAPTER LXVl. 
 DIVISIONS OF OCEANICA. 
 
 * Sectio.n I— MALAYSIA. 
 
 I.-POSITION AND EXTENT.— I. Malaysia includes the 
 Islands of liornro, Sumatra, and Java : the Philippines, Celebes, 
 Hanca, and the Mottuccas, with some smaller groups and islands. 
 
 II.-NATUBAL PBATURB8 AND OLIMATH.-2 Tlio islands 
 lio |irinci|)ally undi'r or near llie eijualw . ami bear a slrikiiig rosemblaneo 
 to uno another in many 
 things. The Ollmate is 
 hut, hut it is lemiwred hy 
 tho soa-breozo9, ami liy 
 the mountains, which 
 abound in all tho iirin- 
 cipal islands, 
 
 III. — NATURAL 
 PRODUOTS.-3. Min- 
 erals. —Ill Uornoo, gold 
 and diiininmls aro found. 
 Gold is cihlained in Suraa- 
 lia anil the Pliiliii|iines, 
 and tin in Banca. Some 
 of llio ishinds abound in 
 coal. 
 
 4.— The Vegretatlon 
 is luxuriant and iho jirod- 
 ucls are valiiablo. Trop- 
 ical fruits and vegetation 
 of nearly every variety an^ 
 found in Malaysia. Suma- 
 tra is noted for its pepper, 
 guUtt-|)ercha, camphor, 
 and ivory; and Java, for 
 ccfTee, sugar, indigo, and 
 edible birds' nests (o). 
 Cloves, nutmegs, mace, 
 and other products are expoi ted from the Spice, or Molluccas Islands. 
 
 IV. -ETHNOGRAPHY.— 5. Races.— There ai. two native 
 races, the Malay, or Brown ; and tho Papuan, or Black race ; the 
 latter are so called from being found inincipally in Papua or 
 New Guinea. With those are mingled .i few Chinese and Euro- 
 pean settlers. 
 
 ia) ThU Stugul&r pro,lucl ia to utut W |,iii«tl an a delicaoy by iue Cliiuetie t^iut fiito (>iitiui- 
 rnesi lell for their weight in liUer. 
 
 fi.— Borneo lai, no-xi 
 world ; it is •.?,400 mill 
 of the ('i|uator The P 
 tions ; the British, lli' 
 the northeastern. Tih 
 Iho interior, preserve 
 
 • Australia, is the largest island in thi^ 
 III rircumference, and lies on both lidi's 
 ifh own the sonlhem and western por 
 lorth-western ; and the Hultan of Sooloo, 
 Ovaks, a barbarous people, who reside in 
 lud keep as trophies llie hi'iids of llir 
 enoniies whom they kill in battle. Area, 300,000 Bf|ii,iie milrs. 
 Poimlation, ;i, 000,000. hihuan, {lah-boo-nhn']. an island on llu' 
 N.-W. coai^t, belongs to tlreat Iliitain. Coal is abundant. 
 
 "•—Sumatra, next to Borneo, is tho largest of tho Simdii 
 Islands; it is more than a thousand miles in length. A cliahi 
 of volcanic mountains extends chiefly along the west-coast ; the 
 loftiest peak is 15,000 feet high. 
 
 About one-half of Sumatra is subject to tho iJiitch. The tribes 
 of tho interior are so iiarbarmis that they eat the bodies of the 
 enemies they "iuro m war. Area, 1,")0,000 square miles. Popu- 
 lation, 4,50(^ 
 
 8.— Jav K, of Sumatra, and is separated from it hy the 
 
 Strait of > It is about C80 miles in lenglh. It belongs in 
 
 the Dutch, a lange of mountains extends throughout tho whob' 
 island ; in which are eight active volcanoes, the highest being 
 12,300 feet. A small valley in the interior, called the Paison 
 Valley, is coveivd with the bones of men and animals that havi- 
 incautiously enlrred it, and have been destroyed by the carbonic 
 acid gas with which it is iiUed. Butavia is iln' capital nf this 
 island. 
 
 9.— The Islands of Bally, Lomboc, Sumbawa, Floris, and 
 Timor lie E. of Java. They all belong to llie Dutch, except Floris 
 anil the eastern half of Timor, which are in possession of Portugal. 
 Simibawa contains the Volcano of Tamboro, Iho most terrific in 
 the world, excefit Cotopaxi. The noise of the eruption in 1815 is 
 said lo have been heard at a distance of 840 miles. 12,000 of 
 the inh.iliilants ol the island were destroyed. Timor is a fertile 
 
 island, with about 
 200,000 inhabitants. 
 
 10.— Celebes llei 
 on the ctjuator, E. of 
 Borneo ; it consist* 
 of four peninsulas. 
 Area, 70,000 Bfjuare 
 miles. Population, 
 2.000,000. Tho ba- 
 deau-lree, which jiro- 
 duces the well-known 
 Macassar-oil, is found 
 in the forests. Here 
 Europeans enjoy bet- 
 ter health and live to 
 a greater age than in 
 any of the adjacent 
 islands. It belongs 
 to the Dutch. 
 
 II. — The Philip- 
 pine Islands belong 
 partly to Spain ; they 
 lie N.-E. of Borneo, 
 and consist of two 
 large and more than a thousand small islands. They are moun- 
 tainous and volcanic, and are subject to the ravages of violent and 
 devastating typhoons, or hurricanes. The snil is prolific, and 
 yields the choicest products of the Torrid Zone. Area, 1 20,000 
 square miles. Population, 3,000,000. Manilla, the capital of the 
 Philippines, is noted for its extensive trade in tobacco and cigars. 
 
 (d) Th« Isrteit Islandl on the elobe are liomec. Papuan Atadagntrnr , Sumatra, A%'Mon, 
 Great Sritairtt CuOti, aud Jttvit, Tlltt largQbt FwilinBuIatf a(« ^rtit,,.,. I'urador, I}reean, 
 Farther Imiia, Atatka, Scfindinavia^ Spain and Portugal, and Itati/. 
 
 Botany-Bay, near Sydnet4| 
 
 ll 
 
 li 
 
 
.tS- 
 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 V 
 
 <p. 
 
 /. 
 
 ^; 
 
 e% 
 
 //ff/ t J 
 
 >:» 
 
 .% 
 
 %J / 
 
 :V 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 150 
 
 12.8 
 
 ■ 3.2 
 ■■■ 
 
 ■ 3.6 
 
 if •* 
 
 i25 1111.4 
 
 [ 2.5 
 2.2 
 
 ZO 
 
 1 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 — 150mm 
 
 /APPLIED J IIVMGE . Inc 
 
 .a^ 1653 East Main Street 
 ,^=r£ Roctiester, NY 14609 USA 
 -=r'^ Phone: 716/482-0300 
 ■^sr.^:=. Fax: 716/288-5989 
 
 © 1993, Applied Image. Inc., All Rights Reserved 
 
 "<^ 
 
 •V 
 
 l\ 
 
 />. 
 
 o 
 
 ■<^ 
 
 
 
80 
 
 AUSTRALASIA.-POLYNESIA. 
 
 Section II.— AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 - ^^:~^^STRALASIA includes tlie Islands of Auslralia, Tas- 
 mama, New ^calami, lapm, and various smaller islands. 
 
 13.— Australia is the largest island in tlio world, and is somc 
 imes called a continent. It is comprised between 1 1" and 30° S 
 lat. ; and between 1 15» and 153» K. long. Its length, from K. to 
 .v., IS ,J,o20 miles ; and its breadlli, from .N'. to S., 1,900 miles. 
 
 H.-Au8tralla kdongs to Great Britain ; it is divided into 
 SIX colonies. North Australia. Queens Land, Now South Wales 
 \ ictoria. South Australia, West Australia, and Alexandra Land. 
 I was discovered by the Dutch in 1G05, and by them called New 
 o land In Ihe year 1835, the name was clianged, bv act of the 
 Uritish Parliament, to Australia. 
 
 15.-Thoi'o are three ranges of mountains ; the Blue is the 
 principal. On the eastern and southern coasts, the land is fertile 
 and ihc climate hoallhy. There are few rivers of note : the Mur- 
 ray, including the Darling, is navigable 1,550 miles, for small- 
 sized steamers. ' . 
 
 '"-NATURAL PRODtTOTS.-Mlneral8.-A..stralia is one of tho 
 
 nU osi pol,l oounlnes in tho worlj. The most valunblo mines lie W of 
 !^y. ncy ,„ N,.w p,„a|, Waios, and N. of Melbourne, in Victoria. Copper, iron 
 and coal are found in various (luanlitioa. 
 
 17.-Tlm peouliaritios of Australia aro remarkable. The native flowers have 
 no fragrnnce ; there aro pears with tho stem at tho larger end, and trees that 
 shed iHirk lustnad of loaves. 
 
 The birds do n<,t sing. There aro black swans, and whilo eagles, with bee, 
 that do not sting, In nearly everything it dilTors from other countries. 
 
 18 -The principal Animals aro the kangaroo, of several different species, 
 and tho platypus, or ,luck-billed animal. Tho wild dog, or dingo, is llerce, and 
 very destructivo to shoep and cattle. tub, una 
 
 19.— Tho Aborigines belong to the Papuan, or Negro race 
 and aro supposed to number about 50,000. ' 
 
 20.~Oovemment.-Kaeh of the Australian colonies has a 
 Governor, appointed by the crown, with a Council and House of 
 Hepresonlalives. 
 
 21.— Tasmania lies S. of Australia, and is separated from it 
 by Dass Strait, which is aboiil 120 miles wide. The inhabitants 
 among whom are many convicts and their descendants, number 
 in tho vicinity of 100,000. 
 
 Area, 28,0U0 s,jnaro miles.— /"oiari Town is the capital. 
 
 22.— New Zealand consists of the large Islands of New 
 Ulster and Now Mttnsler, and the smaller one of New Leinster. 
 
 Area, 95,000 square miles. Population 261,000. The natives 
 are called Maories ; they tattoo their bodies in a fanciful manner. 
 
 23.-New Zealand is antipodal to England : day and night in 
 the two countries aro, therefore, opposite to each other, noon in 
 London being midnight in New Zealand. Tho seasons are also 
 reversed. 
 
 24— Papua or New Guinea, ranks next in size to Borneo. 
 It extends 1 200 miles, from E. to W. ; and 450 miles, from N. to 
 b. Area, 200,000 square miles. The western half of this island 
 belongs to the Dutch. Papua has been very little explored. 
 
 Ti3 M '."^^^''"''f * ^"^ chocolate-colored, frizzly-headed negroes. 
 The Malay word Papua means frizzlv. 
 The bird of paradise, so noted foV iis fine plumage, is found 
 
 here. 
 
 JV,! 7 ^'^^^ *""* Others.-JV.t« Dritaw, New Ireland, 
 
 ^I'J 7«' So/onioH'j Archipelago, Soninade Archipelago, the 
 !i« °, ^'"'f^'*'-»'<'«. «"d New Caledonia extend from nea^ the 
 equator to the Tropic of Capriconi, in a line 2,000 miles long 
 
 frtjm N.-W. to 8.-E. They are imperfectly known, but arc 
 beheved to bo mostly fertile and well populated. Tho people 
 belong to the Papuan race. 
 
 26.— Li New Caledonia, there is a recent French settlement, 
 and the island is now attached to Franco. The most southerly 
 island 13 Antipodes Island, so named because it is antipodal to 
 England. 
 
 Section IIL— POLYNESIA. 
 
 . 2'— POLYNESIA, tho most extensive division of Oceanica, 
 includes tho largest number of islands and island-groups in the 
 Pacillc Ocean. 
 
 28.— The principal island-groups of Polvnesia are the Sandwich 
 Mendana, Friendly, Feejee, Soeiettj, and adjticent islands, Caroline] 
 and Marianne. ' 
 
 20.- The chief Products are cocoanuts, yams, the bread-fruit, 
 and other tropical fruits. 
 
 3a— The Sandwich Island d wero discovered by Captain 
 Cook in 1778. They are mountainous, and contain several active 
 volcanoes, of which Mauna Loa on Hawaii is the highest peak ; 
 It is 14,000 feet high. Kirauca (Kerow-ai/ah), on the same 
 island, IS a low, flat crater, filled with ponds of liquid lava. I 
 
 31 -These islands comprise the Kingdom of Hawaii. Honolulu, 
 on tho Island of Oahu ( Wuh-hoo), is the capital. 
 
 Tiie Government is a limited monarchy, with a native King. 
 Population, in 1853, 73,000. There is a constant decrease in the 
 number of tho people. 
 
 32.-Mendana Archipelago.-The Slarquesas and Washingtol 
 Islands he south of the equator, and form the Mendana Archi- 
 pelago ; they are high and mountainous, with a rich, productive 
 soil. The inhabitants are a handsome, robust race : but withal 
 savage and warlike. Tiie Marquesas Islands belong to France. ' 
 
 33. -The Friendly, or Tonga Islands comprise several 
 groups. They were called friendly from tho apparent kindness 
 of the natives to Captain Cook ; but they afterwards proved 
 treacherous. ^ 
 
 34.-The Peejee Islands are a volcanic group, 154 in number. 
 They are very fertile in tropical productt. The inhabitants are 
 estimated at about 107,000 ; some are savage and warlike ; others 
 have been converted to Christianity. 
 
 35.— The Society Islands are a lofty volcanic group. Tahiti 
 the yem of the Pacific " is the largest. It is.the most fertile and 
 
 about 10,000. Ihoy aro m a state of degeneration. It belongs to 
 France. ° 
 
 36.— The Caroline Islands comprise a number of small islands 
 which exleiid 2.000 miles from a point about 600 miles eastward^ 
 of the Philippines. They are claimed bv Spain. 
 
 The Climate is mild and agreeable. 'tIio inhabitants are of 
 Malay origin, and are mostly fishermen. 
 
 37.— The Marianne, or Ladrone Islands belong to Spain 
 They are a group of 20 small islands, 5 only of which are inhab- 
 ited These islands are of volcanic origin, and are fertile and 
 thickly wooded. On Guahan, the most southerly island, is a 
 small fortified town. 
 
 38.— Of the other groups little of importance is as yet known 
 In some the natives are very barbarous ; in others they have been 
 more or less improved by the missionaries. The inhabitants of 
 the Gamber Island., on the Tropic of Capricorn, are all Catholics. 
 
m 
 
 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 ON THE 
 
 EXEKCISES CONTAINED IN THIS ATLAS. 
 
 I.— These Exercises are intended to facilitate the study of 
 Geography and to render it more easy and agreeable to the 
 pupils, by removing the great inconvenience of fatiguing the 
 memory too much. These can be made the object of two or 
 more lessons, according to the aptitude of the pupils and the time 
 they can devote to them. 
 
 II.— A town, a river, &c., which presents some difficulty in 
 finding out, is indicated by the Qrst and last letter ; Ex. : 
 Montreal, Ml., Richelieu, Ru.; or for greater clearness, by the first 
 two letters, and sometimes by the approximative longitude and 
 latitude, (a) 
 
 III— Use of the Scales.— Geographical Charts arc generally 
 accompanied by a scale of miles, serving to find the distance and 
 to measure the length and width of physical features. 
 
 It is used in the following way : Take, with a pair of com- 
 passes or a slip of paper, the distance between the places required 
 and apply it on the scale ; thus obtaining the direct distance, 
 to which one-flfth is generally added to obtain the real or true 
 distance. 
 
 This exercise has the advantage of giving variety to the study, 
 and of engraving in the mind of the pupils the dimensions of 
 lakes and gulfs, the distances from one place to an other, &c., 
 better than any other method. 
 
 IV —Questions.— Another excellent means to impress the 
 lessons more leeply in the mind of the pupils, consists in 
 developing the principal question by numerous sub^iuestions, 
 thus : 
 
 1. For a Country, tell : I. What this Country is. .21" what 
 areat division siluatod. 3. Its boundaries. 4. Its capilaL 5. Its 
 position with regard to any other country named. G. In what 
 latitude and longitude situated. 7. What bodies of water sur- 
 round it, &c. (6) 
 
 2. An lBland.-l. What an Island is. 2. In what waters 
 situated. 3. In what direction from such and such a place. 
 4. To what continent or country it belongs. 5. Its distance from 
 a given place. 
 
 3. A Peninsula. — 1. What a Peninsula is. 2. Of what 
 country it forms a part. 3. In what direction it is from this 
 country. 4. What l)odies of water around it. 5. What isthmus 
 connect it to other lands. 
 
 4. An Isthmus.— 1. What an /s(/u)ius is. 2. What countries 
 it connects. 3. What bodies of water it separates. 
 
 5. A Cape.- 1. What a Cape is. 2. Its direction with regard 
 to the country in which it is situated. 3. In what body of water 
 it advances. 
 
 6 Mountains.— I. What a iloimtain is. 2. Of what range it 
 forms part, or if it is isolated. 3. What its altitude is. 4. What 
 a chain of mountains is. 5. Where the chain commences- 
 Where it terminates, (a) 
 
 7. A Sea.— 1. What a Sea is. 2. What country it bounds. 
 3. What other sea or gnlf it forms. 4. Its length and widtii. 
 
 8. A Gulf or Bay.— 1. What a Gulf is. 2. By what sea 
 formed. 3. In or between what countries situated. 4. Its extent. 
 
 (fl, miitude nlone is marke.l Ihus : ,i): latiU.Jo and longitude togelhor : 
 (4-20| , longiluilo alone ; {".0 I.]. 
 
 m Example : 1 . What is the Dominion of Canada f The Dominion of Canada 
 is a vast country of North America.-?. To what gnat dmmn does ilheloj ? 
 To North America.-3. What are the >>ou>ularies of the Dommon or Canada f 
 Canada is bounded on Ihe oast, by the Atlantic, *c.-4. What xs ''*« f«P''«' f 
 the Dominion of Canada ? The Capital of the Domm.or. of Canada is Ottawa. 
 -f, 7 what direction is it /Tom the United Stales ? Northorn.--6 M u,/^ 
 latiludeHn north latitude.-?. H'Ai/ ? Becauise .1 is north of the Equalor.- 
 TbZLtlonqitr^ey West longitude.-9. Ihw do yon know it f Beoauso the 
 numbrs marking the degrees of longitude on the map coun (Vom nght to left^ 
 -To By what waters is it washed? On the cast, by the Atlantic, and on the 
 west, by the Pacific. 
 
 9. A Lake.— I. W'hat a Lake is. 2. In what country situated. 
 3. What rivers flow into it. 4. What rivers rise therein. 5. Its 
 extent. 
 
 10. An Archipelago.- 1. What an Archipelago is. 2. In 
 what sea situated. 3. In what direction from sncli and such a 
 place. 4. What are its principal islands. 
 
 11. A Strait.— 1. What a Strait is. 2. Wha» bodies of water 
 it connects. 3. What lands it separates. 4. Its position. 
 
 12 A River.— 1. What a fli«>«r is. 2. Where it rises. 3. In 
 what direction it flows. 4. In what slope or valley situated. 
 5. What country it drains. 6. Its branches. 7. What cities 
 towns, &c., are situated on its banks,— on what side. 8. Into 
 what body of water it empties. 
 
 NoTE.-A short historical fact on tho places mentioned, related 4 propoi, 
 would produce a good effect. . 
 
 An intelligent master can modify, augment, or diminish these exercises to 
 suit tho capacity of his pupils. 
 
 la) Another Example : Point out Mount Brown.-l. What xs a Mountain ? 
 A Mountain is a trad of land which rises considerably above the genera 
 8urfaoe.-2. Ooes Mount Brotm form part of a mountain range or uxtuoUsled? 
 It forms part of the Rocky Mountain8.-3. WIml is Us height ? 16,000 feot.- 
 4. m what direction does the range of which it forms part exier^ f From 
 north-west to south-east.-S. Where does this range commencet Towards the 
 Arctic Ocean,-6. Where does it termuiate t Near Mexico. , 
 
 
 n 
 
 
< 
 
 3^, 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 p «J 00 ,J p 
 
 ' [T n- s.- It S 
 
 
 ^ " 1 1 I f .^ E' £ 1 1 g- J R S 5 £• 2. 
 
 o a- - - B ~ ^ s ■» 
 
 S. o S " § 3 a S^ V - t; g- 
 a.j? fii^°-B n's 5'm r* g'f'' e ^ 
 
 S f^' 5> — ►- CD 
 
 D* — P 3l ^ S B ™ 
 
 B^ a §" 5 2 ;;; 
 »« 2 -^ "> ta B 
 
 ft p» 
 
 . — = P 00 -J 01 en to u 
 
 
 <-' >v s s 
 
 " g s 
 t» m o a. S ?= as 
 
 ■ ^ - - • i > F 
 
 5* a. s 
 
 ? I g 
 
 g S 
 
 » '■< 2. 2 2. — 
 
 BP°aSfl3? 
 "^ s- 6 §. ? I 
 
 
 *< *< n 
 
 ■ ^ § ** 
 
 |g^ 
 
 S i I g^ L - 
 
 < 5 o c _ » ^. 
 
 »S^g§>Bog_ 
 
 "■5i-.g=g.f If. 
 
 5g 
 
 ■ ? -^ "^ r- ? T? 
 
 ■ » » S " S S ir- 
 
 ff <» J, 
 
 ^ 3. g 
 
 B- S r " 2 K a 5* B ^ 
 
 If 
 
Mil 
 
 § 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 ! 
 
~r- 
 
 MM 
 
 nrriKM 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE MAP OP NORTH AMERIOA,-(Map No. 2, 
 
 FinST EXEnCISE. 
 
 '''"TofV^"' ''""*'"' '""""" '" "'" "'"'"""■" P"' "' ^"'^^ America? 
 
 Whal i, tlio most oa.tom country 1 Aa.-The mo*t wo.tern ? Aa 
 
 What country Is in thn middle f U. Ss.-M the south T Mo 
 
 %\hat country is south of Mexico? C. Aa.-PoM out Balijo (18) 
 
 Wlint country is north of the United States? D of C 
 
 Point out and name the capital of the Dominion of Canada ? ()a _()f n«. 
 
 United States? H'/i,-Of Mexico? A/o. 
 . What is the i.rin,i,„,l city of Cuatemala ? Ga.-Ot Honduras ? S. Sr -Of 
 
 Costa Ilica ? 5. Jc. 
 
 ■ ^^!"!!.''"T';'?; 'o "'"*"' ''*■ "'" ■^™l''« "f G""'-'"' ' *»-ny the 40' norlh 
 latitude? U. S,.-Ry the 20-? Mo.. Ca. -By the 50'? /> of C 
 
 hi what zone is Canada ? How ,io vou know it ? 
 
 In what direcliun is Hudson Bay from Montreal ?-AlaBka ?-Grconland ? 
 —Newfoundland ?— Cuba ?— Mexico ? 
 
 What territory is north of Manitoba? If.-W. 
 -At the east of.he llocky Mountains ? B. (7a.-8oulh of Manitoba ? U Ss 
 
 What countries are bounded by the Paciflc ' Ca. V Si Mo C Aa 
 -By the Atlontic ? ir., JVrf., A. Sa., f/. 5i. " ' ' ' 
 
 Wliot large Island is situated in Hudson Bay ? Sn. 
 -East of Greenland? /</.— Eoulh-East of Florida? Bs. 
 
 Name the large islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence ?Aii.,C.//n p skl Ai 
 
 What are the throe largest islands of the Antilles ? Ca., Hi, Ja ' ' 
 
 Whot Iwo large islands are «-,:st of Britisli Columbia ? Q. Cc, [>•. 
 
 SECDNO EXERCISE. 
 
 5 
 
 G. 
 
 7. 
 
 6. 
 
 9. 
 10. 
 II. 
 12. 
 13. 
 14. 
 15. 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 
 l: 
 
 Point out the island on which Christopher Columbus flrst landed (24) S Sr 
 What island on the south of Alaska ? A*. i )• • '. 
 
 Point Lut four of the principal island" in the Arctic Ocean. Bs., Al., Me., 
 
 What island off the east coast of the United Slates ? Bs 
 
 Name the princiiml islands on the west coast of the Dominion of Canada 
 
 belonging to Alaska. Cs., Sa., P. of W. 
 
 In what part of tho Unit .1 States are the Santa Barbara Islands ? 5 - IV 
 
 What island on the soui,. .ast of New York ? Lg. 
 
 Point out Disco Island on the west coast of Greenland 
 
 What peninsula is in the north-western part of America? Aa 
 .—In tho south-eastern part of the Dominion of Canada? N Sa 
 —In tho southern port of tho United Slates ' Fc 
 -North of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? ir.-Wesi of Mexico ? Ca 
 What isthmus connects North and South America? Pa 
 Point out Capos Farewell.— nace.-Sable.-Halleras 
 What capo is south of Florida ? 5e.-8outh of Lower California ? S. L, 
 What two capes in the north of Alasko ? Lf., ly. 
 What cape in the west of the United States ? Mo. 
 What cape in the north of Yucatan ? Ce. 
 What capo at the eastern extremity of Cuba 1 S. Ao, 
 . What capo in the soutli-oast of Labrador? Cs. 
 
 ■ In what zone is Cuba ?— Newfoundland ?— Melville ? 
 . In what direction from Quebec is the Island of Southampton ? 
 —Cape Breton ?— Hayti ?— Vancouver ? 
 
 THIRD EXERCISE. 
 . What peninsulas project into the Gulf of Mexico ? Fa Yii 
 
 ■ Wliat capo is in tho west of Alaska ? P. of IV'.— North' ? Bw 
 . Point out the Alleghany Mountains.-Casoados.-Rocky.-Tho Sierra 
 
 Nevoda.— Tho Sierra Madro (23) 
 
 '""ccl.^eUdT)""' "■ '"'--°'-"-"-"''<"'er.-Fremont (43).-Popo. 
 
 What Ocean north of North America ? Ac.-On tho oast ? Ac 
 
 W uch one on the west? Pc.-What gulf south-east of Florida ? Fa 
 
 What SCO south-west of Greenland ? Crf.— Point it out 
 
 Point out Ungava Day at Die north of Labrador. 
 
 What gulf north. wcstof Central America ? 7b. 
 
 What bay north-west of Florida ? At. 
 
 Into what bay does the Mackenzie River flow ? Me 
 
 Wliat gulf north-east of Groat Bear Lake ? Cn. 
 
 What largo bay in the Dominion of Canoda ? Iln 
 
 What gulf i, at the east ? SI. £.-8outh ofllie United States? Mo. 
 
 yZ °Z f" p" ^"'T"^"" ^"" °' ''''°"'"' (^l-Chosapoake Bay. 
 ,-Tho Bay of Fundy.-James Bay.-Campeachy Bay.-Honduras 
 
 Whit fl°?k'"?-^''' ''"''°^^""""" -™' ^ 
 
 lulo «hal riyor <io they How ? St. £.-Point them out. 
 
 4 
 5 
 
 C, 
 7, 
 8. 
 9. 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14. 
 
 15, 
 
 10. 
 
 17. 
 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 
 21. 
 
 22. 
 
 23 
 
 9. 
 10. 
 II. 
 12. 
 13. 
 14. 
 15. 
 10. 
 
 17. 
 18. 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 
 FOURTH EXERCISE. 
 
 . Point out Great Bear Lako.-Grcat Slave Uk0.-L.k9 ACaba.k.- 
 Winnipeg.— Manitoba. ftuaoasM.— 
 
 .-Great Salt Lake (39), Nicaragua (II), Michigan. 
 
 . Which onn of the great lakes lie, ontiroly in tho United States ? Mn 
 
 ■ What lake between Ukes Erie and Ontario 1 St C 
 What lake on the east of Hudson Bay ? C. HV.-Poinl it out 
 NV hat strait separates America from Asia ? Bg 
 What strait connects Hudson Day with the Atlantic Ocean ? Ih, 
 ChaZ.!^""""" ^"""'^ '■'*'-™'= «'™'' "■• «»lf T Florida.-Yucatan 
 
 What channel in the north of Hudson Bay ? Fj- 
 
 What strait separates Vancouver Island frnni the fnil.d Hial.s? AW 
 
 AV lial sirait between Ubrador and Newfoundland » /( /f 
 
 Point out Melville Sound in the north. 
 
 What two islands are separated by Banks Strait f Me B Ld 
 
 ^^ hat largo river flows into the Arctic Ocean ? Me 
 
 ^Vhal large river drains Alaska ? Kk., or Yn 
 
 What is the largest river in Canada, and into what Ocean does it flow f St 
 L; into the Ac. 
 
 What two large rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico ? Mi., fl Ge 
 
 V, hat large river in British Columbia ? Fr 
 
 Whatjiver forms in part tho boundary of the United States and Mexico? 
 
 Into wliat river does the Ohio flow ? *\-Point it out. 
 
 FIFTH EXERCISE. 
 
 ' ^^n?,!eg? fld.""''"' '" "'" ""'"''^ ''"'""' ""** ""■P"'" '"'" ^"""^ '^^•i" 
 . What river on the north-west of British Columbia ? Sn 
 
 •'"s^L^coirs^ar-^ ''''''-''-' *'^'--'' -^--■ 
 
 . What is the breadth of Hudson Bay ?-0f the Gulf of Mexico ? 
 
 wiial IS the distance between tlieso two bodies of water' 
 , What Ocean is south pf Greenland ? .4c.-Wliat bav v,-,>st ' /(« 
 
 v\ lilt cape at the south ? R— Point it out 
 
 What names are given to tho great mountain ranges extending from the 
 
 Arctic Ocean to the Isthmus of Panama ? By., S. M,. 
 
 In what direction do they extend ? 
 
 What countries do they cross ? D. ofC, V. Ss., Mo., C Aa 
 
 What chain of mountains is near the Atlantic coast? Ay 
 
 Name tho chains of mountains near tho Pacific coast ? Ce Ct 
 
 On what bodies of water would a vessel sail from Lake Ontario to Hudson 
 
 Costa'Rica"'" '° ^"^ "'"''•'''"' ^'^""^ ^^ ^'^'^^'^'o '« 
 
 ''"isTand ?""^'"' °' ^'"^^^ """''' " '■"'"' """ '"'■'"" ''"""°'' '° ^■""^o-'ver 
 What two rivers w-ould travellers cross to go fiom Great Slave Lake to 
 
 Fort York on Hudson Bay ? CI., Sn. 
 Through what zone would a person pass in going from Cuba to Iceland ? 
 in what zone is the greater part of North America? 
 What country is entirely in the Torrid Zone ? C. Aa. 
 
 SIXTH EXERCISE. 
 
 I. Whal forts arc situated on Hudson Bay? CI., Yk. 
 2.— On James Bay ? Ay., Me.—Oa Croat Slave Lake ? Be. 
 
 3. W-hat river connects Great Slave Lake with Lake Alhabaska ? Se. 
 
 4. \\ hat rivers flow into Lake Winnipeg? Sn., Bd. 
 
 5. In what latitude is North America ? Why ? 
 
 0. How many degrees, from the Equator to either of the Poles ? 
 
 7. What divisions and islands are crossed by the meridian of Washington ? 
 O. of C., V. Ss., Ba., Ca., Ja. 
 
 8. What countries are crossed by tho Arctic Circle ? Aa., B of C Gd 
 
 9. How many degrees from the Arctic Circle to tho Tropic of Cancer ? 
 
 10. On what bodies of water would a vessel sail from Panama, with emigrants 
 
 to tho vicinity of tho Gold Region in British Columbia ? 
 
 1 1. In what direction would fur-traders travel from Great Slave I,ak» to Fort 
 
 ■i ork on Hudson Bay ? 
 
 12. Ill what direction and on what waters would a vessel sail from Now York 
 
 to Quebec ? 
 
 13. Sailing from the Isthmus of Panama to San Francisco^ What direction 
 
 would you tako ? _ . 
 
 14. How wide is Behring Strait at its narrowest part ? ' 
 
 15. To what division does tho Isthmus of Panama belong ? S. Aa. 
 |«. Ill what direction nora the capital of Mexico is Capo Corrientes ? 
 17. How far north do tho United States extend ? 
 
;i3' 
 
 u = 
 
 ii 
 
 r^ ifl ^ tfl ■- 
 
 ;ss 
 
 
 c* « ■* r^ <c ■*!• ; ^ 
 M c* ff« — : 
 
 rs -fb-sooeinOQin 
 ^ •• o ■• •- tn <B 35 M9 
 
 S?2S!S5?8SS 
 
 <0 M ff^ C« *- CJ rt ff* 
 
 I ! 
 
 : o CQ cfi & 
 
 « r» 30 c» o 
 
 
 S5 
 
 i " il 
 
 1 £ 
 
 
 c/3 g 
 
 
 •4 »u ^ a 
 
 a3 o - tfl 
 
 to 5 .5 >■ 
 
 — o 2 ■^ 
 
 to s ; 
 
 - -a 
 J a. J5 
 
 » 
 ^ 
 
 a = 
 11 
 
 I 
 
 S 
 
 t ^ 
 
 i6 
 
 ^t^*^ 
 
 
 .9 ?; 
 
 ■Ss 
 
 ca 
 S. 
 
 j3 a 
 
 = H = - , 
 
 — ^ O » r! ~ fi 
 
 o O 
 ft 
 
 « «3 S 
 
 e 5.1 
 
 ■ S V ° - „3 e 
 
 ►J ■*• u 
 
 rM C C 
 
 o .2 • 
 
 
 3 
 
 -OS,"; 
 
 I I f 
 
 5 r '=j - 
 
 el ^ 2 
 
 III 
 
 
 S J3 = ■= t! -2 o 
 
 ^i i3 S ° S 
 
 5 ^ •« ?; 5 
 
 J3 J3 .a I 
 
 <y C ej 
 
 ■a x: .2 
 f- e- fe 
 
 1^ I 
 
 — c(M'^m<or"OOC»o^^ <nm-*io ecr* 
 
 ?^ o M J3 
 
 *- '-' S 
 
 O O g P^ 
 
 M M JS ixi 
 
 M •* lO 
 
 1^1 
 
 ■s 3^ I s 
 
 •c 
 
 
 .•2 T 
 
 :S bi iS 
 oj r 
 
 i 5 2 j< 3 
 
 i-35 
 Z^^ 
 
 -5 *J — . 
 
 ■="^•0 2 
 
 .2 I -9 -S 
 
 00 
 
 1^ 
 
 •a -■•.«•-. 
 
 igS- = 
 
 iifl 
 
 
 gsss 
 
 I- 8 S« 
 
 
 fj oo n" "^ »w 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 »»5 i~- ft o «) 
 
 •^•^ in-fff* — 
 
 I 
 
 'IWW^ 
 
 e 3 3J . 
 
 — 00 r* 
 ^ — »n eo 
 r- 00^- en 
 
 Qo"oo"r~"io'' 
 O to ^iin 
 
 3 © r^ c* r- 
 
 in in a o 
 t r» « OQ 
 
 P C^ <C •4'CO 
 
 e-5 o »© •* 
 00 t^_ift "^ 
 
 IPS 
 
 -• (o »nt- 
 
 
 — 00 
 
 MM 
 
 I ® *^. 
 
 
 Ss 
 
 3 r; »n 
 
 i^««^ 
 
 t, -: r- n^ o M 
 s £ 5 -^ oc — O 
 » I c c-.o - 
 a.-^ — ■ »r* — ao 
 ■at: 5 QC C2" '"■ 
 
 II 
 
 M irt >#i" eo 
 cs o> •«»• o_ 
 -^ C lO l- 
 
 •<r 00 
 
 00 i« M 00 
 
 — ^^c-'^oo^-* 
 r-'eoc-'co" 
 
 — «■* ■* c* 
 »rt to •-• 
 
 CO lO o — 
 lO ff» — c< 
 
 a s * • 
 6ZS5 
 
 — to -^ M 
 -- rt « c* 
 X t" w o_ 
 
 (-.0 
 O ff* M CI 
 
 — tO-^M 
 
 *o o ^O 
 
 OC Ul CS^ ■* 
 
 Sac 00 rt «p 
 R 00 rt 
 
 8) cj -w" o to" 
 
 — — to 00 
 
 I -f 00 '-' — • 
 
 iHcgoo^ 
 
 — o>'*^- 
 — M irt o 
 
 H in — MO 
 
 g 03 « C* M 
 
 iHc^CO^ 
 
 J 000^ in 
 r- to — o>_ 
 
 o ^ poo r- o 
 - 1 5 ■* o M 
 
 2,729,762 
 
 1,529,058 
 
 512,930 
 
 592,713 
 
 2 
 
 -r 
 
 in 
 
 749,051 
 433,697 
 164,485 
 182,173 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 1,182,167 
 587,856 
 198,630 
 248,569 
 
 li 
 
 2,894 
 
 2,129 
 
 495 
 
 754 
 
 to* 
 
 >^«W* 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 in 00 in »— 
 •«r *■ -ff in 
 
 c< r- 1- in 
 
 CI !o Ml^ 
 
 ■f o ■* in 
 
 8-- 
 
 8 - 
 
 inm^ 
 
•»^— — », 
 
 rintiw iii 
 
 3§§ 
 
 g 
 
 tin 
 
 a 
 
 •4* 
 
 
 n 
 
 2Sg 
 
 ti 
 
 |SS 
 
 'i 
 
 
 
 5^8 
 
 i 
 
 
 — 
 
 2?;;:''. 
 
 i 
 
 eqc9* 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 3 
 
 •* 
 
 0* 
 
 et lO ■* 
 
 3 
 
 S52 
 
 OOM-* 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 oVoo« 
 
 1 
 
 S5^ 
 
 
 
 ■4 
 
 WCQ^ 
 
 I 
 ; 
 
 
 
 — 10 irt 
 r- « 
 
 5 
 
 
 in" 
 
 r-* 00 c» 
 
 to to 
 t- ox 
 
 rigs 
 00- 
 
 ci" 
 
 X ..-. (O 
 ct 
 
 
 2Si 
 
 in 
 
 f3 
 
 
 fff 
 
 ClO}^ 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 9,074,187 
 
 976,457 
 
 1,057,519 
 
 2 
 
 lO — — 
 
 in 
 .0 
 
 SS3 
 
 g 
 
 -«C 
 
 t-- 
 
 80,285 
 .76,078 
 134,446 
 
 00 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 iii 
 
 b-' 
 
1 
 
 '. 
 
 I 
 
 #-• 
 
wr* 
 
 MgMMHMM 
 
 m 
 
 
 ^; 
 
 
 m 
 
r 
 
 I s 
 
 If 
 
 L 
 
■Mtftftp! 
 
 I? I 
 
 35 K (- 
 
 
 ml 
 
 I ^ I 8 
 ' ** flj I 
 
 a -^ -s 
 a SI 
 
 jj -^ ^ 
 
 1-3 -2 
 ^ - 2 
 
 4 Id u 
 
 •C A J3 
 
 £t Jf ff 
 
 — : c* M 
 
 ff-* c* cl 
 
 af 
 S5 
 
 a. 
 
 U. H O 
 
 o d "3 
 
 5"* rt « 
 
 X, 
 
\' 
 
 ^\1'S^ 
 
imMm 
 
 < 
 
 
 J 
 
 1' 
 
 if 
 
 
 •ft 
 
 ■* : 
 
 
 !'■ 
 
 y 
 
 l ^S ( mm K ^& » (m' 
 
 
I 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE MAP OP MANITOBA, BRITISH COLUMBIA. &o.-(Map No. 7i 
 
 KIKST EXERCISE. 
 
 Hon- is JfnniKibn and the North-Weet Territory boundi.vl on tho north ? 
 
 Ac— 0,1 the south 1 b.ofC. V. 5j.-0n tho oast? Cd„ /Ic.-On tho wost ? 
 
 Aa., Pc. 
 What on.' tho four counties of Manitoho ? Sk.. Pr., Lr., Me. 
 What (loos tho North-Wost Territory comprise? All the counlnj in the 
 
 norm ofllie Dominion of Canaaia, the Teirilonj of Alaska eicepled. 
 What country is in tho cast ? ic— In tho environs of Hudson Bay ? /). Lil. 
 
 (Prince /Ii/;)(T/'j Land}. 
 Wliat country is west ? It. Ca.— Point it out. 
 Wliat are tlio Polar Regions ? T/me lying <ibove the Polar Circle. 
 Whot largo islands aro south of Melville Island ? Ds., Va. 
 What graup of Islands is in the north ? Py. 
 
 Whaunre tho principal islands oflhis group ? P. Pk., Me., Dl., N. Dn. 
 What land is west of Baffin Day ? Bn. 
 What large island lies In Iluilson Bay ? Sn. 
 AVhat island iu tho north of Bairin Land ? Cn. 
 Point out tho Esfiuimaux Land on the north of Groat Slave Lake. 
 What land oast of Fox Channel ? />. 
 
 What three lands north of the Coronation Gulf? P. At., Wn., Ya. 
 What land on thi> iinrlh ? Gl. 
 
 Point out Melville Peninsula.— Bootliia Peninsula. ' 
 
 What iieninsula in I he ioulh-east ofBallln Land ? Cd. 
 What eapo iji th • south of Greenland ? R-In the north of Labrador? Cu. 
 —In the south-east 1 Cs. ' 
 
 SECOND EXEllCISE, 
 
 . Whot lakes aro on tho north of Manitoba ? Ma., Wg.—Oa the oast ? \Vi. 
 ■ What largo lake Is crossed hy the Polar Circle ? G. Br. 
 Whot lakes are situated in s south-easterly direction from Great Bear Lake 
 
 to Lake Superior ? G. St., Aa.. Wn., Dr., Ws., Wg., Ma., L. of \V. 
 Whot cape north of Esrpiimaux Land ? Bl. 
 Name the cape in the north-west of Banks Land. P. Ad. 
 Tho one in the south-west. A7.— Point it out. 
 What one north of Baflln Bay ? »,— Point out the Beaver Hills'. 
 What capo in the north-west of James Bay ? //. .Va.-South of Southamn- 
 
 ton Island ? Sn. 
 What large bay lies in this Terrilory ? Iln. 
 What bay in the east of lIud.sou Bay ? Mo. 
 Point out Chesterlleld Inlet. 
 
 What body of water lies north of Victoria Land? M. 5(f.—Botwoen Boothia 
 Peninsulo and Hamn Land ? 0. o/'i).— West of Greenland ?^/i. b St 
 What sound soulh-eost of Baffin Land ? Cd. '' 
 
 What strait separates Labrador from Baffin Land ? IM. 
 What bay in the north ? i. Fii. 
 Name one on the north. Ps. 
 
 What aro the other principal straits of the Polor Lands ? Bs., Bw Lr 
 Js., P. m., Dl., Fn.. .1/. a-., Va.. De. " 
 
 What rivers drain this Province ! Ae., flrf,— What is its capital ? Wg 
 Whot rivers flow inlo James Bay ? Ay., Me., Bi, ibi.-lnlo Hudson Bay in 
 Ihesoull.-west? 67., 67., A'fi., S;i. ' 
 
 Tiiirn EXEncisE, 
 
 . What are the principal tributaries of the Mackenzie River ? PI., Ls., Hy. 
 
 Se., Pe., .la. ' 
 
 . Whot large river Hows into Lake Winnipeg, on tho north-west ? Sn.—Oa 
 
 the south ? Bd. 
 . Whot is the principal affluent of tho Red River ? Ae. 
 Namelho forts situated on the Mackonzio. Mn., G. He., Fn. 
 —The fort north of Greot Slave Lake. Pe. 
 
 -On the western ooost of Hudson Bay. CI., Kv-On James Bay. Ay., Me. 
 . How is British Columbia bounded on tho north? S.-W. TV— On the 
 south ? V. Ss.—Un tho cost ? N.-W. 1)/.~0n the west ? Pc. ' 
 What is tho most western province of Canada ? B. Ca. 
 . Wliat large island lies south-west of this Province and also forms part 
 of it ? F- 
 What two (nroups of islands on tho west of British Columbia ? Q. Ce Mn 
 Point out thoDundas Islands.- Pitt.— Danks.-Princoss Royal.— Estevan 
 
 — Aristlzablo. — King.— Calvert. 
 What islands are on or neor the 50th. par. of N. lat. ? Vr. Ai., Nd. 
 What archipelago on the north-east of Vancouver Island f Bit. 
 What other one on the south-east ? S. Jn. 
 What islond south of Queen Charlotte islands ? PI. 
 Name tho two largest islands of Queen Charlotte ? Gm., ify. 
 Point out Nootka Island, on the west of Vancouver. 
 What capo is in the north of Vancouver Island ? Si.— What ocean west? 
 
 FOURTH EXERCISE. 
 
 What points are on the south-west coast of Vancouver Island 1 Ck., En. 
 
 What cape in the south of Provost Island ? St. J. 
 
 What capo is in tho west of Alaska ? Am..—Name and point out the capes 
 
 in the north-west ? Rv., Le., ly. 
 What points aro in the north-east ? Dw., Mg. 
 
 What mountains near the 52« N. lot. ? Bn., (16,000 /m/) ; Hr., {l5,6QOfeet.] 
 AVhat are tho three principal passes of tlie Rocky Mountains ? Y. Hd., Aa., Ki. 
 
 What mountains are in the north ? Pk In tho south-east ? Sk. 
 
 What peak is in tho south-aost ? 5/. E. {11,000 feet.) 
 
 What other peak is south-cast of Mount St. Elias ? Pr. (15,000 feet.) 
 
 What mountains north-west of the Peak Mountains ? Be. 
 
 What range of mountoins is between tho takes and Hudson Bay f 
 
 Laurentldet. 
 What range of mountains between tho North-West Territory and British 
 
 Columbia ? By. 
 Wliat (Ivo peaks in the west ? M. Gy., Mn., Rn., Fx., lid. 
 Point out the Cariboo Diggings.— Point out Mount Forbes in the east. 
 What throe peaks along the cost of Vancouver Island ? la., Cn., Ah. 
 What sound lies north of Vancouver ? Q. Ce. 
 What sounds on the south-western coast ? Qo., Bl. AI., As.. Ct., By. 
 Whot strait separates Vancouver from the United States ? J. de F. 
 .—Vancouver from Columbia ? Ga.— Point out these both. 
 Point out Grenvilie Channel in the west.— Whal» two canals in the west ? 
 
 On., Be. 
 
 FIFTH EXERCISE. 
 
 What entrance on tho north of Grahom Island f Dn. 
 
 What large river drains Columbia ? Fr. . 
 
 Whot other river drains tho south-east of this Province ? Ca. 
 
 What are the princijial affluents of the Frazer ? Th., Cn., Qe., Sn. 
 
 What river forms the boundary on the north-wost ? So., or Sn.—^Oa tho 
 
 north 1 Fy. 
 What branch of the Mackenzie takes its rise in the norlliern part of this 
 
 Province ? Pe. 
 What large river drains Alaska ? A*.— What strait separates Alaska from 
 
 Asia ? Bg. 
 Describe Peace River.— Soskatchewan.— Tho Mackeniie.— The Frazer.— 
 
 The Simpson, or Skeena. 
 What river north of the Skeena River ? Ne. 
 
 Whot river in Columbia flows south into the Columbia River ? On. 
 Name the principal lakes in the north of British Columbia. T1(., Dt., SU 
 
 Md., Fs., Fr. 
 What lakes lio between the Frazer and Columbia Rivers 7 Co., Qe., Ae., 
 
 He., Gn., Sp., Ks., Ns., G. On. 
 Whot lakes lio near tho mouth of tho Frazer at the north ? ///i.— Point OQt 
 
 tho lake formed by the Columbia River ? V. Aw. 
 Point out Flat Bow Lake (-iO)— -W.iot is the capital ofBritisli Columbia ? Va. 
 Whot peninsulo is in tho souf.i-west of Aloska ? Aa. 
 What lioys and siroiu are crossed by tho 70th. par. of N. lat. ? Me., Va,, Ba., 
 What bays are crossed by the 60th. par. ? Km., Ck., Hn., Va. If)/., Bn. 
 
 SIXTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. What region is comprised within the great bend of the Frazer ? Co. 
 
 2. Point out New Westminster.— Near whot lake is it ; cated ? 
 
 3. In what zone orr ' lo Polar Lands ?— The Province of Manitoba ?— The 
 
 Territory of Aloska? 
 
 4. I wish to travel by water from Winnipeg, In Manitoba, to Halifax, in Nova 
 
 Scotia : describe my course and name the rivers, boys, and straits 
 through which I must. pass. 
 
 5. Name ond point out the straits and sounds through which a traveller 
 
 would poss in a trip from Disco Island, on the west-coast of Greenland, 
 to Fort Simpson, on the Mackenzie River. 
 
 6. Describe a course by water from lake Aylmer to Ungava Bay, and name 
 
 the straits as you pass. 
 
 7. Describe a course by water from Prince Patrick Island to Cape Farewell 
 and thence to St. Johns, N. B. 
 
 Point out Resolution Island, and describe a course by water from it, to 
 North Cornwall Island. 
 9. Descrbe a course from Lake Athabasca, in tho North-West Territory, to 
 
 Norton Sound, in Alaska, 
 to. In what lone ts Qrinnell Land ?— Point it out. 
 
 1 1. Describe the route of a traveller, by water, from Fort McPherson, on tho 
 
 ysvn=ri?ie nlrrf, to rtirt Kehon, on tho west of HudsoB Bay. 
 
 12. In going from Great Salt Lake to Queen Charlotte Islands, name tho 
 
 mountains and peaks I would pass. 
 
 8. 
 
 \ ■^- 
 
 rrT 
 
 . ' / 
 
 '17 
 
 ! / 1 
 
 1/ 
 
 IBKH 
 
 1 
 
 T - 
 
 I' 
 
 m 
 
^iu^ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 '1 
 
 
 ^p 
 
 h 
 
 [' 
 
 d 1 
 ? 1 
 
 i 
 
 \ 1 
 
 1 
 
 ." ! 
 
 
 
 [« - ' 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 il 
 
 
 s 
 
 i 
 
 i 1 ! 
 
 ilii 
 
 
 r 
 
 hi 
 
 jl 
 1 
 
 |l 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 .«if: 
 
 t 
 
 H 
 
 I? 
 
 n -iT n «o t-* I 
 
 ^^^g 
 
 »^ ^ lO 
 
 ll 
 
 11! 
 
 iiiiiiiiiiiiiirtiiifii 
 
 iMiH 
 
 ^J 
 
r 
 
 l 
 
 V 
 
 Q 
 
^ 
 
 yr„,^ 
 
 '% 
 
 
 lo 
 
 < 
 
 \ 1 
 
 4?l-XCiO"-'ff'eo-»»' 
 
 
 £ ^ 
 
 
 4^^ 
 
 » -s 
 
 ^ t 
 
 fa 
 
 '■ " z 
 
 E 
 
 < 
 
 ■3 ^ 
 
 ^1 
 
 « 3 
 
 5 2 
 
 a. 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 o: 
 X 
 
 H 
 
 ,n=?a< 
 
 
 S V 
 
 ^5 as a 
 
 O M o ^ o 
 
 a; q >g 
 
 
 I I 
 X! a 
 
 
 W I 
 
 IS) i 
 ° = s ■ 
 
 2 g o 
 
 
 /S3 
 
 « ^ « s 
 
 S j3 I. x: 
 
 is, 
 
 69 ^ Q cd cd cd 
 
 ^ .a 
 I* Ph 
 
 
 :|^ § 
 
 * ^ 5 "^ 
 ' ■" o « 
 
 : 3 .fl c; 
 ) >, 
 
 \b §■« 
 
 ' o 2 I 
 
 
 a 3 
 ■C a 
 
 a 'J 
 
 o 
 
 m 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 ■Jl 
 
 "1 (. 5 ^ 
 
 ^^Ss^p: =^ 
 
 O 
 
 CO ^ 1/3 to C* 
 
 oooso— 't<eo>«Pirtc3r-CO 
 
 — s ff^ 
 
 ■•r ift o r*- QO oa 
 
 ! !■ 
 
 HiiiitimSiib^:. 
 
 ULiii^MJ^aiJia^a 
 
[/ 
 
 BXBROISBJS ON THE MAP OP SOUTH AMBRIOA.-(Mnp No. 11). 
 
 lu 
 
 KIIIHT KXKIICIHK 
 
 I. How "unny (•oiintrlen »ri' IImto In Woulh Amerlia f 11. 
 
 .. I'oinl out the following cilien, iiriil niiuie Iho »la»e» of which thny tra the 
 
 cnpllalH: Caracat.— Uogottt (5|,— (Inorg^lown i7| — l'«r«inaribo (5|. 
 
 —Cayenne — Quito (fl).— Lima— ('.hiiqiilitacn, or 8iicrn (19).— Hlo da 
 
 .iiineiro— Monti) Vlil«o — Hiinliago (3»).— Asuncion (IS).— Duenoi Ayrei. 
 3. Wli.it ciiiintrios are croisod liy the Ei|uatorf Er., Ca., III. 
 4— I'y lliii Triipic of Capricorn f Ha., A. Cn., Py , 1)1. 
 i. What counlrlfs are crosacci liy tho 5» N. lat. ? Ca., Va., 6a. 
 C.-Uy th(! 30« K, lat. » Ci, A. Cti., fl/.-Hy tho 00« W. long.r Va., Ga., Bl, 
 
 Ba.,A.Cn.,h'.li. 
 7. What countries border on the Caribbean 8o« f Ca., Va. 
 8.— On the Atlantic Ocoan T Va., Ga., Bi, Vf/., A. Cn.,- Pa.— On the PaclBc ? 
 
 'Ca., Er., Ph., Da., Ci. 
 
 9. Niime and point out tho country In the centre that does not border on any 
 InrRO body of water. 
 
 Which is the largest country In South America 1 Bl.— The kmallett T 
 
 Py.. Vy- 
 
 11. Which has thelongcst sea-coast 1 PI. 
 
 12. Whnl country has tho shortest lino of sea-coast, excepting Paraguay T Da. 
 
 13. What group of islands north of Venezuela f L. As. 
 
 \.\. WhHt iKiiiiid Is formed by tho Amazon and Para nivors ? Js.. or Mo. 
 1.5. Name tho group of islands east of Patagonia? ft).— South r T. del F. 
 -West of Chill 7 Ce., Ct., \Vn., M. ile D. 
 
 10. What island of tho West Indies on tho northern co«»t of Veneiuela f 
 
 SECOND EXEBCI8E. 
 
 I . What are tho principal archipelagoes west of Chill f St. F., J. Ff., C*., Cl., 
 U. de D. 
 
 I. What Islonds in the Bay of Panama ? PI. 
 
 3. To whom ilo tho Falkland Islands belong f 
 
 4. Point out St. Catherina in tho south-east of Brazil. 
 
 5. Point out Maraca Island on the north-east. 
 e. What island in tho Gulf of Guayaquil? Pa. 
 
 7 What ore the principal capes on tho eastern coast, south of the Equator ? 
 5. fle., Do., .S. Te., Fo.. S. Ha., S. Ao., Cs., T. Ps., Bo., Vs., S. Do. 
 
 8. What is tho most northern cape in South America T Gs. 
 
 9!— Tho most eastern ? S. fle.— Tho most southern 1 Wn.— The most wes- 
 tern ? Do. 
 
 10. What Is the distance between Cape Blanco and Cape 9. Roque T 
 
 II. What capes form the four extremities of South America f Gs., S. Bt., 
 
 IIii.. Bo. 
 
 12. What two capes in tho west of Ecuador ? ,S. Fo., S. Lo. 
 
 13. What capo in tho east'of French Guiana ? Oe. 
 
 14. What one In the north-east of Brazil ? JVe.— Point It out. 
 
 15. Point out St. Helena Point in tho west of Ecuador. 
 
 16. What two points in tho north-west of Peru ? Pa., Aa. 
 
 17. Point out St. Maria Point in the south-west of Peru. 
 
 18. What one In the south of La Plata ? fto.— Point it out. 
 
 19. Name tho one In tho south of Panama. 
 
 JO. What peninsula in the north of Venezuela 1 Pa. 
 
 THIRD EXERCISE. 
 
 What peninsula north of the Gulf of Penas T T. Ms.— Point It ont. 
 What one in tho north-east of Patagonia ? S. Jf.— Point it out 
 What two peaks In the south of Peru ? Sa., La. 
 Point out Mount Tolimn in Columbia.— Tupungato near Santiago. 
 What mount in tho south-east of Venezuela? Ba. 
 What one in tho south-west of British Guiana ? Ui. 
 Name tho one in tho south of French Guiana ? /u. 
 What is the principal range of mountains in South America ? As. 
 Point out tho Geraes Mountains in the south-east of Brazil. 
 What mountain towards the centre of Bolivia ? Sa. 
 .—Between Brazil and Guiana ? TV.-Dei ween Venezuela and Brazil? Pa. 
 
 Name the principal mounts in Ecu Pa., Ce., Aa., Ci., Co. 
 
 In what country is Mount Sorata (iij /—Aconcagua (32) ? 
 
 On which coast of South America are the Andes ? 
 
 What mountains cross Columbia, and in what direction do they run t As 
 
 What sea bounds South America on the north ? Cn. 
 
 What ocean on the east ? .4c.— On the west ? Pc. 
 
 Point out tho Bay of All Saints (12).-0f St. Matias.-Of St. George. 
 
 Point out the principal gulfs and bays on the western coast. Pa., Co. 
 
 Gl., Co., Ps. 
 What mouth on the north of the Gulf of Paria ? Ds. 
 What one on the soutli-euat ? Ss. 
 What three gulfs on the north of South America T Dn., Va., Pa 
 
 FOURTH EXKRCISB. 
 
 What itnilt on the south of South America ? KH.— Poirfl It OM. 
 
 What sound separates tho Falkland Islands ? W. 
 
 What lake oast of tho Parana Ulver, in La Plata ? Xa. 
 
 What two in tho south-east of Brazil? Ps, Ato.— Point them out. 
 
 What lake In tho north-west of Venezuela ? Afo. 
 
 -Between Peru and Bolivia ? Ta. 
 
 -In the south-west of Bolivia? Tb— Point It out. 
 
 What are tho principal lakes in the Argentine Confederation f Ps., So., Bo. 
 
 What river separates La Plata from Patagonia ? Ho. 
 
 What are the three principal alTlnents of the Partn* en Iti right btnk t 
 Po., Vo., So. 
 
 Which is tho largest river In South America ? An- 
 
 Name the two largest affluents on Its left bank ? Ja., No. 
 —The (Ivo principal affluents on Its right bank ? JTu., Ts., Ma., Ft., Vt. 
 
 What largo river drains Venezuela? Oo. 
 
 What branch of tho Amazon connects this river with the Orinoco ? Ifo. 
 
 What Is the principal tributary of Ih" Amazon ? Ve. 
 
 What part of Brazil is drained by tho San Francisco River f 
 
 Which are tho iwo rivers that form thi> western and the eastern limits of 
 Paraguay ? Py., Pa. 
 
 Describe tho Madeira.-The Magdalona.-The San Francltoo.-Th» Para- 
 guay. — The Para. 
 
 On what river is Rosarlo situated ? Po.-Buenos Ayres r L. Pa. 
 —Asuncion t Py. 
 
 FJFTII EXERCISE, 
 
 . What two rivers form tho Rio de la Plata ? Pa., Uy. 
 
 What rivers flow from south to north in Columbia ? Ma., Ca. 
 '. Name tho two cities situated at the mouth of the La Plata River? M. Vo., 
 
 D.As. 
 . What city is situated on All Saints Bay ? Da., or S. Sr. 
 
 What city is siluateil on the Rio Para ? Pa. 
 . What is tho copital of British Guiana ? Cn.-Of Dutch Guiana ? Po. 
 
 —Of French Guiona 1 Ce. 
 : On what bodies of water, and In what direction would a veiiel Mil fl-om 
 
 Guayaquil to Valparaiso ? 
 —From Buenos Ayros to Rio de Janeiro f 
 In what direction, and through what countries would a person pass In 
 
 going from Caracas to Monto Video. 
 What largo rivers would be crossed in going firom Lake Maraoaybo to 
 
 Monto Viileo ? Oo., No., An., Ma., Pa., ly. 
 What countries would bo crossed in tho same course ? Va., Bl., Ba., A. 
 
 Cn., Vy. 
 In what latitude is Venezuela ?— Why ?— Bolivia, 4c. ? 
 What countries are drained by tho Parana River ? Bl., Py., A. Cn. 
 .—By tho Amazon ? Pu., Dl. 
 To what three nations does Guiana belong ? 
 Which is the most important seaport of Chili ? Vo. 
 What two cities in Chili does the Island of Juan Fernandez lie directly 
 west of ? 
 
 SIXTH i:XERCI8E. 
 
 1. How Is Panama connected with Aspinwall ? By a railroad. 
 
 2. What countries are crossed by the meridian of Washington. 
 
 3 In what latitude is South America ? 
 
 4 In what zone is South America ?-Lrazil ?— The Argentine Confederation ? 
 
 5. On what bodies of water, and in what direction would a vessel sail from 
 
 La Guayra to Rio do Janeiro ? 
 
 6. What states would bo seen by a person Hoatlng In a boat ftom the source 
 
 to tho mouth of the Amazon ? 
 7.— From the western Diamond District of Brazil to the mouth of the Rio de 
 
 la Plata ? . .. . .^ 
 
 8. On a voyage from the Isthmus of Panama to Rio de Janeiro ; what countries 
 
 and prominent capes would you pass ? 
 
 9. In wh»t direction from Rio de Janeiro Is Rosarlo, Bahla, Lima, Santiago, 
 
 Quito ? 
 
 10. In what direction, and what countries and rivers would be crossed in 
 
 going from Bogota to Rio do Janeiro ? 
 
 11. In what direction, ond on what bodies of water would a vessel sail In going 
 
 from Pusnos Ayros to Guayaquil. 
 
 12. In what direction would you sail on a voyage from Rio de Janeiro to Val- 
 
 paraiso ? r. . 
 
 13 In what direction Is Buenos Ayres from Santiago.— Lima from Bogota ? 
 5.'. oi, »,hat waters would you sail from Bahia to the Juan Fernandez 
 
 Islands t 
 
^' 
 
 i 
 
•^<^~ r'^ 
 
 i^irr^ 
 
 \.,.x. 
 
 
 '^ -m^'i 
 
 MX"/"'; iVr- V 
 
 
 
 ♦ "Si, 
 
 -+■ 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 ! I. 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 ^Sdfe^i'i^ 
 
 :^. 
 
 ./ 
 
 lUiMjUHwi 
 
 / 
 
 ?\ 
 
 "^^i/^ 
 
 H! 
 
 \, 
 
 \ 
 
 /' 
 
 \. 
 
 /<4> 
 
 ^^. 
 
 \ 
 
 \: 
 
 *^. 
 
 ./ 
 
 V 
 
 / 
 
 f Af "r^^^ 
 
 ^wmSS^fmmgmgmgffmiU^m 
 
"lltW4lWWilf"PI 
 
 V 
 
 J. 
 
 
 1 
 
 " ii 
 
 i 
 
 - } 
 
 
 
 as .' 
 
 j 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 rU' 
 
'A-^U 
 
 E3CER0ISES ,!. THE MAP OP THE BRITISH ISLES.— (Map No. 13). 
 
 KinST EXERCISE. 
 
 1. ^Vllal do thp Urilisli lies comprise ?— Point out Englan I. 
 
 2. WIml country lies north of England ?— \Ve9«? 
 
 3. WImt sea on the north-east? m.— South? E. Ci— On Iho north-west 7 Ih. 
 
 4. What channel is on the west? SI. C— Point out Wales. 
 
 5. What channel lie.s south of Wales ? Bl. 
 
 6. What strait separates Anglesey Island from Wnlos? Mi. 
 
 7. What strait separates the Isle of Wight from England? 5(. 
 
 8. What are tho principal rivers of Englond that flows in the North Seo ? 
 
 //r. Oe., Ts. 
 What are tho principal Iribularics of tho Humber ? Dt., Ot., At., Dn , Tt. 
 What river flows in tho Bristol Channel ? Sn. 
 What are its two- principal affluents? An., We. 
 
 What river forms part of tho boundary between England and Scotland ? 7a. 
 What river flows into Morecambe Bay ? Le. 
 Point out the lUver Tieft in Wales. 
 Point out tho Tamar River in the south-west of England. 
 Point out Bude Bay on the west of Devon County. 
 What lake in the north-west of England ? We. 
 What island is situated south of England, near the coast ? IV(. 
 What are tho two principal islands in the Irish Sea 1 Mn., Ay. 
 What island south-west of the Bristol Channel? Ly. 
 What one on tho west of Morecambe Bay? IVi/.— Point it out. 
 Point out Holy Island on the north-eost of England. 
 Point out Lands End in England. 
 
 SECOND EXERCISE. 
 
 What point near tho Wash ? Is. 
 
 What head in the south-west of Wales ? SI. D. 
 
 What one in tho west of York County, in England ? Fh. 
 
 What point in the south of tho Isle of Wight? 5(. C. 
 
 Point out Beachy Head in the so"Mi-east of England. 
 
 Point out Start Point in the soutli of Devon County. 
 
 What mountains form part of tho boundary between England and Scot- 
 land? CI. 
 
 What chain of mountains in tho north, running from north to south ? 
 [Pennine] 
 
 By what waters is Scotland washed on tho south ? /. 5a.— On tho south- 
 west ? N. Cl.—On the north and went ? Ac— On tho east ? N. Sa, 
 
 Name tho most norlherly point in Scotland ? 01. 
 
 The most southerly point? M. Gi/.— The most er.sterly? It. Ns. 
 
 What two heads in the north of Abenleen County ? Tp., Kd. 
 
 Point out Duncansby Head in tho north. 
 
 What one in the south-east ? Si. A. — Point it out. 
 
 What point in the west ? An. 
 
 Point out the following capes ; Wrath, Dunnet, Tarbet Ness, Buchan Ness. 
 
 Point ou'. Dornoch Firth.— Moray Firth.— The Firth of Tay, 
 
 Point out Firth of Forth.— Tho Firth of Clyde. 
 
 Where is the Gulf of Hebrides ?— The Minch ?— Tho Little MInch ? 
 
 What two bays on the south ? Le., Wn. 
 
 What one on the north-west ? fij.— Poin* it out. 
 
 THIRD EXERCISE. 
 
 , What islands lie west of Scotland ? Us., or Lg.—On the North ? Oy. 
 
 What group of islands lie north-east of the Orkneys ? Sd. 
 
 Point out the Island of Skye in tho west. 
 , Nome three islands belonging to Scotland on the south-west, ly., Ja., An. 
 
 Point out the Island of Mull on tho west-coast of Scotland. 
 
 Which is the largest of tho Outer Hebrides? Ls. 
 
 Point out Lake Shin.— Mareo.— Ness.— Lydoch.— Lomond. (Ih* lasl men. 
 tioned is the largest lake in Great Britain). 
 
 What lake in tho centre of Scotland ? Ty. 
 
 Point out Lake Awe in the west. 
 
 What canal empties into Moray Firth ? 
 
 What peninsula in the south-west? Ce.— Point it out. 
 
 What sound between Jura Islam! and the mainland ? Ja. 
 
 Name the one between the Isle of Mull and tho mainland. Ml. 
 
 What are the principal rivers that flow into the North Soa ? Sy.,Dn.,De., 
 Ek., Ty. 
 
 Name those that flow into tho Solway Firth. De., N/i., An. 
 —Into the Firth of Clyde. Ce., Ar. 
 
 Point out the Doe River in tho south. 
 , What mountains are situated neor tho centre of Scotland ? Gn. 
 
 Point out Ben Nevis. (56-.o) 4,406 foot. ( Tht highest mountaininGreal Britain) 
 
 Point out tho Don Moro ililis in the iiuilli. 
 
 What mountain north-east of Lake Lomond f B. Ld. 
 
 FOURTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Point out Mount Ben Moichdliui in the Grampian Mountains. 
 
 2. What country lies west of England ? Id. 
 
 3. By what waters is Ireland bounded? Ac. 0., N Ci, I. Sa., S. G. CI. 
 
 4. Into how many provinces is it divided f 4. 
 
 5. Name tho province in the mirth. Ur. — In the east, ir.— In the soutli. Mr. 
 
 — In tho west. Ct. 
 
 6. What are the three southern counties ? Wd., Ck.,Ky. 
 
 7. Point out the flvo counties of Connaught, and name tho chief town of 
 
 each. Leitrim, Ck.Sligo, So. notcommon, Bn. Mayo, Or. Galway, Gy. 
 8.— Tho six of Munster. Clare, Es. Limerick, Lk. Kerry, Te. Cork, Ck. 
 
 Waterford, Wd. Tipperary, CI. 
 9. What counties are drained by the River Foylo ? Ly., Dl., Te.—Hy tho 
 
 River Bann ? Ly., Am., Ah., Dn. 
 
 10. Whot islands on tlie north-west r K. An. — On the north-east t Rn.—On the 
 
 west? Al., Ce., S. An. 
 
 11. What lake is crossed by the River Bann ? Nh. 
 
 12. Point out Corlingford Lough. 
 
 13. What counties are comprised between Carlingford Lough and Lough 
 
 Foyle. 
 
 14. What celebrated lake is situated neor tho centre of Kerry ? Ky. [Bemark- 
 
 able for its beautiful scenery). 
 
 15. Name and point out the principol lakes In Ulster. Fe., Nli., V. Ee., Ee. 
 
 10. Point out and name tho principal lakes in Connaught. Mk., Cb. 
 17. Which ore the lakes that are formed by tho Shannon ? An., Be., Dg. 
 
 FIFTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Point out Carnsoro Point, 
 
 S. What counties ore drained by the River Shannon, commencing at Its mouth 7 
 Ay., Ce., Lk., Ty., Gy., Ki., Bn., W. Mh., Ld., Lm. 
 
 3. What counties are washed by the Atlantic from tho mouth of tho Shannon 
 
 to Donegal Bay ? Ce., Gy., Mo., .So., Lm. 
 
 4. What are tho principal bays of the same coast ? Ml., Gy., Mn., Cw., 
 
 Ka., So. 
 
 5. Nome those between the Shannon ond Cape Clear (51-9). Te., De., Ke., By. 
 
 6. Name the principal rivers that empty into tho Irish Sea and St. George's 
 
 Channel. Be., Ly., Sy. 
 
 7. Tho river that flows into Cork Harbor. Le. 
 
 8. Those that flow into the Atlantic. My., Sn., Ke., Le., Br. 
 
 9. Which are tho throe principal aflluouts of the Shannon? Ba., Sk., ty. 
 10 What is tho copital of Ireland? Dn. 
 
 11. Point out Belfast (54J).— Cork (52).— Limerick ( 52} i.— Waterford (52). 
 
 12. Point out tho nine counties of Ulster, and name the chief town of each. 
 
 Dmiegal, Dl. Londonderry, Ly. Antrim, Am. Tyrone, Oh. Fermanagh. En. 
 Arnvgh, Ah. Monaghan, Mn. Down, Dk. Cavan. Cn. 
 
 13. To whot city is tlie Shonnon Rivor navigable ? Jb Linurick. 
 
 14. Whot ploco is at tho mouth of tho Mersey River opposite Liverpool ? 
 
 15. Mention some places in the vicinity of Manchester. 
 
 10. Nome and point out the ports opposite tho Isle of Wight. 
 
 17. In what direction from Edinburgh is Glasgow ?— Perth ?— Dumfries 7 
 
 —Aberdeen 7 
 
 SIXTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. What two ploces in England are noted for their universities 7 Oxford and 
 
 Cambridge. 
 
 2. Whot is tho width of tho Stroit of Dover in its narrowest part? 21 miles. 
 
 3. Mention live impertant pieces on or near tho southern coast of England. 
 
 4. In what direction from London is Birmingham 7— Dublin ? 
 
 5. On what bodies of water would o vessel soil in going from London to 
 
 Aberdeen ? 
 G' An excursion left Liverpool for the Isle of Skye ; on what waters did it sail 7 
 
 7. Describe the course of a vessel from Dublin to Valentia Island, the end of 
 
 the Ocean Telegraph. 
 
 8. On whot woters would o vessel soil from London to Glasgow ? 
 
 9. Whot woters would bo cross in sailing from tho Isle of Wight to Dublin 7 
 10. — From tho South lies of Arron to the Isle of Man ? 
 
 tl. In what direction from London is Bristol ?— Conterbury 7— ShelBeld 7 
 Manchester?— Plymouth ? 
 
 12. Describe the course of a vessel from tho Orkney Islands to the Isle of 
 
 Wight. 
 
 13. What mountains would bo passed in going from Now Castle to Edinburgh ? 
 
 14. What is the shortest route of a vessel sailing from the Island of Mull to 
 
 tho Orkney Islands ? 
 
 15. What city in Ireland is in about the same latitude as ShefHehl ? 
 
 18. A steamer leil CJanterbury for Glasgow ; in what direction and on what 
 
 waters did it sail 7 
 
 I 
 
I 
 
 .4 
 

 
 !; i 
 
 *': 
 
1 
 
 /ttaiul i 
 
 ^Stln.■y 
 
 I 
 
 / .V // 
 
 /i* .J ! 
 
 i 
 
 € 
 
 % 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE MAP OP IRELAND.-(Map No. 14,. 
 
 FIRST EXERCISB. 
 
 . How is Ireland bounded on the north ? Ac. 
 . How is it bounded on the south ? Ac. 
 —On the east f /. Sa., St. C. Cl.-On the west f Ac. 
 How many provinces in Ireland ? 4.— Which are they f Vr., Mr Lr CI 
 
 How many counties in Ireland 1 32. 
 
 Name the counties in Ulster. Di, Ly., Am., Te., bn., Ah., Mn , Fh Cn 
 Name those in Leinstor. Ld., W. A/A., E. Ml,., Lh., Dn., Ke., Ks., Qt V/w 
 
 \Vd., Cw., Ky 
 Which are those in Munster ? Ty., Wd., Ck., Ky., Lk., 6e. 
 Mention those in Connaught. Gy., ftm.. Mo., So., Lm. 
 What is the name of the island In the North Channel ? Kn. 
 Name the island in the Atlantic, south of Cork County. C. Cr. 
 Where are the North Isles of Arran ? IK. of Dl. 
 Name the islands at the mouth of Galway Bay. S. Is. of An. 
 How many Islands does the South Isles of Arran contain 1 3. 
 Whot are their names f le.. In., It. 
 
 How many principal Islands west of Kerry, and name them ? 2 Bt Va 
 Name the large island west of the County Mayo. At. ' 
 
 Name the other islands on the west-coast of Mayo. Ce„ lk., la. 
 What island at the mouth of Clew Bay ? Ce. 
 Name the island In Bantry Bay. Br. 
 What two islands on the north-west of Galway ? In., Ik. 
 What is the name of the head in the north o» Ireland 1 Mn. 
 Name the cape in the south. Cr. 
 
 FOUHTII EXEnCISE, 
 
 SECOND EXERCISE. 
 
 6 
 
 7, 
 8 
 9. 
 10, 
 11. 
 12 
 13 
 
 14. 
 15. 
 16. 
 17. 
 18. 
 19. 
 20. 
 21. 
 22. 
 
 m. 
 
 '.Vi. ,t head in the south-west of Clare ? Lp. 
 None the head on the north shore of Dublin Bay 
 Whdt head on the coast of WIcklow ? Ww. 
 V/hat two points in the south-cast of Wexford ? Ge., Ce. 
 Name the head in the norlli of Antrim. Be., or Pr. 
 Name the principal mountains in Ireland. M. Re.. S Bm Ww U fl. u« 
 Ah., C. Ph., Gs. ' "■' 
 
 In what country are the Mourne Range Mountains ? Dn. 
 Where are the Sliove Bloom Mountains to be foun 1 ? Q's. Co. 
 What rivers take their rise In those mountains ? Sr., Ne., Bw. 
 In what county are the Wicklow Mountains ? Ww. 
 Where are Magilllcudy and Mangerton's Reoks to be found r Ky 
 .—Those of Nepliin and Croagh-Palrick ? «o.— The Galty ? Ty 
 . Name the principal bays in Ireland. Bt., Sd., Cd., Dk., Dn Bu De Ti, 
 Gy., Cw., Bd., Ka.. So., Dl. ■'" ' ' 
 
 Name the principal loughs in Ulster . Sy., Fe. Nk., Ee., V. Be Sd Bii 
 Name the lough between Antrim and Down. J9(.,— In Down. ' Sd' 
 What is the name of the bay between Down and Loulh 1 Cd. 
 Where is Dublin Bay ? East of Dublin.— Bemlry Bay ? S.-W.ofCork 
 In what county are Dingle and Traleo Bays ? Ay. 
 Name the bay between Clare and Galway , Gy. 
 Where are Clew and Killala Bays r Mo. 
 In what county is Sllgo Bay T So.— Donegal Bay ? Dl. 
 Name the lough between Antrim and Tyrone, m. 
 
 THIRD EXERCISE. 
 
 I. 
 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 8. 
 9. 
 
 10. 
 \U 
 
 12. 
 13. 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 16. 
 
 Name the principal loughs or lakes in Ireland. W,., Fe., Su Ee m 
 An., Sd., lie., Dg., Cn., Mk., Cb., Ky. "' ' '" 
 
 What lough in Fermanagh f &.— Point it out. 
 
 Name the principal loughs through which the River Shannon flows ? An. 
 Be., Dg. '' 
 
 Name the lough In Mayo, «nd the one between Mayo and Galway 
 Cn., Mk. '' 
 
 Where is Lough Corrib f Cy.-Where are the Lakes of Killarney ? Ku 
 Name the principal rivers in Ireland. Fe., Bn., Ln., Be., Ly., Sy. Sr Bw 
 lie., Br., Le., Sn. ' • ■> •> 
 
 Which is the largest river in the three kingdoms t Sn. 
 Into what lough does the Foyle flow f ft.— The Bann 1 Nh. 
 Name the places Into which the Rivers Lagan, Boyne, and LlfToy flow 
 
 B. Lh., D. By., D. By. 
 Into wlvat harbor does the Slaney empty itself ? Wd. 
 -Into what harbor does the 8uir, Barrow, and Nore empty r Wd —The 
 Blackwaterf J7. ' ' * " 
 
 Into what harbor does the Lee empty f Ck. 
 Into what Ocean does the River Shannon empty ? Ac. 
 Name the principal harbora in the south of Irelanrt. WH. Dn ¥1 C 
 
 Or., Ke., Ge. ' "'' 
 
 Name the principal harbors on the west-coast of Ireland. Va., Sk 
 Name those on the east-coast. Wd., Cn. 
 
 I 
 2 
 3, 
 4. 
 5. 
 6. 
 7. 
 8. 
 9. 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 12. 
 
 13. 
 
 14. 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17, 
 
 18, 
 
 19. 
 20. 
 21. 
 22. 
 23. 
 
 KiJ., Lk., Ce., Ty., Gy., K's., 
 
 10 
 
 . What is the capital city of Ireland ? On. 
 
 On what river is it situated ? Ly. 
 
 Name the city built upon the River Shannon, Lk. 
 
 What is the principal city in the Province of Ulster ? Bt. 
 
 Name five other principal cities in Irulund. Ck., Wd., Ky., Gy., So 
 
 Which is the second city in Ireland ? 6'*. 
 
 Name the principal rivers flowing into the Irish Sea. Be., Ly 
 
 Name the largo river flowing Into St, George's Channel. Sy. 
 
 What river empties into Donegal Bay 1 Ee. 
 
 What lakes are formed by the Hivor Shannon i' An., Hg., Bt., Dg 
 
 What channel separates Scotland from Ireland ? m. 
 
 What channel in the south-oast of Ireland f St. G'l. 
 
 Point out Blacksod Bay in Mayo. 
 
 Point out the Giants Causeway in Antrim. 
 Name the counties watered by the Shannon 
 
 W. Mh., Ld., Lm., Rm. 
 Point out the Gaily Mounts in Tipperary. 
 Point out the River Brosna in West Mealh. 
 Point out Sligo and Killala Bays in the west. 
 Point out the River Rob, flowing into Lake Mask, in Mayo 
 Point out the River Newry, between Down and Armagh 
 Point out the Royal and Grand Canals. 
 Where have they their terminus ? Dn. 
 Name the principal lakes in Connaught. An., Cn., Mk., Cb. 
 
 FIFTH EXERCISE. 
 
 , What counties are washed by the Atlantic from the mouth of the Shan- 
 non to Donegal Bay 1 Ce., Gy., Mo., So., Lm. 
 
 Which are the three largest counties in Ireland 1 
 
 Which are the three smallest ? 
 
 Name the three northern counties. Dl., Ly., Am. 
 
 Name the four southern counties, Ky., Ck.. Wd., Wd. 
 
 Which side has most capes ?— Most Islands '? 
 
 By what counties Is Kildare surrounded 1 Dn., Ww. Cw O't F, Mh 
 
 What part of Scotland is nearest to Ireland ? M. of Ce. ' ' 
 
 Name the rivers in Cork. Dr., Le., Oy., Bn., In. 
 
 Where is Carrantual, the highest mountain in Ireland ? Ay 
 
 Name the towns on the River Foyle. Ly., Se., Ld. 
 
 Name the counties bordering on Wexford. Wiv., Cw Ky Wd 
 
 In what county is Youghal Harbor, and what river flows into It r Wd P- 
 
 What river flows through Meath ? Be. 
 
 Where Is Connemara, the most mountainous district in Ireland 1 Gu 
 . From what county does Galway Bay separate Clare ? Gy. 
 ■ Whot lakes discharge into Galway Bay ? Cb., Mk. 
 . What river flows into Wexford Haven ? Sy. 
 . OSt what head is Irelands Eye? //. Hd. 
 
 Name a town at the entrance to Strangford Lough. Sd. 
 
 What island lies ofl' Fair Head ? Rn. 
 
 Name the rivers flowing into Dingle Bay, Me., Le. 
 
 Name the town at the head of Tralee Bay. Te. 
 
 SIXTH EXERCISE. 
 
 What river separates Kilkenny from Waterfordf Sr. 
 
 In what county is Sheep Haven? Dl. 
 
 M'hat towns would you pass in ascending the Shannon ? 
 
 Where are the Boggeragh Mounts ? Ck. 
 
 What river in England does the Shannon resemble in situation ? 
 
 Point out the following towns, and name the county in which they are 
 located : Newry, Newtownards, Armogh, Drogheda, Dundalk 
 .-Wexford, New Ross, Enniscorthy, Corlow, Glonmel, Tipperary, Nenagh 
 ,-Enrtis, Tralee, Youghal, Bandon, Dungarvan, Carrick, Ballina Tuam 
 and Athlone. ' 
 
 Name, and point out the county that gave birth to the Illustrious O'Con- 
 nell ? Ky. 
 
 What counties would you cross in going from Weslport, In Mayo to Bal- 
 briggan, in Dublin? j , •« ooi 
 
 .—From Tralee to Wexford?— From Downpalrick to Sligo? 
 , What is the length of Ireland from Fair Head, in Antrim, to MIren Head 
 in Cork ? 306 miles. ' 
 
 Where is the most western point in Ireland ? 
 
 Name the waters which would bo traversed by a vessel in the rirmim 
 navigation oi Irowud. - - — 
 
 Draw an outline of the east-coast from Fair Head to Camsore Point 
 Draw an outline of the south-coast from Csrnsore Point to Mizen Head 
 Draw a map of Ireland. 
 
 II 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 4, 
 5, 
 6. 
 7, 
 8. 
 9. 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 12, 
 
 13. 
 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 
 17. 
 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 
 21. 
 
 22. 
 23. 
 
 i 
 
/ 
 
 li 
 
 ■ 
 
 SQ a 0) .~ 
 
 ^4 
 
 ■s fl '^ 
 ^ a 
 
 s ° » 
 
 § I 
 
 C £ 
 
 ^8., 
 
 O rt 
 
 X i o 3 ' 
 
 i: I 
 
 " i J I- 
 
 
 «; S 
 
 ?« 
 
 £•? 
 
 a j3 <; 
 2. a .~ 
 
 s a e 
 
 a; 5 a o 
 
 < s 
 
 
 S .a 
 
 E ea So 
 
 ~ s^5 
 
 S.8 
 
 ui S 
 
 E ^ 
 
 2 ■§ S 
 
 ■3 J3 K 
 
 ; a -O ^ ^ S S 
 
 1 r^ c c5 ^ a . 
 - = ■» H 
 
 3 .2 o 
 
 3 = iS . .«; :^ ■» > = <9 " 
 
 n ■? - ei 
 
 « * t = I ■ 
 i T ?• .2 o 1-1 
 
 r js - — 'T :^ S 
 
 ^ ■s ^ '? 
 
 |. be « fl oj 
 
 1 1 
 
 Sox 
 
 I ^^ 
 
 'u B 
 
 ^ O O 0) 3 cS 
 
 s 7 3 '§•■2 " 
 
 o 2 
 3 5 
 
 2 cc 
 
 3 - S .2 
 
 .s_5«^ 
 
 3 ^ c- 2 J= 
 
 3 o- a ^ t; -s 
 
 5 j: ■-; *" a t! 
 
 r2 ^ > -C I 
 
 .5 J S S 
 
 :i " £ 
 
 g- 
 
 if- 
 
 iC^H^ 
 
 5 .3 V 3 i 
 
 rt ■?; n * 
 
 
 - s 
 
 '3 b 'p S Xi 
 
 15 ? 6, ? 
 
 O ^ 
 
 a » 
 
 <^ 
 
 ^CiM-si'vrttOt^OCO 
 
 rs -!f 1/5 o t^' 06 
 
 t§ ^ 
 
 ; fi o 
 
 
 5 ■£ ts; 
 
 
 iS JS 
 
 .Ss^ 
 
 u -i 
 
 6S' 
 
 \g=^^ 
 
 .5 S 
 
 ■5 1! 
 
 C H 
 
 l-rr! 
 
 •?«* 
 
 3 ^*ES ^1 
 
 ^^ »^ ** -^ 
 
 i ^ 
 
 2^ JJ 
 
 £ .s s 
 
 ^ 'u C-, 
 
 W ss.. VI O 
 
 a s » 
 
 a 5 
 
 s^ 
 
 
 ? £ 
 
 5 2 i = 
 
 2 .2 .S 
 
 5 °^ < 
 
 c 3 ■=! 5 «=: . 
 
 .a . jj " w 
 
 5 o 6.^ „ 
 
 
 3 S I 
 
 i d' 
 
 <s 
 
 
 w a 
 
 £•!* " &. i; 
 
 c: um a i„ o 
 
 Q o o o c 
 
 £ . » 
 
 ^ 
 
 115 
 
 V a 2 =■ . 
 
 5 «j 
 
 ;:;i. 
 
 ? « a ^ B 
 ^ he — >> S 
 
 ^<S^ 
 
 ■« s 
 
 11 
 
 «v e-^ 
 
 z ^ 2 
 
 *J u 
 
 _ fc a. _ff 
 
 ■^ JS 
 
 lA U CQ O Qa 0^ 
 
 •^55 
 
 ■=";£•- 
 
 - S5 
 
 "'*' o -a -e S 
 
 " > -T 3 
 
 s? g i:; 
 
 o o to S 
 
 ^. a. » I _g -■ a 3 ^ ,3 o 
 
 '.gSi 
 
 S E.-' 
 
 B a a s 
 
 5 iuS 
 
 -= -cS E? 
 
 .& a 
 
 2 -, .5" e? t_ ^ f^ -^ 
 
 ° O CD 
 
 s a 
 
 a> ja 2 "3 
 
 u M u 
 
 ss 
 
 3 3 o a 5 ^ 
 
 
 SSgCUo'^g a 
 
 I J3 o 
 
 c 2 — o 
 
 asaaSS^Eb: 
 
 e ^ 
 
 a 3 c B c 
 
 _ g 8. 
 
 5 -=3 G .2 ® 
 
 a IS I 
 
 _ •«» _ 2 
 
 i «: c . 
 
 
 a -2 g d 
 
 
 ■E o d g fl 3 ^ 
 
 a 5 iS ■£ 5 
 
 
 i -2 * 
 
 S^S'^- 
 
 (tf C9 «} C4 
 
 assort 
 
 — i c< «o ^' lii « r^ 00 cj o -^ <N 
 
 a o -c 
 
 1 
 
 =" B * Li 1-^ C3 "rt 
 >^ *-» _j In ♦J *J ** 
 
 ^5 3 
 
 S 5 h 
 
 2 = B 
 
 sS°< 
 
 *-■ -a .2 . 
 
 ^s 
 
 ^^=^^ 
 
 ' ^ 5 a 
 
 u S ' 
 
 3 ♦J a ^ « aj 
 •C 3 « 3 1« - 
 
 „ - -d - -a 
 
 £^ 
 
 o x: j3 .s j= 
 
 ■^ tr fr r° ti 
 
 o « — *> 
 
 • a 5 .s 
 
 a .- a S o 
 
 Z S5 p (1. 
 
 — 5 2 S 3 2 
 .S .9 i 3 .5 .S ^ .. 
 
 i is B I 1^ 
 
 ^5 -3 
 
 *4 O 
 
 ^io5i.o5«5C3o 
 
 
 .9 a 
 
 a !5 ? e. 
 
 .5 a 
 
 t^ t^- a o a 
 ? ^ J! 0. >3 
 
 :B '3 :B A 
 
 _ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ c* a 
 
 »- ct n -v in to t- as 
 
 00 — c-j«'«i'i'^eor^oooo 
 
 _; j! 
 
 ^wiuit-^oooio — jj 23!22C228S?5?3 
 
 ■Ad* 
 
 « -f ifl ta 1-^ 
 
 La^> i'J^»i<ii,^l&^ 
 
V : 
 
 i\ 
 
 ««.M'^..<4M>'«Ui<.- . 
 
K ' 
 
 I 
 
 \i 
 
 ^. /.I. .: ,[. f J!t3^r ^J(1^i.'^tt iir:■i/^\'^^^ i£*i^^ 
 
ill 
 
 ^1 
 
 ^1 
 
 'Pi 
 
 1 
 
 '*^; 
 
 I 
 
 •- 1 
 
 - § I ■§ 3 1 » 
 
 ■III 1 1 1 1 
 
 " K »; ■" ft " ? 
 
 55 II 
 
 (A c3 u o 
 
 a .S a a 
 •» 2 a ^ t3 
 
 03 "is *i g 
 ''• -a :t k1 S 
 
 5 a, o -S 
 
 L <u I; «j 5 
 
 J i =S .a I 
 
 i5 "if i5 7 
 
 lAJ-B ,4i,Mai^0^\^ ;v. . . 
 
\ li,i li i i l ii n. l iBiinnui. i , i | ii J'JitmHll i 'l l l i »"i 
 
 1^ 
 
 a 
 
 N 
 
 H 
 
 ^irtWt^WC. o ^^$2Z 
 
 51 
 
 i£ S 
 
 fe 
 
 U' 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 tc 
 
 ^ 
 
 J. 
 
 <J 
 
 
 
 a; 
 
 n 
 
 
 w 
 
 .— 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 B 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 tr. 
 
 • 'S. •^ "- 
 i a .2;2 
 
 i'tl' 
 
 So 
 
 0} 
 
 2; " S 
 
 .s 
 
 S o iS , 
 
 ? S "= 
 
 ^ » « § 
 
 i5 1 -a 
 
 S ». £ te 'rj 
 ! .=^ .. ? 1^ e 
 
 
 £Uj » 
 
 s r * 
 
 S .S 2 
 
 a 
 
 
 3 S 5 
 
 a c; t: 
 
 Eg - = 
 
 ^ i £ 
 
 i5 •§ a 
 
 s=fa g-3 
 
 ■^ 3 
 
 11 
 
 .£ 3 
 
 a a 
 
 I = 
 
 -'I 
 
 a o t- 
 
 A ri a> < 
 
 o t» ti 
 
 a 2 g 
 
 
 .2 s 'K ~ 
 .a " T) I 
 
 ^ ^r f- .5 f- ^ (T! H .y 
 
 ^ ~^ 
 
 ^ JS -C 
 
 .S j: ^ c j= 
 
 ^it- 
 's t-o 
 
 fctis?^ 
 
 
 1. t^ M B 
 
 11^ S3 
 
 ^ I ►■ is 
 
 1 - <! I. 
 
 = 1^1 
 
 ■o £ r S 
 
 . 1. 's M .a 
 
 = ° :: .s fc 
 
 ■ ~3 'i S i 
 
 I. s s -3 :: 
 
 S i 2 i ^ ' 
 
 ''B !;■ 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 :i-S: = 
 
 tc o 
 
 *J 
 
 u. T O 
 
 : O XI B 
 
 il- 
 
 ^ --' s 
 
 Is « 
 
 a g a 
 
 .2 ° ? 
 — a o 
 
 o » 
 
 £ ° 9 *T3 
 
 (2 ^ 
 
 A ;> A 
 
 — C««««f4flOt*OOOiO' 
 
 e^ M ^ »f5 eo r- 
 
 — i C^ M 1*< ift to t- 
 
 
 §§ii 
 
 
 IV. a M is 
 
 
 a is .3 'S 
 
 
 .H _^ J= CO 
 
 
 fcl" 1 
 
 u 
 
 PS 
 
 rtli Am 
 Yezo a 
 
 ■1 Ma. 
 
 w 
 
 
 X 
 
 u 
 
 S'S d 1 
 
 s 
 
 &i^.i 
 
 o 
 
 Asia 
 
 apan 
 and 
 
 b. 
 
 S =-» 
 
 1 
 
 f 
 
 .^ 
 
w 
 
 '' / ./ 
 
 * t^ 
 
 
 \>\\^^" 
 
 
 :.: ^f^'^ai.-i.^-J-.. ..^..\-^. ■,....,:.^ ^Yr^ .. ^■^..^-. 
 
 'iiitnvialfii 1 
 
1 I 
 
I 
 
 4mJ m 
 
 
 "TBiS" 
 
 .J 
 
 BXEROISBS ON THB MAP OP AFRICA -Map No. m 
 
 FII18T EXEnCISE. 
 
 I . How mtny diviiloni iloci AOIca comprlio ? 
 
 3. Pulnl out and liminil Ihn fiillowinn counlrli'it, niid nnmn Iholr cspltalt : 
 
 Morocco. * — AlRdria. ,4i, — Tunin. TV— Tri|ioli. Ti. — E() |il. Tu. 
 
 — Niilila. Am.-AliyMiiilii. 6>,— ZnriKimlmr, Xr—tioiamhinm. Me.— 
 
 Morula. .Va.— Niilnl. /'(/.— CalTrnria. B/i,— (JiiwCuloiiy. C. 7>i.— Ufngunln. 
 
 flu.— AiiKolii. .S7, /».— Congo. .S. .S>.— I.cimiuo. ito,— llnliomny. Am 
 
 — A»h»nlBo, Tr. — Liberia. *i. — Si'ni'uiiMilMii. /» — lliimbariii. So. 
 
 — lIcnuM. ,S'o— Dnrnou /fo.— Ilnulianni. *i.— Diir Koor. Ce. 
 
 3. W'Imt niiiiic'i»)flviril(illii> larKdKlilivlsionorNortlh'rn AlVictt? Sa.,orO PI. 
 
 4. Wlinl nam" Is givi'n to Ihul part of Afrii-ii wlih;li is nut ji't oxplortid 1 
 
 FMiiitfia. 
 
 5. Nami) llio (ilalOH In llarliai'y, Mn., An., Ts., Ti. 
 6. — Tho slalcn of I'ppor Cuinon. in., Ar., Hy. 
 7.— In Lnwor r.iilni'a. fln., io., Co., Aa., Ha. 
 
 8. Name tlin principal divisions ol"8onilaii. fla., /Ai., Itu.. Di., /), Fi\ 
 
 0. What throe Rroiiim of islands iiiirlli-wc»t of Africa ? A>.. Ha., Cij. 
 
 10. Namn four inlands In the Oiiir of Guinea. F. i'o., Pi., St. T.. An 
 
 1 1. Wlial ijrcat archipelago on llic poulli-casi coast of Africa f Tlir Elliiopian. 
 13. What arn lis principal islands, or groups ? Hi\, Sf., Ac, Ms , Co. 
 
 13. What Islanils cast of Madagascar ? Ms., /)«.— I'oint tlicni out. 
 11. What Island cast of Capo Ouardafui ? Sa. 
 
 15. Point out Ascension I.sland.— St. Helena Island. 
 
 16. What islands on the west of Senegainliia ? fli.— Point them out. 
 
 17. Nome three islands east "f ZnnKuehar f Pa., Zr., Ma 
 
 SECOND EXERCISE. 
 
 1. What is the most northern capo in Africa f fln, 
 
 J.— The most eastern ? Ci.— The most southern ? As.— The most western ? Crf. 
 3, Name and point out the principal capca on the oast-coast ? Ui., Do., 
 
 Cs., El. L 
 V— On the wust-coasi, commencing at the north? SI., An., Dr., Bo., Mk., Vd., 
 
 Pi., T. Ps., C. Ce., Fa., Ls., Ma., No., Fn., G. lie. 
 b. Name and point out the two capos north and south of Madagascar f 
 
 Ar., .SI. :i. 
 
 0. What cape in the west of Madi>fn8cai ? Si. A.—Voial It out. 
 
 7. Name tho Oiio in the south-west. 5/. I'. 
 
 8. What mountams oxlcnJ through Barbary ? As. 
 
 9. What pools east of Morocco ? Mn. (11,400 feol).— Point it out. 
 
 10. Point out tho Dluc Mountains (0). 
 
 11. What range extends from Zanguobar to Abyssinia y Vie Moon. 
 
 12. What mountains west of Sofala ? ia.— Point them out. 
 13.— East of Lower Guinea ? Aii.— North of Upper Guinea ? Kg. 
 
 11. Which aro the most remarkable peaks in the Moon Mountains ? Aa., A'o. 
 l"i. Wlial peaks cast of Upper Guinea ? Aa., Cn. 
 
 1(1. What mountains in Cope Colony 1 Nl. — Point them out. 
 n. What mountains in tlio south-east ol Africa 1 Ik/. 
 
 18. Point out tho Cameroon Mountains in Upper Guinea. 
 
 10. What mountain on the south of Lake Albert Nyanza ? Ma. 
 
 20. What mountain on the south-west of Lake Nyassa ? Xa. 
 
 21. What mountains in tho west of Lake Tanganyika? A'a.— Point them out. 
 
 THIRD EXERCISE. 
 
 1. What ooean bounds Africa on the south-oast ? In.— On tho west ? Ac. 
 
 2. What soa on the north ? Mn.— On the north-east ? /trf. 
 
 3. What gulf north of Tripoli ? Sa— East of Abyssinia ? /In,— bouth of 
 
 Upper Guinea ? Ga. 
 1. Whot bay south of Sofala ? Da. 
 ;i. What bays are formed by the Gulf of Guinea ? B. fln., II. Ba. 
 
 6. What bay on the south of Capo Colony ? Ml, 
 
 7. What bay on Iho north-east of Madagascar ? yl/.— Point it out. 
 
 8. Name the one on the south-west. SI. A. 
 
 9. What two bays on the oast of Capo Colony ? Te., SI. II. 
 
 10. What gulf east of Tunis ? Cj.— Name the one on the north. Ts. 
 11. — Point out the Mouths of the Zambezi on the west-coast of Africa. 
 
 12. What guK in the north-west of Egypt ? Ss. 
 
 13. Point out Formosa Day in the east of Zanguebar. 
 
 11. Name the lake in the south ofTunis. Ah. 
 
 15. Point out and njmo the lakee in Soudan. Do., Td. 
 
 ID. What lakes have been lately discovered in Ethiopia ? A. Na., Va,, lb. 
 
 17. What lake in Abyssinia ? Da. 
 
 IS. Wliat lake west of Lake Tanganyika ? Ao. 
 
 19. Point out Lake Bangwoolo. — Whore is it ? 
 90. Whni Inke Bniith-eARt of Loke Nvassa ? Ss. 
 
 21. What lake on the cast of Lake Kamolondo ? Ln. 
 
 22. What strcit north of Morocco ? Gr.— East of Abyssinia? B. Mb 
 
 FOUIITII i;XKlt(:lSK 
 
 1. What channel west of Madagascar r Mr. 
 
 2. Which large river of Africa (lows Into the M iditorranean Be* t M. 
 
 3. Which are its two chief aHluents r 
 
 1. What river flows into the Moi!ainhii|Un ' han lel ? ,ifi— Point it out. 
 'i. Nainn th« throe rivers in Lowit (iiiinna ()i , Co., fa. 
 (1. Wliat large river empties inin llie Gulf of Ou nea ? Hr. 
 
 7. What river south of llti'igui'la 'I i I2J i ., 
 
 8. What river bounds Cape Coloiiv on Ih ■ north ? 0«.— Point it out. 
 
 9. Wliat rivers llow into Lake Tchad ? Yii , Si. 
 
 10. Name two rivers that flow into llie In linn O :ean. We., Ji. 
 
 11. Name lliri^e rivi'rs in Kenngauilini ,S'., (.0., Or. 
 I!. Whal two rivers llow into Wulliwh Hiy 'I .V;i . A';). 
 
 13. Point out tlie Limpopo Hiver in Hie south-east of Africa . 
 
 1 1. What river Hows info the Zaiuliezi, on (he north ? Aa. 
 
 I J. What river on Iho kouth of Ziinnueb ir ? fli.— Point it out. 
 
 16. Point out the Adi Hiver— Into what iloes it flow ? 
 
 17. \Vhat Great D.'siTt In the norlh ol Africa ? ,Sa. 
 
 18. How long is tills Groat Desert ?— Nmne torn" of its oases. 
 
 19. Point out Ripon Falls on the Nile. 
 
 20. What desert north of Cape Colony 'I Ai.— Point it out. 
 
 21. What parts of Africa ore crossed by the Eipiator? L. da.. Ea., Hr. 
 
 22. What parts of Africa are crosscil by Hie Tropic of Cancer 1 G. Ol.. Ail. 
 23.— Ily tho Tropic of Capricrrn ? A'l., TI., ,Sa., Mr. 
 
 21. lu what zone is the greater part or.\frita ?~Uarbary f 
 
 FIFTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. In what longitude is Africa ? Why ? 
 
 2. What is tho distance between Canes Verd and Guardafui ? 
 3. — Delweon Cape Bon and Cajie Agiillias? 
 
 4. There are 28' longitude from the I'ersiiin Gulf to Cairo; what is the dis- 
 
 tance between the two places in English miles, tiio latitude of each 
 being 30'. 
 
 5. The longitude of Cape Guardafui being 21* 20' east, and that of Cape 
 
 Vord 17'30 west; what Is the distance in English milos between them, 
 each being in about 11' lut. ? 
 
 0. Ovci- what does the meridian 30» east cross fr.,iii north to sout.i f Bit., Ty., 
 
 Mn., El., Na., A. Na., Ta., Ilo., TI., NI,Ca. 
 7. What countries border on the Mediterranean ? Mo., Aa., Ts., Ti., El, 
 8.— Tliofe ihat bor.!"r on the Pod Sea ? El.. Na., .la, 
 9. What is the distance between tlio Rod Sea and the Dight of Biafra ? 
 
 10. Describe the course of a vessel Ironi llio Canary Islands to tho Island of 
 
 Socotra. 
 1 1. — Hy explorers, from Cairo to Cape Town ? 
 
 12. How Tir is SI. Helena from the African coast ? 1,100 miles. 
 
 13. Docs Africa become wider, or narrower near tho south ? 
 
 11. Is the greater part of Africa norlh or soulli of the equator? 
 1 j. Where does Africa a[p]iroacli nearest to Europe ? 
 
 IG. What canal connects the Mediterranean with the lied Sea '! 
 17. By which routes can you sail from Spain to the Indian Ocean? 
 18.— From the Gulf ofSidra to the Gulf of Aden.? 
 
 SIXTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Near what parallel of latitude Is Africa widest V 
 
 2. Are tho mountains of Africa in tho interior, or near the coasts 7 
 
 3. What divisions would bo traversed by a caravan from Khartoum to 
 
 Tripoli ? — From Algiers to Tirabuctoo ? 
 4. — By explorers from the Gulf of Guinea to Lake Victoria Nyanza ? 
 5. On what bodies of water would a vessel sail from Sierra Leone to Triooli ? 
 C. — From the mouth of the Zambezi to Cape Town ? 
 
 7. What three cities are situated at the Delta of the Nile ? Aa., Ha., Da. 
 
 8. What country in Europe extends about as far west as Morocco ? Ireland. 
 
 9. In what direction from Lake Victoria Nyanza is the Town of Loango ? 
 
 10. Which city is farthest north, Monrovia, or Free Town ? — Cairo or Morocco ? 
 
 1 1. What countries between tlie Equator and tho Tropic of Capricorn ? — What 
 
 countries south of that Tropic ? 
 
 12. Wliat city in the United States is in tho same latitude as Cairo, the capital 
 
 of Egypt .» Nesv Orleans. 
 
 13. By what two routes can you sail from Spain to the Indian Ocean ? 
 
 U. On what bodies of water would a vessel sail from Alexandria to the Canary 
 
 Islands ? 
 15. — From the Gold Coast in Guinea to the Comoro Islands ? 
 
 16. Name all the bodies of water by which the peninsula of AfHca is 
 
 embracod ? 
 
 17. In what zone is Morocco ? — Cape Colony r — Great Desert ? — Madagascar? 
 
 — Upper Guinea ? — Lower Guinea? 4c. 
 
 - iOTTJtmtiiirif?! 
 
w 
 
 (A 
 
 
 r> -r in tc t- 
 
 i^ ^ — — .^ — — — — •- ff* Cl C-* C* (Tl C< 
 
 ■£ 3 
 
 rS 
 
 1^ E 
 
 ^ - fe. 
 - I J. 
 
 '5 
 
 S .2 c 
 
 
 •J - o 3 
 
 c .£ 0. g 
 
 il il 
 
 .2 5 ~ ■«! 
 
 ^ I. 2 1 
 S ^ 3 = 
 
 t- »• < u 
 
 " |« .9 
 
 £ .2 2 § . 
 « _ « " 
 
 »• •« j: — 
 
 - . * 
 
 ^ .^. a ^ . 
 
 S i o a £ 
 
 4i 
 
 ^5 
 II 
 
 I, 
 
 
 111 
 
 a (u •- 
 I 1. 
 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 :5 
 
 no 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 •a 
 
 
 5) 
 
 ~: '^ a 
 
 ■Si 
 
 i 
 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 3 -^ 
 
 .3 fe I. 
 
 8 -"3 
 
 ^ Si 
 
 .2 « 
 
 .2 «^ 
 
 c ■ 
 
 B 2 H 
 
 ^ a 
 
 
 " S <o 
 
 £ P. . 
 
 rt J3 J3 05 
 
 3 [A . ^ 
 
 C § r « «2 
 o S pV ^ ^ 
 
 
 .»= 3 e « -5 
 
 ■ — 3 a 
 
 o 5 in 
 
 _ « w 
 
 = « s 
 
 c c 
 
 <= a .2 
 
 T3 m o 
 
 
 so; 
 s - 
 
 a a. 
 , ^ — . .- ■ 
 
 5 2 i 
 
 .2 a cs 
 
 t" Q) M* 
 
 ■3 £ " 
 
 .£■■« ■« 
 
 
 — > ^, a 
 
 fell- 
 
 ^ >. a .12 
 
 II 
 
 ■2 7 
 
 2 ti ** ^. 
 
 E ■« - a 
 .&««>£ 
 
 JS ~ JS ~ 
 
 I- 
 
 © 
 
 5 £ 
 
 I § 
 
 a 5 ■ 
 
 » 3 S 
 
 .2 5 = 
 
 y „■ l^• 
 
 
 u 
 a -JS 
 
 ~-^ 
 
 o o g 
 
 la 
 
 5 = 
 
 .T5 ^' -O ■ 
 
 I «■§. 
 5 2a' 
 
 ° .SJ -3 g S 
 
 ■o s- 
 
 3 Z 
 
 ,- [ft >) c 
 
 S '-S -a = 
 
 0) g i: - 
 
 o J5 a 
 
 o ^ "3 < 
 ^ « a ■- 
 
 
 5i •= -5 -^ 
 
 3 £ 
 
 5 "j • — 
 l|3| 
 
 ■jz v S I-. 
 
 :: a£.2 
 
 = = 1,0 
 
 XI J3 £ - 
 *f "^ J5 m 
 
 a t: j;- 
 
 e "I 
 
 w 3 rt «d 
 
 .S2 *» 
 
 11 ir^ 
 
 5 S y 
 
 Si § 
 
 ■3 .S' 
 
 s s. 
 
 'J g 
 
 II 
 a " 
 
 — « -i ■ji M 
 
 :» ^ ^ 
 
 X! JS I* ^ J5 
 
 a <ij a a ft. 
 
 ^ Sf £ ^ f; £ ^ ^ S i? "^ iS z 
 
 (S « ffl ^ ^ g. ^ ^ « u £ 
 
 
 $i$3£$'^$a^$$&$^$s$$^^^ 
 
 — C^ « -»■ lO <o 
 
 r* 00 o> o ■ 
 
 'C^M-^intCh-OOOO — T***}-^ 
 
 •-"«•-•-■•-"— — — — — <r<<MC4C' 
 
 §i 
 
.i, a 
 
 .5*5 
 
 < a ^ 
 
 CI c» c 
 
 ■ 
 
 
20 
 
 |l ' 
 
 i 
 
 BY ,1 BARlSOLOMtW >: R G p. 
 
 lli«« 
 
 ^,S I .'tiifitn.fr t^ntt .W AwKt ilrv/fiwiM 
 
 
 i/ 
 
EXBBOISBS ON THE MAP OP PALESTINE.— (Map No. 20). 
 
 FIRST EXEIICISE. 
 
 1. How is Palestine bounded on the north? Aft. t.— On llio west J Mn. 
 
 —On the south ? />. of S.— On the east ? V. of J. 
 
 2. Numo tho principal river in Palestine. Jn. 
 
 .1. Through what tribes doe.s it pass » A'i., Zn., Mh., Ir., Mh., Gd., Bin., Bm., 
 Jh., flu. 
 
 4. Into how many tribes is Palestine divided ? 12. 
 
 5. Naino those bordering on tho Sea of Galileo, Ki., Mh., Zn., Gd. 
 
 6. What were tho tribes on the east side of tho Jordan? Itn., Mh., Gd., Rn'. 
 
 7. How mony provinces embraced these tribes ?— What was its name f Pa. 
 
 8. How many tribes were on tho west side of the Jordan ? 9. 
 
 9. Name them. Ni.. Ai:, Zn., Ir., Mh., Em., Bn., Dn., Jh., Sn. 
 
 10. Name the four of these in the south. Dn., Bn., Jh., Sn. 
 
 11. What province did they form ? Ai.— Point it out. 
 
 12. Namo the middle province and tho tribes it contains. ! 
 
 13. Whot were tho four northern tribes ? Ii:, Zn., Ni., Ar. 
 
 14. What province did they form ? Cc— Point it out. 
 
 15. Namo a province partly in Asher, but extending farther north. Pa. 
 
 16. What tribe settled on both sides of tho Jordan ? Mh. 
 
 17. What tribe in tho south possessed territory in tho north ? Dn. 
 IS. What people dwelt in tho south-west of Palestine ? Ps. 
 
 19. Point out their chief cities. Ga , Gh., An., Ad., 
 
 20. What people dwelt in tho south of Reuben ? Ms. 
 
 21. What was tho boundary between them and Reuben ? fl. An. 
 
 22. Namo the people who dwelt east of Reuben and Gad. As. 
 
 SECOND EXERCISE. 
 
 1, Name tho lake through which the River Jordan Hows. 
 
 2, In what direction does it flow, — Point it out. 
 
 3, What tribes stretched from tho Mediterranean to the Jordan ? Em., Mh. 
 
 4, Nomo the tribes that bordered on tho Waters of Merom. Mh., Ni, Dn. 
 
 5, Give another namo for tho Sea of Galileo ? Ts. 
 
 6, What tribes bordered on tho Dead Sea ? Jh., Dn., Dn. 
 
 7, Give another name for tho Dead Sea, 
 
 8, What were tho names of those tribes that bordered on the Mediterranean ? 
 
 Dn., Em., Mh., Ar. 
 
 9, What tribes had the Jordan and tho lokes on tho east f 
 
 10. Noma tho tribe that was situated farthest north, Ar. 
 
 11. What was the range of mountains in Reuben ? Am. 
 
 12. Point out Mount Nobo in Reuben. 
 
 13. Name and point out tho other remarknMe summit in Reuben. Ph. 
 
 14. What remarkable person died on Mount Nebo ? Ms. 
 
 15. Name, and point out tho mountain in the centre of Gad. Gd. 
 10. Name a double range on tho north of tho Tribes. Ln., A. Ln. 
 
 17, What mountain proje^ ts into tho Mediterranean ? CI. 
 
 18, What beautiful bay duos it form on tho north ? Ai\ 
 
 19, Namo thrco remarkable mountains in llio south of Galileo. Ct., Tr., Ga. 
 
 20, Between what two mountains did the city of Shechem lie ? Gm., El. 
 
 21, In what province were the Mountains of Ephraim ? Sa. 
 
 22, Point out, and namo the country in which the Motmt of Olives is 
 
 situated, Bn. 
 
 THIRD EXERCISE, 
 
 1, In what range is Hebron situated ? Jh. 
 
 i In what tribes were the cities of reAigo : Golan ?— Ramoth Gilead ? 
 — Bozer? 
 
 3, In what tribes were tho other three : Kedesh ?— Shechem ?— Hebron i 
 
 4, Name four seaports on the west-coast, Sn., Te., Ca., Ja. 
 
 5, Name the towns on the Sea of Galilee, Cm., Ts. 
 
 fl. In what tribe, and near what city was Jerusalem situated ? Bn., Bm. 
 
 7. Name the groat plain in tho south of Galilee, Jl. — Point it out, 
 
 8. Give its other names. 
 
 9. What was the plain on the coast of Samaria called ? Sn. 
 
 10. Point o\il the Plain of Acre, and namo the tribe in which it is. Ar. 
 
 1 1 . Point out the Plains of Moab, on tho north-east of the Dead Sea, and namo 
 
 the tribes in which they were. 
 
 12. Point out the Valley of Bsohol, and name the tribe in which it was 
 
 silualed., Jh., near Hebron. 
 
 13. Point out tho Valley of Salt, and name the sea it was south of. 
 
 14. In wliat tribe was the River Jabbok ?— Point it out. 
 
 15. Namo the rivers and brooks that flow into the Mediterranean. Li., Kn., 
 
 Kh., Br. 
 
 16. What brook flows from Jerusalem into the Dead Sea ? An. 
 
 17. Namo the river which flows between the two Lebanons. Ls. 
 iS. V.-hat rivers bow cast ITom tha Aull-t«jjauuii 7 Pr., Aa. 
 
 19, Name tho city built on one of them. Dj.— Which one ? 
 
 FOURTH EXERCISE, 
 
 I. Name tho towns opposite the Plains of Moab, Jo., Gl. 
 1. Point out tho Wilderness of Judea, and name the place in which it is 
 located, 
 
 3, In what tribes wore Ai,— Aduliam, — Aroer,— Bethel,— Bethlehem ? 
 
 4, Namo the tribes in which Beersheba, Cana, and Caesarea wore located ? 
 
 5, Name and jjoint out the tribes in which the following places were located : 
 
 Caesarea, — Philippi. — Dan, or Laish,— Dalmanutha (72), — Dothan, — 
 Endor, — Emmaus, — Eglon, — Gadara,— Gibcah.— Gibeon, 
 
 C. — Hazor, — Ileshbon, — Jericho, — Jabosh Gilead, 
 
 7,— Kadesh-barnea,— Kirjath-jeorim, — Libnah Lydda, 
 
 S,— Mahanaim,— iilizpeh, — Magdala, — Nain. — Nob, 
 
 9,— Nazareth,— Ramaii,—RamatliGilflad,—Succolh, 
 
 10. — Shunom, — Samarirt, — Tekoa. — Thebez, — Timmolh. — Ziph. — Zorali. 
 
 — Ziglag. 
 
 11. Name Iho cily at the soulh end of the Dead Sea. Sm. 
 
 12. Between what cities was Zarephath, or Sarepta locotod ? 
 
 13. Name the nearest seaport town to Jerusalem. 
 
 14. What modern town is located in tho extreme north of this map ? 
 
 15. Refer to the miip of Europe, and tell what countries lie between Dublin 
 
 and Jerusalem. 
 10, 111 what direction is Jerusalem from Paris ? 
 
 17. About how many miles are there between Tyro and Sidon ? 
 
 18, Namo and point out tho cily near which our Lord conversed with the 
 
 Samaritan woman, Shi. 
 
 FIFTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Point out the Cily of Samaria, and state how many feet it is above llio 
 
 surrounding country. IMOfeet. 
 
 2. How many miles are there between Jerusalem and Samaria ? 36 miles. 
 
 3. In what direction is Ca^'sorea from Jerusalem, and what is tho distance 
 
 between tli?so places ? N.-\V., 70 miles, 
 i. In what city did Cornelius the Centurion live ? Ca. 
 
 5. Name tho city on the coast, from which tho Prophet Jonas took shipping 
 
 for Tliarsis. Ja. 
 
 6. Name the cily soulh of Joppa, where St. Potor cured Eneas of the Palsy. La. 
 
 7. Point our the place, about three miles from tho Mediterranean Sea, oh the 
 
 road from Joppu to Gaza, where St, Philip, the Apostle, proochod, after 
 liajitizing tho eunuch of Queen Candacc, ,lj,, or Ad. 
 
 8. Point out Gaza, tho scene of many of Sampson's wonderful exploits, ond 
 
 tell by whom it was then owned, Ps. 
 
 9. Point out the scene of our Lord's Passion and Death. Jm. 
 
 10. Point out tho iilace, situated on the Mount of Olives, from which our Lonl 
 
 made his triumphal entry into Jerusalem, on Palm Sunday. Delhpage. 
 
 11. Namo tho town wherein dwelt Lazarus and his sisters, Martha and 
 
 Mary. By. 
 
 12. Point out Bethabaru, which is the supposed silo of Uie Baptism of our 
 
 Lord. — How many miles distant is it from Jerusalem ? fi miles. 
 
 13. What remarkable event occured there ? 
 
 14. Point out tho burial-place of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Iln. — IIow 
 
 many miles is it from Jerusalem ? 22 miYcj. 
 
 SIXTH EXERCISE. 
 
 1, Point out tho chief town of the country of the Gerasens, near the Sea of 
 
 Galilee, and slate what remarkable event occured there. Ga. 
 
 2, Point out tho city wherein tho Christians of Jerusalem took reftige iluring 
 
 tho siege of Titus. Delia 
 
 3, Name the place wherein St. Peter was appointed head of the Church by 
 
 our Divine Redeemer. C. Pi. 
 
 4, What is the size of the Sea of Galilee ? 14 mites long, and 8 miles broad. 
 
 5, What is the distance between the Sea of Galileo and tho Dead Sea ? 
 
 About 70 mites. 
 
 6, What is the length of tho River Jordan, and in what mountain does it 
 
 take its rise ? 
 
 7, What height is Mount Hennon ? 10,000 feet. 
 
 8, Point out Mount Thabor (Tabor), state how many miles it is from Mount 
 
 Carmel, and for what is it principally remarkable, 23 miles, Th. 
 
 9, Point out Mount Hor, nearly half way between the Red Sea and the Dead 
 
 Sea, and state what remarkable person died there. An. 
 
 10. What is tho height of Mount Sinai ? 8,.500/'ee(.— Point it out. 
 
 1 1 . For what is this mountain particularly remarkable ? 
 
 12. Name the four heights upon which Jerusalem was built. 2n., Mh., Aa., Ba. 
 
 13. Upon which of these did Abrahau'. ciTer Isaac, and what remarkable struc- 
 
 ture was built thereon ? Mh., Temple of Solomon. 
 
 14. Upon wliiii iiili is Uio Ciiurch ofilie liuiy Svpuiuiiro niiuuled ? Aa., 
 15,— Draw an outline of Palestine ? 
 
DIVISIONS AND POPULATIONS. 
 
 TABLE I.— POPULATION OP THB OOUNTIH8 OP THE PBOVINOB OF ONTARIO. 
 
 / 
 
 Counlios anil Principal 
 Towns, 
 
 Adilinglon. SaiMme 
 
 Bolliwell. Napance 
 
 Brant. Dranlford ... 
 
 Bruce. Owm SountI 
 
 Cardwell 
 
 CarloloM. Ollawa 
 
 Dimilas. Cornwdll .. 
 
 Durlittin. Port I/ope... 
 
 Elgin. SI. Thomas.. 
 
 Essex. Samlwiclt... 
 
 Frontpnac. Kingston 
 
 Glongary, Cornwall ... 
 
 Gronviili., Preseolt 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 21312 
 20701 
 ,T225» 
 48515 
 16500 
 43Z84 
 18777 
 37380 
 33GC6 
 32G97 
 28717 
 20524 
 23116 
 
 Counlios anil Principal 
 Towns. 
 
 Circy. Owen Sound 
 
 Ilnlilimand. Camga 
 
 llnlton. Milton 
 
 Hastings. Belleville 
 
 Huron. Goderich 
 
 Kent. Chatham 
 
 Lamblon. Sarnia 
 
 Lanark. Perth 
 
 Leeds. Brockville... 
 
 Lennox. Hapanee 
 
 Lincoln. St. Catharines 
 
 Middlesex. London 
 
 Monck 
 
 Popula 
 tion. 
 
 50395 
 20091 
 22G0G 
 48364 
 66105 
 268;U) 
 31994 
 33020 
 35302 
 1639G 
 M672 
 S2595 
 15130 
 
 Counties and Principal 
 Towns. 
 
 Norfolk. Simcoe 
 
 Northumberland. Cobourg. 
 Ontario. Whilby ... 
 
 Oxford. Woodstock 
 
 Peel. Brampton. 
 
 Perth. Stratford.. 
 
 Pelerb'roaghPeterborough 
 Prescotl. I'Orignal.. 
 
 Prince Edward. Picton 
 
 Resfrew. Pembroke. 
 
 Russell. I'Orignal.. 
 
 Simcoe. Barrie 
 
 Stormont. Cornwall.. 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 30760 
 39086 
 41)890 
 48237 
 16369 
 465,16 
 30473 
 17647 
 20336 
 20977 
 18344 
 57389 
 11873 
 
 Counties and Principal 
 Towns, 
 
 Victoria, Lindsay 
 
 Waterloo. Berlin ... 
 
 Welland, Wetland 
 
 Wellington. Guelph .. 
 
 Wontworth. Hamilton 
 
 York. Toronto.. 
 
 Districts. 
 
 Algoma 
 
 Manitoulin 
 
 Muskoka 
 
 Nipissing 
 
 Parry Pound 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 30200 
 40251 
 20572 
 63289 
 67599 
 115974 
 
 5007 
 2011 
 5400 
 1791 
 1519 
 
 TABLE II.— OITIBS, TOWNS, AND VILLAGES OP THE PROVINCE OP ONTARIO. 
 
 Names. |I| 
 
 Acton West 
 
 Ailsa Craig 
 
 Albion 
 
 Alexandria 
 
 Alma 
 
 AInionta 
 
 Alton 
 
 .imherstburg .. 
 
 Ancastiir 
 
 Angus 
 
 Appclton 
 
 Arkonn 
 
 Arnprior 
 
 Arthur 
 
 Ashburnham .. 
 
 Athorloy 
 
 Aultsvillo 
 
 Anrona 
 
 Aylmer West , 
 Ayr 
 
 Baltimore 
 
 Barrie, C 
 
 Bath 
 
 Battersea 
 
 Bayham 
 
 Boamsville 
 
 Beaverton 
 
 Belleville, C ... 
 
 Belle Ewart 
 
 Berlin 
 
 Blairton 
 
 Bluevalo 
 
 BIyth 
 
 Bobcaygeon 
 
 Bolton 
 
 Bond Head 
 
 Boston 
 
 Bothwell, C ... 
 
 Bowmanville 
 
 Bracebridge 
 
 Brandford 
 
 Brampton, G .. 
 Brantford, G .. 
 
 Bridgeport 
 
 Brideowater 
 
 Bright 
 
 Brighton 
 
 Brook\rtlle, U . 
 
 BroDte 
 
 Brooklyn 
 
 Brougham 
 
 Bruce Mines 
 
 Brussels 
 
 Burford 
 
 Burrits 
 
 Byng Inlet 
 
 Cainsville 
 
 Caledon 
 
 Caledonia 
 
 Campden Bast,, 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 700 
 750 
 
 1000 
 800 
 350 
 
 2080 
 400 
 
 1936 
 600 
 400 
 300 
 500 
 
 1714 
 900 
 
 1197 
 400 
 300 
 
 1132 
 
 1400 
 
 1300 
 
 500 
 
 3398 
 
 600 
 
 350 
 
 350 
 
 1000 
 
 700 
 
 7305 
 
 600 
 
 2743 
 
 350 
 
 300 
 
 700 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 500 
 
 500 
 
 995 
 
 3000 
 
 700 
 
 1130 
 
 2900 
 
 8107 
 
 700 
 
 450 
 
 500 
 
 1357 
 
 5102 
 
 550 
 
 650 
 
 300 
 
 1298 
 
 1000 
 
 60O 
 
 400 
 
 307 
 
 300 
 300 
 1246 
 500 
 
 Names. 
 
 Campbellfbrd 
 
 Canfteld 
 
 Cannirion 
 
 Cannington 
 
 Carleton Place .. 
 
 Carronbrook 
 
 Gastleton 
 
 Cayuira, C 
 
 Centreville 
 
 Charleston 
 
 Charlesville 
 
 Ohatham, G ., 
 
 Chastsworth 
 
 Ghippawa 
 
 Claremont 
 
 Clarksburg 
 
 ClilTord 
 
 Chfton 
 
 Clifton 
 
 Oobourgr, G.... 
 
 Colborne 
 
 Colebrook 
 
 Oollingwood 
 
 Columous 
 
 Conestogo 
 
 Connaught 
 
 Consecon 
 
 Cookstown 
 
 Cooksville 
 
 Copenhagen 
 
 Oomwall, C 
 
 Craig Sholm 
 
 Creemore 
 
 Delaware 
 
 Delhi 
 
 Delta 
 
 Demorestville 
 
 Dickinson's Landing . 
 
 Dingle, or Dutton 
 
 Drayton 
 
 Dresden 
 
 Drumbo 
 
 Drummondville 
 
 Dundaa, G 
 
 Dunville 
 
 Durham 
 
 Bganville 
 
 Egmondville . 
 
 Elmira 
 
 Elora 
 
 Bmbro 
 
 Erin 
 
 Exeter 
 
 Parran's Point 
 Pension Falls .. 
 
 Fergus 
 
 Fingal 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 1000 
 
 400 
 
 600 
 
 800 
 
 1205 
 
 1000 
 
 400 
 
 803 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 5873 
 
 450 
 
 922 
 
 500 
 
 300 
 
 650 
 
 1610 
 
 2016 
 
 4442 
 
 823 
 
 300 
 
 2829 
 
 400 
 
 450 
 
 500 
 
 500 
 
 600 
 
 400 
 
 300 
 
 2033 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 400 
 300 
 300 
 300 
 300 
 1000 
 500 
 1000 
 600 
 1000 
 3135 
 1452 
 1200 
 
 400 
 500 
 800 
 
 1498 
 484 
 600 
 
 1000 
 
 300 
 750 
 1666 
 500 
 
 Names. 
 
 Fitzroy Harbor 
 
 Flcsherton 
 
 Florence 
 
 FonthiU 
 
 Forest 
 
 Fort Erie 
 
 Frankford ., 
 
 O 
 
 Oalt, C 
 
 Gananoque 
 
 Garden Island 
 
 Garden River 
 
 Georgetown 
 
 Glenallan 
 
 Glencoe 
 
 Glen William 
 
 Ooderioh, C 
 
 Gorrie or Howich.. 
 
 Grafton 
 
 Granton - 
 
 firavenhurst 
 
 Greenwood 
 
 Grimsby 
 
 Ouelpb, C 
 
 Hamilton, C 
 
 Hampton 
 
 Hanover 
 
 Harriston 
 
 Harrowsmith 
 
 Ilarwood 
 
 Hastings 
 
 Hawkesbury 
 
 Hawkesville 
 
 Haysville 
 
 Hespeler 
 
 Hillsburg 
 
 Holland Landing . 
 
 Ilollin 
 
 Humberstone 
 
 IngersoU ... 
 
 lona 
 
 Irish Creek,, 
 Iroquois 
 
 Jarvis , 
 
 Keen 
 
 Kemptville 
 
 Kincardine 
 
 King 
 
 Kinerston, G 
 
 Kingsville 
 
 Klinoburg 
 
 Komora 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 300 
 350 
 350 
 500 
 500 
 835 
 900 
 
 3827 
 
 2020 
 762 
 400 
 
 1282 
 400 
 700 
 300 
 
 3454 
 400 
 GOO 
 350 
 400 
 500 
 800 
 
 0878 
 
 26710 
 400 
 700 
 1000 
 300 
 400 
 900 
 1671 
 500 
 300 
 797 
 400 
 700 
 400 
 400 
 
 4022 
 500 
 750 
 781 
 
 400 
 
 400 
 87? 
 1907 
 300 
 12704 
 800 
 400 
 500 
 
 Names, 
 
 LakeSeld 
 
 Lefroy 
 
 Lindsay, C . 
 
 Lestowell 
 
 Little Britain . 
 
 Moydtown 
 
 London, C.. 
 L Orignal, C ... 
 Loughboro ..., 
 
 Lucan 
 
 Lucknow 
 
 Lyn , 
 
 Lynden 
 
 M 
 
 McGillivray 
 
 Madoc 
 
 Mallorytown 
 
 Malone 
 
 Manchester 
 
 Manilla 
 
 Markham 
 
 Martinlown 
 
 Meadford 
 
 Merrickvillo 
 
 Merrllon 
 
 Milford 
 
 Millbonk 
 
 Mill Brook 
 
 Mill Point 
 
 Milton West, G , 
 
 Mitchell 
 
 Mohawk 
 
 Mono Mills 
 
 Morelleld 
 
 Moretown 
 
 Morpeth 
 
 Morrisburg 
 
 Morrison 
 
 Mount Brydges 
 
 Mount Forest 
 
 N 
 
 Napanfie, C... 
 
 Neustadt 
 
 Newboro 
 
 Newburg 
 
 Newburg 
 
 Newcastle 
 
 New Dundee .... 
 New Eilinhurg... 
 New Il.imhurg , 
 
 Ifewmarket 
 
 Niagara 
 
 Normantown ... 
 North August .. 
 North Oouro ,.„ 
 
 Oakville , 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 300 
 300 
 
 4049 
 976 
 330 
 400 
 15826 
 800 
 450 
 
 1000 
 800 
 750 
 400 
 
 300 
 
 800 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 500 
 
 1000 
 
 400 
 
 1200 
 
 923 
 
 1000 
 
 400 
 
 300 
 
 1200 
 
 5uO 
 
 891 
 
 1802 
 
 400 
 
 500 
 
 400 
 
 400 
 
 600 
 
 1156 
 
 400 
 
 550 
 
 1370 
 
 29*7 
 
 650 
 
 500 
 
 828 
 
 1000 
 
 1109 
 
 300 
 
 596 
 
 1003 
 
 1760 
 
 1600 
 
 750 
 
 400 
 
 500 
 
 16 1684 
 
 f 
 
 {a) Those flguros relate to the numbers added to the Counties contained in Table I. 
 
 j!) Ths nsRiKi: in it.t!in: indicate the viUases, those in hsavy chdricler;. the town: ind cities. 
 

 4t 
 
 1003 
 
 
 45 
 
 1760 
 
 
 ?9 
 
 1600 
 
 
 2!) 
 
 750 
 
 
 13 
 
 400 
 
 
 33 
 
 500 
 
 
 16 
 
 1684 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 DIVISIONS A.D POPULATIONS. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Oiiessa 
 
 Oil Springs 
 
 Omemeo 
 
 Onoti'loga 
 
 Oriliiii 
 
 Orono 
 
 Osgoodo 
 
 Oslmwa 
 
 OTTAWA, C 
 
 (Jllcrvilh! 
 
 Owen Sound, C... 
 
 Paisley 
 
 Pukeiiham 
 
 I'aris 
 
 Park Hill 
 
 Pallorson 
 
 Pembioke, C 
 
 Penclanguiajiono 
 
 Perth, C 
 
 Peterborough, C. 
 
 Pi'trolia 
 
 Pickering .. 
 
 Ploton, C 
 
 Pliillsviilo 
 
 Point Abino 
 
 Point Kdwaril 
 
 Port Burwoll 
 
 Port Colborno 
 
 Port Credit 
 
 Port Dalliousio , 
 
 Port Dover 
 
 I'orl Hope 
 
 Port Perry 
 
 Port Ilobinson 
 
 Port Itowan 
 
 Port Hyerso 
 
 Portsmonlh 
 
 Port llanlev 
 
 Pojinla- 
 tjon. 
 
 750 
 
 600 
 
 400 
 IH.T2 
 1000 
 
 350 
 
 3IS5 
 
 21.515 
 
 750 
 3G3I) 
 1 000 
 
 COO 
 ?fi10 
 1500 
 
 500 
 1.508 
 10(10 
 2375 
 4011 
 2651 
 
 500 
 2;I0I 
 
 900 
 
 fiOO 
 1000 
 1300 
 1500 • 
 
 375 
 1000 
 1100 
 51!t 
 1500 
 
 GOO 
 
 900 
 
 300 
 1702 
 
 900 
 
 Namks. 
 
 Presoott, (< 
 
 Preston 
 
 Princeton 
 
 Q 
 
 Qncenslon 
 
 Qneensyllo 
 
 R 
 
 noma 
 
 Ilonlrew 
 
 IticliDiond Hill 
 
 Ilichmonil West 
 
 Hiilgetown 
 
 Kivii.'ro Ilaisin 
 
 hookwood , 
 
 Konileau 
 
 S 
 
 St, Catharines, C 
 
 SI. Mani's 
 
 St, Thomas West, C, 
 
 i^alem 
 
 Sandwioh, C 
 
 Sarnla, C 
 
 S.iugcen 
 
 Sault Ste. Marie, C„. 
 
 Seaforth 
 
 Sebringville 
 
 Selkirk 
 
 Seneca 
 
 Shakespeare 
 
 Sbannonvillo 
 
 Simootn 
 
 S)iiilli Fdlls 
 
 Popnla- 
 tion. 
 
 13 2GI7 
 il 1108 
 30 600 
 
 350 
 300 
 
 500 
 865 
 781 
 187 
 500 
 350 
 60,1 
 8)0 
 
 7801 
 
 3120 
 
 700 
 
 800 
 
 IICO 
 
 2029 
 
 2579 
 
 400 
 
 1800 
 
 500 
 
 300 
 
 2000 
 
 400 
 
 700 
 
 1850 
 
 1500 
 
 Namks. 
 
 Smilhvillo 
 
 Spuria 
 
 Slayner 
 
 Stirling 
 
 StouflVille 
 
 SlralTordvillo 
 
 Stratford, C .. 
 
 Slralhroii 
 
 btreelsville 
 
 Tamwortli .... 
 
 Tarn 
 
 Tavistock 
 
 Teeswater 
 
 Tliamcsford .. , 
 Thaniesvillo .. 
 
 Thornhill 
 
 T/iorolcl 
 
 Tilsonbury 
 
 Toledo 
 
 Toronto, C . 
 
 Trenton 
 
 Tweed 
 
 Tvrono 
 
 32 
 
 30 
 
 u 
 
 Union 
 
 Uxbridgo . 
 
 Vonkloefllill., 
 
 Vienna 
 
 Vittoria 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 3.50 
 400 
 1000 
 1300 
 800 
 100 
 4313 
 3232 
 017 
 
 500 
 
 450 
 
 500 
 
 150 
 
 500 
 
 500 
 
 fiOO 
 
 1 035 
 
 1700 
 
 300 
 
 50092 
 
 2000 
 
 000 
 
 300 
 
 350 
 1500 
 
 700 
 503 
 COO 
 
 Na«ks 
 
 W 
 
 Walkerton, C... 
 
 Wallaut'biirg 
 
 Wallacelown 
 
 Wardsville 
 
 Warkworth 
 
 Warwick 
 
 Waterdoron 
 
 Waterford 
 
 Waterloo 
 
 Welland, C 
 
 Wolland Port 
 
 Wcllosley 
 
 Wellington 
 
 Wellington Square.. 
 West Flaniborough . 
 
 West Porl 
 
 Whitbay, C 
 
 Widder Station 
 
 Wilmur 
 
 Winchester 
 
 Windsor 
 
 Winghara 
 
 Woodbridgo 
 
 ■Woodstock, i;. .., 
 
 Woodville 
 
 Wroxeter 
 
 Wyoming 
 
 a ! Popula- 
 liun. 
 
 York 
 
 York Mills., 
 Yorkville.,. 
 
 Zephir , 
 
 15 
 
 29 
 
 1200 
 000 
 100 
 539 
 800 
 300 
 
 1000 
 900 
 
 1501 
 
 1100 
 3110 
 500 
 517 
 7I!0 
 300 
 400 
 
 2732 
 500 
 300 
 100 
 
 1253 
 700 
 
 1000 
 
 5000 
 100 
 700 
 700 
 
 100 
 
 350 
 
 2203 
 
 300 
 
 TABLE III.-OOUNTIE3 OP NEW BRUNSWICK, NOVA SCOTIA, AND PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, 
 
 s 
 
 Counties 
 
 and Principal 
 
 Popula- 
 
 tfj 
 
 Counties nnd Principal 
 
 Poi)ula- 
 
 ■J- 
 
 Counties and Principal 
 
 Popula- 
 
 </. 
 
 Counties ami Princi]ial 
 
 
 S! 
 
 Towns. 
 
 tion. 
 
 10 
 
 Towns. 
 
 tiou. 
 
 18 
 
 Towns. 
 
 tion. 
 
 29 
 
 Towns. 
 
 tion. 
 
 
 New Bnu.xswicK, 
 
 . 
 
 Reatigouche. Dalhousi' 
 
 5575 
 
 Annapolis. Kenlville 
 
 18121 
 
 GiiysborougliG»i/storoi(j;/i 
 
 10555 
 
 
 St, John. 
 
 ^I.John 
 
 52120 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 Gloucester, llatliunl 
 
 Norlliumborland Newcaslle 
 
 18810 
 20210 
 
 10 
 20 
 
 
 17037 
 185.50 
 
 30 
 31 
 
 Inverness. I'orl Ihud 
 
 Victoria. Uaddec/i 
 
 23515 
 1131(i 
 
 1 
 
 Yarmouth. Yarmoulh 
 
 2 
 
 Charlotte. 
 King's 
 
 Si. Aiulrews.. 
 Ilmnflon 
 
 25882 
 24503 
 
 13 
 11 
 
 Kent. Ilichibuelo ... 
 Wo6tmoreland, /loct/ies/fr. 
 
 19101 
 29335 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 Shelburne. Shelburne 
 
 Qui^en's. Liierpnol 
 
 12117 
 10554 
 
 32 
 33 
 
 
 201. "il 
 
 3 
 
 Itichmond. Ariilial 
 
 1 1208 
 
 4 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Oagclown 
 
 13847 
 
 15 
 
 Albert. Hopewell 
 
 10072 
 
 23 
 
 Lunenburg. Lunenburg ... 
 
 23831 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 Simbury 
 
 Oromocio 
 
 0821 
 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 Halifax. Halifax 
 
 00003 
 
 
 PltlNCE KowAnn I^LA^■D. 
 
 
 ti 
 
 York 
 
 hWclmclon ... 
 
 27110 
 
 
 Nova Scotia. 
 
 
 25 
 
 Cumberland. AmIiersI 
 
 23518 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 Ciirli.'ton 
 
 Woodslock. ... 
 
 19938 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 Colchester. Truro 
 
 23331 
 
 34 
 
 
 27200 
 
 8 
 
 Victoria 
 
 Grand Fulls.. 
 
 4107 
 
 10 
 
 Hants. llYH(/sor 
 
 21301 
 
 27 
 
 Pictou. Pielou 
 
 32111 
 
 35 
 
 Queen's. CItarlolhiown. 
 
 50000 
 
 9 Madawask,! Edmuwll^vi ... 
 
 7234 
 
 \i 
 
 Kings KenU'ille 
 
 21510 
 
 28 
 
 Antigonish. .•tnlifionish ... 
 
 1U512 
 
 30 
 
 Prince's. .Summerside. 
 
 1GH21 
 
 TABLE IV,-CITIBS, TOWNS, AND PRINCIPAL VILLAGES OP NEW BRUNSWICK, NOVA SOOTIA, AND 
 
 PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. 
 
 Namks. 
 
 Acadia Mines 
 
 Advocoto Harbor,, 
 
 Albott Mines 
 
 Albcrton 
 
 Amherst, G 
 
 Andover 
 
 Annapolis, G- 
 
 Antigonish, C 
 
 Acadia 
 
 Arichat, C 
 
 Aroostook 
 
 Baddeck, 0... 
 
 Ualo Vorto 
 
 Darnaby River. 
 
 Barrington 
 
 BnlhursI, C,...., 
 
 ijror itivcr 
 
 Bear Biver Corner,, 
 D'd'(i«o 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 500 
 600 
 200 
 700 
 
 2000 
 400 
 800 
 
 1000 
 500 
 
 1058 
 400 
 
 400 
 200 
 500 
 800 
 600 
 Ui:u 
 400 
 300 
 
 Names. 
 
 Bollivoaux 
 
 Henlon 
 
 Berwick 
 
 Blissvillo 
 
 Boiestown 
 
 Boisdalo 
 
 Brldewater 
 
 Briggs Corners 
 
 Brooklyn 
 
 Buctoucho 
 
 O 
 
 Camjibellton , 
 
 Canning 
 
 Canso 
 
 Cape John 
 
 Cape Negro 
 
 Caraquette 
 
 Carleton 
 
 Carleton 
 
 Clmiiiuttii 
 
 Charlottetown, G 
 Chogoggin 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 200 
 200 
 500 
 300 
 250 
 500 
 1000 
 500 
 300 
 600 
 
 600 
 600 
 1136. 
 300 
 350 
 1000 
 1044 
 
 400 
 
 7000 
 
 300 
 
 Names. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Chigonaise 
 
 Clarke's Harbor. 
 Clements Port... 
 
 Clyde River 
 
 Cocagne 
 
 Coquerall 
 
 County Harbor. . 
 Cow Bay 
 
 D 
 
 Dalhousie, C 
 
 Dannouth Gh 
 
 Digby, G 
 
 Dorchester, G 
 
 Oouglastown..,, 
 
 E 
 
 Edmundton 
 
 E]Iers!mu»itor .,. 
 Englishtown „.. 
 
 Popula- 
 tion, 
 
 900 
 4. 50 
 400 
 300 
 300 
 000 
 300 
 . 300 
 1980 
 
 600 
 4356 
 1951 
 800 
 400 
 
 400 
 300 
 524 
 
 Names. 
 
 P 
 
 Fairvillo 
 
 Falmouth 
 
 Fisher's Grant 
 
 Five Islands 
 
 Folly Village 
 
 PRBDBRICTON, C 
 
 a 
 
 Gagetown, C 
 
 Georgetown, C 
 
 Goldenville , 
 
 Grand Falls, V 
 
 Grand Pr^ 
 
 Grandville Ferry ,... 
 
 Great Village 
 
 Guegen 
 
 Guysborough, G 
 
 H 
 
 HALIFAX, G 
 
 21 
 
 Popula- 
 
 1.500 
 400 
 300 
 600 
 400 
 
 6006 
 
 1282 
 1100 
 900 
 700 
 600 
 300 
 600 
 320 
 1887 
 
 29582 
 
DIVISIONS AND POPULATIONS. 
 
 Nahes. 
 
 Ilantsport 
 
 Havilock 
 
 Hood of Si, Mary. 
 
 Hebron 
 
 Ilillsliorougli 
 
 Hopewell 
 
 JIamplon 
 
 India iitown.., 
 Isaac Ilai-boi' 
 
 ■2il 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 Jacksonville,, 
 
 Konipton 
 
 Konnelcooit 
 
 Kmtville 
 
 Kingston 
 
 Kingston 
 
 Kouchiboiigunc. 
 
 Lawi'cncctown.... 
 Ivawrencctown.... 
 
 Ledge 
 
 Littlo (ilaco 13ay.. 
 
 LivcrimnI 
 
 Locke Port 
 
 Londonderry 
 
 Long Island 
 
 Louisbourg 
 
 Luneiibowg 
 
 M 
 
 Mabou 
 
 McAdam Junction.... 
 
 700 
 500 
 350 
 500 
 
 noo 
 
 .WO 
 200 
 
 2."iOO 
 ■100 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 3.50 
 1779 
 500 
 600 
 000 
 
 50i 
 fi()0 
 300 
 400 
 3000 
 400 
 000 
 700 
 
 .iO 
 ■-'0 
 
 1500 
 
 COO 
 400 
 
 Namks. 
 
 Madisco 
 
 MahonoBay 
 
 Mailland „ 
 
 Mancboster _ 
 
 Margaretsville 
 
 Marshall's Town 
 
 Marysville 
 
 Malatal's Lake 120 
 
 Maugerville | 5 
 
 Memramcook 
 
 Merigomisli 
 
 Middleboro' 
 
 Mill's Village 
 
 Millon 
 
 Millown 
 
 Monclon u 
 
 Montagno 34 
 
 Montagne Gold Mines 24 
 
 Murray River 34 
 
 Musquodoboit Harbor 24 
 
 Popula- 
 tion. 
 
 N 
 
 tfewcaslle 
 
 Newdyquoddy 
 
 New Rermany 
 
 !few Glasgow 
 
 Newport 
 
 Newport Landing.. 
 
 Nine Mile Crook 
 
 iNt-!li Sydney 
 
 Oroiiwclo.. 
 
 Porrcboroug'i 
 
 Passaga 31 
 
 Petitcodiao , 14 
 
 Petite doGrai 33 
 
 Pirloii 
 
 v'i] 
 
 ..j2' 
 
 300 
 
 800 
 
 COO 
 
 500 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 
 400 
 
 300 
 
 200 
 
 400 
 
 485 
 
 400 
 
 1100 
 
 2000 
 
 4810 
 
 350 
 
 401 
 
 300 
 
 1151 
 
 I.IOO 
 3."-0 
 500 
 
 2498 
 400 
 500 
 .100 
 
 1000 
 
 400 
 
 800 
 500 
 400 
 35') 
 ? 00 
 
 Plaister Cove, 
 Port Hawkesbury 
 
 Port Hood 
 
 Portland 
 
 Poit Modway... 
 
 Port Mulgravo 
 
 Princotown 
 
 Prospect 
 
 Pugwash „",.' 25 
 
 (Junco 
 
 DISTRICTS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. 
 
 Nos. 
 
 DisimuTS, 
 
 Quebec ........ 
 
 Montreal 
 
 Three Rivers 
 St. Francois . 
 Kamouraska , 
 
 Gas])e 
 
 Itimouski 
 
 .Monlmagny . 
 
 Boauce 
 
 \rthabaska.. 
 
 Chief To 
 
 (Quebec , . , 
 
 Montreal 
 
 Three Uivvrn 
 
 Slierbrooke 
 
 Kanioaruska .... 
 Perc^ and Nov.- 
 
 St. Germain 
 
 Mjntmagny 
 
 St. JosepI 
 
 S(. ChristO,il|,) .. 
 
 ^arlislo 
 
 No?. 0" THE Cof:vTii:s. (a) 
 
 45, 50, 
 
 0, 1'2, 
 
 24, 25, 
 
 38, 
 
 54. 
 
 '^<, 52. 
 
 iJ, 14, 1.5, 10, 17. 
 
 20. 
 
 40, 41. 
 
 Nos 
 
 TABLE -V.-001CJNTIEI8 OP THE PBOVINOE OP QUI.aEO. 
 
 Counties and Chief Towns. 
 
 Pontiac. 
 
 Ottawa. 
 
 Argenteuil. 
 
 Two Mountains. 
 
 Vaudreuil. 
 
 Soulanges. 
 
 Huntingdon. 
 
 Beauharnois. 
 
 Chateauguay. 
 
 Napierville. " 
 
 St. John. 
 
 Lapiairie. 
 
 Chambly. 
 
 Verchferes. 
 
 Uocbelaga. 
 
 Laval. 
 
 Jacqucs-Cartier. 
 
 L'Assomption. 
 
 Terrebonne. 
 
 Montcalm. 
 
 Joliette. 
 
 Portage du Fori... 
 
 Aylmer 
 
 Lacliule 
 
 St. Schotaslique ., 
 
 Vaudreuil 
 
 Coleau Landing... 
 
 Huntingdon 
 
 Beauharnois 
 
 ,S/. Marline 
 
 SI. Cijprien 
 
 SI. John 
 
 Laprairie 
 
 Longueuil 
 
 Varennes 
 
 Longue-Poinle 
 
 SI. Itose 
 
 Poinle Claire 
 
 V Assomption 
 
 St. Mrome 
 
 .S(. Julienne 
 
 Jolielle , 
 
 Counties and Chief Towns. 
 
 Berthior. 
 
 Maskinonge. 
 
 St. Maurice. 
 
 Ohamplain. 
 
 Nicolel. 
 
 Vamaska. 
 
 Richelieu. 
 
 St. Hyacintlio. 
 
 Bagot. 
 
 nouviiio. 
 
 Iberville. 
 
 Missisquoi. 
 
 Brome. 
 
 Slanslcad. 
 
 ShelTord. 
 
 Sherbrooko. 
 
 Richmond. 
 
 Drummond. 
 
 Wolfe. 
 
 Compton. 
 
 Bsauce. 
 
 Berthier 
 
 Biviire-du-Loup 
 
 Yamacliiehe 
 
 SI. Genevih'e 
 
 B4cancour 
 
 SI. Francois du Lac... 
 
 Sorel 
 
 SI. Ilgacinihe 
 
 St. Rosalie 
 
 SI. Marie de Monnoir.. 
 
 Iberville 
 
 St. Damien'fle Bedford 
 
 Knowlton 
 
 Slanslead 
 
 Shefford 
 
 Slierbrooke 
 
 Pichmond 
 
 Hrummondvitte 
 
 SI. Camilte de Dudswell. 
 
 Cookshirt 
 
 SI. Joseph.... 
 
 Rod Island 33 
 
 Richibucio 
 River Bourgeois, 
 River Dennis .... 
 River Dennis Road 
 River Ilebert 
 River Jolin 
 
 Sackville, 
 St. Andrews 
 St. Eleanors 
 SI. John 
 SI. Mary 
 St. Paul's 
 St. Peter's 
 St. Stephen 
 Salisbury .. 
 Shag Harbor 
 Shediac 
 Shetburne 
 Sherbrooko 
 Shippogan 
 Shubenacadie 
 Sonr 
 Springville 
 
 Bedford 
 
 St. Hyacintho., 
 
 Ibervdio 
 
 Beauharnois 
 
 Richelieu 
 
 Joliette 
 
 Terrebonne, 
 
 Ottawa 
 
 Saguenay . 
 
 Chicoulirai 
 
 Popula 
 lion. 
 
 19804 
 11)079 
 19449 
 22052 
 232G2 
 10317 
 20048 
 18310 
 19491 
 17634 
 I.'i4l3 
 16922 
 13757 
 13138 
 19077 
 8516 
 11213 
 14'281 
 8823 
 13605 
 27253 
 
 (a, Those numbors relate to the names of the Coumie. <>nn(»inBH in 
 {!>; Mag.ittloii Islands belong to the electoral District of Gaspe, and 
 
 Megantic. 
 
 Artliabaska. 
 
 Lotbiniere. 
 
 Levis. 
 
 Dorchester. 
 
 Bollechasse. 
 
 Montmagny. 
 
 Portnouf. 
 
 Quebec. 
 
 Montmorency. 
 
 Charlevoix 
 
 L'Islol. 
 
 Kamouraska. 
 
 Temiscouata. 
 
 Chicoutimi. 
 
 Saguenay. 
 
 Rimouski. 
 
 Gaspe. 
 
 Bonavonture. 
 
 Labrador 
 
 Magdalen Islan 
 
 Inverness. 
 
 St. Chrislophe. 
 
 Lolbiniire 
 
 Ltvii 
 
 St. Henedine.. 
 
 SI. Michel 
 
 Monlmagny 
 
 Cap Sanii 
 
 Charksbourg 
 
 Chateau-Richer 
 
 Bate St. Paul 
 
 SI. Jean Port Joli 
 
 SI. Louis de Kam'raska. 
 
 lie Verle 
 
 Chicoutimi 
 
 Tadousac 
 
 Rimouski 
 
 Perci 
 
 New Carliil! 
 
 d."'*!.. 
 
 18879 
 17611 
 20600 
 24831 
 17779 
 17637 
 13555 
 22569 
 79306 
 12085 
 15611 
 13517 
 21254 
 22491 
 17493 
 1788 
 27418 
 15557 
 15923 
 3699 
 3172 
 
 the Table V, 
 Labrador to that of Saguenay. 
 
 
 :a.^uaffig:ta;'iwiBsraaB 
 

 
 Popula- 
 
 - 
 
 1 
 
 tion. 
 308 
 
 ,, 
 
 •n 
 
 2500 
 
 ,, 
 
 3H 
 
 2000 
 
 
 3'2 
 
 3000 
 
 
 32 
 
 2000 
 
 
 DIVISIONS AND POPULATIONS. 
 
 TABLB VI.-PARIBHBS, VILLAGES, AND TOWNS OP THE PROVINCE OP QUEBEC. 
 
 I'.\ni.snES, Towns, Ac. 
 
 Aljlioltsford (fc) 
 
 Aclon Valo 
 
 Adamsvillo, (l-'arnhain) 
 
 AllriKlil Island lb) 
 
 .Alliinieltes iL'lledes) (&).... 
 Ancionno Lorolto, (L'Anon 
 
 cialion de 1') 
 
 Anw St. Jean 
 
 Anticosli 
 
 ArthabatkaviUe 
 
 Ascot [b] 
 
 Aijlmer 
 
 Aylwin (6) 
 
 Po|)U- 
 
 latjon. 
 
 Baie du Folivro, (St. Anloinc 
 
 Bale St. Paul [do la 
 
 Barford ISt.IIermSn^gildo ilf 
 
 Banin t\e CImmbly 
 
 Bassin deGasne 
 
 Batisenn, (St. Frs.-Xav. do).. 
 
 Beauharnois 
 
 Beaumont, iSt. Etienno do)- 
 Beauport, (La Nativite dc).... 
 Bfeancour, i La Nativite de).. 
 
 Begon (/-) 
 
 Beloeil, (St. Matliieu de) 
 
 Bertliier, iL'Assomption de).. 
 Berthier,(Sto.Genevi6vode)., 
 
 Berthler 
 
 Belsiamites 
 
 Bienville 
 
 Bouclierville, iLaSto. FamilK 
 
 llouchcnille [de) 
 
 Bristol, (St. Kdouard dc) 
 
 Bronio 
 
 Brompton, (St.Pi-axModo)... 
 Buckingham, (SI, Gregoirc 
 
 lltickingham [do) 
 
 Biirkland West {b) 
 
 Bury (/)) 
 
 Cacounu, (St. Georges do) 
 
 Cacouna 
 
 Ciilumot (St. Anno du) 
 
 Cameron (A) 
 
 Cap do la Madeleine, (or Ste, 
 
 Madeleine du Cap) 25 
 
 Cop des Hosiers 00 
 
 Cap Santis, (La Sto. Famille .")0 
 
 Cap St. Ignace [dui i!) 
 
 Carleton, (St. Joseph de) ill 
 
 Chambly, (St, Joseph do) 13 
 
 Cliamlilij 13 
 
 Champlain, LuVisitation de) 2,i 
 
 Chaiiira (/)) 3 
 
 Cli.irlcshourg, (St. Charles de) o[ 
 
 Chi^lsca 5 
 
 Chenier {b) 44 
 
 Cherbourg (A) 59 
 
 Cherlsey, (St. Theodore de)... 20 
 
 Chester East (6) .14 
 
 Chester North (6) 44 
 
 Chichester lb] | 
 
 Chicoulimi 57 
 
 Chioridormos 60 
 
 Clarendon (6) ) 
 
 Cleveland (6) 38 
 
 Coaticooke 35 
 
 Cookshiro, (St. Camille do)... 41 
 
 Coleau Landing 6 
 
 Coteau St. Louis 15 
 
 Cflle do la Visitation (6) 15 
 
 Cfltodos Neiges 15 
 
 Cox (6) 01 
 
 Cronbourne, (St. Odilon de).. 47 
 
 DescImmbauU, (St. Joseph 
 Douglastown [de) 
 
 DrtttnmnntJiiillp^ 
 
 Uudswell li). 
 
 (0 
 
 1074 
 \H4'.) 
 20(10 
 K3H 
 1503 
 
 223:1 
 GI2 
 102 
 730 
 3211 
 1050 
 759 
 
 209 1 
 
 3203 
 
 495 
 
 77H 
 
 720 
 
 1036 
 
 1123 
 
 1142 
 
 ■1053 
 
 2G29 
 
 677 
 
 1719 
 
 Ull 
 
 2245 
 
 11.33 
 
 552 
 
 080 
 
 1.304 
 
 707 
 
 2102 
 
 3482 
 
 8,56 
 
 1,587 
 
 1,301 
 
 003 
 
 1215 
 
 1,335 
 041 
 
 1080 
 3S2 
 
 1226 
 
 711 
 
 1350 
 
 3278 
 
 1033 
 
 1270 
 
 000 
 
 1001 
 
 3422 
 
 2403 
 
 400 
 
 1866 
 
 551 
 
 1619 
 
 1.544 
 
 780 
 
 508 
 
 1393 
 
 263 
 
 2675 
 
 1398 
 
 1160 
 
 400 
 
 400 
 
 2215 
 
 460 
 
 842 
 
 2845 
 
 SD8 
 
 P.VBI3IIES, Tow.vs, In:. 
 
 Dundee, (Sto. Agnfts do),. 
 Dunham, (Sto. Croix de),. 
 Dunham 
 
 B 
 
 Kardly ifr) 
 
 Uaton (/)) 
 
 Eboulements, (L'Assomption 
 
 Elgin (ft) [cl( 
 
 Ely North lb) 
 
 Escoumins, (St.Marcellindes) 
 
 Esquiniau.x, (St. Pierra de lu 
 
 Pointu aux) 
 
 Earnham, (St. Ilomuald de). 
 
 Farnham 
 
 Franklin (ft) 
 
 Franktown 
 
 Praservilte 
 
 Freliysbiirg 
 
 Gaspo North (ftj 
 
 Gasii(5 South (6) 
 
 Genlilly, (St. Edouard do).. 
 
 Godmanchcster (ft) 
 
 Gore (ft) 
 
 Granby, (S. C. de Marie do) 
 
 Granbij 
 
 Grande Baie, (St. Alexis de 
 
 Grande Itivifero [la 
 
 Grande Vallee des Monts 
 
 Grantham 
 
 GrenviUo 
 
 Grinstono Island ift) 
 
 Grondines, (St. Charles dei... 
 Groupe Sud (ft) 
 
 Popu- 
 lation 
 
 2402 
 
 875 
 
 Harrington, Ac 
 
 Hartv.-ell 
 
 Ilatley (ft) 
 
 Ilavolock (ftl 
 
 Hemmingford, (St. Itomuald 
 
 Henriville (ft) [d') 
 
 Hereford, (St, Venant d') 
 
 Ilinchinbrooko 
 
 Ilochelaga, (La Nalivil(i d') 
 
 Howard 
 
 Hull, (Sto, Elisabeth de)..... 
 Iluniinijdon, {Si. Joseph d')... 
 
 Iberville 
 
 Inverness, iSt. Anaftasie d' 
 He aux C6dres,(St. Louis do 1 
 He aux Grues, (St. Antoine 
 
 del') 
 
 He Biiard, (St. Hapli,i(31 do V) 
 
 He Dupas '. 
 
 He Perrot [del') 
 
 Ho Vorte, (St. Paul do la Croix 
 Ireland 
 
 JoUette . 
 
 Jonquifere . 
 
 Kamouraska, (St. Louis de). 
 
 Kamowaska 
 
 Kensington (ft) 
 
 Kingsey Falls, (East) (ft) 
 
 Kinsey Falls, (West) 
 
 Knswlton 
 
 L'Acadie, or Blalrflndie, (Sto 
 
 M.~.rjr..-!rits.i.-', 
 
 Lachengie. (Si. Charles de)....|l8| 
 
 1582 
 
 3310 
 
 248 
 
 1120 
 2114 
 2115 
 1121 
 8."iC 
 1023 
 
 802 
 
 1380 
 1317 
 1441 
 
 1,541 
 
 255 
 
 521 
 726 
 
 2884 
 
 2055 
 717 
 
 2225 
 870 
 
 1301 
 
 1063 I 
 318 I 
 829 [ 
 
 2223 I 
 
 1052 I 
 
 1503 
 
 1131 
 
 700 
 005 
 2318 
 |.l:13 
 2398 
 1918 
 1230 
 2441 
 lOGI 
 
 Pabishes, Tow.vs, Ai:. 
 
 Lac des Deux Monlagnes, or 
 
 Oka, (Ste. Anno du) 
 
 Lac'liine, (Los Sis. Anges dei 
 
 LACHINB 
 
 La Chule 
 
 L'Ango Gardien 
 
 L'AngeGai '.en 
 
 L'Ange Gardien 
 
 Lanoraio, (St. Charles dc) 
 
 L'Anso du Cap (ft) 
 
 L'Anso au GrilTun (ft) 
 
 La Patrie 
 
 La Piiohe 
 
 La Prairie 
 
 La I'rairie 
 
 La Presentation 
 
 Larochelle 
 
 L'Assomption 
 
 L'Assomption 
 
 Laterrifere, (N. D. de) 
 
 Lavallrio (ft) 
 
 L'Avenir (ft) 
 
 La Visitulion do SVright 
 
 Leeds, (St. Jacques dO) 
 
 Leslie (ft) 
 
 L'Epiplianie 
 
 Les Ci'dres, (St. Joseph del.... 
 
 LEVIS 
 
 Lichfield (ftl , 
 
 Lingwick (ft) 
 
 L'Islet 
 
 L'Jslel 
 
 Lochaber 
 
 Longue-Pointe 
 
 Lonpueuil, (St, Antoine dei 
 
 LONOUBUIL 
 
 Lotbiniere, (St, Louis do).... 
 Low (ft) , 
 
 5000 
 703 
 
 21,39 
 
 2741 
 
 718 
 
 039 
 993 
 1005 
 935 
 3212 
 1318 
 
 3047 
 1200 
 
 1484 
 707 
 835 
 370 
 360 
 500 
 
 852 
 
 u 
 
 Magog, (St, Patrice de) 
 
 Mann (ft) ' 
 
 Marioville ift) 
 
 Masham (ft) 
 
 Maskinonge, (St. Joseph de)., 
 
 Matane (ft) 
 
 McNIder, (L'Assomption do)., 
 
 Mecatina 
 
 Melbourne (ft) , 
 
 Melbourne 
 
 Metapidiac, (Chemin). (ft) 
 
 Mille-Isles ifti 
 
 Milton, (Ste, Cecile de) 
 
 Mingiin 
 
 Moisie 
 
 Montebollo 
 
 Mont-Louis 
 
 Monlmaqmi 
 
 MONTREAL 
 
 Popu- 
 lation. 
 
 735 
 
 993 
 
 1690 
 
 000 
 
 1234 
 
 2194 
 
 1049 
 
 2030 
 
 1533 
 
 079 
 
 702 
 
 PAnisHES, Tow.vs. 4c. 
 
 N 
 
 Nataskouan 
 
 Nelsonvllle 
 
 New Carlisle 
 
 Now-Port, (St. Dominique de) 
 
 Now-nichnond (ft) '. 
 
 Nicolet, (St. Jean-Bto. do) 
 
 I'forthneld (ft) 
 
 North Stukoly, (Notre-Dame 
 
 do Bonsecours do) 
 
 Notre-Dama Auxiliatrico do 
 
 Buckland 
 
 Notre-Damo do Grilce 
 
 Notre-Damo de la Viotoire.... 
 
 Notre-Dame do Portnouf 
 
 Notre-Damo de IlicheliCTi 
 
 Notre-Damo do Hobcrval 
 
 Notro-Damodes Anges 
 
 N,-D. des Sept-Douleurs 
 
 N,-D. d'Hobertvillo 
 
 N,-D, du Lac Temiscouata.... 
 
 N-D. du Mont-(]armel 
 
 N.-D. du Mont-Carmol 
 
 N.-D. du Portage et St. Andre 
 Nutrt*-D,imt' du ?acrc-Ci:'i.r.. 
 Notre-Damo du Saull 
 
 1097 
 1259 
 1839 
 
 421 
 1599 
 
 852 
 1319 
 1312 
 1710 
 
 918 
 2754 
 
 397 
 1365 
 1883 
 GG9I 
 1243 
 
 800 
 
 484 
 1000 
 1770 
 1011 
 
 881 
 2083 
 2129 
 
 110 "1 
 
 Onslow, (Ste. Brigltte d') 
 
 Orford (ft) 
 
 Ormstown, (St. Malachio d'). 
 
 Po|iu- 
 latiun. 
 
 Q 
 
 QUEBEC , 
 
 Papineauvllle 
 
 l'as|icdiao, (Notre-Dame do).. 
 
 Pikanock (ft) 
 
 I'lessisville 
 
 Pointe aux Trembles 
 
 Pointe-Clairo, (St, Joachim de 
 
 Pointe.Claire [la 
 
 Ponto du Lac, (La Visitation 
 
 de la) 
 
 Pointe-Gatlneau, (81, Fran^ 
 
 Cois (|e Sallesde la) 
 
 Poiiaye du Fori 
 
 Port Daniel, (St. Georges do),. 1 
 
 Portland 
 
 Potton 24 
 
 Princevillo (ft) 44 
 
 R 
 
 I 
 
 1174 
 
 630 
 
 21,38 
 
 1904 
 
 2080 
 
 1408 
 
 2205 
 
 3,58 
 
 2290 
 
 270 
 
 GS3 
 
 579 
 
 1791 
 
 500 
 
 330 
 
 12.53 
 
 520 
 
 1512 
 
 107225 
 
 Rawdon, (St.I>utriceile)..[(l(. 
 llepcntigny, (La Piirincalioi 
 Ilestigouche, iSlc. Aniiode).., 
 
 Iliehmnnd 
 
 Hig.Tii.l, (Sto. Madeleine del.. 
 
 R1MOU8KI 
 
 ilipou, (SI, Casiniir de) .... 
 
 liiviere au Ilenard . 
 
 Hiviore du Loup, (St, Antoine 
 
 de la) 
 
 Ilivi&re du Loup, St. Patrice 
 
 de la) 
 
 Itivi6re-0uellr', (L'Assomj 
 
 lion de la 
 
 lioxton Falls. iSt, J.-Blt, de) 
 
 358 
 000 
 455 
 924 
 1789 
 2797 
 401 
 
 1837 
 
 1229 
 200 
 
 1 30 1 
 
 179(1 
 7G0 
 
 2467 
 594 
 
 3177 
 1791 
 1239 
 985 
 1738 
 
 S 
 
 St, Agapil 
 
 St, Aime 
 
 St, Alban 
 
 St. Albert do Warwick 
 
 St, Alexandre 
 
 St, Ale.xandre 
 
 St, Alexis 
 
 St. Alexis de Melapediac ... 
 
 SI. Alexis (I'llunterstown.. 
 
 St. Alphonse...* 
 
 St. Ai|ilionse 
 
 St. Alphoiise de Bagotvillo, 
 
 St, Ambroise do la Jeune 
 Loretto 
 
 St. Anudet 
 
 St. Andre 
 
 St. Andre 
 
 St. Andre 
 
 St. Aiiilre Avelin 
 
 St. Aiiicet 
 
 St. Anselme 
 
 St. Antoine 
 
 St. Antoine Abhe 
 
 j St. Antoine de TUly 
 
 I St. Antoine ." 
 
 St. Armand (ft) 
 
 I St. Arsene 
 
 ^il. Athanase 
 
 St. Aubert 
 
 St. Augustin 
 
 St. Augustin 
 
 St. Bamab6 
 
 St. BarthAlemi 
 
 8t. Basile 
 
 St. Benoit 
 
 St. Bernard 
 
 St. Bernard de Lacollc 
 
 St. Bonaventuro 
 
 St. Bonaventuro dc liamiilon 
 
 St. Boniface de Shawinigan 
 
 1197 
 
 840 
 
 2958 
 
 500 
 250 
 425 
 721 
 1053 
 1011 
 4G1 
 
 1407 
 
 052 
 1370 
 
 390 
 2178 
 
 511 
 
 59699 
 
 1573 
 880 
 575 
 715 
 3384 
 1180 
 1409 
 1003 
 
 2925 
 
 1174 
 
 20 1 G 
 992 
 
 057 
 31.50 
 IGI15 
 
 371 
 1203 
 3303 
 1300 
 1484 
 12.38 
 I2G0 
 
 1598 
 
 3345 
 1173 
 
 726 
 17.38 
 2222 
 1872 
 3070 
 2285 
 1063 
 1080 
 
 883 
 1185 
 2396 
 1512 
 3139 
 1382 
 1812 
 1880 
 1239 
 2509 
 2012 
 1013 
 1820 
 3307 
 1144 
 U»4 
 1189 
 
 (ft) This sign, at the end ofsom" names, indicates the places which are not mentioned in the title of the TABLB, but which havo over 300 inhab. in population 
 
MP* 
 
 DIVISIONS AND POPULATIONS. 
 
 Pabishks. Towns, \c. 
 
 St. Hniiio 
 
 SI. Cajc'l.in irArniiib'li 
 
 St. Calixto 
 
 81. Calixto ilo Somerset 
 
 St. CnmiUo 
 
 St. Cnnut 
 
 St. (lasimir 
 
 St. O'lcstin 
 
 St. Cesairo 
 
 .S7. Cesairc 
 
 St. (^Marled 
 
 St. Cliiii'les 
 
 SI. diaries Borromeo \h] 
 
 St. Ciiristo|iho 
 
 SI. Cli'nient ilo Uenuliarnois.. 
 
 St. Clet 
 
 St. Colornban, iSillery Covei.. 
 
 SI. Coiomban 
 
 St. CJiue 
 
 St. C.ilmo do Liuii'ro, (nrlven- 
 
 St. Constant [nebeci 
 
 St. Cutliberl 
 
 St. Cyprieii 
 
 St. Cjnaquo lio Kenogami... 
 
 St. Csriiie ild Lessanl 
 
 St. Cyrillu i\! Wemlovor 
 
 St. Damaso 
 
 SI. Damien do UeilforJ 
 
 SI. OaviJ 
 
 St. Denis 
 
 SI. Denis 
 
 St. Diilace 
 
 St. n.Mniiiiqno 
 
 Si. [)iiniinii|no 
 
 St. Donat 
 
 St. Dnnstan b 
 
 St. ICIouard 
 
 St. Kilouard 
 
 St. E.loiiarJ do Fi-ampon 
 
 St. Eleutiiero do Polionega- 
 St. Eli" do Caxton [mouk) 
 
 I'lijIU- 
 
 a lalion 
 
 UOO 
 IK -2 
 r2U7 
 lt«i 
 (100 
 
 i;i:> 
 22c:i 
 ir.o'J 
 
 37.17 
 
 937 
 
 1170 
 
 '2959 
 
 I '202 
 
 I '287 
 
 20GS 
 
 10.-)7 
 
 3118 
 
 C76 
 
 013 
 
 890 
 
 1898 
 
 3r22 
 
 3273 
 
 St. El.ii .". 2li 
 
 St. EIrear 12 
 
 St. Ephrem do Tring 42 
 
 St. Epln'em d'UpInn 30 
 
 St. Epipliane do Hope fil 
 
 St. Epijiliane do Vigor 
 
 St. Esprit 20 
 
 St. Elicnno 
 
 Bt. Elienno do la Mulbaie ,-,:) 
 
 St. Elienne de Lanzon ic 
 
 St. Elienno des GW's.... 
 St. Eusi-'lio do Slanluld 
 
 St. Euslaclie 
 
 St. Eiislache ... 
 
 St. Evaristo do Forsytl 
 
 St. Fabien 
 
 St. Felicien do la liiviero ft 
 St. Felix do Kingsoy..[i'Oiirs) 
 
 St. Felix do Valois 
 
 St. Felix du Cap Ilougo..., 
 St. Ferdinand do llalira:^ 
 St. Ferilinand do Wulli-'slown 
 
 St. Ferreol 
 
 SI. Fidelo 
 
 St. Flavien 
 
 St. Fortunal do Wollestown. 
 
 St. Frani'ois 
 
 St. Franeois 
 
 St. Franeois do Sales 
 
 St. Frani;ois <lu Lac 
 
 St. Franeois Hiviero du Lou] 
 
 St. Frangois-Xavicr 
 
 St. Frangois do Denonvillo.... 
 St. Frs. Xav. I'olito Hiviero. 
 
 St. Gabriel 
 
 St. Gabriel 
 
 Bt. Gabriel do Bouchetto .... 
 
 St. Gabriel de Brandon 
 
 St. Gabriel do Fleuriant 
 
 St. Gabriel do Stratford 
 
 St. Georges 
 
 St. Georges 
 
 St. Georges do Windsor 
 
 St. Germain 
 
 St. Germain do Himouski 
 
 St. Gcrvais 
 
 St. Gillcs 
 
 St. Grfgoiro 
 
 81. Gri^goiro le Grand' 
 
 St. Guillaumo d'Upton 
 
 St. ITonrido Lauzon 
 
 St. Henri (le Mascoucho 
 
 81. Honri, (Tannery West)... 
 
 St. Hilairo... ^1 
 
 St. Hilarioi. do Settringlon...iri3 
 
 1028 
 7C7 
 23i:> 
 2931 
 2103 
 980 
 2055 
 2390 
 
 "s'lii 
 "■iiii 
 
 1025 
 1197 
 1811 
 
 1'20 
 
 472 
 1134 
 21 '29 
 1093 
 1392 
 1459 
 Ili2.> 
 1537 
 1097 
 2900 
 
 700 
 2574 
 1953 
 1987 
 
 858 
 1153 
 1095 
 
 i'.id? 
 
 3190 
 800 
 
 2747 
 001 
 994 
 813 
 
 1403 
 
 I'AnisiiKs, Towns, Ac. 
 
 552 
 
 3982 
 
 804 
 
 2329 
 
 1073 
 
 1030 
 
 957 
 
 597 
 
 900 
 
 "087 
 4199 
 
 ""24 
 1250 
 2080 
 1094 
 2000 
 2843 
 2420 
 1197 
 2019 
 2342 
 2532 
 2418 
 2435 
 4000 
 1208 
 803 
 
 St. Ilippi)lyte iWolloni 
 
 St. Ilonore do Slienly 
 
 SI. Hubert 
 
 SI. Hiigues 
 
 St. Hvaeintlio 
 
 ST, HYAOINTHB 
 
 St. Ilyaeiulho le Cunl'esseur. 
 
 St. Hippolyte 
 
 SI. Ir'oneo 
 
 St. Isidore 
 
 St. Isidore 
 
 SI. Jacques do I'Acliigan 
 
 St. .lacques lo Mineur 
 
 SI. Janvier 
 
 St. Janvier do Weedon 
 
 St. Jean 
 
 SI. Jean 
 
 St. Jean-3aptisle 
 
 St. Jean-Baptisle 
 
 et. J.-Bte. des Ecureuils 
 t. Jean-ChrysoslOmo 
 
 SI. Jeaii-Chrysostijmo 
 
 St. Jean do Dieu do Begoii.. 
 
 St. Jean do Maiha 
 
 St. Jean Doscliaillons 
 
 SI. Jean do Wickham 
 
 ST. JBAN (Dorchester)... 
 
 SI. Jean I'ort-Joli 
 
 St. Jer(5mo 
 
 SI. Jerirao 
 
 .••I. JerOme do Metabotchouan 
 
 St. Jerusalem 
 
 St. Joachim 
 
 St. Joachim do Chdteauguay 
 
 St. Joseph 
 
 St. Joseph 
 
 't. Joseph do Lepage 
 
 St. Joseph de Levis 
 
 St. Judo 
 
 St. Julien do Wolfostown .... 
 
 St. Justin 
 
 St. Lambert 
 
 St. Lambert 
 
 SI. Laurent 
 
 SI. Laurent 
 
 SI. Lazaro 
 
 St. Leon 
 
 St. Leonard 
 
 St. Liboiro 
 
 St. Liguori 
 
 St. Lin 
 
 Si. Louis 
 
 St. Louis do Blanl'ord 
 
 St. Louis deCionzaguo 
 
 St. Loviis<lo Hal Hal 
 
 St. Louis do Metabelchouan.. 
 
 St. Luc 
 
 St. Luc 
 
 St. Magloire do Uoux 
 
 St. Malachio 
 
 St. Malachio do Lockaber 
 
 St. Marc 
 
 St. Marcel 
 
 St. Martin 
 
 SI. Mathias 
 
 St. Malhleu do Rioux 
 
 St. Maurico 
 
 SI. M^dard 
 
 St. Michel 
 
 St. Miehcl-Archange 
 
 St. Michel des Saints 
 
 SI. Naroisse 
 
 St. Narcisse 
 
 St. Norbert 
 
 SI. Norbert (Cap Chat) 
 
 St. Norbert d'Arthabaska 
 
 St. Nicolas 
 
 St. Octavo de M^tis 
 
 SI. OnSsime d'Isworlh 
 
 SI. Ours 
 
 ST. OtJBB 
 
 St. PaciJme 
 
 St. Pascal 
 
 St. Patrice do Beaurivago.... 
 
 St. Patrice do Sherrington .. 
 
 St. Patrice deTingwick 
 
 St. Paul 
 
 St. Paul de Chester West.... 
 
 St. Paul de Montmini.. 
 
 St. Paul da Homieux 
 
 St. Paul I'Ermite 
 
 St.Paulin 
 
 Si. Pluhppe 
 
 St. Philippe de Neri 
 
 St. Pie 
 
 St. PiedeDeCiuiro 
 
 i'opu- 
 a lalion. 
 
 31^ 
 II 
 54 
 19 
 59 
 57 
 
 3 
 52 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 59 
 40 
 29 
 
 
 23 
 13 
 10 
 1 
 
 52 
 48 
 23 
 20 
 30 
 20 
 18 
 28 
 41 
 
 8 
 50 
 5? 
 
 11 
 25 
 48 
 2 
 47 
 
 14 
 28 
 
 10 
 31 
 
 59 
 
 25 
 
 44 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 45 
 
 22 
 
 on 
 
 44 
 40 
 59 
 55 
 28 
 88 
 25 
 55 
 45 
 10 
 14 
 21 
 44 
 49 
 59 
 18 
 23 
 12 
 55 
 30 
 27 
 
 1807 
 
 955 
 
 1013 
 
 2314 
 
 2581 
 
 3710 
 
 788 
 
 007 
 
 9:i7 
 
 1814 
 
 2173 
 
 2757 
 
 1835 
 
 1300 
 
 1280 
 
 104H 
 
 1 1,30 
 
 4iO.S 
 
 1953 
 
 500 
 
 4'291 
 
 1707 
 
 077 
 
 2293 
 
 2118 
 
 513 
 
 3022 
 
 2430 
 
 2180 
 
 1858 
 
 id™ 
 
 923 
 20X0 
 1292 
 2298 
 
 450 
 2112 
 2133 
 
 i'578 
 
 327 
 
 1563 
 
 2912 
 
 993 
 
 2003 
 
 1801 
 
 747 
 
 1429 
 
 1485 
 
 2097 
 
 "5.33 
 3172 
 
 Paiiisiies, Towns, Ao. 
 
 800 
 
 734 
 
 90C 
 
 513 
 
 1100 
 
 1117 
 
 1222 
 
 2747 
 
 939 
 
 890 
 
 3004 
 
 1105 
 
 302 
 
 1980 
 
 100 
 
 1469 
 
 '1943 
 
 930 
 
 730 
 
 2356 
 
 2169 
 
 2863 
 
 1785 
 
 701 
 
 2863 
 
 797 
 
 2035 
 1177 
 1943 
 1308 
 917 
 
 ibis 
 
 1080 
 1754 
 991 
 3468 
 1242 
 
 St. Pierre 
 
 St. Pierre ile Broughton 
 
 St. Pierre de Durham North,. 
 
 St. Pierre de Malbaie 
 
 SI. Pierre los Becquets 
 
 St. Pierre Ilivibro du 8ud 
 
 St. Placide 
 
 St. Polycarpo 
 
 St. Prime 
 
 SI. Prosper 
 
 St. Ilaphaiil 
 
 St. Raymond 
 
 St. n*gis 
 
 SI, ni5mi 
 
 Sl.IU'mi 
 
 St. Robert 
 
 St. Roch de I'Achigan 
 
 St. Roch do Richelieu 
 
 St. Roch des Aulnets 
 
 SI. Romain do Winslow North 
 
 St. Homuald d'Etcliemin 
 
 Sis. Angcs do Ham 
 
 St. Sauveur 
 
 St. Sebaslien 
 
 St. Sebastlon d'Aylmer 
 
 St. Sch'cro 
 
 St. Severin 
 
 St, Simion do Calliijres 
 
 SI. Simon 
 
 SI. Simon 
 
 St. Stanislas 
 
 St. Stanislas do Koslka 
 
 SI. Sulpico 
 
 St. Sylvestro 
 
 St. Theodore d'Acton 
 
 St. Thomas 
 
 St. Thomas 
 
 St. Thomas 
 
 St. Thomas do Compton 
 
 St. Thomas do Piorroville 
 
 St. Timolheo 
 
 St. Tile 
 
 St. Tito des Caps 
 
 St. Ubald 
 
 St. Ulrio 
 
 St. Uibain 
 
 St. Urbaiu 
 
 SI. Valenlin 
 
 St. Vulero do Bulstrode 
 
 St. Valerien do Milton 
 
 St. Valier 
 
 St. Victor do Tring 
 
 St. Vincent do Paul 
 
 St. Vital de Lambton 
 
 SI. Wencelas 
 
 St. Ziinon do Piopolis 
 
 St. Zephirin 
 
 St. Zotique 
 
 Ste. Adelaide do Pabos 
 
 Slo. Ad51o 
 
 Ste. Agatho 
 
 Slo, Agalhe 
 
 Sto. Agntis 
 
 Ste. Anastasio do Nelson 
 
 Sto. Angele 
 
 Sto. Angilo do Laval 
 
 S>e. Angelo de Mirici 
 
 Ste. AngSliquo 
 
 Ste. Anne do Danville 
 
 Ste. Anno do la Parade 
 
 Sto. Anne do la PocotiSro.... 
 
 Sto. Anne des Plaines 
 
 Ste. Anno dos Monts.. 
 
 Slo Anno du Bout do I'llo.. 
 
 Sto. Anne du Nord 
 
 Sto. Apollinairo 
 
 Ste. Beatrix 
 
 Sto. Brigide des Saints 
 
 file. Brigitte do Laval 
 
 Ste. Brigitte de Maria 
 
 Ste. Brigitte des Saulta 
 
 Ste.Cathorine de Fossambault 
 Ste. Cicile, or Valktjfleld^ 
 
 Ste. Ctcile du Bic 
 
 Ste. Clotilde de Horton.... 
 
 Sto. Claire 
 
 Ste. Croix 
 
 Ste. CuD^gonde 
 
 Ste. Dorothea 
 
 Ste. Sli?abeth do Hull.... 
 Sto. Emilie do I'Enorgio. 
 Sto. E.'jilie, (Lecleroville] 
 
 Bio. Eulalie d'Aoluu 
 
 Ste. Famine 
 
 Ste. Filicit6 de Denis 
 
 Ste. Flavie 
 
 Popu- 
 a lalion. 
 
 1109 
 2036 
 
 729 
 
 930 
 2942 
 1292 
 1172 
 3992 
 
 i'147 
 2805 
 3243 
 
 800 
 1938 
 
 831 
 1510 
 2533 
 
 972 
 3311 
 
 702 
 3000 
 1043 
 1845 
 3080 
 
 um 
 
 82 2 
 
 '450 
 1909 
 1180 
 2703 
 1553 
 
 804 
 3719 
 1230 
 1843 
 
 870 
 2893 
 2852 
 3116 
 2479 
 1531 
 
 003 
 
 I'iso 
 
 1000 
 855 
 2148 
 700 
 1293 
 1457 
 1808 
 2320 
 1523 
 729 
 930 
 1550 
 1600 
 1570 
 1.570 
 1051 
 1418 
 1613 
 1033 
 1.550 
 4022 
 
 715 
 1738 
 
 621 
 2860 
 3134 
 1821 
 1215 
 1296 
 1154 
 1533 
 
 927 
 ?I2S 
 
 763 
 2133 
 
 548 
 1263 
 2995 
 2888 
 
 371 
 2481 
 2260 
 5000 
 
 989 
 2753 
 
 544 
 
 1131 
 
 •;-ui 
 
 834 
 1088 
 222 
 
 PAnisiiEs, Towns, Ac. 
 
 Hie. Foyo 
 
 Sto. Franijoiso 
 
 Ste. GnevifevB 
 
 Ste. Genevifve 
 
 Ste. Genevibvo do Batiscan... 
 
 Sto. Germaino 
 
 Ste. Geitrude do Maddington 
 
 Ste. Hedwidge do Clifton 
 
 Ste. Heltino 
 
 Slo. IleR'no 
 
 Ste. Hi'lono do Chester 
 
 Slo. HenT'dino 
 
 Sto. Julie 
 
 Sle. Julienne 
 
 Sto. Justine 
 
 Sle. Louise 
 
 Slo. Luce 
 
 Slo. Madeleine 
 
 Ste. Mario 
 
 810. Mario do Monnoir 
 
 Sle. Marlho 
 
 Sle. Murline 
 
 Sle. Marguerite 
 
 Sle. Marguerite, (Wullon) ... 
 
 Slo. Melanio 
 
 Sle. Mouiquo 
 
 Sle. Mnniquo 
 
 Ste. Pelronillo 
 
 Sle. Pliiloiufeno 
 
 Sle. Pudentienno do Roxton 
 
 Ste. Rosalie [Pond; 
 
 Sle. Rose 
 
 .S"/i!. Hose 
 
 Sti^. Siholasliiiuo 
 
 Sle. Scholastiiiue 
 
 Sle. Sophio 
 
 Sle. Sophio d'llalifax 
 
 Sto. Suzanne do Barnslon.... 
 
 Slo. Tlieri-'se 
 
 .Sle. ThMse 
 
 Slo. Trinilci 
 
 Sto. Ui'sulo 
 
 Sle. Vlctoire 
 
 Sault au Hccollel 
 
 Sault St. Louis 
 
 Sheen, .'Ste. Marie de) 
 
 SHERBROOKB, iSl.Mi- 
 
 Shipton (6| [chel de) 
 
 Sorel, ISI. Pierre do) 
 
 SORBL 
 
 atonbridge, (St. Charles do)... 
 
 Slandon [b) 
 
 Stansload, IS. C.de Je.sus de) 
 
 Slanstead Plain 
 
 Stoke, (Sle. Philomfenu de).... 
 Stoneham, (St. Edouard de). 
 
 Sutton 
 
 Sydenham North [b) 
 
 T 
 
 Tadousac, (Sto. Croix do) 
 
 Templeton (6) 
 
 Terrebonne, (St. Louis de)... 
 
 TBBBBBONNB 
 
 Tewkesbury (6) 
 
 Thetford (6) 
 
 Thome (ii) 
 
 Thurso 
 
 Trois-Pistoles, (N.-Dame des) 
 Tromblay, (Sto. Fulgenco dO) 
 Trois-Rlvifires, (Parolsse) .. 
 TBOIS-BIVIBBBS ... 
 V 
 
 Valcarlior (6) 
 
 Varennes, (Sli'. Anno do).., 
 
 Varennes 
 
 Vaudrauil, (St. Michel de) 
 
 Vaudreuil 
 
 Veroiiiirca, (St. Frs.-Xav. do) 
 
 Victoria It) 
 
 Victoriaville 
 
 vr 
 
 WakoHold North 
 
 Waltham(6) 
 
 Wanvick 
 
 Waterloo, (St. Bernordin de). 
 
 Wenthworth 
 
 Westbury (6) 
 
 Windsor, (8t, Philippe do).... 
 
 Win-low South (6) 
 
 Wolfostown (6) 
 
 Woodbridge (6) 
 
 Poiju- 
 lallon. 
 
 1025 
 
 I3U4 
 072 
 
 730 
 1352 
 1263 
 1157 
 1309 
 1544 
 1234 
 1153 
 1117 
 
 406 
 1211 
 1761 
 
 45 
 
 3166 
 1098 
 2115 
 2543 
 
 i'57t 
 15'.I8 
 2239 
 1417 
 
 i'di's 
 2390 
 1391 
 1810 
 
 739 
 2811 
 
 207 
 1311 
 2243 
 2551 
 1708 
 
 914 
 
 23'22 
 
 1620 
 
 2400 
 
 1604 
 
 470 
 
 4432 
 
 2354 
 
 3446 
 
 5036 
 
 5024 
 
 604 
 
 4022 
 
 ,574 
 
 .508 
 
 302 
 
 3143 
 
 932 
 
 705 
 3401 
 
 836 
 1050 
 
 300 
 1092 
 
 024 
 
 700 
 3907 
 1589 
 
 (;14 
 7570 
 
 737 
 1952 
 
 561 
 2848 
 
 494 
 2739 
 
 320 
 1425 
 
 Yamachlcho, (Ste, Anne d') .. 
 
 Yamachiche 
 
 Yamaska 
 
 2 1338 
 
 1 404 
 
 44 542 
 
 36 1240 
 
 3 656 
 
 41 363 
 
 38 1107 
 
 41 975 
 
 40 2089 
 
 55 550 
 
 24 1065 
 
 24 1300 
 
 27 2093 
 
"•^P" 
 
 u 
 
 2739 
 
 1 
 
 320 
 
 45 
 
 1425 
 
 1 
 
 1338 
 
 1 
 
 404 
 
 44 
 
 542 
 
 36 
 
 1240 
 
 3 
 
 656 
 
 41 
 
 363 
 
 38 
 
 1107 
 
 41 
 
 975 
 
 40 
 
 2089 
 
 55 
 
 556 
 
 24 
 
 I0G5 
 
 V 
 
 1300 
 
 27 
 
 2093 
 
 TABLE VII.- 
 
 -SURFAOB AND POPOLAtTon OF THB Dli^RilTOliXBTal>l-~T5r6LOBm 
 
 1. -OR AND DIVISIONS. 
 
 QllAND DrVIS]0!f9. 
 
 North Amerioa. 
 South America.' 
 
 Burope 
 
 Asia 
 
 AMoa 
 
 Ooeanloa 
 
 Tnlnls . 
 
 Area In 
 a(\. miles, 
 
 7,857, 1 ill 
 6,.').-|2,0O(i 
 3,7(i5,0.18 
 15,1'Jfl.lin: 
 1 1 ,1108, (I0« 
 4„Vi4,l4l) 
 
 !8,933,2II9 
 
 Population. 
 
 ri8,382.(;il 
 26,880,1)00 
 2l)7,3.-i8,000 
 62!),:i29,000 
 !Ki, 244,000 
 3l,'J-2,j,OOI) 
 
 1, 1 10,:) 1 8,0 1 1 
 
 IV.— Europe. 
 
 States, 
 
 II. — North Amerioa. 
 
 States. 
 
 Danish Amorica 
 
 Dominion of Canada.. 
 
 Newfounilland 
 
 United States 
 
 Mexico 
 
 Central Amorica 
 
 West Inillcs 
 
 Bermudas Islands 
 
 Totals . 
 
 Area in 
 sq, miles. 
 
 700,01)0 
 
 3,039,101 
 
 42,000 
 
 3,010,000 
 
 008,000 
 
 213,000 
 
 95,000 
 
 30 
 
 Population, 
 
 74,000 
 
 3,7.ii,91.-> 
 
 130,000 
 
 38,549,000 
 
 9,170,000 
 
 2,091,500 
 
 4,20',',100 
 
 14,700 
 
 7,837,191 
 
 58,.)82,GII 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 131 
 131 
 13 
 44 
 108 
 
 Kngland, Wales, 4c., 
 
 Scotland 
 
 Ireland 
 
 Denmark 
 
 Sweden 
 
 Norway 
 
 Russia 
 
 Franco 
 
 UtilRlum 
 
 Holland 
 
 (lermany 
 
 Prussia 
 
 .\uslria 
 
 Switzerland 
 
 Portugal 
 
 S. -n 
 
 Il.-iy 
 
 Papal States 
 
 0; Greece 
 
 00,700 
 
 30,000 
 
 31.784 
 
 IJ.OOO 
 
 170,000 
 
 123,000 
 
 2,095,000 
 
 198,000 
 
 11,313 
 
 13,890 
 
 74,785 
 
 1.30,000 
 
 210,000 
 
 l."),250 
 
 ;>4,J03 
 
 177,000 
 
 111,100 
 
 4,891 
 
 , 19,250 
 
 Turkey in Euro|M) 203,500 
 
 Area in 
 sq, miles. 
 
 I'opululion. 
 
 Tota.3 1 3,70.'.,988 
 
 23,035,736 
 
 3,358,613 
 
 5,402,651 
 
 1,900,000 
 
 4,159.000 
 
 1,712,000 
 
 08,390,000 
 
 30,592,000 
 
 5,000,000 
 
 3,700,000 
 
 10,070,000 
 
 24,040,000 
 
 30,000,000 
 
 2,069,000 
 
 3,995,000 
 
 10,732,000 
 
 20,104,000 
 
 692,000 
 
 1,349,000 
 
 10,437,000 
 
 380 
 
 112 
 
 170 
 
 111 
 
 34 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 18.- 
 
 430 
 
 300 
 
 223 
 
 190 
 
 150 
 
 117 
 94 
 235 
 I40i 
 70 
 83 
 
 Statk)!, 
 
 297,358,000 
 
 Kaslurn Alrioa 
 
 Cape Colony 
 
 llotlentots Country,, 
 
 Cpper Guinea 
 
 Lower Guinea 
 
 Liberia 
 
 Sierra Leunc 
 
 Si.'net'amliia 
 
 Soudan 
 
 Sahara 
 
 Australian Africa 
 
 -Madagascar . 
 
 0)2,000 
 
 230,000 
 
 350,000 
 
 230,000 
 
 370,000 
 
 40,00f) 
 
 44,0"0 
 
 380,000 
 
 1,400,000 
 
 2,400,000 
 
 2,904.000 
 
 „, . , 194,000 
 
 Other Islands 312 000 
 
 Area in 
 sq. miles. 
 
 Population. 
 
 4,900,000 
 
 200,000 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 5,000,000 
 
 7,000,000 
 
 80,000 
 
 50,000 
 
 8,900,000 
 
 20,000,000 
 
 2,000,000 
 
 12,200,000 
 
 4,700,000 
 
 5,000,000 
 
 Totals 11,008,000 
 
 90,241,000 
 
 V.-Asla. 
 
 III.— South Amerioa. 
 
 V. S. of Colombia 
 
 Venezuela 
 
 Guiana 
 
 Brazil 
 
 Paraguay 
 
 Uruguay 
 
 Argent. Confederation., 
 
 Patagonia 
 
 Chill 
 
 Bolivia 
 
 Peru 
 
 Ecuador 
 
 Totals 
 
 437,000 
 
 410,000 
 
 169,000 
 
 2,724,000 
 
 74,000 
 
 70,000 
 
 880,000 
 
 280,000 
 
 200,000 
 
 480,000 
 
 540,000 
 
 208,000 
 
 0,552,000 
 
 2,795,000 
 1,565,000 
 
 221,000 
 
 10,045,000 
 
 1,337,000 
 
 387,000 
 1,737,000 
 
 120,000 
 2,146,000 
 1,987,000 
 3,300,000 
 1,040,000 
 
 20,880,000 
 
 Siberia 
 
 Chinese Hmjiiro.. 
 
 Japan 
 
 Hindoostan 
 
 Farther India 
 
 Beloochistan 
 
 Afghanistan 
 
 turkoslan 
 
 Persia 
 
 Turkey in Asia .. 
 iVrabia 
 
 Totals 
 
 5,249,000 
 
 4,088,000 
 260,000 
 
 1,250.000 
 920,000 
 150,000 
 300,000 
 010.000 
 470,000 
 069,000 
 
 1,200.000 
 
 13,190,000 
 
 8,329,000 
 369,000,000 
 
 35,000,000 
 130,000,000 
 
 42,000,000 
 1,500,000 
 4,000,000 
 0,500,000 
 9,000,000 
 
 10,000,000 
 8,000,000 
 
 029,329,000 
 
 VI.— Africa. 
 
 Morocco 
 
 Algeria 
 
 Tunis 
 
 rn|)oli 
 
 lifjypt 
 
 Nubia 
 
 Abyssinia 
 
 llConlofin, Seiinnar, 
 
 222,000 
 190,000 
 09,000 
 131,000 
 180,000 
 320,000 
 280,000 
 100,000 
 
 8, ,300,000 
 3,000,000 
 3,300,000 
 
 700,000 
 3,214,000 
 
 500,000 
 3,000,000 
 1,000,000 
 
 Malaysia. 
 
 Sumatra 
 
 Java 
 
 Borneo 
 
 Philippines 
 
 Celebes 
 
 Spico Islands 
 
 Floros, Timor, Ac 
 
 Aiislritlasia. 
 
 Australia 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 Now Guinea, 4c 
 
 Polynesia. 
 
 Sandwich Islands 
 
 The remainder of Poly- 
 Olhor Islands [nesia. 
 
 VII.— Ooeanloa. 
 
 140,000 
 30,000 
 300,000 
 120,000 
 71,000 
 3,1,800 
 40,000 
 
 1,120,000 
 
 2.'<,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 270,000 
 
 7,000 
 144,000 
 148,000 
 
 Totals 4,586,800 
 
 4, .300,000 
 12.000,000 
 3,000,000 
 4,000,000 
 2,000,000 
 2,730,000 
 000,000 
 
 1,, 303,000 
 100,000 
 203,000 
 700,000 
 
 03,000 
 392,000 
 400,000 
 
 31,923,000 
 
 32 
 210 
 10 
 11 
 30 
 
 12 
 
 I 
 3 
 3 
 2 
 
 10 
 3 
 3 
 
 VIII.— Dominion of Canada. 
 
 Ontario 
 
 Quebec 
 
 Nova Scotia 
 
 New Brunswick 
 Prince Edward Island.. 
 British Columbia 
 
 Manitoba 
 
 Territories 
 
 Totals . 
 
 TABLE VIII.-SUBFAOE AND POPULATION OF THE DIFFERENT PARTS OP THE OLois 
 
 117,7X0 
 
 193,335 
 
 21,730 
 
 27,3!2 
 
 2,131 
 
 213,500 
 
 13,340 
 
 !, 450,000 
 
 3,039,161 
 
 1,020,000 
 
 1,191,61)0 
 
 387,800 
 
 285,594 
 
 94,021 
 
 60,000 
 
 23,000 
 
 80,000 
 
 3,744,915 
 
 I.— British Empire. 
 
 States. 
 
 Europe. 
 
 British Isles 
 
 Heligoland 
 
 Gibraltar 
 
 Malta, Gozo, 4c 
 
 America. 
 British Provinces ,,. 
 British West Indies. 
 
 Bermudas 
 
 Balizo 
 
 British Guiana 
 
 Falkland Islands 
 
 Asia. 
 
 British India 
 
 Ceylon 
 
 Hong Kong 
 
 Aden 
 
 Africa. 
 
 Cape Colony, 4c 
 
 Sierra Leone 
 
 Bathurst 
 
 Gold Coast Settlem.. 
 
 Mauritius 
 
 St. Helena 
 
 Ascension 
 
 Seychelles 
 
 Amlrsntes 
 
 Tristan d'Aounha... 
 Oceanica. 
 
 Australia 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Auklind Islands. 
 
 Chatham 
 
 Libuan with N.-W. 
 
 with their COLONIES. 
 
 II.— French Dominions. 
 
 Lat. Lg, 
 
 Totals . 
 
 34n 
 34n 8b 
 36.V 5w 
 
 30H 14e 
 
 49n 75w 
 20!( 70w 
 32n 64w 
 I7n 88w 
 I6nI03w 
 5 Is 59w 
 
 25n 80e 
 
 7n 8Ie 
 
 22n 114e 
 
 13n 45e 
 
 31s 22e 
 8.V l,3w 
 
 13n 16w 
 in 2w 
 
 20a 58e 
 
 I6s 5w 
 83 Uw 
 43 55e 
 6s 53b 
 
 37s 12w 
 
 23s 135e 
 408 175e 
 428 147E 
 29» 169e 
 51s !6U 
 43s 176e 
 
 5s Hoc 
 
 Area In 
 
 sq. miles. 
 
 122,530 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 142 
 
 3,036,375 
 
 14,787 
 
 30 
 
 I' .300 
 
 99,925 
 
 6,500 
 
 988,091 
 24,4," 
 30 
 3 
 
 230,000 
 
 44,000 
 
 21 
 
 6,000 
 
 676 
 
 47 
 
 36 
 
 49 
 
 22 
 
 62 
 
 3,120,000 
 
 106,00" 
 
 28,000 
 
 18 
 
 156 
 
 137 
 
 Population 
 
 States, 
 
 31,817,000 
 
 1,912 
 
 25,210 
 
 140,852 
 
 4,835,,300 
 
 948,147 
 
 14,790 
 
 23,633 
 
 153,026 
 
 662 
 
 155,348,090 
 
 2,128,884 
 
 124,198 
 
 50,000 
 
 200,000 
 
 50,000 
 
 14,190 
 
 151,346 
 
 322,917 
 
 6,241 
 
 509 
 
 6,276 
 
 2,000 
 
 194 
 
 1,503,000 
 
 205,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 300 
 
 2,000 
 
 1,800 
 
 4,S9S 
 
 Europe. 
 
 France 
 
 Corsica 
 
 Africa. 
 
 Algeria 
 
 St, Louis Ooree, 4c. 
 
 Bourbon 
 
 St. Mary A Mayotta 
 
 America. 
 French W. Indies,,. 
 
 French Guiana 
 
 Miquelon, Langley4 
 
 St, Pierre 
 
 Asia. 
 Hindoostan Colonies 
 
 Saigon, *c 
 
 Muscat and Mocha.. 
 Marquises Islands .. 
 
 New Caledonia 
 
 Tahili 
 
 Lat. Lg. 
 
 48 -( 
 42n 
 
 34n 
 IOn 
 21s 
 
 2e 
 9e 
 
 3e 
 18w 
 5lE 
 
 Area in 
 sq. miles. 
 
 13s 45e 
 
 4n 47w 
 47n 56 
 
 8,441,7161198,254,589 
 
 Totals . 
 
 llN 106e 
 23n 58k 
 9s 140w 
 21s 165e 
 173 149w 
 
 198,000 
 3,377 
 
 190,000 
 100,000 
 930 
 27 
 
 1,017 
 35,080 
 
 85 
 
 189 
 
 38 
 
 2 
 
 503 
 
 6,500 
 
 430 
 
 Population 
 
 36,592,000 
 258,507 
 
 3,000,000 
 
 209,012 
 
 209,737 
 
 21,979 
 
 303,269 
 25,151 
 
 3,971 
 
 259,981 
 
 102,000 
 
 300 
 
 10,000 
 
 29,000 
 
 13,847 
 
 IV.— Portuguese Dominions. 
 
 States. 
 
 Portugal 
 
 Azores 
 
 Africa. 
 
 Madeira Islands 
 
 Cape Verd IslandsJ.. 
 Princes 4 St.Thomas 
 
 Bissao, 4c 
 
 Angola, Bonguela... 
 Mozambique (sell.).. 
 
 Asia. 
 
 Goa, 4c 
 
 Macao 
 
 Timor, 4c, (Ocean.).. 
 
 Lat, Lg. 
 
 40.-1 7w 
 38n 27w 
 
 32n 17w 
 15n 12w 
 In 7e 
 12.N 13w 
 lOs 15e 
 15s 42b 
 
 I5n 73e 
 22s 113e 
 9s 125e 
 
 Area in 
 sq, miles. 
 
 34,300 
 900 
 
 330 
 
 1,636 
 
 430 
 
 33,920 
 
 312,530 
 
 382,692 
 
 1,4.32 
 
 12 
 
 5,528 
 
 Population 
 
 3,095,000 
 232,480 
 
 11.3,341 
 
 70,164 
 
 23.040 
 
 8,500 
 
 2,000,000 
 
 290,000 
 
 474,234 
 100,000 
 850,300 
 
 Totals I 776.0781 10,787,065 
 
 53«,468l 41,038.754 
 
 III.— Spanish Dominions. 
 
 Europe. 
 
 Balearic Islands.... 
 
 America. 
 
 Cuba 
 
 Porto Rico 
 
 Oce<i,!:ja. 
 
 Philippine !pUnd3.. 
 
 Lailrone Islands.... 
 
 Caroline Islands.... 
 
 Africa. 
 
 Canary Islands 
 
 Fernando Po. 4c 
 
 Couta, Meliiia, 4c... 
 
 40n 80w 
 40k 3e 
 
 22» 83w 
 18n 62w 
 
 lO.v 122e 
 Ion 145e 
 7it 150b 
 
 27n 15w 
 
 Sn Ok 
 
 3bN 5w 
 
 Totals 353,192 23,304,697 
 
 177,000 
 1,757 
 
 45,883 
 3,506 
 
 120,000 
 370 
 850 
 
 3,220 
 
 491 
 
 25 
 
 le 
 
 732,052 
 284,398 
 
 1,414,508 
 615,574 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 3,610 
 
 28,000 
 
 267,536 
 5.59Q 
 
 liiwi 
 
 Danemark 
 
 Jutland 
 
 Zealand and Moen... 
 Funen 4 Langoland. 
 Laaland and Falster 
 
 Bornholm 
 
 Faroe Islands 
 
 Iceland 
 
 Greenland (settlem.) 
 Danisa W. Indies... 
 
 V -Danish Dominions. 
 
 Totals . 
 
 3Cn 9e 
 35n I2e 
 35n IOe 
 35n 12e 
 55n 15e 
 OIn 7w 
 65n 17w 
 72n 22w 
 
 9,778 
 
 2,793 
 
 1,302 
 
 640 
 
 221 
 
 376 
 
 40,000 
 
 750,000 
 
 119 
 
 805,229 
 
 788,119 
 
 637,711 
 
 230,311 
 
 90,706 
 
 31,894 
 
 9.992 
 
 65,000 
 
 9,000 
 
 38,231 
 
 Europe. 
 
 Holland....!. 
 
 Limburg 
 
 Luxemburg 
 
 America. 
 
 Dutch West Indies 
 
 Dutch Guiana....... 
 
 l?oB* r«.t:- r\ — ---- . 
 
 .«u..k ....I... r ..^r^*;"S. . 
 
 Java, Sumatra, 4c.., 
 
 VI.— Dutch Domlnlonii . 
 
 1,906,964 
 
 Totals . 
 
 52k 5g 
 51k 5s 
 
 49n 6g 
 3n 54w 
 
 too 
 
 13,890 
 856 
 981 
 
 368 
 59,764 
 
 614,000 
 
 689,859 
 
 3,700,000 
 225,319 
 197,504 
 
 34,818 
 58,84.1 
 
 23,337,829 
 
 27,554,311 
 
i r 
 
 TABLE IX.— POPULATION OP THE PRINCIPAL CITIES OP THE GLOBE. 
 
 NORTH AMBBIOA. 
 Dominion of Oanada. 
 
 Montrail, Qc 107,225 
 
 yufbei', yc 59,690 
 
 Tonmlo, Oiil 56,092 
 
 Ilalilux, N. 8 2!),582 
 
 yt. Julin, land I'uil- 
 
 IiukIi N.B 41,000 
 
 Hamilton, OiiIm 20,716 
 
 OtUiwa, Out 21,545 
 
 Loii.loii, (Jnt 15,826 
 
 Kingston. Out 12,407 
 
 Hroiilfoi-d, Ont 8,107 
 
 !5t. Calhariiios, (Jnt.... 7,884 
 
 Throo Rivers, Qo 7,ri70 
 
 Hollovillo, Ont 7,305 
 
 Charlclletown, P. E. I. 7,000 
 
 (lurliih. Ont r,.878 
 
 Levis, Qc 0,01)1 
 
 I'VcilPricton. N. U 0,000 
 
 Cliallmm, Out 5,873 
 
 Sorel, Qc 5,030 
 
 I'oit Ilopfi, Ont 5,114 
 
 Urockvillo, Ont 5,102 
 
 Hull, yc 5,000 
 
 Winnipeg, Mil 5,000 
 
 Moncton, N. B 4,810 
 
 Victoria, B. C: 4,540 
 
 Shcrbrooko, Qc 4,500 
 
 St. Hyocinlhc, Qe 4,000 
 
 Joliotto, Qc 3,000 
 
 Unitnd States. 
 
 Ni'W York, N. Y 013,00(1 
 
 Philttdclphin, I'u 071,00(1 
 
 Brooklyn, N. Y 300,000 
 
 St, Louis, Mi 311,000 
 
 Chicago, 111 200,000 
 
 Baltimoro. Md 207,000 
 
 Boston, Muss 251,000 
 
 Cincinnati, Go 210,000 
 
 New Orleans, La 101,001) 
 
 San I'Yanciseo, Cal 149,()00 
 
 BufTalc, N. Y 118,000 
 
 Washington, I). C 100,000 
 
 Newark, N.J 105,000 
 
 Louisville, Ky 101,000 
 
 Cleveland, Oo 93,000 
 
 Pittsburg, Pa 80,000 
 
 .lersov City, N. J 83,000 
 
 Detroit, Mich 80,000 
 
 Albanv, N. Y 77,000 
 
 Milwaukee, Wa 71,000 
 
 Providence, n. 1 69,(00 
 
 Bochester, N. Y 02,000 
 
 Alleghanv, Pa 53,000 
 
 Richmond, Va 51,000 
 
 Troy, N. Y 40,000 
 
 Portland, Me 31,000 
 
 Fall River, Mass 27,000 
 
 Mezioo. 
 
 Mexico ';o:>.000 
 
 Puebla 75,000 
 
 Guadalaxara 70,000 
 
 Guanaxualo 63,000 
 
 Queretaro 40,000 
 
 Central America, 
 
 New Guatemala 40,000 
 
 Leon 35,000 
 
 San Jos* 30,000 
 
 San Salvador 18,000 
 
 Managua 10,000 
 
 Weat Indies. 
 
 Iliivanu 208,000 
 
 St. Jagu lie Cuba 96,000 
 
 Puerto I'riiici|Hi 45,000 
 
 Matanias 45,000 
 
 Kingston 36,000 
 
 Port-au-Prince 21,000 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 Brazil. 
 
 Rio Janeiro 420,000 
 
 Bahia 180,000 
 
 Pornambuco 00,000 
 
 Maranham 30,000 
 
 Venezuela. 
 
 Cnraccas 47,000 
 
 Valencia 25,000 
 
 Maracaybo 25,000 
 
 Barcelona 15,000 
 
 Oolombia. 
 
 Bogota 45,000 
 
 Popayan 20,000 
 
 Panama 20,000 
 
 Ecuador. 
 
 Quito 76,000 
 
 Guavanuil 25,000 
 
 Cuonca 20,000 
 
 Peru. 
 
 Lima 121,000 
 
 Cuzco 40,000 
 
 Arequiptt 35,000 
 
 Bolivia. 
 
 La Paz 70,000 
 
 Cochabainba 41,000 
 
 Sucre 21,000 
 
 Chill. 
 
 Santiago 115,000 
 
 Valiiaraiso 70,000 
 
 Argentine Confedera- 
 tion. 
 
 Buenos Ayres 200,000 
 
 Cordova 29.000 
 
 Rosario 20.000 
 
 Paraguay. 
 
 Concepcion 10.000 
 
 Asuncion 15,000 
 
 Uruguay. 
 
 Monlovidto 120,000 
 
 EUROPE. 
 Norway and Sweden. 
 
 Stockholm 138,000 
 
 Christiania 70,000 
 
 Goltenburg 57,000 
 
 Bergen 30,000 
 
 Malmo 20,000 
 
 Russia: 
 
 St. Petersburg 667,000 
 
 Moscow 368,000 
 
 Warsaw 255,000 
 
 Odessa 119,000 
 
 Riga 102,000 
 
 Kichineir 95,000 
 
 Saratov 86,000 
 
 Wilna 79,000 
 
 Switzerland. 
 
 Geneva 
 
 Basle 
 
 Berne 
 
 IjBusanne 
 
 France. 
 
 Paris 
 
 Lyons 
 
 Marseilles 
 
 Bordeaux 
 
 Lille 
 
 Toulouse 
 
 St. Etienno 
 
 Nantes 
 
 Rouen 
 
 Madrid . 
 Barcelona.. 
 
 Seville 
 
 Valencia..., 
 
 Malaga 
 
 Murcia 
 
 Granada 
 
 Saragossa.. 
 Cadiz.... .... 
 
 Spain. 
 
 49,000 
 38,000 
 29,000 
 21,000 
 
 ,825,000 
 342,800 
 318,000 
 215,000 
 162,000 
 131,000 
 120,000 
 122,000 
 100,900 
 
 317,000 
 250,000 
 152,000 
 140,000 
 113,000 
 110,000 
 101,000 
 83,000 
 72,000 
 
 225,000 
 89,000 
 20,000 
 18,000 
 
 282.00U 
 123,000 
 93,000 
 61,000 
 
 314.000 
 127,000 
 121.000 
 100,000 
 48,000 
 36,000 
 31,000 
 
 ,883,000 
 500,000 
 356,000 
 344,000 
 259,000 
 240,000 
 183,000 
 146,000 
 131,000 
 128,000 
 125,000 
 122,000 
 113,000 
 
 477,000 
 .. 107,000 
 ... 119,000 
 .. 88,000 
 ... 57,000 
 
 Ireland. 
 
 Dublin 240,000 
 
 Belfast 174,000 
 
 Cork 79,000 
 
 Limerick 40,000 
 
 Waterford 23,000 
 
 Londonderry 20,000 
 
 Portugal. 
 
 Lisbon 
 
 Opnrto 
 
 Brago 
 
 Coimbra 
 
 Holland. 
 
 Amsterdam , 
 
 Rotterdam 
 
 Tho Hague 
 
 L'trecht 
 
 Belgium. 
 
 Brussels 
 
 Antwerp 
 
 Ghent , 
 
 Liege 
 
 Bruges 
 
 Mechlin 
 
 Verviers 
 
 England 
 
 London 3 
 
 Liverpool 
 
 Manchester 
 
 Birmingliam 
 
 Leeds 
 
 Sheffield 
 
 Bristol 
 
 Bradford 
 
 Stoke-upon-Tront 
 
 New Castle 
 
 Salford 
 
 Hull 
 
 Portsmouth 
 
 Scotland. 
 
 Glasgow 
 
 Edinburgh 
 
 Dundee 
 
 Aberdeen 
 
 Greenock 
 
 Denmark. 
 
 Copenhagen 180.000 
 
 Ocfcnse 14,000 
 
 Austria. 
 
 Vienna 825.000 
 
 Posth 202,000 
 
 I'rague „ 170,000 
 
 Trieste 120,000 
 
 Lamburg 87,000 
 
 Grutz 80,000 
 
 Brunn 73,000 
 
 Hzegedln 69,000 
 
 Theroslensladt 56,000 
 
 Duda '55,000 
 
 Cracow 50,000 
 
 Oerman Empire. 
 
 Berlin 825,000 
 
 Bi-cslau 208,000 
 
 Dresden 177,000 
 
 Munich 171,000 
 
 Cologne 129,000 
 
 Konigsborg 112,1100 
 
 Loipsic 106,000 
 
 Hanover 104,000 
 
 Frankfort-on-the-Main. 91,000 
 
 Stuttgard 91,000 
 
 Dantiic 89,000 
 
 Magdeberg 84,000 
 
 Free Cities i 
 
 Hamburg 240,000 
 
 Bremen 83,000 
 
 Lubock 40,000 
 
 Italy. 
 
 Naples 419,000 
 
 Homo 240,000 
 
 Milan 196,000 
 
 Turin 181,001 
 
 Palermo 168,000 
 
 Genoa 128,000 
 
 Venice 114,000 
 
 Florence 114,000 
 
 Bologna 90,000 
 
 Leghorn 84,000 
 
 Catania 65,000 
 
 Messina 62,000 
 
 Verona 56,000 
 
 i'adua 52,000 
 
 Parma 47,000 
 
 Brescia 40,000 
 
 Turkey in Europe. 
 
 Constantinople 1,075,000 
 
 Bucharest 142,000 
 
 Ailrianoplo 100,000 
 
 Salonica 100,000 
 
 Jttssy 00,000 
 
 Bosna Serai 60,000 
 
 Oreeoe. 
 
 Athens 18,000 
 
 Patras 20,000 
 
 Corfu 24,000 
 
 Syra 21,000 
 
 Zanto 20,000 
 
 ASIA. 
 Turkey in Asia. 
 
 Smvrna 150,000 
 
 Damascus 120,000 
 
 Aleppo 100.000 
 
 Beirout 100,000 
 
 Brusa 100,000 
 
 Erzoroum 100,000 
 
 Bagdad 40,000 
 
 Jerusalem 20.000 
 
 Arabia, 
 
 Mecca (10,000 
 
 Muscat 50,000 
 
 Aden 50,000 
 
 Sena 40,000 
 
 Medina 15,000 
 
 Persia. 
 
 Tabrecz 110,000 
 
 Teheran 85,000 
 
 Moshid 70,000 
 
 Afghanistan. 
 
 Candahar 100,000 
 
 Herat 60,000 
 
 Cabul 60,000 
 
 Belooohlbtan. 
 
 iielat 15,000 
 
 Turkestan. 
 
 Bokhara 100,000 
 
 Khokan 60,000 
 
 Hlndoostan. 
 
 Bombay 817,000 
 
 Calcutta 616,000 
 
 Madras 428,000 
 
 Lucknow 300,000 
 
 Patna 284,000 
 
 Arracan „ J60,000 
 
 Farther India. 
 
 Mandelay 500,000 
 
 Tonquiu 150,000 
 
 Saigon 100,000 
 
 Bankok 100,000 
 
 Hue... 100,000 
 
 bmgaporo 70,000 
 
 I Ohlnesd Empire; 
 
 iPekin 1,800,000 
 
 CcDton l,000,00ff 
 
 Chan(:chu(\i 1,000,000 
 
 Tientsin 700,000 
 
 Nai.cljang 700,000 
 
 Soo-Chow 700,000 
 
 Hang-Chow 500,000 
 
 Nankin 500,000 
 
 Foo-Chow 500,000 
 
 Japan. 
 
 Y'odo 2,000,000 
 
 Miaco 500,000 
 
 Osaca 150,000 
 
 Nangasiki 75,000 
 
 Siberia, 
 
 TiOis 71,000 
 
 Tashkend 64,000 
 
 Irkoulsk 28,000 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Cairo 282,000 
 
 Alexandria 181,000 
 
 Tunis 130,000 
 
 Fez 100,000 
 
 Abeokuta 100,000 
 
 Coomassio 100,000 
 
 Mequinez 60,000 
 
 Damietta 57,000 
 
 Algiers 53,000 
 
 Morocco 50,000 
 
 OCEANIOA. 
 
 Melbourne, Australia.. 194,000 
 
 Manilla, Philippines ... 140,000 
 
 Sydney, Australia 135,000 
 
 Djokjokarta, Java 90,000 
 
 Biillarat, Australia 74,000 
 
 I3atavia, Java 70,000 
 
 Surabaya, Java 60.000 
 
 Samarang, Java 50,000 
 
 TABLE X, showing the value of a DEGREE of LONGITUDE for each PARALLEL of LATITUDE, in 
 Geographical Miles, and English Miles of 69.16 per DEGREE. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 » 
 !• 
 2« 
 3* 
 4- 
 5» 
 6« 
 ?• 
 8» 
 9« 
 10, 
 
 ii" 
 
 12« 
 
 Geog. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 60.00 
 59.99 
 59.96 
 59.92 
 59.85 
 59.77 
 59.67 
 59.55 
 59.42 
 59.26 
 
 tn no 
 
 is.io 
 
 58.69 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 69.16 
 69.14 
 69.11 
 69.06 
 68.99 
 68.89 
 68.78 
 68.65 
 68.49 
 68.31 
 6P..10 
 67.89 
 67.65 
 
 Lat 
 
 Geog. 
 Miles. 
 
 58.46 
 58.22 
 57.96 
 57.68 
 57.38 
 57.06 
 58.73 
 56.38 
 56.01 
 55.63 
 5.*i 23 
 
 liJi 
 
 54.38 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 67.38 
 67.10 
 66.80 
 66.48 
 66.14 
 65.77 
 65.39 
 64.99 
 64.57 
 64.13 
 ao aa 
 
 iiii 
 
 62,68 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Geog. 
 Miles. 
 
 53.93 
 53.40 
 52.98 
 52.48 
 51.96 
 51.43 
 50.88 
 50,32 
 49.74 
 49.15 
 io 5* 
 
 47,92 
 
 47.28 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 62.16 
 61.62 
 61.00 
 60.49 
 59.89 
 59.28 
 58,65 
 58,00 
 57.34 
 56.65 
 
 5123 
 5J.,^0 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Geog. 
 Miles. 
 
 49.63 
 45.96 
 45.28 
 44.59 
 43.88 
 43.16 
 42.43 
 41.68 
 40.15 
 39.92 
 on 05 
 
 38.57 
 37.76 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 53.75 
 
 52.98 
 
 52.20 
 
 51.39 
 
 50.58 
 
 49.75 
 
 48,91 
 
 48.04 
 
 47,17 
 
 46.28 
 At o-y 
 
 44.46 
 43.52 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Geog. 
 Miles. 
 
 36.94 
 36,11 
 35.27 
 34.41 
 33.55 
 32.68 
 31.80 
 30,90 
 30.00 
 
 29,09 
 
 no If 
 
 27^24 
 26.30 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 42„58 
 41.62 
 40.65 
 39.66 
 38,67 
 37.47 
 36.65 
 35.62 
 34,58 
 33.53 
 an A "T 
 
 Hm 
 
 30.32 
 
 Lat, 
 
 Geog, 
 MUos. 
 
 25.36 
 24.40 
 23.44 
 22.48 
 21.50 
 20.52 
 19,53 
 18,54 
 17,54 
 16.54 
 ! 5 53 
 
 13.50 
 
 Kngl. 
 Miles. 
 
 29.23 
 28.13 
 27.02 
 25.91 
 24,79 
 23.66 
 22.51 
 21.37 
 20.22 
 19.06 
 17 nn 
 
 ieJi 
 
 15.56 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Geog. 
 Miles. 
 
 12.47 
 11.45 
 10.42 
 9.39 
 8.35 
 7.31 
 0.27 
 5.23 
 4,19 
 3.14 
 
 o /in 
 
 L05 
 0.00 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 14.38 
 
 13.20 
 
 12,01 
 
 10,82 
 
 9.63 
 
 8.44 
 
 7.23 
 
 6.03 
 
 4,83 
 
 3.62 
 
 L21 
 0.00 
 
 hi 
 
bis. 
 
 BO.ono 
 
 50,000 
 
 50,000 
 
 40,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 Bla. 
 
 110,000 
 
 85,000 
 
 70,000 
 
 nlatan. 
 
 ,.„ 100,000 
 
 60,00U 
 
 60,000 
 
 blbtan. 
 
 15,000 
 
 9atan. 
 
 100.000 
 
 60,000 
 
 ostan. 
 
 817,000 
 
 616,000 
 
 «8,000 
 
 300,000 
 
 284,000 
 
 250,000 
 
 r India. 
 
 500,000 
 
 150,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 70,000 
 
 I flmplre: 
 
 1,800,000 
 
 l,000,00ff 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 700,000 
 
 700,000 
 
 700,000 
 
 500,000 
 
 500,000 
 
 500,000 
 
 Dan. 
 
 3,000,000 
 
 500,000 
 
 150,000 
 
 75,000 
 
 eria, 
 
 71,000 
 
 04,000 
 
 28,000 
 
 lOA. 
 
 282,000 
 
 181,000 
 
 130,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 60,000 
 
 57,000 
 
 53,000 
 
 50,000 
 
 lNIOA. 
 
 slralia.. 194,000 
 
 pinos... 140,000 
 
 Ilia 135,000 
 
 ava 00,000 
 
 ralia 74,000 
 
 70,000 
 
 a 60.000 
 
 :a 50,000 
 
 JDB, in 
 
 Engl. 
 Miles. 
 
 14.38 
 13.20 
 
 17 
 15 
 12 > 12.01 
 
 10.82 
 9.63 
 8.44 
 7.23 
 6.03 
 4.83 
 3.62 
 
 i.i! 
 
 0.00 
 
 ^'iif^^-wmm^'Mmm^m 
 

 l.i 
 
 ] 
 
I 1 
 
 EDUCATIONAL AVORKS 
 
 PUBLISIIEU UV THE 
 
 BEOTIISRS of thG CHRISTIAK SCHOOLS 
 
 IN THE DOMINION OF CANADA. 
 
 Superior 
 
 TliK FTI.ST KKADER, in two PurtH and carefully 
 
 .'HiMlratod, new edition. 
 T'T>r .^I-:<JONU UEADKR, in three Parts aiul well 
 ^rtfflliwtiutv J, now etlitioii. 
 
 ^P DtlULS OF A CIIKISTIAN TOWARDS GOD, 
 jr J»ot<^Btl#lon, (iiMecl as a Tiiinl Header), aiifnoved by 
 *i ilis' L'>rtlslJ|) the Hislmp of Mdntival. 
 THE GKNERAL lIIsTOUY. e(aii|.risin.,' the History 
 » oi'Caiiiiihi and of the other Hrili.^h North Aiiieiiran 
 
 Proiiiices. the Ancient lli.story, tlie Middle A'.,'es 
 
 Ili*tor\\ and the Modern Jlistory,- • used Mf a Koiii th 
 
 Rea(k'r in niMiiv -i'^i«C)|^. 
 
 A ('OMI'KNDH'.m'oI TDK HISTORY (.F CANADA 
 
 and of the otFior Rrilisli Xort!' Anii>rii.iii Plo^ilR•cs. 
 A COMI'IOXDIKM (»F SACRKD Ilkyi't.I! V, ai prov-d 
 Jiy His (inieu the .^ i.lil)isho|) c if One her. 
 
 THE NEW ILLUSTRATED GhOL.KAl'H V 
 
 '* (Jour'se, "JO beautiful Ma]is. 
 
 THE Nt;\v' n.L''STl;ATEl) INTERMKDIA LE GE- 
 OGRAIMIV, It) Mai)H, 
 
 THE NEW ILEISTKATED j'JMJiARV (;E()GRA- 
 PHY. I'i Mupi^. 
 
 TITK.TMI'KRIAL ATLAS, for the j)oaiiuioii of (:an„du, 
 
 211 AFii[).-j. English ;iii(< Clinch. 
 EXERCISES OF "CALdl/' on ti'e 4 F, lamcntal 
 
 Rules. if Ariihmetie, vlth a Key of the ,si.Mie. I 
 INTRODUCTION TO THE COMMERCIAL RITH- 
 
 METIC. 
 IHE COMMERCIAL All ''HMETIC, w Lii . ^.e.it/se 
 
 of Mcnsuratio,^ and a I'reatiso of Jiook-Kei p'njr 
 A KEY TO THE INTRODUCTION 01' CO.MMl 1!- 
 
 CIVL ARITHMETIC. 
 
 A KEY TO THE COMMERCIAL ATTTIIMETIC, 
 
 with ii Treatise on Mental Arilhmeti':. 
 •.OURSE Oy COMMERCIAL PENMANSiU', in two 
 
 Parts, containing, the 1st 'JO Copic'i, u,,d the 2nc'., 
 
 ■J'J Copies. 
 THE NE>Y ST. PATRL' KS MANLAL. n.'w edition 
 
 and lovised, approved by H. G. tle^ Archhi.-Ljj) of 
 
 Quebec. 
 THE LITUJtGIC CHANTS & SACRED MELODIlii, 
 
 opprovcd. 
 
 PREMIER LIVRE DE LECTURE, ou SYLLABAIRE.. 
 LECTURES COURANTES, fai«ant suite .lu Premier 
 Livre do Lecture. 
 
 TRAITE DES DEVOIRS DU CHRETIEN, n hivoUo 
 lidition, ilhistreo, entierementrctbnduo. — o,.io Livre 
 de Lecture, — approuv6 par NN. SS. les Eveqnes 
 Je la Province de Qu^Sbec. 
 
 COURS D'HISTOIRE,conten(\tntrHistoire Sainte,l'His- 
 toire du G;\,nadii ct dcs aiitres^ Provinces d*rAm^- 
 rique Britannique du Nord, 'I'llistoiie ittcienne, 
 
 I'Histoirfi dii Moven-Airo et I'llis^ioiro IModerne. 
 
 AbiTAQ Livre de Lecture dfins beaucoup d'&oles. 
 
 EXTRAIT DU COURS D'HISTOIRE SAINTE, dllts- 
 toir<! du CanUda et des autros Provinces de I'Am^- 
 riquc [Britannique du Nord, vol. in-12, de 192 p. 
 
 • OURS .\BREGE D'HLSTOIRE SAINTE. d'Histoire 
 dn ('anada et iles autres Provinces de I'.Vuieriiiue 
 Britiiiniipie du Nord, vol. iii-l2, de ,'512 pa),'eH. 
 
 COUn,^ ABRKGE D'HlSTOlh'E ANCIENNE, d'His- 
 toire du M<iyeii-Age et d'Histoire Moderne, 1 vol. 
 in-12, de 392 pages, 
 
 NOUVELLE (iEOGRAPHTE fLLUSTREE, avec 8t, 
 
 hi'llesGiirtes et uiie ('L>ntaiiie de Vijrnettes. 
 
 NOI \ ELLIWJEOGRAPHIE LNTERMEDIAIRE IL- 
 . USTREE, oriiee de 1(1 Curtes. 
 
 NULVELLE GJ';0G1!APHIE ILLUSTREE, pour k-s 
 lasses eleinentiaires, (sous presse). 
 
 y.S.V.\V I'^'ES DE CALCUL sur les quatre Operations 
 
 1 jnd.uuentales di' rArilhnietique. 
 
 RECUEIL DE PROBLEMES mir les quatro Premieres 
 
 lit-' les, les Fractions et les R^f^les (JomposJies. 
 
 LE Mft.ME OrVRAGE— I'artie du Maitre. 
 
 LNTROMCTION AU TRAITE D'ARlTHMETIliUE 
 COM.MERCIALE, vol. in-12, de 2l(') pa^'es. 
 
 TRAlTi;S DARITHMETIOUE CtJMMERClALE, de 
 
 Mensurotion, et de Couiptabilit6, vol. in-12, de 468 
 page-^. 
 
 SOLUTION.-; DES EXERCICES ET PROBLEMES 
 
 d'l ) iuti'Miaction ae Traite de rArithmetiqao Corn- 
 men i a Ij. 
 
 SOLflTIONS DES EXERCICES, PROBLEMES, etc., 
 de;j,Trai;e« d','i..i.L^iii'tiquo Conimerciale, de Mensu- 
 ratron ef^Jo Co.nptabilite, suivie d'un ifer-u. -V d'Ex- 
 ercicos I'l.Jiqiies et tjien gradues pour Caleui Men- 
 tal, a I'Lsage de.- .Maitres. 
 
 GRAMMA IRE F1!AX(;AISE ELEMENTAIRE, avec 
 une iiouvelle Me'hode d' Analyse Grammaticale ct 
 d' Analyse Lotritpiv'. i 
 
 NOUVEAI'X EXERCICES ORTIIOGRAPHIQUES 
 
 Cours do lore Ann^e. ' 
 
 LE MflME OITVRAGE-'fartie du Maitre. 
 
 EXERCICES ORTHOGRAPHKJUES. Cours j,, 26rao 
 et de ouio annee, mi.s en rapport avec [^^ Gram- 
 maire des Frtircs des Eeoles Chretienues. 
 
 LE Mf:ME OUVRAGE—Partiodu Maitre.. 
 
 COURS 'J'HEORKiUE ET PRATIQUE DE LANuuE 
 ANGLAISF^-Partio do I'^iltve, vol. in-.12, de 360 
 
 pages. 
 
 LE M^ME OU VRAGE— Partio du Maitre, (sous prosso). 
 
 MANUEL DU DIVIN CfEUR, h I'usage dei? amis In 
 
 Sacro-Coour, a^ ^ . .:• par NN. S^_ les Evfiqaes de 
 la Province de Quebec. ' 
 
 MANUEL DE CH.^'TS 8 ACRES, approuv6 par ST. G. 
 
 Mgr. I'Archeveqi; J de Quebec. 
 
 MANUEL DE PIETE a i'uwigedc la jeunesse,approuvt'i. 
 
 N. B. — Moat of the di<«icti' rice above mmtiort&i' are 
 apvmved hy the G "nl of I'ublic Tmtmctmi. 
 
 — ¥" : 
 
 fV. 
 
 "i*l 
 
 ■J ■